# pali

volume: 39
item: 85
title: paṭhamakassapasuttavaṇṇanā^dutiyakassapasuttavaṇṇanā^maghasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^84^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Magho^eb^ti ^a^M1.0144^ea^ sakkassetaṃ nāmaṃ purimajātianugataṃ. ^b^Svevā^eb^ti sakko eva. ^b^Vatenā^eb^ti mātāpitūpaṭṭhānādicārittadhammena ^a^V1.0127^ea^. ^b^Aññe^eb^ti upadhivepakkapāpadhamme abhibhavitvā. ^b^Asura^eb^nti indasattubhūtaṃ asuraṃ.<br/><br/>[06]Maghasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 86
title: dutiyakassapasuttavaṇṇanā^maghasuttavaṇṇanā^māgadhasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^85^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Catutthasuttaṃ vuttatthamevā^eb^ti devatāsaṃyutte saṃvaṇṇitatthameva, tasmā idha na vattabbo atthoti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[06]Māgadhasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā


volume: 39
item: 87
title: maghasuttavaṇṇanā^māgadhasuttavaṇṇanā^dāmalisuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^86^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Tena kāraṇenā^eb^ti tena padhānena kāraṇabhūtena, padhānakaraṇanimittanti attho. ^b^Yaṃ kiñci^eb^ khuddakampi mahantampi hīnampi paṇītampi ^b^bhavaṃ. Āyatapaggaho^eb^ti dīgharattassa vīriyārambho. ^b^Kiccavosāna^eb^nti kiccaniṭṭhānaṃ. ^b^Tathevā^eb^ti yathā arahattuppattito pubbe, tato pacchāpi tatheva ‘‘buddhipaggaho’’ti vīriyaṃ daḷhaṃ karotūti kuppadhammaṃ viya maññamāno vadati. Diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārādiatthaṃ pana vīriyakaraṇaṃ icchitabbameva.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Asaṃkiṇṇā^eb^ti avomissā evaṃ aññattha anāgatattā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘bhagavatā hī’’^eb^tiādi. Yadi evaṃ idheva kasmā etaṃ vuttanti āha ^b^‘‘idha panā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Patiṭṭha^eb^nti nadī nāma anavaṭṭhitatīrā, tattha patiṭṭhātabbaṭṭhānaṃ.<br/><br/>[06]Dāmalisuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 88
title: māgadhasuttavaṇṇanā^dāmalisuttavaṇṇanā^kāmadasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^87^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Pubbayogāvacaro^eb^ti ^a^M1.0145^ea^ pubbe yogāvacaro purimattabhāve bhāvanamanuyutto. Ayaṃ kira kassapassa bhagavato sāsane pabbajitvāva bahūni vassasahassāni samaṇadhammaṃ akāsi, na pana visesaṃ nibbattesi. Tamatthaṃ kāraṇena saddhiṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘bahalakilesatāyā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Ekantaparisuddhassā^eb^ti yathā visesāvaho hoti ^a^V1.0128^ea^, evaṃ ekantena parisuddhassa sabbaso anupakkiliṭṭhassa. ^b^Sīlena samāhitā^eb^ti yathā sīlaṃ uparūpari visesāvahaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyañca hoti, evaṃ sammadeva āhitacittā suṭṭhu sampannacittā. Tathābhūtā tena samannāgatā hontīti āha ^b^‘‘samupetā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Patiṭṭhitasabhāvā^eb^ti sekkhattā eva yathādhigatadhammena niccalabhāvena adhiṭṭhitasabhāvā. Mayā tuṭṭhiyā gahitāya devaputto ‘‘dullabhā tuṭṭhī’’ti vakkhatīti bhagavā ‘‘tuṭṭhi hoti sukhāvahā’’ti avocāti āha ^b^‘‘upari pañhasamuṭṭhāpanattha’’^eb^nti. Pabbajito rukkhamūliko abbhokāsiko vā anagāriyupeto nāma hoti, senāsane pana vasanto kathanti āha ^b^‘‘sattabhūmike’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Catupaccayasantoso^eb^ti bhāvanābhiyogasiddho catūsu paccayesu santoso. Tena cittavūpasamena tuṭṭhi laddhāti dasseti. ^b^Cittavūpasamabhāvanāyā^eb^ti cittakilesānaṃ vūpasamakarabhāvanāya, manacchaṭṭhānaṃ indriyānaṃ nibbisevanabhāvakaraṇena savisesaṃ cittassa vūpasamakarabhāvanāya rato manoti yojanā.<br/><br/>[03]Ettha ca indriyūpasamena cittasamādhānaṃ paripuṇṇaṃ hoti indriyabhāvanāya cittasamādhānassa akārakānaṃ dūrīkaraṇato. Adhicittasamādhānena catupaccayasantoso savisesaṃ parisuddho paripuṇṇo ca hoti paccayānaṃ alābhalābhesu pariccāgasabhāvato. Vuttanayena pana santuṭṭhassa yathāsamādinnaṃ sīlaṃ visujjhati pāripūriñca upagacchati, tathābhūto catusaccakammaṭṭhāne yutto maggapaṭipāṭiyā sabbaso kilese samucchindanto nibbānadiṭṭho hotīti imamatthaṃ dasseti ^b^‘‘ye rattindiva’’^eb^ntiādinā. ^b^Kiṃ na gacchissanti^eb^? Gamissantevāti ariyamaggabhāvanaṃ pahāya sammāpaṭipattiyā dukkarabhāvaṃ sandhāya sāsaṅkaṃ vadati. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ayaṃ pana duggamo bhagavā visamo maggo’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Tattha ^a^M1.0146^ea^ keci ‘‘ayaṃ panāti devaputto. So hi bhagavato ‘ariyā gacchantī’ti vacanaṃ sutvā ‘duggamo bhagavā’tiādimāhā’’ti vadanti, taṃ na yujjati. Yasmā ‘‘saccameta’’nti evamādipi tasseva vevacanaṃ katvā dassitaṃ, tasmā ‘‘yena maggena ariyā gacchantī’’ti tumhehi vuttaṃ, ayaṃ pana ‘‘duggamo bhagavā visamo maggo’’ti āha devaputto. Ariyamaggo kāmaṃ kadāci atidukkhā paṭipadātipi vuccati, tañca kho pubbabhāgapaṭipadāvasena, ayaṃ pana atīva sugamo sabbakilesaduggavivajjanato kāyaduccaritādivisamassa rāgādivisamassa ca dūrīkaraṇato na visamo. Tenāha ^b^‘‘pubbabhāgapaṭipadāyā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Assā^eb^ti ariyamaggassa. Ariyamaggassa hi adhisīlasikkhādīnaṃ paribundhitabbabhāgena bahū parissayā hontīti. ^b^Evaṃ vutto^eb^ti ‘‘duggamo visamo’’ti ca evaṃ vutto.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Avaṃsirā^eb^ti anuṭṭhahanena adhobhūtauttamaṅgā. Kusalaṅgesu hi sammādiṭṭhi uttamaṅgā sabbaseṭṭhattā ^a^V1.0129^ea^, tañca anariyā patanti na uṭṭhahanti micchāpaṭipajjanato. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ñāṇasirenā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Anariyamagge^eb^ti micchāmagge. Tenāha ^b^‘‘visame magge’’^eb^ti. Taṃ magganato anariyā ariyānaṃ maggato apāpuṇanena pariccattā hutvā apāye sakalavaṭṭadukkhe ca patanti. ^b^Svevā^eb^ti svāyaṃ anariyehi kadācipi gantuṃ asakkuṇeyyo maggo ariyānaṃ visuddhasattānaṃ sabbaso samadhigamena ^b^samo hoti^eb^. Kāyavisamādīhi samannāgatattā ^b^visame sattakāye^eb^ tesaṃ sabbasova pahānena sabbattha ^b^samāyeva^eb^.<br/><br/>[06]Kāmadasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 89
title: dāmalisuttavaṇṇanā^kāmadasuttavaṇṇanā^pañcālacaṇḍasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^88^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Sambādhe^eb^ti sampīḷitataṇhākilesādinā sauppīḷatāya paramasambādhe. Ativiya saṅkāraṭṭhānabhūto hi nīvaraṇasambādho adhippeto. So hi duggahano tasmiṃ asati kāmaguṇasambādho anavasaro eva seyyathāpi mahākassapādīnaṃ. ^b^Okāsanti jhānassetaṃ nāmaṃ^eb^ nīvaraṇasambādhābhāvato. Asambādhabhāvena hi jhānaṃ idha ‘‘okāso’’ti vuttaṃ, tañca kho accantāsambādhaṭṭhānatāya vipassanāpādakatāya ^a^M1.0147^ea^. Tathā hi pāḷiyaṃ ‘‘avindī’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^avindī^eb^ti vindi paṭilabhi. ^b^Bhūrimedhaso^eb^ti mahāpañño, sapaññoti attho. ^b^Abujjhī^eb^ti bujjhi paṭivijjhi. Paṭilīno hutvā seṭṭho, paṭilīnānaṃ vā seṭṭhoti ^b^paṭilīnaseṭṭho^eb^. Mānussayavasena unnatabhāvato ^b^paṭilīno nāma pahīnamāno^eb^. ^b^Paṭilabhiṃsū^eb^ti kāmaguṇasambādhepi ‘‘ime kāmaguṇā mādisānaṃ kiṃ karissantī’’ti? Te abhibhuyya nibbānappattiyā sammāsatiṃ paṭilabhiṃsu. Tena sampayuttena lokuttarasamādhināpi suṭṭhu samāhitā.<br/><br/>[03]Ayaṃ kira devaputto ito purimavāre attabhāve paṭhamajjhānalābhī hutvā tato cavitvā brahmakāyikāsu nibbattitvā tattha jhānasukhaṃ anubhavitvā tato cuto idāni kāmabhave nibbatto, tasmā taṃ jhānaṃ sambhāvento ‘‘tādisassa nāma jhānasukhassa lābhī bhagavā’’ti tena guṇena bhagavantaṃ abhitthavanto ^b^‘‘sambādhe vatā’’^eb^ti gāthaṃ abhāsi. Athassa bhagavā yathā nāma aṭṭhasaṭṭhiyojanasatasahassubbedhasinerupabbatarājaṃ upādāya sāsapo na kiñci hoti, evaṃ anantāparimeyyabuddhaguṇe upādāya rūpāvacarapaṭhamajjhānaṃ na kiñci hotīti dassento ^b^‘‘ye sati’’^eb^ntiādinā anuttaraguṇādhigamaṃ pavedesi. Tattha ^b^sati^eb^nti vipassanāsatiyā saddhiṃ ariyamaggasatiṃ. ^b^Susamāhitā^eb^ti lokiyasamādhinā ceva lokuttarasamādhinā ca suṭṭhu samāhitā. Te ^a^V1.0130^ea^ hi accantaṃ susamāhitā, na jhānamattalābhino akuppadhammattā. Keci ‘‘kammante susamāhitā’’ti pāṭhaṃ vatvā ‘‘maggasamāhitā’’ti atthaṃ vadanti.<br/><br/>[06]Pañcālacaṇḍasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 90
title: kāmadasuttavaṇṇanā^pañcālacaṇḍasuttavaṇṇanā^tāyanasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^89^eb^^b^.^eb^ Atītajātiyaṃ sayaṃkāravasena tāya diṭṭhiyā uppāditattā ^b^pubbe titthakaro^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘diṭṭhi uppādetvā’’^eb^ti. Apare āhu ‘‘ayaṃ me satthāti gahaṇavasena titthakaro assa atthīti ^b^pubbe titthakaro,^eb^ atītattabhāve titthakarasāvako’’ti. Te ^b^‘‘diṭṭhiṃ uppādetvā^eb^ti ^a^M1.0148^ea^ tassa satthuno diṭṭhiṃ ādāya gahetvāti attho’’ti vadanti. ^b^Titthaṃ nāma dvāsaṭṭhi diṭṭhiyo^eb^ tabbinimuttassa micchāvādassa abhāvato. Titthe niyuttāti titthikā, te eva ^b^titthiyā^eb^ti vuttā ka-kārassa ya-kāraṃ katvā. ^b^Tassā^eb^ti yathāvuttassa kalyāṇakammassa. ^b^Nissandenā^eb^ti phalabhāvena. ^b^Vīriyappaṭisaṃyuttā^eb^ti vīriyadīpanāti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Aniyamitāaṇattī^eb^ti aniyamavidhānaṃ aniyamavasena vidhivacanaṃ. ^b^Taṇhāsota^eb^nti taṇhāppabandhanaṃ. ^b^Nīharā^eb^ti samehi pajaha. ^b^Ekatta^eb^nti ekaggaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘jhāna’’^eb^nti. ^b^Upapajjatī^eb^ti na uppajjati na pāpuṇātīti āha ^b^‘‘na paṭilabhatī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Na osakkeyyā^eb^ti na saṅkocaṃ āpajjeyya. Gharāvāsato paribbajanaṃ parito apagamoti ^b^paribbajo^eb^. Pabbajitavatasamādānassa adaḷhatāya ca tattha ca asakkaccakiriyāya ^b^sithilagahitā. Atireka^eb^nti pabbajjāya purimakālatopi adhikaṃ. ^b^Uparī^eb^ti uparūpari. ^b^Dukkaṭaṃ akatameva seyyo^eb^ti duccaritaṃ nāma sabbena sabbaṃ akatameva hitāvahaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Yaṃ kiñcī^eb^ti yaṃ kiñci kammaṃ. ^b^Sithilaṃ kata^eb^nti asakkaccakāritāya sithilaṃ katvā pavattitaṃ. ^b^Evarūpamevā^eb^ti evarūpaṃ parāmaṭṭhasāmaññasadisameva pacchānutāpacariyādipaṭibhāgato. ^b^Saṃkiliṭṭhameva^eb^ taṇhāsaṃkilesaupakkiliṭṭhattā. ^b^Āsaṅkitaparisaṅkita^eb^ntiādito samantatopi parehi saṅkitaṃ. Brahmacariyassa ādi ādibrahmacariyaṃ, tattha niyuttāti ^b^ādibrahmacariyikā,^eb^ maggabrahmacariyassa pubbabhāgapaṭipadāti attho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘maggabrahmacariyassa ādibhūtā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Pubbapadhānabhūtā^eb^ti paṭhamārambhabhūtā.<br/><br/>[06]Tāyanasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 91
title: pañcālacaṇḍasuttavaṇṇanā^tāyanasuttavaṇṇanā^candimasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^90^eb^^b^.^eb^ Vimāne ^a^V1.0131^ea^ gahite taṃnivāsīpi gahito hotīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘candavimānavāsī devaputto’’^eb^ti. ^b^Sabbadhī^eb^ti sabbasmā duggaṭṭhānā ^b^vippamuttosi^eb^ bhagavā tvaṃ, tasmā mayhampi ito sambādhaṭṭhānato vippamokkhaṃ karohīti adhippāyo. Tenāha ^b^‘‘tassa me saraṇaṃ bhavā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Lokānukampakā^eb^ti sabbassa ^a^M1.0149^ea^ lokassa anuggahā, tasmā tuyhampi etassapi candassa. ^b^Tādisā evā^eb^ti samānā eva. Pamuñcasīti pamuñcittha. Tenāha ^b^‘‘atītatthe vattamānavacana’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[06]Candimasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 92
title: tāyanasuttavaṇṇanā^candimasuttavaṇṇanā^sūriyasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^91^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Andhabhāvakaraṇe^eb^ti lokassa andhakaraṇetipi apare. Tenāha ^b^‘‘tamasī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Virocatī^eb^ti vijjotati. Kāmaṃ devaputtavasena paṭhamaṃ devatā uddhaṭā, rāhuno pana payogo tassa vimāneti āha ^b^‘‘maṇḍalīti maṇḍalasaṇṭhāno’’^eb^ti. ^b^Vadati^eb^ tadā mukhena gahitattā. Mukhena gahaṇañcettha ‘‘gilī’’ti adhippetaṃ, na ca ajjhoharaṇanti āha ^b^‘‘gilīti vadatī’’^eb^ti. Idāni tassa mukhena gahaṇasamatthataṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘rāhussa hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^So^eb^tiādi tassa candimasūriyānaṃ gahaṇakāraṇadassanaṃ. ^b^Adhivatthā devatā^eb^ti candimasūriyānaṃ paricārakadevatā. ^b^Vega^eb^nti javaṃ. So hi kenaci abhimukhaṃ atidunnivāro kammaniyāmasiddho. ^b^Matthaka^eb^nti kaṇṭhassa uparimadesaṃ. Keci ‘‘sīsamatthakamevā’’ti vadanti. ^b^Nikkhameyya^eb^ vegassa tikkhasīghathāmabhāvato. ^b^Ākaḍḍhitvā^eb^ti attano gamanadisābhimukhaṃ ākaḍḍhitvā. ^b^Na^eb^nti rāhuṃ. Uddhaṃ ullaṅghetukāmampi ^b^onameyya^eb^. Padadvayenapi so mahāsarīro mahābalo, candimasūriyānaṃ pana gamanavego tena sabbathāpi dunnivāriyovāti dasseti. ^b^Vimānenā^eb^ti candaggahe candavimānena, sūriyaggahe sūriyavimānena ubhinnampi vimānena saheva. Amāvāsiyañhi dve vimānāni yojanamattantaritāni hutvā saheva pavattanti. Yadi dvepi devaputtā sotāpattiphalaṃ pattā, atha kasmā sūriyasutte eva ‘‘pajaṃ mama’’nti vuttaṃ, na candasutteti? ‘‘So ca kira na cirasseva tato cavitvā aññattha nibbatto, aññā eva ca devatā tattha vasi, yasmiṃ candaggahe bhagavā taṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi, na tathā sūriyo, aparabhāge pana tatthapi kālena kālaṃ rāhuggaho hotī’’ti vadanti.<br/><br/>[06]Sūriyasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.<br/><br/>[06]Paṭhamavaggavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 93
title: candimasuttavaṇṇanā^anāthapiṇḍikavaggo^candimasasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^92^eb^^b^.^eb^ Pabbatataṭā ^a^V1.0132^ea^^a^M1.0150^ea^ sandamāno tathārūpo nadīnivattanapadesopi sambādhaṭṭhānatāya kaccho viyāti āha ^b^‘‘pabbatakacchepī’’^eb^ti. Paṭipakkhadūrībhāvena seṭṭhaṭṭhena ca eko udetīti ekodi, ekaggatā. Tasmiṃ yogato ekaggacittā idha ^b^ekodī^eb^. Paṭipakkhato attānaṃ nipayanti visodhentīti ^b^nipakā,^eb^ paññavanto. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ekaggacittā cevā’’^eb^tiādi. Kāyādibhedaṃ ārammaṇaṃ sātisayāya satiyā sarantīti ^b^satā^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘satimanto’’^eb^ti. ^b^Sotthiṃ gamissantī^eb^ti yathāvuttapadese magā sotthimanupaddavena vattissanti, evaṃ jhānalābhino sotthiṃ kilesehi anupaddutā vattissanti. Ayaṃ kira devaputto brahmaloke nibbānasaññī, tasmā evamāha. Bhagavā ‘‘ayaṃ devaputto anibbānagāmī samāno nibbānagāmisaññī, handassa nibbānagāmino dassemī’’ti dutiyaṃ gāthamāha. Catunnaṃ oghānaṃ, saṃsāramahoghasseva vā paratīrabhāvato paratīranti ^b^nibbānaṃ^eb^. Ambuni jāto ^b^ambujo,^eb^ maccho. Suttajālaṃ chinditvā macchā viya kilesajālaṃ bhinditvā gamissantīti.<br/><br/>[06]Candimasasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 94
title: anāthapiṇḍikavaggo^candimasasuttavaṇṇanā^veṇḍusuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^93^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Payirupāsiyā^eb^ti payirupāsahetu. ^b^Sikkhantī^eb^ti tissopi sikkhā sikkhanti. ^b^Siṭṭhipade^eb^ti kilesānaṃ sāsanato vaṭṭadukkhaparittāsanato ca siṭṭhisaññite yathānusiṭṭhaṃ paṭipajjitabbato pade, saddhammeti attho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘anusiṭṭhipade’’^eb^ti. Tattha ^b^anusiṭṭhī^eb^ti saddhammo. ^b^Kāle^eb^ti yuttapattakāle. ^b^Appamādo^eb^nāma samathavipassanābhāvanā.<br/><br/>[06]Veṇḍusuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 95
title: candimasasuttavaṇṇanā^veṇḍusuttavaṇṇanā^dīghalaṭṭhisuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^94^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Tatheva^eb^^a^M1.0151^ea^^b^paññāyī^eb^ti dīghalaṭṭhitveva paññāyi, tathāsamaññā eva ahosi.<br/><br/>[06]Dīghalaṭṭhisuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 96
title: veṇḍusuttavaṇṇanā^dīghalaṭṭhisuttavaṇṇanā^nandanasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^95^eb^^b^.^eb^ Natthi ^a^V1.0133^ea^ etassa āvaṭṭaṃ āvaraṇanti ^b^anāvaṭaṃ^eb^. ^b^Rukkho vā pabbato vā^eb^ti sattānaṃ pakaticakkhussa āvaraṇabhūto rukkho viya pabbato viya ca abhibhavituṃ samattho ñeyyāvaraṇo natthi. ^b^Kathaṃvidha^eb^nti kathaṃsaṇṭhitaṃ, kathaṃpakāraṃ vā. ^b^Dukkha^eb^nti vaṭṭadukkhaṃ.<br/><br/>[06]Nandanasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 97
title: dīghalaṭṭhisuttavaṇṇanā^nandanasuttavaṇṇanā^candanasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^96^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Heṭṭhā^eb^ti kāmabhave. Tattha hi paribbhamantassa patiṭṭhā dullabhā yebhuyyena tattha sattā nimuggā eva honti, tasmā heṭṭhā appatiṭṭho saṃsāro. ^b^Uparī^eb^ti mahaggatabhave. Tattha hi nibbattassa nibbānaṃ āruhituṃ ālambanā dullabhā, jhānābhiratiyā tattheva nikanti tesaṃ balavatī hoti, tasmā upari anālambano saṃsāro. ^b^Pesitatto^eb^ti nibbānaṃ pati pesitacitto. ^b^Tayo kammābhisaṅkhārā^eb^ti puññābhisaṅkhārādayo tayo abhisaṅkhārā. Tena ‘‘nandīpubbako kammabhavo’’ti vatvā ‘‘nandiṃ janetvā’’ti vutto. Kāmasaññāsīsena kāmacchandassa gahaṇaṃ, kāmacchandapamukhāni ca orambhāgiyasaṃyojanāni gahitānīti āha ^b^‘‘kāmasaññāgahaṇena pañcorambhāgiyasaṃyojanānī’’^eb^ti. Rūpabhavo rūpaṃ bhavapadalopena. Rūpabhavaggahaṇena cettha sesabhavassapi gahaṇaṃ. Tassa saṃyojanaggahaṇena pañca uddhambhāgiyasaṃyojanāni gahitāni. ^b^Mahoghe^eb^ti ^a^M1.0152^ea^ saṃsāramahoghe. ^b^Tesa^eb^nti kāmabhavādīnaṃ ^b^gahaṇena^eb^ bhavabhāvena tadekalakkhaṇatāya. ^b^Arūpabhavo gahito^eb^ lakkhaṇahāranayena. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.<br/><br/>[06]Candanasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 98
title: nandanasuttavaṇṇanā^candanasuttavaṇṇanā^vāsudattasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^97^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Chaṭṭhaṃ^eb^ heṭṭhā devatāsaṃyuttavaṇṇanāyaṃ ^b^vuttatthameva^eb^.<br/><br/>[06]Vāsudattasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 99
title: candanasuttavaṇṇanā^vāsudattasuttavaṇṇanā^subrahmasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^98^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Subrahmā^eb^ti tassa devaputtassa nāmaṃ. Tassa satthu santikūpasaṅkamanassa kāraṇaṃ dassento ^a^V1.0134^ea^^b^‘‘so kirā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tadeva sokaṃ tassa devaputtassa aṭṭhuppatti. ^b^Accharāsaṅghaparivuto^eb^ti sahassamattena accharāsaṅghena parivuto. ^b^Nandanakīḷika^eb^nti nandanavanakīḷikaṃ. ^b^Hatthaṃ āgacchatī^eb^ti hatthagayhupago hoti. ^b^Ganthentī^eb^ti ettha mālāveṭhanampi khiḍḍāpasutatāyāti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Aññathā pupphāniyeva tāya tāya cittassa vasena mālābhāvena hatthaṃ upagacchantīti. ^b^Upacchedakakammavasenā^eb^ti tasmiṃ devaloke āyusese sati eva tassa pana upaghātakassa laddhokāsassa pāpakammassa vasena. ‘‘Pahāro’’ti divasassa tatiyo bhāgo vuccati, tasmā ^b^ekappahārenevā^eb^ti ekavelāyamevāti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Piyavatthukasokenā^eb^ti piyavatthunimittakena sokena. ^b^Ruppamāno^eb^ti pīḷiyamāno. ^b^Sattame divase^eb^ti manussagaṇanāya sattame divase. ^b^Tatthevā^eb^ti tasmiṃyeva niraye ^b^nibbattitabbaṃ^eb^ iminā tāhi ca saheva pubbe tassa pāpakammassa katattā. ^b^Ruppī^eb^ti cittasantāsaṃ āpajji. ^b^Niddhamitu^eb^nti nīharituṃ apanetuṃ. ^b^Satthu santikaṃ gantvā^eb^ti tāhi pañcasatāhi accharāhi saddhiṃ bhagavato santikaṃ gantvā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Idanti^eb^^a^M1.0153^ea^^b^attano cittaṃ dasseti^eb^ āsannapaccakkhabhāvato. ^b^Nicca^eb^nti sadā. Svāyaṃ niccattho adhippāyavasena gahetabboti tattha pahātabbaṃ gahetabbañca dassento ^b^‘‘devaloke’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Na gahetabbo^eb^ hetupavattito pubbe tassa utrāsassa abhāvato. ^b^Tesū^eb^ti dukkhesu. Tāni hi hetupaccayehi kattabbato gāthāyaṃ ^b^‘‘kicchesū’’^eb^ti vuttāni. ^b^Kicchesū^eb^ti vā kicchanimittaṃ. Yāsañhi payogavipattīnaṃ vasenassa tāni dukkhāni uppajjeyyuṃ, taṃnimittanti attho. Tā hi assa payogavipattiyo gativipattiyo satthu santikaṃ upagamanena hāyeyyuṃ. ^b^Nibbattānaṃ diṭṭhānī^eb^ti nibbattānaṃ vasena diṭṭhāni dukkhāni. ^b^Tesu^eb^ ca dukkhesu. Sabbattha nimittatthe bhummaṃ. ^b^Ḍayhamāno viya^eb^ cittasantāpena.<br/><br/>[03]Cattāripi saccāni bujjhati paṭivijjhatīti bodhi, satiādidhammasāmaggī, tasmā ^b^bojjhā^eb^ bodhito. Sā pana bodhi bhāvanākāreneva pavattati, aññatrasaddayogena ca ‘‘bojjhā’’ti nissakkavacananti tadatthaṃ dassento muñcitvāpadaṃ apekkhitvā ^b^‘‘bojjhaṅgabhāvana’’^eb^nti āha. ^b^Tapoguṇa^eb^nti dhutadhammamāha. So hi taṇhāloluppassa tapanato ^b^tapo,^eb^ sayaṃ guṇasabhāvattā guṇasannissayato ca ^b^guṇa^eb^nti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘dhutaṅgasaṅkhātaṃ tapoguṇa’’^eb^nti. Sabbe saṅkhāragatā nissajjīyanti etthāti ^b^sabbanissaggo,^eb^ asaṅkhatadhātūti āha ^b^‘‘sabbanissaggāti nibbānato’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Indriyasaṃvarova^eb^^a^V1.0135^ea^^b^paṭhamaṃ veditabbo^eb^ paṭipattikkamavasena tasseva paṭhamattā. Taṃ pana paṭipattikkamaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘indriyasaṃvare hī’’^eb^tiādimāha. Nippariyāyato maggapariyāpannā eva bojjhaṅgāti āha ^b^‘‘sahavipassanāya bojjhaṅge’’^eb^ti. ^b^Tassā^eb^ti tathābhāvena tassa yogino. Yasmā devaputtassa satthā taṃ gāthaṃ vatvā upari ca saccāni pakāsesi, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘bhagavā catusaccavasena desanaṃ vinivattesī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Devaputto sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhahī^eb^ti kāmaṃ tasseva visesādhigamo idhāgato, pañcasatamattāhi pana accharāhi saddhiṃ sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhahīti veditabbaṃ. Tenāha ^b^mahāsatipaṭṭhānasuttavaṇṇanāyaṃ^eb^ (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 2.373; ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.106) ‘‘so desanāpariyosāne pañcahi accharāsatehi saddhiṃ sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhāya taṃ sampattiṃ thāvaraṃ katvā devalokameva agamāsī’’ti.<br/><br/>[06]Subrahmasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 100
title: vāsudattasuttavaṇṇanā^subrahmasuttavaṇṇanā^kakudhasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^99^eb^^b^.^eb^ ‘‘Nandāmī’’ti ^a^M1.0154^ea^ vutte nandī nāma pabbajitassa malanti codetukāmo devaputto ^b^‘‘nandasī’’^eb^ti pucchi. Athassa bhagavā taṃ paṭikkhipanto ^b^‘‘kiṃ laddhā’’^eb^ti? Āha. Tena ‘‘tayā mama adhippetanandiyā idha paccayo eva natthi, kuto sā nandī’’ti dasseti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘tuṭṭhi nāmā’’^eb^tiādi. Atha devaputto nandiyā asati sokena bhavitabbaṃ, soko ca pabbajitassa malanti codento āha ^b^‘‘tena hi, samaṇa, socasī’’^eb^ti. Bhagavā tampi paṭikkhipanto ^b^‘‘kiṃ jīyitthā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Kiṃ maṃ jinātīti attho?<br/><br/>[03]Yadi te nandisokā na santi hāsavatthuno lābhassa jāniyā ca abhāvato, ekavihārino pana aratiyā bhavitabbanti āha – ^b^‘‘kacci taṃ ekamāsīnaṃ, aratī nābhikīratī’’^eb^ti. Tasmimpi bhagavatā paṭikkhitte atha nesampi nandisokāratīnaṃ abhāve kāraṇaṃ pucchanto ^b^‘‘kathaṃ tva’’^eb^nti gāthamāha? Athassa bhagavā taṃ kāraṇaṃ pavedento ^b^‘‘aghajātassā’’^eb^ti gāthamāha. Tattha ^b^aghajātassā^eb^ti aghe jātassa. Tenāha ^b^‘‘vaṭṭadukkhe ṭhitassā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Jātataṇhassa^eb^ appahīnataṇhassa ^b^vaṭṭadukkhaṃ āgatameva^eb^ kāraṇassa appahīnattā. Tasseva hi kāraṇassa appahīnataṃ dassento ^b^‘‘dukkhī sukhaṃ patthayatīti hi vutta’’^eb^nti āha. Dukkhappavattiyā sāpi taṇhāppavatti tena dassitā. ^b^Itī^eb^tiādinā vuttamevatthaṃ nigamanavasena dasseti.<br/><br/>[06]Kakudhasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 101
title: subrahmasuttavaṇṇanā^kakudhasuttavaṇṇanā^uttarasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^100^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Navama^eb^nti ^a^V1.0136^ea^ uttarasuttaṃ heṭṭhā devatāsaṃyuttavaṇṇanāyaṃ vuttatthameva.<br/><br/>[06]Uttarasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 102
title: kakudhasuttavaṇṇanā^uttarasuttavaṇṇanā^anāthapiṇḍikasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^101^eb^^b^.^eb^ Dasame ^a^M1.0155^ea^ kāmaṃ devatāsaṃyuttepi ‘‘idaṃ hi taṃ jetavana’’ntiādinā imā eva gāthā āgatā. Tattha ‘‘aññatarā devatā’’ti nidānaṃ āropitaṃ. Heṭṭhā āgatanayattā eva hi potthakesu na likhitaṃ, idha pana devaputtasaṃyutte ^b^‘‘anāthapiṇḍiko devaputto’’^eb^ti nidāne nigame ca āgataṃ, tattha devaputtena satthu vuttappakāraguṇapavedanavasena vuttaṃ. Satthā pana bhikkhūnaṃ tamatthaṃ pavedento ^b^‘‘aññataro devaputto’’^eb^ti āha. Tathā pavedane pana kāraṇaṃ dassento ^b^‘‘ānandattherassā’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Anumānabuddhiyā^eb^ti anumānañāṇassa. ^b^Ānubhāvappakāsanattha^eb^nti baladīpanatthaṃ.<br/><br/>[06]Anāthapiṇḍikasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.<br/><br/>[06]Dutiyavaggavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 103
title: uttarasuttavaṇṇanā^nānātitthiyavaggo^sivasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^102^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Tatiyavaggassa paṭhama^eb^nti tatiyavagge paṭhamasuttaṃ. ^b^Vuttatthameva^eb^ heṭṭhā satullapakāyikavagge paṭhamasutte.<br/><br/>[06]Sivasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 104
title: nānātitthiyavaggo^sivasuttavaṇṇanā^khemasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^103^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Paṭhamaṃyevā^eb^ti jarāmaraṇādibhāvato pageva. ^b^Balavacintanaṃ cintetī^eb^ti yathā sākaṭiko ajānitvā visame magge sakaṭaṃ pājento akkhe chinne patikātuṃ avisahanto dukkhī ^a^V1.0137^ea^ dummano balavacintanaṃ cinteti, mahantaṃ cittasantāpaṃ pāpuṇāti, evaṃ adhammavādī maccumukhaṃ patto balavacittasantāpaṃ pāpuṇāti, tasmā dhammacariyāya nappamajjitabbanti.<br/><br/>[06]Khemasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 105
title: sivasuttavaṇṇanā^khemasuttavaṇṇanā^serīsuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^104^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Yaṃ^eb^^a^M1.0156^ea^^b^dānaṃ demī^eb^ti yaṃ deyyadhammaṃ parassa demi. ^b^Tassa pati hutvā^eb^ti tabbisayaṃ lobhaṃ suṭṭhu abhibhavanto tassa adhipati hutvā demi tena anākaḍḍhanīyattā. ^b^‘‘Na dāso na sahāyo’’^eb^ti vatvā tadubhayaṃ anvayato byatirekato dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘yo hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Dāso hutvā deti^eb^ taṇhāya dāsabyassa upagatattā. ^b^Sahāyo hutvā deti^eb^ tassa piyabhāvāvissajjanato. ^b^Sāmī hutvā deti^eb^ taṇhādāsabyato attānaṃ mocetvā abhibhuyya pavattanato. Sāmiparibhogasadisā hetassāyaṃ pavattatīti.<br/><br/>[03]Atha vā yo dānasīlatāya dāyako puggalo, so dāne pavattibhedena dānadāso dānasahāyo dānapatīti tippakāro hotīti dasseti. Tadassa tippakārataṃ vibhajitvā dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘yo hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Dātabbaṭṭhena ^b^dānaṃ,^eb^ annapānādi. Tattha yaṃ attanā paribhuñjati taṇhādhipannatāya, tassa vase vattanato dāso viya hoti. Yaṃ paresaṃ dīyati, tatthapi annapānasāmaññena idaṃ vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘dānasaṅkhātassa deyyadhammassa dāso hutvā detī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Sahāyo hutvā deti^eb^ attanā paribhuñjitabbassa paresaṃ dātabbassa ca samasamaṭṭhapanena. ^b^Pati hutvā deti^eb^ sayaṃ deyyadhammassa vase avattitvā tassa attano vase vattāpanato.<br/><br/>[03]Aparo nayo – yo attanā paṇītaṃ paribhuñjitvā paresaṃ nihīnaṃ deti, so ^b^dānadāso^eb^ nāma tannimittanihīnabhāvāpattito. Yo yādisaṃ attanā paribhuñjati, tādisameva paresaṃ deti, so ^b^dānasahāyo^eb^ nāma tannimittanihīnādhikabhāvavissajjanena sadisabhāvāpattito. Yo attanā nihīnaṃ paribhuñjitvā paresaṃ paṇītaṃ deti, so ^b^dānapati^eb^ nāma tannimittaseṭṭhabhāvappattito. Kammasarikkhako hi vipāko, tasmā devaputto ^b^‘‘dānapatī’’^eb^ti vadanto ^b^‘‘ahaṃ tādiso ahosi’’^eb^nti dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Catūsu dvāresu dānaṃ dīyitthā’’ti pāḷiyaṃ saṅkhepato vuttamatthaṃ vitthāretvā dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘tassa kirā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Dāna^eb^nti yiṭṭhaṃ, tañca kho sabbasādhāraṇavasena katanti āha ^b^‘‘samaṇa^eb^^a^V1.0138^ea^^b^…pe… yācakāna’’^eb^nti. ^b^Pabbajjūpagatā^eb^ti ^a^M1.0157^ea^ yaṃ kiñci pabbajjaṃ upagatā. ^b^Bhovādino^eb^ti jātimattabrāhmaṇe vadati. ^b^Nālattha^eb^ buddhasuññattā tadā lokassa. ^b^Duggatā^eb^ti dukkhajīvikakappakā kasiravuttikā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘daliddamanussā’’^eb^ti. Kasivāṇijjādijīvikaṃ anuṭṭhātuṃ asamatthā idha ‘‘kapaṇā’’ti adhippetāti āha ^b^‘‘kāṇakuṇiādayo’’^eb^ti. ^b^Pathāvino^eb^ti addhikā. ^b^Vanibbakā^eb^ti dāyakānaṃ guṇakittanakammaphalakittanavasena yācakā seyyathāpi naggādayo. Tenāha ^b^‘‘iṭṭhaṃ dinna’’^eb^ntiādi. ^b^Pasatamattanti^eb^ vīhitaṇḍulādivasena vuttaṃ. ^b^Sarāvamatta^eb^nti yāgubhattādivasena. Yathā gāmalābho gāme uppajjanako āyalābho, evaṃ tattha dvāralābhoti āha ^b^‘‘tattha uppajjanakasatasahasse’’^eb^ti. ^b^Mahantataraṃ dānaṃ adaṃsu^eb^ aññassapi dhanassa viniyogaṃ gatattā. ^b^Taṃ sandhāyā^eb^ti taṃ mahantataraṃ dānaṃ kataṃ sandhāya. Rañño hi tattha dānaṃ itthāgārassa dānena mahatā abhibhūtaṃ viya paṭinivattaṃ hotīti āha ^b^‘‘paṭinivattī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Kocī^eb^ti bhummatthe paccattavacanaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘katthacī’’^eb^ti. Anekavassasahassāyukakāle tassa uppannattā ^b^asītivassasahassāni^eb^ so rājā dānamadāsīti.<br/><br/>[06]Serīsuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 106
title: khemasuttavaṇṇanā^serīsuttavaṇṇanā^ghaṭīkārasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^105^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Catutthaṃ^eb^ heṭṭhā devatāsaṃyuttavaṇṇanāyaṃ ^b^vuttatthameva^eb^.<br/><br/>[06]Ghaṭīkārasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 107
title: serīsuttavaṇṇanā^ghaṭīkārasuttavaṇṇanā^jantusuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^106^eb^^b^.^eb^ Ye vinaye apakataññuno saṃkilesikesu vodāniyesu dhammesu na kusalā yaṃ kiñci na kārino vippaṭisārabahulā. Tesaṃ anuppannañca uddhaccaṃ uppajjati, uppannañca bhiyyobhāvaṃ vepullaṃ āpajjatīti āha ^b^‘‘akappiye kappiyasaññitāya…pe… uddhaccapakatikā’’^eb^ti. Sārābhāvena tucchattā ca naḷo viyāti naḷo, mānoti āha ^b^‘‘unnaḷāti uggatanaḷā’’^eb^ti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘uṭṭhitatucchamānā’’^eb^ti. Māno hi seyyassa seyyoti ^a^M1.0158^ea^ sadisoti ca pavattiyā visesato ^b^tuccho. Cāpallenā^eb^ti capalabhāvena, taṇhāloluppenāti attho. ^b^Mukhakharā^eb^ti mukhena pharusā, pharusavādinoti attho. ^b^Vikiṇṇavācā^eb^ti visaṭavacanā, samphappalāpatāya apariyantavacanā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘asaṃyatavacanā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Caṇḍasote baddhanāvāsadisā^eb^ti etena anavaṭṭhitakiriyataṃ dasseti. Yena samannāgatā sattā ekasmiṃ ṭhāne ṭhātuṃ vā nisīdituṃ vā na ^a^V1.0139^ea^ sakkonti, ito cito ca vicaranti. ^b^Anavaṭṭhitacittā^eb^ti ekasmiṃ ārammaṇe na avaṭṭhitacittā. ^b^Vivaṭaindriyā^eb^ti asaṃvutacakkhādīndriyā.<br/><br/>[03]Guṇakathāya saddhiṃ kathiyamāno nigguṇassa aguṇo pākaṭo hoti jātimaṇisamīpe ṭhitassa viya kācamaṇino doso. ^b^Sukhajīvino^eb^ti sukhe ṭhitā. Yathā dāyakānaṃ subharaṃ hoti, evaṃ sukhena akicchena pavattajīvikā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘pubbe bhikkhū’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]Attano rucivasena gāmakiccaṃ netīti gāmaṇi, te pana hīḷento vadati ^b^‘‘gāmaṇikā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Vissajjetvā^eb^ti sativossaggavasena vissajjetvā ^b^kilesamucchāyā^eb^ti mahicchāsaṅkhātāya taṇhāmucchāya. Sīlavantānaṃyeva hi duppaṭipattiṃ sandhāya devaputto vadati. ^b^Vattabbayuttakeyevā^eb^ti ovādena mayā anuggahetabbameva. ^b^Chaḍḍitakā^eb^ti pariccattā ācariyupajjhāyādīhi. Tato eva ^b^anāthā appatiṭṭhā. Petā^eb^ti vigatajīvitā matā. Yathā petā, ^b^tatheva honti^eb^ attahitāsamatthatāya viññūnaṃ jigucchitabbatāya ca.<br/><br/>[06]Jantusuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 108
title: ghaṭīkārasuttavaṇṇanā^jantusuttavaṇṇanā^rohitassasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^107^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ekokāse^eb^ti cakkavāḷassa pariyantasaññite ekasmiṃ okāse. ^b^Bhumma^eb^nti ‘‘yatthā’’ti idaṃ bhummavacanaṃ, sāmaññato vuttampi ‘‘so lokassa anto’’ti vacanato visiṭṭhavisayameva hoti. ‘‘Na jāyati na mīyatī’’ti vatvā puna ‘‘na cavati na upapajjatī’’ti kasmā vuttanti āha ^b^‘‘idaṃ aparāparaṃ…pe… gahita’’^eb^nti. ^b^Padagamanenā^eb^ti padasā gamanena. ^b^Saṅkhāralokassa antaṃ sandhāya vadati^eb^ upari saccāni pakāsetukāmo. Saṅkhāralokassa hi anto nibbānaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Daḷhaṃ ^a^M1.0159^ea^ thiraṃ dhanu etassāti daḷhadhanvā. So eva ^b^daḷhadhammo^eb^ti vutto. Tenāha ^b^‘‘daḷhadhanū’’^eb^ti. ^b^Uttamappamāṇenā^eb^ti sahassathāmappamāṇena. Dhanusippasikkhitatāya dhanuggaho, na dhanuggahamattenāti āha ^b^‘‘dhanuggahoti dhanuācariyo’’^eb^ti. ‘‘Dhanuggaho’’ti vatvā ‘‘sikkhito’’ti vutte dhanusikkhāya sikkhitoti viññāyati, sikkhā ca ettake kāle samatthassa ukkaṃsagato hotīti āha ^b^‘‘dasa dvādasa vassāni dhanusippaṃ sikkhito’’^eb^ti. ^b^Usabhappamāṇepī^eb^ti vīsatiyaṭṭhiyo usabhaṃ, tasmiṃ usabhappamāṇe padese. ^b^Vālagga^eb^nti vāḷakoṭiṃ. ^b^Katahattho^eb^ti ^a^V1.0140^ea^ paricitahattho. ^b^Katasarakkhepo^eb^ti vivaṭasarakkhepapadesadassanavasena sarakkhepakatāvī. Tenāha ^b^‘‘dassitasippo’’^eb^ti. ‘‘Katasippo’’ti keci. Asanti etenāti ^b^asanaṃ,^eb^ kaṇḍo. ^b^Tālacchāya^eb^nti tālacchādiṃ, sā pana ratanamattā, vidatthicaturaṅgulā vā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Puratthimasamuddā^eb^ti ekasmiṃ cakkavāḷe puratthimasamuddā. Samuddasīsena puratthimacakkavāḷamukhavaṭṭiṃ vadati. ^b^Pacchimasamuddo^eb^ti etthāpi eseva nayo. ^b^Nippapañcata^eb^nti adandhakāritaṃ. ^b^Sampatte^eb^ti tādisena javena gacchantena sampatte. ^b^Anotatte^eb^ti etthāpi ‘‘sampatte’’ti padaṃ ānetvā sambandho, tathā ‘‘nāgalatādantakaṭṭhaṃ khāditvā’’ti etthāpi. ^b^Tadā^eb^ti yadā so lokantagavesako ahosi, tadā. ^b^Dīghāyukakālo^eb^ti anekavassasahassāyukakālo. ^b^Cakkavāḷalokassā^eb^ti sāmaññavasena ekavacanaṃ, cakkavāḷalokanti attho. ^b^Imasmiṃyeva cakkavāḷe nibbatti^eb^ pubbaparicariyasiddhāya nikantiyā. ^b^Sasaññimhi samanake^eb^ti na rūpadhammamattake, atha kho pañcakkhandhasamudāyeti dasseti. ^b^Samitapāpo^eb^ti samucchinnasaṃkilesadhammo.<br/><br/>[06]Rohitassasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 109
title: jantusuttavaṇṇanā^rohitassasuttavaṇṇanā^nandasuttanandivisālasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^108-109^eb^^b^.^eb^ Nandasuttavisālasuttāni ^b^sattamāṭṭhamāni^eb^ heṭṭhā saṃvaṇṇitarūpattā ^b^vuttatthāneva^eb^.<br/><br/>[06]Nandasuttanandivisālasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 110
title: rohitassasuttavaṇṇanā^nandasuttanandivisālasuttavaṇṇanā^susimasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^110^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Tuyhampi^eb^^a^M1.0160^ea^^b^no^eb^ti tuyhampi nu, nu-saddo pucchāyaṃ, tasmā vaṇṇaṃ kathetukāmo pucchatīti adhippāyo. ^b^Na vaṭṭatī^eb^ti na yujjati, ^b^kathito^eb^ti kathetuṃ āraddho, tenāha ^b^‘‘matthakaṃ na pāpuṇātī’’^eb^ti. Tameva matthakāpāpuṇanaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘so hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Satisampajaññāyogato gorūpasīlo, mūḷho khalitapañño, gorūpassa viya sīlaṃ etassāti hi ^b^gorūpasīlo. Sabhāgo^eb^ ekarūpacittatāya. Ariyānaṃ sabhāgatā nāma guṇavantavasenāti āha ^b^‘‘aññamaññassa guṇesu pasīditvā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Soḷasavidhaṃ pañña^eb^nti mahāpaññādikā cha, nava anupubbavihārasamāpattipaññā, āsavakkhayapaññāti imaṃ soḷasavidhaṃ paññaṃ. Tesaṭṭhi sāvakasādhāraṇañāṇānipi ettheva saṅgahaṃ samosaraṇaṃ gacchanti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ānandā^eb^ti ^a^V1.0141^ea^ theraṃ āha. ^b^Ācāro^eb^ti cārittasīlamāha. ^b^Gocaro^eb^ti gocarasampatti. ^b^Vihāro^eb^ti samāpattivihāro. ^b^Abhikkamo^eb^tiādinā iriyāpathavihāraṃ. ^b^Tuyhampī^eb^ti ^b^pi^eb^-saddena bhagavatā attānaṃ ādiṃ katvā tadaññesaṃ viññūnaṃ sabbesaṃ therassa ruccanasabhāvo dīpitoti dassento ^b^‘‘mayhaṃ ruccatī’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tattha satipi ānandattherassapi asītiyā mahātherānaṃ antogadhabhāve ‘‘asītiyā mahātherānaṃ ruccatī’’ti vatvā ‘‘tuyhampi ruccatī’’ti vacanaṃ tena dhammasenāpatino vaṇṇaṃ kathāpetukāmatāyāti daṭṭhabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sāṭakantare^eb^ti nivatthavatthantare. ^b^Laddhokāso^eb^ti nibbuddhaṃ karonto sāṭakantare laddhaṃ gahetuṃ laddhāvasaro. ^b^Labhissāmino^eb^ti labhissāmi vata. ^b^Dīpadhajabhūta^eb^nti satayojanavitthiṇṇaṃ jambudīpassa dhajabhūtaṃ. ^b^Puggalapalāpe^eb^ti antosārābhāvato palāpabhūte puggale haranto. ^b^Bālatāyā^eb^ti rucikhantiādiabhāvatāya. ^b^Dosatāyā^eb^ti dussakabhāvena. ^b^Mohenā^eb^ti mahāmūḷhatāya. Keci pana ^b^‘‘bālo bālatāyā^eb^ti mūḷhatāya pakatibālabhāvena na jānāti. ^b^Mūḷho mohenā^eb^ti sayaṃ abālo samānopi yadā mohena pariyuṭṭhito hoti, tadā mohena na jānāti, ayaṃ padadvayassa viseso’’ti vadanti. ^b^Vipallatthacitto^eb^ti yakkhummādena pittummādena vā viparītacitto.<br/><br/>[03]^b^‘‘Catūsu^eb^^a^M1.0161^ea^^b^kosallesū’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ catubbidhaṃ kosallaṃ pāḷiyā eva dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘vuttaṃ heta’’^eb^ntiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha yo aṭṭhārasa dhātuyo samudayato atthaṅgamato assādato ādīnavato nissaraṇato ca yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ayaṃ ^b^dhātukusalo^eb^. Vuttanayena āyatanesu kusalo ^b^āyatanakusalo^eb^. Avijjādīsu dvādasapaṭiccasamuppādaṅgesu kusalo ^b^paṭiccasamuppādakusalo^eb^. ‘‘Idaṃ imassa phalassa ṭhānaṃ kāraṇaṃ, idaṃ aṭṭhānaṃ akāraṇa’’nti evaṃ ṭhānañca ṭhānato, aṭṭhānañca aṭṭhānato yathābhūtaṃ pajānato ^b^ṭhānāṭṭhānakusalo^eb^. Yo pana imesu dhātuādīsu pariññābhisamayādivasena nissaṅgagatiyā paṇḍāti laddhanāmena ñāṇena ito gato pavatto, ayaṃ ^b^paṇḍito^eb^ nāma.<br/><br/>[03]Mahantānaṃ atthānaṃ pariggaṇhanato mahatī paññā etassāti ^b^mahāpañño^eb^. Sesapadesupi eseva nayoti āha ^b^‘‘mahāpaññādīhi samannāgatoti attho’’^eb^ti. ^b^Nānatta^eb^nti yāhi mahāpaññādīhi samannāgatattā thero ‘‘mahāpañño’’tiādinā kittito, tāsaṃ mahāpaññādīnaṃ idaṃ nānattaṃ ayaṃ vemattatā. Yassa kassaci visesato arūpadhammassa mahattaṃ nāma kiccasiddhiyā veditabbanti tadassa kiccasiddhiyā dassento ^b^‘‘mahante sīlakkhandhe pariggaṇhātī’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tattha hetumahantatāya paccayamahantatāya nissayamahantatāya pabhedamahantatāya kiccamahantatāya phalamahantatāya ānisaṃsamahantatāya ca sīlakkhandhassa mahantabhāvo ^a^V1.0142^ea^ veditabbo. Tattha ^b^hetū^eb^ alobhādayo. ^b^Paccayā^eb^ hirottappasaddhāsativīriyādayo. ^b^Nissayā^eb^ sāvakabodhipaccekabodhisammāsambodhiniyatatā, taṃsamaṅgino ca purisavisesā. ^b^Pabhedo^eb^ cārittādivibhāgo. ^b^Kiccaṃ^eb^ tadaṅgādivasena paṭipakkhassa vidhamanaṃ. ^b^Phalaṃ^eb^ saggasampadā nibbānasampadā ca. ^b^Ānisaṃso^eb^ piyamanāpatādi. Ayamettha saṅkhepo, vitthāro pana ^b^visuddhimagge^eb^ (visuddhi. 1.8-9) ^b^ākaṅkheyyasuttā^eb^dīsu (ma. ni. 1.64 ādayo) ca āgatanayena veditabbo. Iminā nayena ^b^samādhikkhandhā^eb^dīnampi mahantatā yathārahaṃ niddhāretvā veditabbā. ^b^Ṭhānāṭṭhānā^eb^dīnaṃ pana mahantabhāvo mahāvisayatāya veditabbo. Tattha ṭhānāṭṭhānānaṃ mahāvisayatā bahudhātukasuttādīsu āgatanayena, ^b^vihārasamāpattīnaṃ^eb^ samādhikkhandhe niddhāritanayena veditabbā. ^b^Ariyasaccānaṃ^eb^ sakalasāsanasaṅgaṇhanato saccavibhaṅge ^a^M1.0162^ea^ (vibha. 189 ādayo) taṃsaṃvaṇṇanāsu (vibha. aṭṭha. 189 ādayo) āgatanayena; ^b^satipaṭṭhānā^eb^dīnaṃ satipaṭṭhānavibhaṅgādīsu (vibha. 355 ādayo) taṃsaṃvaṇṇanādīsu (vibha. aṭṭha. 355 ādayo) ca āgatanayena; ^b^sāmaññaphalānaṃ^eb^ mahato hitassa mahato sukhassa mahato atthassa mahato yogakkhemassa nipphattibhāvato santapaṇītanipuṇātakkāvacarapaṇḍitavedanīyabhāvato ca; ^b^abhiññānaṃ^eb^ mahāsambhārato mahāvisayato mahākiccato mahānubhāvato mahānipphattito ca; ^b^nibbānassa^eb^ madanimmadanādimahatthasiddhito mahantatā veditabbā. ^b^Pariggaṇhātī^eb^ti sabhāvādito paricchijja gaṇhāti jānāti paṭivijjhatīti attho. ^b^Sā panā^eb^ti mahāpaññatā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Puthupaññā^eb^ti ettha ^b^nānākhandhesu ñāṇaṃ pavattatī^eb^ti ayaṃ rūpakkhandho nāma…pe… ayaṃ viññāṇakkhandho nāmāti evaṃ pañcannaṃ khandhānaṃ nānākaraṇaṃ paṭicca ñāṇaṃ pavattati. Tesu ekavidhena rūpakkhandho, ekādasavidhena rūpakkhandho, ekavidhena vedanākkhandho, bahuvidhena vedanākkhandho, ekavidhena saññākkhandho, saṅkhārakkhandho, viññāṇakkhandhoti evaṃ ekekassa khandhassa ekavidhādivasena atītādivasenapi nānākaraṇaṃ paṭicca ñāṇaṃ pavattati. Tathā idaṃ cakkhāyatanaṃ nāma…pe… idaṃ dhammāyatanaṃ nāmaṃ. Tattha dasāyatanā kāmāvacarā, dve catubhūmakāti evaṃ āyatanānaṃ nānākaraṇaṃ paṭicca ñāṇaṃ pavattati. ^b^Nānādhātūsū^eb^ti ayaṃ cakkhudhātu nāma…pe… ayaṃ manoviññāṇadhātu nāma. Tattha soḷasa dhātuyo kāmāvacarā, dve catubhūmakāti evaṃ dhātunānākaraṇaṃ paṭicca ñāṇaṃ pavattati, taṃ upādiṇṇadhātuvasena vuttanti veditabbaṃ paccekabuddhānañhi dvinnaṃ aggasāvakānañca upādiṇṇadhātūsu eva nānākaraṇaṃ paṭicca ñāṇaṃ pavattati. Tañca kho ekadesamattato, na nippadesato, anupādiṇṇakadhātūnaṃ pana nānākaraṇaṃ na jānanti eva. Itarasāvakesu vattabbameva natthi, sabbaññubuddhānaṃyeva pana imāya nāma dhātuyā ussannattāva imassa rukkhassa khandho seto hoti, imassa kāḷo, imassa maṭṭho, imassa ^a^V1.0143^ea^ bahalattaco, imassa tanuttaco, imassa pattaṃ vaṇṇasaṇṭhānādivasena evarūpaṃ; imassa pupphaṃ nīlaṃ pītakaṃ lohitakaṃ odātaṃ, sugandhaṃ duggandhaṃ; phalaṃ khuddakaṃ mahantaṃ dīghaṃ vaṭṭaṃ susaṇṭhānaṃ maṭṭhaṃ ^a^M1.0163^ea^ pharusaṃ sugandhaṃ madhuraṃ tittakaṃ ambilaṃ kaṭukaṃ kasāvaṃ; kaṇṭako tikhiṇo atikhiṇo ujuko kuṭilo tambo lohito odāto hotīti dhātunānattaṃ paṭicca ñāṇaṃ pavattati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Atthesū^eb^ti rūpādīsu ārammaṇesu. ^b^Nānāpaṭiccasamuppādesū^eb^ti ajjhattabahiddhābhedato ca saṇṭhānabhedato ca nānappabhedesu paṭiccasamuppādaṅgesu. Avijjādiaṅgānañhi paccekaṃ paṭiccasamuppādasaññitāti. Tenāha saṅkhārapiṭake ‘‘dvādasa paccayā dvādasa paṭiccasamuppādā’’ti. ^b^Nānāsuññatamanupalabbhesū^eb^ti nānāsabhāvesu niccasārādivirahato suññasabhāvesu, tato eva itthipurisāttāttaniyādivasena anupalabbhesu sabhāvesu. Ma-kāro hettha padasandhikaro. ^b^Nānāatthesū^eb^ti atthapaṭisambhidāvisayesu paccayuppannādibhedesu nānāvidhesu atthesu. ^b^Dhammesū^eb^ti dhammapaṭisambhidāvisayesu paccayādinānādhammesu. ^b^Niruttīsū^eb^ti tesaṃyeva atthadhammānaṃ niddhāraṇavacanasaṅkhātāsu niruttīsu. ^b^Paṭibhānesū^eb^ti atthapaṭisambhidādīsu visayabhūtesu ‘‘imāni idamatthajotakānī’’ti tathā tathā paṭibhānato patiṭṭhānato paṭibhānānīti laddhanāmesu ñāṇesu. ^b^Puthu nānāsīlakkhandhesū^eb^tiādīsu sīlassa puthuttaṃ nānattañca vuttameva. Itaresaṃ pana vuttanayānusārena suviññeyyattā pākaṭameva. Yaṃ pana abhinnaṃ ekameva nibbānaṃ, tattha upacāravasena puthuttaṃ gahetabbanti āha ^b^‘‘puthu janasādhāraṇe dhamme samatikkammā’’^eb^ti. Tenassa idha madanimmadanādipariyāyena puthuttaṃ dīpitaṃ hoti.<br/><br/>[03]Evaṃ visayavasena paññāya mahattaṃ puthuttañca dassetvā idāni sampayuttadhammavasena hāsabhāvaṃ, pavattiākāravasena javanabhāvaṃ, kiccavasena tikkhādibhāvañca dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘katamā hāsapaññā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^hāsabahulo^eb^ti pītibahulo. Sesapadāni tassa vevacanāni. ^b^Sīlaṃ paripūretī^eb^ti haṭṭhapahaṭṭho udaggudaggo hutvā pītisahagatāya paññāya pātimokkhasīlaṃ ṭhapetvā hāsanīyatarasseva visuṃ gahitattā itaraṃ tividhaṃ sīlaṃ paripūreti. Pītisomanassasahagatā hi paññā abhirativasena tadārammaṇe phullitā vikasitā viya vattati, na upekkhāsahagatā. ^b^Sīlakkhandhaṃ samādhikkhandha^eb^ntiādīsupi eseva nayo. ^b^Thero^eb^tiādinā abhinīhārasiddhā therassa hāsapaññatāti dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sabbaṃ^eb^^a^M1.0164^ea^^b^rūpaṃ aniccalakkhaṇato khippaṃ javatī^eb^ti rūpakkhandhaṃ aniccanti sīghavegena pavattiyā paṭipakkhadūrībhāvena pubbābhisaṅkhārassa sātisayattā indena visaṭṭhavajiraṃ viya lakkhaṇaṃ ^a^V1.0144^ea^ paṭivijjhantī adandhāyantī rūpakkhandhe aniccalakkhaṇaṃ vegena paṭivijjhati, tasmā sā ^b^javanapaññā^eb^ nāmāti attho. Sesapadesupi eseva nayo. Evaṃ lakkhaṇārammaṇikavipassanāvasena javanapaññaṃ dassetvā balavavipassanāvasena dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘rūpa’’^eb^ntiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^khayaṭṭhenā^eb^ti yattha yattha uppajjati, tattha tattheva khaṇeneva bhijjanato khayasabhāvato. ^b^Bhayaṭṭhenā^eb^ti bhayānakato. ^b^Asārakaṭṭhenā^eb^ti attasāravirahato niccasārādivirahato ca. ^b^Tulayitvā^eb^ti tulābhūtāya vipassanāya tulayitvā. ^b^Tīrayitvā^eb^ti tāya eva tīraṇabhūtāya tīretvā. ^b^Vibhāvayitvā^eb^ti yāthāvato pakāsetvā pañcakkhandhaṃ ^b^vibhūtaṃ katvā^eb^ pākaṭaṃ katvā. ^b^Rūpanirodhe^eb^ti rūpakkhandhassa nirodhabhūte nibbāne ninnapoṇapabbhārabhāvena. Idāni sikhāppattavipassanāvasena javanapaññaṃ dassetuṃ puna ^b^‘‘rūpa’’^eb^ntiādi vuttaṃ. ‘‘Vuṭṭhānagāminivipassanāvasenā’’ti keci.<br/><br/>[03]Ñāṇatikkhabhāvo nāma savisesaṃ paṭipakkhasamucchindane veditabboti ^b^‘‘khippaṃ kilese chindatīti tikkhapañño’’^eb^ti vatvā te pana kilese vibhāgena dassento ^b^‘‘uppannaṃ kāmavitakka’’^eb^ntiādimāha. Tikkhapañño khippābhiñño hoti, paṭipadā cassa na calatīti āha ^b^‘‘ekasmiṃ āsane cattāro ca ariyamaggā adhigatā hontī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Thero cā^eb^tiādinā dhammasenāpatino tikkhapaññatā sikhāppattāti dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Sabbe saṅkhārā aniccā dukkhā vipariṇāmadhammā saṅkhatā paṭiccasamuppannā khayadhammā vayadhammā virāgadhammā nirodhadhammā’’ti yāthāvato dassanena saccasampaṭivedho ijjhati, na aññathāti kāraṇamukhena nibbedhikapaññaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘sabbasaṅkhāresu ubbegabahulo hotī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^ubbegabahulo^eb^ti vuttanayena sabbasaṅkhāresu abhiṇhappavattasaṃvego. ^b^Uttāsabahulo^eb^ti ñāṇuttāsavasena sabbasaṅkhāresu bahuso utrastamānaso. Tena ādīnavānupassanamāha. ^b^Ukkaṇṭhanabahulo^eb^ti iminā pana nibbidānupassanamāha, ^b^aratibahulo^eb^tiādinā tassā eva aparāparuppattiṃ. ^b^Bahimukho^eb^ sabbasaṅkhārato bahibhūtaṃ nibbānaṃ uddissa pavattañāṇamukho, tathā ^a^M1.0165^ea^ vā pavattitavimokkhamukho. Nibbijjhanaṃ nibbedho, so etissā atthi, nibbijjhatīti vā nibbedhā, sā eva paññā ^b^nibbedhikā^eb^. Yaṃ panettha atthato na vibhattaṃ, taṃ heṭṭhā vuttanayattā suviññeyyameva.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Appicchoti santaguṇaniguhanatā^eb^ti attani vijjamānānaṃ bāhusaccadhutadhammasīlādiguṇānañceva paṭivedhaguṇassa ca niguhanaṃ, ^b^paṭiggahaṇe ca mattaññutā^eb^ti eteneva pariyesanaparibhogamattaññutāpi vuttā hoti. Tīhi ^b^santosehī^eb^ti catūsu paccayesu paccekaṃ tīhi santosehi ^a^V1.0145^ea^, sabbe pana dvādasa. Paṭisallīnena ^b^vivekaṭṭhakāyānaṃ^eb^ na saṅgaṇikārāmānaṃ. ^b^Nekkhammābhiratāna^eb^nti pabbajjaṃ upagatānaṃ. ^b^Parisuddhacittānaṃ^eb^ vigatacittasaṃkilesānaṃ. ^b^Paramavodānappattānaṃ^eb^ aṭṭhasamāpattisamadhigamena ativiya vodānaṃ visuddhiṃ pattānaṃ. Kilesupadhiādīnaṃ abhāvato ^b^nirupadhīnaṃ^eb^. Phalasamāpattivasena sabbasaṅkhāravinissaṭattā ^b^visaṅkhāraṃ^eb^ nibbānaṃ. ^b^Upagatānaṃ, imesaṃ tiṇṇaṃ vivekānaṃ lābhī^eb^ pavivitto ‘‘pakārehi vivitto’’ti katvā. Samāsajjanaṃ parisinehuppādo saṃsaggo, savanavasena uppajjanakasaṃsaggo ^b^savanasaṃsaggo^eb^. Esa nayo sesesupi. ^b^Samullapanaṃ^eb^ ālāpasallapanaṃ. Saṃsaggavatthunā iminā tassa paribhogo ^b^paribhogasaṃsaggo^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Āraddhavīriyo^eb^ti ettha vīriyārambho nāma vīriyassa paggaṇhanaṃ paripuṇṇakaraṇaṃ. Taṃ pana sabbaso kilesānaṃ niggaṇhananti dassento ^b^‘‘tatthā’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Odhunanavattā^eb^ti kilesānaṃ yassa kassaci sāvajjassa odhunanavasena vattā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘bhikkhūna’’^eb^ntiādi. ^b^Otiṇṇaṃ^eb^ nāma vajjaṃ ajjhācaritanti ārocitaṃ. ^b^Anotiṇṇaṃ^eb^ anārocitaṃ. ^b^Tantivasenā^eb^ti pāḷidhammavasena, yuttasaddassa vasenāti attho. Pāpe lāmake puggale dhamme ca garahati jigucchatīti ^b^pāpagarahī^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘pāpapuggale’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Ekadassī^eb^ti ekabhavadassī, idhalokamattadassī diṭṭhadhammikasukhamattāpekkhī. ^b^Samantā^eb^ti samantato, parito me katthaci mā ahūti yojanā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Soḷasahi padehī^eb^ti soḷasahi koṭṭhāsehi. ^b^Akuppa^eb^nti kenaci akopanīyaṃ. Ayaṃ dhammasenāpatino guṇakathā satthu vacanānusārena dasasahassacakkavāḷabyāpinī ^a^M1.0166^ea^ ahosi, taṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘eva’’^eb^ntiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Catubbidhā vaṇṇanibhā pātubhavi^eb^ uḷārapītisomanassasamuṭṭhānattā. Suṭṭhu obhāsatīti ^b^subho^eb^. Obhāsasampattiyā maṇino bhaddakatāti āha ^b^‘‘subhoti sundaro’’^eb^ti. ^b^Jātimā^eb^ parisuddhāakarasamuṭṭhitattā. Kuruvindajātiādijātivisesopi maṇi ākaraparisuddhamūlako evāti āha ^b^‘‘jātisampanno’’^eb^ti. ^b^Dhovanādiparikammenā^eb^ti catūsu pāsāṇesu dhovanadosanīharaṇatāpanasaṇhakaraṇādiparikammena. Rattakambalassa vasena sabhāvavaṇṇasiddhiyā veḷuriyamaṇi ativiya sobhatīti āha ^b^‘‘paṇḍukambale nikkhitto’’^eb^ti. ^b^Nikkha^eb^nti bhaṇḍamāha. Tañca appakena suvaṇṇena kataṃ bhaṇḍaṃ na sobhati sobhāvipulenāti āha ^b^‘‘atirekapañcasuvaṇṇena katapiḷandhana’’^eb^nti. ^b^Suvaṇṇa^eb^nti pañcadharaṇassa samaññā, tasmā pañcavīsatisuvaṇṇasāriyā vicittāabharaṇaṃ idha ^b^‘‘nikkha’’^eb^nti adhippetaṃ. Tañhi vipulaṃ na parittakaṃ. ^b^Mahājambusākhāya pavattanadiya^eb^nti mahājambusākhāya heṭṭhā sañjātanadiyaṃ. Taṃ kira ratanaṃ rattaṃ. ^b^Sukusalena…pe… sampahaṭṭha^eb^nti suṭṭhu kusalena suvaṇṇakārena ukkāya tāpetvā sammā ^a^V1.0146^ea^ pahaṭṭhaṃ majjanādivasena sukataparikammaṃ. ^b^Dhātuvibhaṅge^eb^ti dhātuvibhaṅgasutte. ^b^Katabhaṇḍa^eb^nti ābharaṇabhāvena kataṃ bhaṇḍaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Nātiucco nātinīco ^b^taruṇasūriyo^eb^ nāma. ^b^Satthārā ābhatavaṇṇo^eb^ ubbhataguṇoti attho. Neva ^b^maraṇaṃ abhinandatī^eb^ti attanopi maraṇaṃ neva abhinandati attavinipātassa sāvajjabhāvato. Bodhisatto pana paresaṃ atthāya attano attabhāvaṃ pariccajati karuṇāvasena, evaṃ vosajjanaṃ paramatthapāramīpāripūriṃ gacchatīti sāvakā na tathā kātuṃ sakkā sikkhāpadato. ^b^Na jīvitaṃ pattheti^eb^ jīvitāsāya samucchinnattā. ^b^Divasasaṅkhepa^eb^nti ajja tvaṃ idaṃ nāma kammaṃ karohi, idaṃ te vetananti divasabhāgena paricchinnaṃ vetanaṃ. Tādiso hi bhatako divasakkhayameva udikkhati, na kammaniṭṭhānaṃ. Nibbisaṃ ^b^bhatako yathā^eb^ti vetanaṃ bhatiṃ icchanto kālakkhayaṃ udikkhanto bhatakapuriso viya.<br/><br/>[06]Susimasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 111
title: nandasuttanandivisālasuttavaṇṇanā^susimasuttavaṇṇanā^nānātitthiyasāvakasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^111^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Nānātitthiyasāvakā^eb^ti ^a^M1.0167^ea^ puthutitthiyānaṃ sāvakā. ^b^Chindite^eb^ti hatthacchedādivasena chede. ^b^Mārite^eb^ti māraṇe. ^b^Na pāpaṃ samanupassatī^eb^ti kiñci pāpaṃ atthīti na passati, paresañca tathā pavedeti. ^b^Vissāsa^eb^nti vissatthabhāvaṃ. ‘‘Katakammānampi vipāko natthī’’ti vadanto katapāpānaṃ akatapuññānañca vissatthataṃ nirāsaṅkataṃ janeti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tapojigucchāyā^eb^ti tapasā acelavatādinā pāpato jigucchanena, ‘‘pāpaṃ virājayāmā’’ti acelavatādisamādānenāti attho. Tasmiñhi samādāne ṭhitena saṃvarena saṃvutacitto samannāgato pihito ca nāma hotīti ^b^‘‘susaṃvutatto’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Cattāro yāmā bhāgā catuyāmā, catuyāmā eva ^b^cātuyāmā^eb^. Bhāgattho hi idha yāma-saddo yathā ‘‘rattiyaṃ paṭhamo yāmo’’ti. So panettha bhāgo saṃvaralakkhaṇoti āha ^b^‘‘cātuyāmena susaṃvuto’’^eb^ti, catukoṭṭhāsena saṃvarena suṭṭhu saṃvutoti attho. ^b^Paṭikkhittasabbasītodako^eb^ti paṭikkhittasabbasītudakaparibhogo. ^b^Sabbena pāpavāraṇena yutto^eb^ti sabbappakārena saṃvaralakkhaṇena pāpavāraṇena samannāgato. ^b^Dhutapāpo^eb^ti sabbena nijjaralakkhaṇena pāpavāraṇenapi dhutapāpo. ^b^Phuṭṭho^eb^ti aṭṭhannampi kammānaṃ khepanena vikkhepappattiyā kammakkhayalakkhaṇena sabbena pāpavāraṇena phuṭṭho, taṃ phusitvā ṭhito. ^b^Na niguhanto^eb^ti na niguhanahetu diṭṭhasute tatheva kathento.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Nānātitthiyānaṃyeva^eb^^a^V1.0147^ea^^b^upaṭṭhāko^eb^ti paravādīnaṃ sabbesaṃyeva titthiyānaṃ upaṭṭhāko, tesu sādhāraṇavasena abhippasanno. ^b^Koṭippattā^eb^ti mokkhādhigamena samaṇadhamme pattabbamariyādappattā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sahacaritamattenā^eb^ti sīhanādena saha vassakaraṇamattena. Sīhena sīhanādaṃ nadantena saheva siṅgālena attano siṅgālaravakaraṇamattena. ^b^Kotthuko^eb^ti khuddakakotthu. ^b^Āsaṅkitasamācāro^eb^ti attanā ca parehi ca āsaṅkitabbasamācāro. ^b^Sappurisāna^eb^nti buddhādīnaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tassā^eb^ti vegabbharissa devaputtassa. ^b^Sarīre anuāvisī^eb^ti sarīre anupavisitvā viya āvisi. ^b^Adhimuccī^eb^ti yathā gahitassa vasena cittaṃ na vattati, attano eva vase vattati, evaṃ adhiṭṭhahi. ^b^Āyuttā^eb^ti dassanena saṃyuttā ^a^M1.0168^ea^. ^b^Pavivekiya^eb^nti kappakavatthabhuñjanasenāsanehi pavivittabhāvaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘te kirā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Rūpe niviṭṭhā^eb^ti cakkhurūpadhamme abhiniviṭṭhā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘taṇhādiṭṭhīhi patiṭṭhitā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Devalokapatthanakāmā^eb^ti devalokasseva abhipatthanakāmā. Maraṇadhammatāya ^b^mātiyā^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘mātiyāti maccā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Paralokatthāyā^eb^ti parasampattibhāvāya lokassa atthāya.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pabhāsavaṇṇā^eb^ti pabhāya samānavaṇṇā. Kesaṃ pabhāyāti āha ^b^‘‘candobhāsā’’^eb^tiādi. Sajjhārāgapabhāsavaṇṇā indadhanupabhāsavaṇṇāti paccekaṃ yojanā. Āmo āmagandho etassa atthīti ^b^āmisaṃ. Vadhāyā^eb^ti viddhaṃsituṃ. ^b^Rūpā^eb^ti rūpāyatanādirūpidhammā.<br/><br/>[03]Rājagahasamīpappavattīnaṃ ^b^rājagahiyānaṃ^eb^. ‘‘Seto’’ti kelāsakūṭo adhippetoti āha ^b^‘‘setoti kelāso’’^eb^ti. Kenaci na ghaṭṭetīti ^b^aghaṃ,^eb^ antalikkhanti āha ^b^‘‘aghagāmīnanti ākāsagāmīna’’^eb^nti. Udakaṃ dhīyati etthāti ^b^udadhi,^eb^ mahodadhi. ^b^Vipulo^eb^ti vepullapabbato. ^b^Himavantapabbatāna^eb^nti himavantapabbatabhāgānaṃ. ^b^Buddho seṭṭho^eb^ sīlasamādhipaññāvimuttivimuttiñāṇadassanādīhi sabbaguṇehi.<br/><br/>[06]Nānātitthiyasāvakasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.<br/><br/>[06]Tatiyavaggavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.<br/><br/>[06]Sāratthappakāsiniyā saṃyuttanikāya-aṭṭhakathāya<br/><br/>[06]Devaputtasaṃyuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 39
item: 112
title: kosalasaṃyuttaṃ^paṭhamavaggo^daharasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^112^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Bhagavatā^eb^^a^V1.0148^ea^^a^M1.0169^ea^^b^saddhiṃ sammodī^eb^ti bhagavato guṇe ajānanto kosalarājā attano khattiyamānena kevalaṃ bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi. Paṭhamāgate hi satthari tassa sammoditākāraṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘yathā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Yathā khamanīyādīni pucchanto^eb^ti yathā bhagavā ‘‘kacci te, mahārāja, khamanīyaṃ, kacci yāpanīya’’ntiādinā tena raññā saddhiṃ paṭhamaṃ pavattamodo ahosi pubbabhāsitāya, tadanukaraṇena evaṃ sopi rājā bhagavatā saddhiṃ samappavattamodo ahosīti yojanā. Taṃ pana samappavattamodanaṃ upamāya dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘sītodakaṃ viyā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^sammodita^eb^nti saṃsanditaṃ ^b^ekībhāva^eb^nti sammodanakiriyāya samānataṃ ekarūpataṃ, ^b^khamanīya^eb^nti ‘‘idaṃ catucakkaṃ navadvāraṃ sarīrayantaṃ dukkhabahulatāya sabhāvato dussahaṃ, kacci khamituṃ sakkuṇeyya’’nti pucchati. ^b^Yāpanīya^eb^nti paccayāyattavuttikaṃ cirapabandhasaṅkhātāya yāpanāya kacci yāpetuṃ sakkuṇeyyaṃ. Sīsarogādiābādhābhāvena ^b^kacci appābādhaṃ^eb^. Dukkhajīvikābhāvena ^b^kacci appātaṅkaṃ^eb^. Taṃtaṃkiccakaraṇe uṭṭhānasukhatāya ^b^kacci lahuṭṭhānaṃ^eb^. Tadanurūpabalayogato ^b^kacci balaṃ^eb^. Sukhavihārasambhavena ^b^kacci phāsuvihāro atthī^eb^ti tattha tattha kacci-saddaṃ yojetvā attho veditabbo. Balavappattā pīti ^b^pīti^eb^yeva. Taruṇapīti ^b^pāmojjaṃ^eb^. Sammodanaṃ janeti karotīti ^b^sammodanīyaṃ^eb^. Sammoditabbato ^b^sammodanīya^eb^nti imaṃ pana atthaṃ dassento ^b^‘‘sammodituṃ yuttabhāvato’’^eb^ti āha. ^b^Saritabbabhāvato^eb^ti anussaritabbabhāvato. ‘‘Saraṇīya’’nti vattabbe dīghaṃ katvā ^b^‘‘sāraṇīya’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Suyyamānasukhato^eb^ti āpāthamadhurataṃ āha, ^b^anussariyamānasukhato^eb^ti vimaddaramaṇīyataṃ. ^b^Byañjanaparisuddhatāyā^eb^ti sabhāvaniruttibhāvena tassā kathāya vacanacāturiyamāha, ^b^atthaparisuddhatāyā^eb^ti atthassa nirupakkilesataṃ. ^b^Anekehi pariyāyehī^eb^ti anekehi kāraṇehi. ^b^Adiṭṭhattā^eb^ti ^a^V1.0149^ea^^a^M1.0170^ea^ upasaṅkamanavasena adiṭṭhattā. ^b^Guṇāguṇavasenā^eb^ti guṇavasena gambhīrabhāvaṃ vā aguṇavasena uttānabhāvaṃ vā. ^b^Ovaṭṭikasāraṃ katvā^eb^ti ovaṭṭikāya gahetabbasāravatthuṃ katvā. ^b^Lokanissaraṇabhavokkantipañha^eb^nti lokato nissaṭabhāvapañhañceva ādito bhavokkamanapañhañca. Satthu sammāsambuddhataṃ pucchanto hi ‘‘kiṃ bhavaṃ gotamo sabbalokato nissaṭo, sabbasattehi ca jeṭṭho’’ti? Pucchati nāma. Yathā hi satthu sammāsambuddhatāya lokato nissaṭatā viññāyati, evaṃ sabbasattehi jeṭṭhabhāvato seṭṭhabhāvato. Svāyamattho ^b^aggapasādasuttā^eb^dīhi (itivu. 90; a. ni. 4.34) vibhāvetabbo. Kathaṃ pana sambuddhatā viññāyatīti? Aviparītadhammadesanato. Ayamettha saṅkhepo, vitthāro pana ^b^visuddhimaggasaṃvaṇṇanādīsu^eb^ (visuddhi. mahāṭī. 1.124) vuttanayena veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03]Rājā satthu aviparītadhammadesanaṃ ajānanto tato evassa sammāsambodhiṃ asaddahanto ‘‘vuḍḍhataresupi cirapabbajitesu sammāsambuddhabhāve alabbhamāne tabbiparīte kathaṃ labbheyyā’’ti maññamāno ‘‘kiṃ pana bhavaṃ gotamo’’tiādiṃ vakkhati. ^b^Rājā attano laddhiyā na pucchati^eb^ attano sammukhā tehi asammāsambuddhabhāvasseva paṭiññātattā. Yasmā te musāvāditāya attano upaṭṭhākādīnaṃ ‘‘buddhā maya’’nti paṭijāniṃsu, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘loke mahājanena gahitapaṭiññāvasena pucchatī’’^eb^ti. Svāyamattho āgamissati. ^b^Buddhasīhanāda^eb^nti buddhānaṃ eva āveṇikaṃ sīhanādaṃ. Kāmaṃ maggañāṇapadaṭṭhānaṃ sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ, sambodhiñāṇe pana gahite taṃ atthato gahitameva hotīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘sabbaññutaññāṇasaṅkhātaṃ sammāsambodhi’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pabbajjūpagamanenā^eb^ti yāya kāyaci pabbajjāya upagamanamattena samaṇā, na samitapāpatāya. ^b^Jātivasenā^eb^ti jātimattena brāhmaṇā, na bāhitapāpatāya. ^b^Pabbajitasamūhasaṅkhāto saṅgho^eb^ti pabbajitasamūhatāmattena saṅgho, na niyyānikadiṭṭhivisuddhasīlasāmaññavasena saṃhatattāti adhippāyo. ^b^Etesaṃ atthī^eb^ti etesaṃ sabbaññupaṭiññātānaṃ parivārabhūto atthi. ^b^Svevā^eb^ti pabbajitasamūhasaṅkhāto eva. Keci pana ‘‘pabbajitasamūhavasena. Saṅghino, gahaṭṭhasamūhavasena gaṇino’’ti vadanti, taṃ tesaṃ matimattaṃ gaṇe eva loke saṅghasaddassa niruḷhattā. ^b^Ācārasikkhāpanavasenā^eb^ti acelakavatacariyādi-ācārasikkhāpanavasena. ^b^Pākaṭā^eb^ti saṅghīādibhāvena ^a^M1.0171^ea^ pakāsitā. ^b^‘‘Appicchā’’^eb^ti vatvā tattha labbhamānaṃ appicchataṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘apicchatāya vatthampi na nivāsentī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Na hi tesu sāsanikesu viya santaguṇaniguhanā appicchā labbhatīti. ^b^Yaso^eb^ti kittisaddo. Taranti etena saṃsāroghanti evaṃ sammatattā titthaṃ vuccati laddhīti ^a^V1.0150^ea^ āha ^b^‘‘titthakarāti laddhikarā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Sādhusammatā^eb^ti ‘‘sādhū’’ti sammatā, na sādhūhi sammatāti āha ^b^‘‘santo…pe… puthujjanassā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kappakolāhala^eb^nti kappato kolāhalaṃ, ‘‘kappuṭṭhānaṃ bhavissatī’’ti devaputtehi ugghositamahāsaddo. ^b^Ime^eb^ti pūraṇādayo. ^b^Buddhakolāhala^eb^nti devatāhi ghositaṃ buddhakolāhalaṃ. ^b^Payirupāsitvā^eb^ti purisasutiparamparāya sutvā. ^b^Cintāmaṇivijjā^eb^ nāma paracittajānāpanavijjā. Sā ^b^kevaṭṭasutte^eb^ ‘‘maṇikā’’ti āgatā, ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena gandhārisambhavavijjādiṃ saṅgaṇhāti. Tattha gandhāriyā vikubbanaṃ dasseti. ^b^Attabhāve^eb^ti sarīre. ^b^Rājusmā^eb^ti rājatejo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sukkadhammo^eb^ti anavajjadhammo nikkilesatā. ^b^Idaṃ gahetvā^eb^ti idaṃ parammukhā ‘‘mayaṃ buddhā’’ti vatvā attano sammukhā ‘‘na mayaṃ buddhā’’ti tehi vuttavacanaṃ gahetvā. ^b^Evamāhā^eb^ti ‘‘yepi te, bho gotama…pe… navo ca pabbajjāyā’’ti evaṃ avoca. ^b^Attano paṭiññaṃ gahetvā^eb^ti ‘‘na mayaṃ buddhā’’ti tesaṃ attano purato pavattitaṃ paṭiññaṃ gahetvā. Īdise ṭhāne kiṃ-saddo paṭisedhavācako hotīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘kinti paṭikkhepavacana’’^eb^nti, kasmā paṭijānātīti attho?<br/><br/>[03]^b^Na uññātabbā^eb^ti na garahitabbā. Garahattho hi ayaṃ u-saddo. ‘‘Daharo’’ti adhikatattā vakkhamānattā ca ^b^‘‘khattiyoti rājakumāro’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Urasā gacchatīti ^b^urago,^eb^ yo koci sappo, idha pana adhippetaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘āsīviso’’^eb^ti āha. ^b^Sīlavantaṃ pabbajitaṃ dasseti^eb^ sāmaññato ‘‘bhikkhū’’ti vadanto. Idha pana yasmā ‘‘bhavampi no gotamo’’tiādinā bhagavantaṃ uddissa kathaṃ samuṭṭhāpesi, tasmā bhagavā attānaṃ abbhantaraṃ akāsi. Yadipi viseso sāmaññajotanāya vibhāvito hoti, saṃsayuppattidīpakaṃ noti vuttaggahaṇaṃ pana taṃ paricchijjatīti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘desanākusalatāyā’’^eb^tiādi. Idāni avaññāparibhave payogato vibhāvetuṃ ^b^‘‘ettha cā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha acittīkatākāravasena avaññāya pākaṭabhāvo, vambhanavasena paribhavassāti adhippāyena ^a^M1.0172^ea^ kāyapayogavasena avaññā dassitā, vacīpayogavasena paribhavo, ubhayaṃ pana ubhayatthāpi pabhedato gahitaṃ, avaññaparibhavānaṃ dvinnampi ubhayattha pariggaho. ^b^Taṃ sabbampī^eb^ti taṃ avaññādi sabbampi. Catūsupi taṃ ^b^na kātabbameva^eb^ sampati āyatiñca anatthāvahattā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tadatthadīpanā^eb^ti tassa ādito vuttassa atthassa dīpanā. ^b^Visesatthadīpanā^eb^ti tato visiṭṭhatthadīpanā ^a^V1.0151^ea^. Khettānaṃ adhipatīti ^b^khattiyo^eb^ti niruttinayena saddasiddhi veditabbā. Khettato vivādā satte tāyatīti ^b^khattiyo^eb^ti lokiyā kathayanti. ‘‘Mahāsammato, khattiyo, rājā’’ti evamāgatesu imesu ^b^dutiyaṃ. Akkhara^eb^nti samaññā. Sā hi udayabbayābhāvato ‘‘na kadāci kharatīti akkhara’’nti vuttā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘nāmagottaṃ na jīratī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Jātisampanna^eb^nti sampannajātiṃ ativisuddhajātiṃ. ^b^Tīṇi kulānī^eb^ti brāhmaṇavessasuddakulāni. ^b^Atikkamitvā^eb^ti attano jātisampattiyā abhibhavitvā.<br/><br/>[03]Kevalaṃ nāmapadaṃ vuttaṃ ākhyātapadaṃ apekkhatevāti āha ^b^‘‘ṭhānaṃ hīti kāraṇaṃ vijjatī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Uddhaṭadaṇḍenā^eb^ti samantato ubbhatena daṇḍena sāsanena, ^b^balavaṃ upakkamaṃ^eb^ garukaṃ rājānampi. ^b^Taṃ khattiyaṃ parivajjeyyā^eb^ti khattiyaṃ avaññāparibhavakaraṇato vajjeyya. Tenāha ^b^‘‘na ghaṭṭeyyā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Uragassa ca nānāvidhavaṇṇaggahaṇe kāraṇaṃ vadati ^b^‘‘yena yena hī’’^eb^tiādinā. ^b^Bahubhakkha^eb^nti mahābhakkhaṃ sabbabhakkhakhādakaṃ. ^b^Pāvakaṃ^eb^ sodhanatthena asuddhassapi dahanena. ^b^So^eb^ti maggo. Kaṇho vattanī imassāti ^b^kaṇhavattanī. Mahanto^eb^ aggikkhandho hutvā. ^b^Yāvabrahmalokappamāṇo^eb^ti kappavuṭṭhānakāle araññe agginā gahite kālantare eva kaṭṭhatiṇarukkhādisambhavoti dassetuṃ ‘‘jāyanti tattha pārohā’’ti pāḷiyaṃ vuttanti dassento ^b^‘‘tatthā’’^eb^tiādimāha.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ḍahituṃ na sakkoti^eb^ paccakkosanādinā. ^b^Vinassanti^eb^ samaṇatejasā vināsitattā. ‘‘Na tassā’’ti ettha na-kāraṃ ‘‘vindare’’ti ettha ānetvā sambandhitabbanti ^a^M1.0173^ea^ āha ^b^‘‘na vindantī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Vatthumattāvasiṭṭho^eb^ti ṭhānameva nesaṃ avasissati, sayaṃ pana sabbaso saha dhanena vinassantīti attho.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Sammadeva samācare’’ti ettha yathā rājādīsu sammā samācareyya, taṃ vibhāgena dassento ^b^‘‘khattiyaṃ tāvā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Taṃ suviññeyyameva. ^b^Tisso kulasampattiyo^eb^ti khattiya-brāhmaṇagahapati-mahāsālakulāni vadati. Pañca rūpibrahmaloke, cattāro arūpībrahmaloketi evaṃ ^b^nava brahmaloke^eb^ kammabhavavibhāgena, sesānaṃ gaṇanānaṃ upapattibhavavibhāgena.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Abhikkanta^eb^nti ativiya kamanīyaṃ. Sā panassā kantatā ativiya iṭṭhatāya manavaḍḍhanatāya ^a^V1.0152^ea^ sobhanatāyāti āha ^b^‘‘atīṭṭhaṃ atimanāpaṃ atisundaranti attho’’^eb^ti. ‘‘Abhikkanta’’nti vacanaṃ apekkhitvā napuṃsakaniddeso, vacanaṃ pana bhagavato dhammadesanāti tathā vuttaṃ. Atthamattadassanaṃ vā etaṃ, tasmā atthavasena liṅgavibhattivipariṇāmo veditabbo. Dutiyapadepi eseva nayo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Adhomukhaṭhapita^eb^nti kenaci adhomukhaṃ ṭhapitaṃ. ^b^Heṭṭhāmukhajāta^eb^nti sabhāveneva heṭṭhāmukhaṃ jātaṃ. ^b^Ugghāṭeyyā^eb^ti vivaṭaṃ kareyya. ^b^Hatthe gahetvā^eb^ti ‘‘puratthābhimukho uttarābhimukho vā gacchā’’tiādīni avatvā hatthe gahetvā nissandehaṃ katvā ‘‘esa maggo’’ti evaṃ vatvā ‘‘gacchā’’ti vadeyya. ^b^Kāḷapakkhacātuddasī^eb^ti kāḷapakkhe cātuddasī. ^b^Nikkujjitaṃ ukkujjeyyā^eb^ti ādheyyassa anādhārabhūtaṃ bhājanaṃ tassa ādhārabhāvāpādanavasena ukkujjeyya. Aññāṇassa abhimukhattā heṭṭhāmukhajātatāya ^b^saddhammavimukhaṃ,^eb^ tato eva adhomukhabhāvena ^b^asaddhamme patita^eb^nti evaṃ padadvayaṃ yathārahaṃ yojetabbaṃ, na yathāsaṅkhayaṃ. Kāmaṃ kāmacchandādayopi paṭicchādakā, micchādiṭṭhi pana savisesaṃ paṭicchādikāti āha ^b^‘‘micchādiṭṭhigahanapaṭicchanna’’^eb^nti. Tenāha bhagavā – ‘‘micchādiṭṭhiparamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, vajjaṃ vadāmī’’ti (a. ni. 1.310). Sabbāpāyagāmimaggo ^b^kummaggo^eb^ ‘‘kucchito maggo’’ti katvā. Sammādiṭṭhiādīnaṃ ujupaṭipakkhatāya micchādiṭṭhiādayo aṭṭha micchattadhammā ^b^micchāmaggo^eb^. Teneva hi tadubhayapaṭipakkhataṃ sandhāya ^b^‘‘saggamokkhamaggaṃ āvikarontenā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Sappiādisannissayo padīpo na tathā ujjalo, yathā telasannissayoti ^a^M1.0174^ea^^b^telapajjota^eb^ggahaṇaṃ. ^b^Etehi pariyāyehī^eb^ti etehi nikkujjitukkujjanapaṭicchannavivaraṇādiupamopamitabbappakārehi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pasannākāra^eb^nti pasannehi kātabbaṃ sakkāraṃ. ^b^Saraṇa^eb^nti paṭisaraṇaṃ parāyaṇaṃ. ^b^Ajjatā^eb^ti ^b^ajjā^eb^ti padassa vaḍḍhanamattaṃ hettha ^b^tā^eb^-saddo yathā ‘‘devatā’’ti. ^b^Pāṇehi upeta^eb^nti pāṇehi saha saraṇaṃ upetaṃ. ‘‘Yāva me pāṇā dharanti, tāva saraṇaṃ gatameva maṃ dhāretū’’ti āpāṇakoṭikaṃ attano saraṇagamanaṃ pavedeti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘yāva me’’^eb^tiādi. Yaṃ panettha atthato avibhattaṃ, taṃ suviññeyyameva.<br/><br/>[06]Daharasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 113
title: paṭhamavaggo^daharasuttavaṇṇanā^purisasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^113^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Purimasutte^eb^ti purimasuttadesanāyaṃ. Tattha hi upasaṅkamantavelāya satthu guṇe ajānanto ^a^V1.0153^ea^ kevalaṃ sammodanaṃ karoti. Desanaṃ sutvā pana satthu guṇe ñatvā saraṇaṅgatattā ^b^idha^eb^ imasmiṃ samāgame ^b^abhivādesi^eb^ pañcapatiṭṭhitena vandi. Attānaṃ adhi ^b^ajjhattaṃ,^eb^ avijahena attānaṃ adhikicca uddissa pavattadhammā ajjhattaṃ ekajjhaṃ gahaṇavasena, bhummatthe cetaṃ paccattavacanaṃ. Kāmañcāyaṃ ajjhattasaddo gocarajjhattavisayajjhattājjhattajjhattesu pavattati. Te panettha na yujjantīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘niyakajjhatta’’^eb^nti, niyakasaṅkhātājjhattadhammesūti attho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘attano santāne’’^eb^ti. ^b^Lubbhanalakkhaṇo^eb^ti gijjhanalakkhaṇo, ārammaṇe daḷhaggahaṇasabhāvoti attho. ^b^Dussanalakkhaṇo^eb^ti kujjhanalakkhaṇo, byāpajjanasabhāvoti attho. ^b^Muyhanalakkhaṇo^eb^ti aññāṇalakkhaṇo, ārammaṇe sabhāvasammohabhāvoti attho. ^b^Viheṭhentī^eb^ti atthanāsanānatthuppādanehi vibādhenti. Tato eva yathā saggamaggesu na dissati, evaṃ karontīti āha ^b^‘‘nāsenti vināsentī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Attani sambhūtā^eb^ti santāne nibbattā.<br/><br/>[06]Purisasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 114
title: daharasuttavaṇṇanā^purisasuttavaṇṇanā^jarāmaraṇasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^114^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Aññatra^eb^^a^M1.0175^ea^^b^jarāmaraṇā^eb^ti jarāmaraṇena vinā. Jarāmaraṇavirahito jāto nāma atthi nu khoti pucchati. Pāḷiyaṃ ^b^jātassā^eb^ti paccatte sāmivacanaṃ. ^b^Mahāsālā^eb^ti iminā ^b^ra^eb^-kārassa ^b^la^eb^-kāraṃ katvā ‘‘mahāsālā’’ti vuttanti dasseti yathā ‘‘puratthiyoti pulatthiyo’’ti. ^b^Mahāsārappattā^eb^ti mahantaṃ vibhavasāraṃ pattā. ^b^Koṭisataṃ^eb^ dhanaṃ, ayameva vā pāṭho. ‘‘Kumbhaṃ nāma dasa ambaṇānī’’ti vadanti. ^b^Issarā^eb^ti vibhavissariyena issarā. ^b^Suvaṇṇarajatabhājanādīna^eb^nti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena vatthaseyyāvasathādiṃ saṅgaṇhāti. Asādhāraṇadhanānaṃ nidhānagatattā ^b^‘‘anidhānagatassā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Tuṭṭhikaraṇassā^eb^ti pāsādasivikādisukhasādhanassa.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ārakā kilesehī^eb^ti niruttinayena saddasiddhimāha. ^b^Ārakā^eb^ti ca sabbaso samucchinnattā tehi dūreti attho. Rāgādīnaṃ hatattā, pāpakaraṇe rahābhāvato, anuttaradakkhiṇeyyatādipaccayā ca ^b^arahaṃ^eb^. Kāmañcāyaṃ saṃyuttavaṇṇanā, abhidhammanayo eva pana nippariyāyoti āha ^b^‘‘cattāro āsavā’’^eb^ti ^b^brahmacariyavāsa^eb^nti maggabrahmacariyavāsaṃ. ^b^Vuṭṭhā^eb^ti vuṭṭhavanto. ^b^Catūhi maggehi karaṇīya^eb^nti paccekaṃ catūhi maggehi kattabbaṃ pariññāpahānasacchikiriyabhāvanābhisamayaṃ. Evaṃ gataṃ soḷasavidhaṃ hoti. Osīdāpanaṭṭhena bhārā viyāti ^b^bhārā^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘bhārā have pañcakkhandhā’’^eb^tiādi (saṃ. ni. 3.22). Attapaṭibaddhatāya attano avijahanato paramatthadesanāya ca paramattho arahattaṃ. Kāmañcāyamattho sabbasamiddhisasantatipariyāpanno anavajjadhammo ^a^V1.0154^ea^ sambhavati akuppasabhāvā, aparihānadhammesu pana aggabhūte arahatte sātisayo, na itaresūti ^b^‘‘arahattasaṅkhāto’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Orambhāgiyuddhambhāgiyavibhāgaṃ ^b^dasavidhampi^eb^ bhavesu saṃyojanaṃ kilesakammavipākavaṭṭapaccayo hutvā nissarituṃ appadānavasena bandhatīti ^b^bhavasaṃyojanaṃ^eb^. Satipi hi aññesaṃ tappakkhiyabhāvena vinā saṃyojanāni tesaṃ tappaccayabhāvo atthi, bhavaniyāmo orambhāgiyuddhambhāgiyasaṅgahitoti taṃtaṃbhavanibbattakakammaniyāmo ca hoti, na ca upacchinnasaṃyojanassa katānipi kammāni bhavaṃ nibbattentīti tesaṃyeva saṃyojanaṭṭho daṭṭhabbo. ^b^Sammā^eb^^a^M1.0176^ea^^b^kāraṇehi jānitvā^eb^ti ñāyena dukkhādīsu so yathā jānitabbo; tathā jānitvā, pubbakālakiriyāvimuttā hi aparakālakiriyā ca yathā sambhavati, taṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘maggapaññāyā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Bhijjanasabhāvo^eb^ khaṇāyattattā. ^b^Nikkhipitabbasabhāvo^eb^ maraṇadhammattā. Ayaṃ kāyo usmāyuviññāṇāpagamo chaḍḍanīyadhammo, yasmiṃ yaṃ patiṭṭhitaṃ, taṃ tassa santānagatavippayuttanti katvā vattabbataṃ arahatīti āha ^b^‘‘khīṇāsavassa hi ajīraṇadhammopi atthī’’^eb^tiādi. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘imasmiṃyeva byāmamatte kaḷevare sasaññimhi samanake lokañca paññapemi lokasamudayañca lokanirodhañcā’’tiādi (saṃ. ni. 1.107; a. ni. 4.45). ^b^Assa^eb^ khīṇāsavassa, ‘‘jīraṇadhamma’’nti yathāvuttaṃ ajīraṇadhammaṃ ṭhapetvā jīraṇadhammaṃ dassento ^b^‘‘tesaṃpāyaṃ kāyo bhedanadhammo’’^eb^ti evamāha. Jaraṃ pattasseva hissa bhedananikkhipitabbatāniyate atthe suttadesanā pavattā. Atthassa uppatti aṭṭhuppatti, sā etassa atthīti ^b^aṭṭhuppattiko. Kira^eb^-saddo anussavattho, tena anussavāgatoyamattho, na aṭṭhakathāgatoti dīpeti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘vadantī’’^eb^ti. Yenāyaṃ attho hetunā aṭṭhuppattiko, taṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘sivikasālāyaṃ nisīditvā kathita’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Viharati jetavane’’ti nidānavacanena yathā na virujjhati, tathā veditabbaṃ. Nanu imassa suttassa pucchāvasiko nikkhepoti? Saccametaṃ, suttekadesaṃ pana sandhāya aṭṭhuppattikatāvacanaṃ. Keci pana ‘‘yānaṃ āruhitvā rājā āgato, rañño ārohanīyarathaṃ dassetvā vutta’’ntipi vadanti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sarīre^eb^ pheṇapiṇḍasame ^b^kiṃ vattabbaṃ? Sabbhi saddhi^eb^nti sādhūhi saha pavedayanti. Na hi kadāci sādhūnaṃ sādhūhi saha kattabbā honti, tasmā sīdanasabhāvānaṃ kilesānaṃ bhijjanappattattā nibbānaṃ sabbhīti vuccati. ^b^Purimapadassā^eb^ti ‘‘satañca dhammo na jaraṃ upetī’’ti padassa. ^b^Kāraṇaṃ dassento^eb^ byatirekavasena. ^b^Sataṃ dhammo^eb^ nibbānaṃ kilesehi saṃsīdanabhijjanasabhāvo na hoti, tasmā taṃ āgamma ^b^jaraṃ na upeti^eb^. Kilesā pana tannimittakā, ^a^V1.0155^ea^ evamayaṃ vuttakāraṇato jaraṃ na upetīti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ida’’^eb^ntiādi. ^b^Sundarādhivacanaṃ vā etaṃ ‘‘sabbhī’’^eb^ti padaṃ apāpatādīpanato, sabbhidhammabhūtanti ^a^M1.0177^ea^ attho. Tenāha ‘‘virāgo tesaṃ aggamakkhāyati (itivu. 90; a. ni. 4.34), na tena dhammena samatthi kiñcī’’ti (khu. pā. 6.4; su. ni. 227) ca.<br/><br/>[06]Jarāmaraṇasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 115
title: purisasuttavaṇṇanā^jarāmaraṇasuttavaṇṇanā^piyasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^115^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Rahasi gatassā^eb^ti janasambādhato apakkantassa. ^b^Nilīnassa^eb^ teneva janavivekena ekamantaṃ nisajjāya ekībhāvena paṭisallīnassa viya. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ekībhūtassā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Sabbaññubhāsitaṃ karonto āha^eb^ tassa vacanaṃ ‘‘evameta’’nti sampaṭicchitvā tassa vacanaṃ tathāpaccanubhāsanto. Antakenādhipannattā eva khettavatthuhiraññasuvaṇṇādi ^b^mānusaṃ bhavaṃ jahato. Anuga^eb^nti anugataṃ, tameva anugāmīti attho. ^b^Nicaya^eb^nti uparūpari vaḍḍhiyā nicitabhūtaṃ. ^b^Samparāyika^eb^nti samparāya hitaṃ.<br/><br/>[06]Piyasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 116
title: jarāmaraṇasuttavaṇṇanā^piyasuttavaṇṇanā^attarakkhitasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^116^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Pīdahana^eb^nti saṃyamanaṃ. ^b^Kammapathabhedaṃ appattassā^eb^ti supinakālo viya pavattimattatāya kammapathavisesaṃ agatassa. ^b^Kammassā^eb^ti akusalakammassa. ^b^Saṃvara^eb^nti saṃvarabhāvaṃ dasseti, itarassa pana saṃvarabhāvo purimehi tīhi padehi dassitovāti. ^b^Ottappampi gahitameva^eb^ tadavinābhāvato. Na hi pāpajigucchanaṃ pāpautrāsarahitaṃ, utrāso vā pāpajigucchanarahito atthīti.<br/><br/>[06]Attarakkhitasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 117
title: piyasuttavaṇṇanā^attarakkhitasuttavaṇṇanā^appakasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^117^eb^^b^.^eb^ Uḷārasaddo ^a^M1.0178^ea^ seṭṭhe bahuke ca dissatīti āha ^b^‘‘paṇīte ca bahuke cā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Mānamajjanenā^eb^ti mānavasena madappattiyā. ^b^Atikkama^eb^nti sādhumariyādavītikkamalakkhaṇaṃ dosaṃ. ^b^Kūṭo^eb^ pāso.<br/><br/>[06]Appakasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 118
title: attarakkhitasuttavaṇṇanā^appakasuttavaṇṇanā^aḍḍakaraṇasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^118^eb^^b^.^eb^ Yasmā ^a^V1.0156^ea^ kāmanimittaṃ satto sampajānamusā bhāsati, tasmā kāmā tassa patiṭṭhā paccayo kāraṇanti āha ^b^‘‘kāmahetū’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Bhadramukha^eb^sīsena ^b^viṭaṭubhaṃ^eb^ bhadropacārena upacaratīti attho, vinicchayo karīyati etthāti ^b^aḍḍakaraṇaṃ,^eb^ vinicchayaṭṭhānaṃ. ^b^Khippa^eb^nti kūṭaṃ, macchakhippantipi vaṭṭati. ^b^Oḍḍita^eb^nti oḍḍanavasena phalaṃ pāpitaṃ.<br/><br/>[06]Aḍḍakaraṇasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 119
title: appakasuttavaṇṇanā^aḍḍakaraṇasuttavaṇṇanā^mallikāsuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^119^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^‘‘Kasmā pucchatī’’^eb^ti? Pucchākāraṇaṃ codetvā samudayato paṭṭhāya dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘ayaṃ kira mallikā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Mālārāmaṃ gantvāti^eb^ attano pitu mālārāmaṃ rakkhaṇatthañceva avasesapupphaggahaṇatthañca gantvā. ^b^Kāsigāme^eb^ti kāsiraṭṭhassa gāme. So kira gāmo mahākosalarājena attano dhītuyā patigharaṃ gacchantiyā pupphamūlatthāya dinno, taṃnimittaṃ. ^b^Bhāgineyyena^eb^ ajātasattunā. ^b^Tassā^eb^ti rañño pasenadissa. ^b^Sāti^eb^ mallikā. ^b^Nivattitu^eb^nti tassā dhammatāya nivattituṃ tassā vacanaṃ paṭikkhipituṃ. ^b^Nevajjhagā^eb^ti vattamānatthe atītavacananti āha ^b^‘‘nādhigacchatī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Puthu attā^eb^ti tesaṃ sattānaṃ attā.<br/><br/>[06]Mallikāsuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 120
title: aḍḍakaraṇasuttavaṇṇanā^mallikāsuttavaṇṇanā^yaññasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^120^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Thūṇa^eb^nti ^a^M1.0179^ea^ yaññūpatthambhaṃ. ^b^Upanītāni^eb^ yaññaṃ yajituṃ ārambhāya. ^b^Ettāvatā^eb^ti ‘‘idha, bhante…pe… rudamānā parikammāni karontī’’ti ettakena pāṭhena. ^b^Sanniṭṭhāna^eb^nti ‘‘naṃ itthiṃ labhissāmi nu kho, na nu kho labhissāmī’’ti nicchayaṃ avindanto na ñāyanto. ^b^Pheṇuddehaka^eb^nti yathā yattha kuthite pheṇaṃ uddehati na upadhīyati, evaṃ anekavāraṃ pheṇaṃ uṭṭhāpetvā. ^b^Taṃ divasa^eb^nti tasmiṃ raññā niddaṃ alabhitvā dukkhaseyyadivase. ^b^Ālokaṃ oloketvā^eb^ti lohakumbhimukhavaṭṭisīse patte tattha mahantaṃ ālokaṃ oloketvā. Attāno vacanaṃ rañño pavattiñāpanatthaṃ. ^b^Mahāsaddo udapādi^eb^ ‘‘evarūpaṃ yaññaṃ rājā kārāpetī’’ti. ^b^Vattukāmo ahosi,^eb^ vattuñca pana avisahanto ‘‘sa’’ iti vatvā lohakumbhiyaṃ nimuggo. Imaṃ gāthaṃ vattukāmo ahosīti ayaṃ panettha sambandho. Esa nayo sesapadadvayepi. ^b^Dhammabheriṃ carāpesuṃ^eb^ ‘‘koci ^a^V1.0157^ea^ kañci pāṇaṃ mā hanatū’’ti. ^b^So itthisāmiko puriso sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhahi^eb^ attano upanissayasampattiyā sattu ca desanāvilāsasampattiyā, rājā pana mahābodhinirujjhanasabhāvattā kiñci visesaṃ nādhigacchi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Saṅgahavatthūnī^eb^ti lokassa saṅgahakāraṇāni. Nipphannasassato navabhāge kassakassa datvā raññaṃ ekabhāgaggahaṇaṃ ^b^dasamabhāgaggahaṇaṃ^eb^. Evaṃ kassakā haṭṭhatuṭṭhā sassāni sampādentīti āha ^b^‘‘sassasampādane medhāvitāti attho’’^eb^ti. Tato orabhāge kira chabhāgaggahaṇaṃ jātaṃ. ^b^Chamāsika^eb^nti channaṃ channaṃ māsānaṃ pahonakaṃ. ^b^Pāsetī^eb^ti pāsagate viya karoti. Vācāya piyassa piyakarassa kammaṃ ^b^vācāpeyyaṃ^eb^. Sabbaso raṭṭhassa iddhādibhāvato ^b^khemaṃ. Nirabbudaṃ^eb^ coriyābhāvato. Idañhi raṭṭhaṃ acoriyaṃ ^b^niraggaḷanti vuccati^eb^ apārutagharabhāvato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Uddhaṃmūlakaṃ katvā^eb^ti ummūlaṃ katvā. ^b^Dvīhi pariyaññehī^eb^ti mahāyaññassa pubbabhāge pacchā ca pavattetabbehi dvīhi parivārayaññehi. ^b^Sattavīsati…pe… nassā^eb^ti sattavīsādhikānaṃ tiṇṇaṃ pasusatānaṃ dvāvīsatiyā assādīhi ca saṭṭhiadhikadvisatāaraññakapasūhi ca saddhiṃ sampiṇḍitānaṃ pana ^a^M1.0180^ea^ navādhikachasatapasūnaṃ māraṇena bheravassa pāpabhīrukānaṃ bhayāvahassa. Tathā hi vadanti –<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Chasatāni niyujjanti, pasūnaṃ majjhime hani,<br/><br/>[22]Assamedhassa yaññassa, adhikāni navāpi cā’’ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Samma^eb^nti yugacchidde pakkhipitabbadaṇḍakaṃ. ^b^Pāsentī^eb^ti khipanti. ^b^Saṃhārimehī^eb^ti sakaṭehi vahitabbehi yūpehi. Pubbe kira eko rājā sammāpāsaṃ yajanto sarassatinadītīre pathaviyā vivare dinne nimuggoyeva ahosi. Andhabālabrāhmaṇā gatānugatigatā ‘‘ayaṃ tassa saggagamanamaggo’’ti saññāya tattha sammāpāsayaññaṃ paṭṭhapenti. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘nimuggokāsato pabhutī’’^eb^ti. Ayūpo appakadivaso ^b^yāgo,^eb^ sayūpo bahudivasaṃ sādheyyo ^b^satrayāgo^eb^. Mantapadābhisaṅkhatānaṃ sappimadhūnaṃ ^b^vāja^eb^miti samaññā, hiraññasuvaṇṇagomahiṃ sādi^b^sattarasakadakkhiṇassa^eb^. Sāragabbhakoṭṭhāgārādīsu natthettha aggaḷanti ^b^niraggaḷo^eb^. Tattha kira yaññe attano sāpateyyaṃ anavasesato anigūhitvā niyyātīyati. ^b^Mahārambhā^eb^ti bahupasughātakammā. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana ‘‘vividhā yattha haññare’’ti vakkhamānattā ‘‘mahākiccā’’ti attho vutto, idha ‘‘mahārambhāti papañcavasena ajeḷakā’’tiādi vuttanti ‘‘bahupasughātakammā’’ti attho vutto. ^b^Nirārambhā^eb^ti ^a^V1.0158^ea^ etthāpi vuttanayena attho veditabbo. Anugataṃ kulanti ^b^anukulaṃ,^eb^ kulānugatanti attho veditabbo. Tenāha ^b^‘‘yaṃ niccabhattādi…pe… attho’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[06]Yaññasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 121
title: mallikāsuttavaṇṇanā^yaññasuttavaṇṇanā^bandhanasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^121^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ida^eb^nti ‘‘idha, bhante’’tiādikaṃ vacanaṃ. Te bhikkhū ārocesunti sambandho. ^b^Tesū^eb^ti tesu raññā bandhāpitamanussesu. ^b^Sukatakāraṇa^eb^nti sukāraṇakiriyaṃ ārocesuṃ, na kevalaṃ tesaṃ manussānaṃ bandhāpitabhāvaṃ ^a^M1.0181^ea^. Idāni tamatthaṃ vitthārato dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘rañño kirā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Aṭṭhavaṅko^eb^ti aṭṭhaṃso. ^b^Antogharacārino^eb^ti antepuravāsino.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ukkaṭṭhe^eb^ti yuddhe. ^b^Mantīsū^eb^ti guttamantīsu. ^b^Akutūhala^eb^nti saññataṃ. ^b^Piya^eb^nti piyāyitabbaṃ. ^b^Annapānamhi^eb^ madhure abhutte uppanne. ^b^Atthe^eb^ti atthe kicce jāte ^b^thiranti na kathenti^eb^ kāyabalamattena apanetuṃ sakkuṇeyyattā. ^b^Suṭṭhu rattarattā^eb^ti ativiya rattā eva hutvā rattā. ^b^Sārattenā^eb^ti sārabhāvena sārabhāvasaññāya. ^b^Ohārina^eb^nti heṭṭhā haraṇasīlanti āha ^b^‘‘catūsu apāyesu ākaḍḍhanaka’’^eb^nti. ^b^Sithila^eb^nti sithilākāraṃ, na pana sithilaṃ. Tenāha bhagavā ^b^‘‘duppamuñca’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[06]Bandhanasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.<br/><br/>[06]Paṭhamavaggavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 122
title: yaññasuttavaṇṇanā^dutiyavaggo^sattajaṭilasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^122^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Pubbārāmasaṅkhāte^eb^ti sāvatthinagarassa pubbadisāya katattā pubbārāmeti saṅkhaṃ gate. ^b^Tatrā^eb^ti ‘‘migāramātuyā pāsāde’’ti tasmiṃ saṃkhittavacane. ^b^Ayaṃ^eb^ idāni vuccamānā ^b^anupubbikathā^eb^ ādito paṭṭhāya anukkamakathā. ^b^Patthanaṃ akāsi^eb^ tassa bhagavato aggupaṭṭhāyikaṃ ekaṃ upāsikaṃ disvā taṃ ṭhānantaraṃ ākaṅkhantī. ^b^Meṇḍakaputtassā^eb^ti meṇḍakaseṭṭhiputtassa. ^b^Mātiṭṭhāne^eb^^a^V1.0159^ea^^b^ṭhapesi^eb^ tassā upakāraṃ garubhāvañca disvā. ^b^Tāya kārite pāsāde^eb^ti tāya mahāupāsikāya mahālatāpasādhanaṃ vissajjetvā navahi koṭīhi karīsamatte bhūmibhāge kārite sahassagabbhapaṭimaṇḍite pāsāde.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Parūḷhakacchā^eb^ti parūḷhakacchalomā. Kamaṇḍalughaṭikādiṃ ^b^pabbajitaparikkhāraṃ. Naggabhogganissirikāna^eb^nti naggānañceva bhoggānañca nissirikānañca. Te hi anivatthavatthatāya naggā ceva, acelakavatādinā bhoggasarīratāya bhoggā, sobhārahitatāya nissirikā ca. ^b^Attanā diṭṭhasutaṃ^eb^^a^M1.0182^ea^^b^paṭicchādetvā na katheyyu^eb^nti akāraṇametaṃ tesaṃ raññā payuttacarapurisabhāvato. ^b^Evaṃ kate pana^eb^ te ‘‘aññepi pabbajitā atthīti ayaṃ jānātī’’ti maññeyyunti kohaññacitto evaṃ akāsīti sakkā viññātuṃ. Tathā hi tenatthena aparitosamāno ^b^‘‘apicā’’^eb^tiādimāha.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kāsikacandana^eb^nti ujjalacandanaṃ. Taṃ kira vaṇṇavasena samujjalaṃ hoti pabhassaraṃ, tadatthameva naṃ saṇhataraṃ karonti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘kāsikacandananti saṇhacandana’’^eb^nti. ^b^Vaṇṇagandhatthāyā^eb^ti vaṇṇasobhatthañceva sugandhabhāvatthañca. ^b^Vaṇṇagandhatthāyā^eb^ti chavirāgakaraṇatthañceva sugandhatthāya ca. ‘‘Gihinā’’tiādīhi padehi evaṃ pamādavihārinā tayā arahanto duviññeyyāti dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]Saṃvāso nāma idha kālena upasaṅkamananti dassento ^b^‘‘upasaṅkamantenā’’^eb^ti āha. Kāyavācāhi asaṃyatenapi ^b^saṃyatākāro, asaṃvutindriyenapi saṃvutindriyākāro. Pariggahessāmī^eb^ti vīmaṃsissāmi ‘‘parisuddhaṃ nu kho, no’’ti. ^b^Sappaññenā^eb^ti sīlapariggaṇhanapaññāya sappaññena. ^b^Jānituṃ na sakkoti^eb^ sabhāvassa sato sīlassa anupadhāraṇato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kathanenā^eb^ti aparāparaṃ kathanena. Tathā hi vakkhati ^b^‘‘ekaccassa hī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Ariyavohāro^eb^ti diṭṭhādilakkhaṇena voharito ‘‘diṭṭhaṃ adiṭṭha’’ntiādinā pavuttasaddavohāro. Tassa pana kāraṇameva gaṇhanto ^b^‘‘ettha cetanā’’^eb^ti āha. Esa nayo ^b^anariyavohārepi^eb^. Paramatthato hi saccavācādayo musāvādādayo cetanālakkhaṇāti. ^b^Paññattivohāro^eb^ tathā tathā voharitabbato ^b^evamāha^eb^ ‘‘saṃvohārena kho, mahārāja, soceyyaṃ veditabba’’nti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ñāṇathāmo^eb^ti ñāṇaguṇabalaṃ, yena ṭhānuppattikapaṭibhānādinā accāyikakiccakaraṇīyāni niṭṭhāpeti. ^b^Saṃkathāyā^eb^ti atthavīmaṃsanavasena pavattāya sammākathāya. ^b^Uppilavati^eb^ lahukabhāvato. ^b^Heṭṭhācarakā^eb^ti ^a^V1.0160^ea^ avacarakā. Ye anupavisitvā paresaṃ rahassavīmaṃsanavasena pavattā, tesu ocarakavohāroti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘carā hī’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vaṇṇasaṇṭhānenā^eb^ti vaṇṇena vā saṇṭhānena vā vaṇṇapokkharatāya vā saṇṭhānasampattiyā vā. Sujāno pesalo vissaseti yojanā. ^b^Lahukadassanenā^eb^ti ^a^M1.0183^ea^ parittadassanena vijjukena viya. ^b^Parikkhārabhaṇḍakenā^eb^ti pabbajitaparikkhārabhūtena bhaṇḍakena. ^b^Lohaḍḍhamāso^eb^ti lohamayo upaḍḍhagghanakamāso.<br/><br/>[06]Sattajaṭilasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 123
title: dutiyavaggo^sattajaṭilasuttavaṇṇanā^pañcarājasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^123^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Rūpā^eb^ti rūpasaṅkhātā kāmaguṇā. Te pana nīlādivasena anekabhedabhinnāpi rūpāyatanattā cakkhuviññeyyataṃ nātivattantīti āha ^b^‘‘nīlapītādibhedaṃ rūpārammaṇa’’^eb^nti. To-saddopi dā-saddo viya kālattho hotīti āha ^b^‘‘yatoti yadā’’^eb^ti. Manaṃ āpayati vaḍḍhetīti ^b^manāpaṃ,^eb^ manoramaṃ. ^b^Manāpanipphattita^eb^nti tassa puggalassa manasā piyāyitaṃ, tassa aggabhāvena pariyantaṃ paramaṃ koṭiṃ katvā pavattitanti attho. ^b^Puggalamanāpa^eb^nti ārammaṇasabhāvaṃ acintetvā puggalassa vasena manāpabhāveneva iṭṭhatāya iṭṭhanti. ^b^Sammutī^eb^ti samaññā. ^b^Puggalamanāpaṃ nāma^eb^ saññāvipallāsavasena viparītampi gaṇhāti itarasabhāvatoti āha ^b^‘‘yaṃ ekassa…pe… iṭṭhaṃ kanta’’^eb^nti. Idāni taṃ jivhāviññeyyavasena yojetvā dassento ^b^‘‘paccantavāsīna’’^eb^ntiādimāha. ^b^Idaṃ puggalamanāpa^eb^nti idaṃ yathāvuttaṃ jivhāviññeyyaṃ viya aññampi evaṃjātikaṃ tena tena puggalena manāpanti gahetabbārammaṇaṃ puggalamanāpaṃ nāma.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Loke paṭivibhattaṃ natthi,^eb^ vibhajitvā dassanena lokena madhurajātenapi paṭivibhattaṃ katvā gahetuṃ na sakkuṇeyyāti adhippāyo. Tenāha ^b^‘‘vibhajitvā pana dassetabba’’^eb^nti. ^b^Dibbakappampī^eb^ti devalokapariyāpannasadisampi ^b^amanāpaṃ upaṭṭhāti^eb^ uḷārapaṇītārammaṇaparicayato. ^b^Majjhimānaṃ pana…pe… vibhajitabbaṃ^eb^ tesaṃ manāpassa manāpato, amanāpassa amanāpato upaṭṭhānato. Tatthapi iṭṭhāniṭṭhaparicchedo nippariyāyato evaṃ veditabboti dassento āha ^b^‘‘tañca paneta’’^eb^ntiādi. ^b^Tañca panetaṃ^eb^ iṭṭhāniṭṭhabhūtaṃ ^b^ārammaṇaṃ^eb^ kāmāvacarajavanesu akusalassa vasena yebhuyyena ^a^M1.0184^ea^ pavattatīti katvā tattha ‘‘rajjati dussatī’’ti akusalasseva pavatti dassitā. Sesakāmāvacarassapi vasena pavatti labbhateva. Tathā hi taṃ appaṭikūlepi paṭikūlākārato, paṭikūlepi ^a^V1.0161^ea^ appaṭikūlākārato pavattatīti. ^b^Vipākacittaṃ iṭṭhāniṭṭhaṃ paricchindati,^eb^ na sakkā vipākaṃ vañcetunti. Kusalakammaṃ hi ekantato iṭṭhameva, akusalakammañca aniṭṭhameva, tasmā tattha uppajjamānaṃ vipākacittaṃ yathāsabhāvato pavattatīti.<br/><br/>[03]Yaṃ pana ^b^sammohavinodaniyaṃ^eb^ ‘‘kusalakammajaṃ aniṭṭhaṃ nāma natthī’’ti ettakameva vuttaṃ, taṃ pana nidassanamattaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Tena sobhanaṃ akusalakammajampi ekaccānaṃ sattānaṃ iṭṭhanti anuññātaṃ siyā. Kusalakammajaṃ pana sabbesaṃ iṭṭhamevāti vadanti. Tiracchānagatānaṃ kesañci manussarūpaṃ amanāpaṃ, yato te disvāva palāyanti. Manussā ca devatānaṃ rūpaṃ disvā bhāyanti, tesampi vipākaviññāṇaṃ taṃ rūpaṃ ārabbha kusalavipākameva uppajjati, tādisassa pana puññassa abhāvā na tesaṃ tattha abhirati hotīti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Kusalakammajassa pana aniṭṭhassa abhāvo viya akusalakammajassa sobhanassa iṭṭhassa abhāvo vattabbo. Hatthiādīnampi hi akusalakammajaṃ manussānaṃ akusalavipākasseva ārammaṇaṃ, kusalakammajaṃ pana pavatte samuṭṭhitaṃ kusalavipākassa, iṭṭhārammaṇena vomissakattā appakaṃ akusalakammajaṃ bahulaṃ akusalavipākuppattiyā kāraṇaṃ na bhavissatīti sakkā vattuṃ. Idāni tameva vipākavasena iṭṭhāniṭṭhārammaṇavavatthānaṃ vibhāvetuṃ ^b^‘‘kiñcāpi hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tayidaṃ sammutimanāpasaṃvibhāgatthaṃ vuttaṃ, idha pana na tathā vibhattanti āha ^b^‘‘bhagavā panā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]So upāsako candanaṅgalagāme jātattā ^b^‘‘candanaṅgaliko’’^eb^ti paññāyati, ‘‘candanavilāso’’ti keci. Tassa upāsakassa paṭibhānaṃ udapādīti yojanā. Te rājāno hatappabhe hatasobhe disvāti sambandho. ^b^Udakābhisitte^eb^ti udakena abhisiñcite. ^b^Aṅgāre viyā^eb^ti aṅgārakkhaṇe viya.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kālassevā^eb^ti pageva. ^b^Avigatagandhaṃ^eb^ taṅkhaṇavikasitatāya. ^b^Īdisaṃ vacana^eb^nti ‘‘acchādesī’’ti evarūpaṃ vacananti.<br/><br/>[06]Pañcarājasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 124
title: sattajaṭilasuttavaṇṇanā^pañcarājasuttavaṇṇanā^doṇapākasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^124^eb^^b^.^eb^ ‘‘Doṇapākakura’’nti ^a^M1.0185^ea^ ettha vibhattilopaṃ katvā niddesoti āha ^b^‘‘doṇapākaṃ kura’’^eb^nti. ^b^Doṇassā^eb^ti catunnaṃ āḷhakānaṃ, soḷasanāḷīnanti attho. ^b^Tadupiya^eb^nti tadanurūpaṃ, tassa ^a^V1.0162^ea^ vuttaparimāṇassa anucchavikanti attho. ^b^Pubbe^eb^ti taṃdivasato purimataradivasesu. ^b^Balavā^eb^ti mahā. ^b^Bhattapariḷāho^eb^ti bhattasammadahetuko. ^b^Assa^eb^ rañño ^b^ubhosu passesu^eb^ gahitatālavaṇṭā ^b^bījanti yamakatālavaṇṭehi^eb^. ^b^Phāsuvihāra^eb^nti bhojane mattaññutāya laddhabbasukhavihāraṃ. Bhojanamattaññū hi sukhavihāro hoti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘tanukassa bhavanti vedanā, saṇikaṃ jīrati āyu pālaya’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tanukassā^eb^ti tanukā assa puggalassa, bhuttapaccayā visabhāgavedanā na hontīti attho. ^b^Saṇika^eb^nti mandaṃ mudukaṃ, aparissayamevāti attho. ^b^Jīratī^eb^ti paribhuttāhāro paccati. ^b^Āyupālaya^eb^nti nirodho avedano jīvitaṃ rakkhanto. Atha vā ^b^saṇikaṃ jīratī^eb^ti so bhojane mattaññū puggalo parimitāhāratāya saṇikaṃ cirena jīrati jaraṃ pāpuṇāti jīvitaṃ pālento.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pariyāpuṇitvā^eb^ti ettha yathā sabbaṃ so pariyāpuṇi, tato parañca yathā paṭipajji, taṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘raññā saddhi’’^eb^ntiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Tāvatake taṇḍule hāreyyāsi^eb^ tadupiyañca byañjananti ānetvā sambandho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Purisabhāgo esā^eb^ti majjhimena purisena bhuñjitabbabhāgo eso, yadidaṃ nāḷikodanamattaṃ. ^b^Sallikhitasarīratā^eb^ti bhamaṃ āropetvā ullikhitassa viya sabbapariḷāhavūpasamassa puthulatāpagatasarīrassa. ^b^Sīlaṃ samparāyikattho^eb^ti vuttaṃ, kuto panettha sīlanti āha ^b^‘‘bhojane’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Sīlaṅgaṃ nāma hotī^eb^ti catupārisuddhisīlassa avayavo eko bhāgo hoti.<br/><br/>[06]Doṇapākasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 125
title: pañcarājasuttavaṇṇanā^doṇapākasuttavaṇṇanā^paṭhamasaṅgāmasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^125^eb^^b^.^eb^ Vedena ^a^M1.0186^ea^ ñāṇena īhati iriyatīti ^b^vedehī,^eb^ kosalarājabhaginī ajātasattuno mātā, sā kira sampajaññajātikā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘paṇḍitādhivacana’’^eb^nti, cattāri aṅgāni etissanti ^b^caturaṅginī^eb^. ^b^Dvinnaṃ rajjāna^eb^nti kāsikarajjamagadharajjānaṃ antare, so pana gāmo kāsikarajjo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pāpā^eb^ti lāmakā nihīnācārā. Mejjati siniyhatīti metti, sā etesu atthīti ^b^mittā^eb^. Saha ayanti pavattantīti ^b^sahāyā^eb^. ^b^Sampavaṅka^eb^nti suṭṭhu onataṃ. ^b^Jayakāraṇaṃ disvā āha,^eb^ tathā ^a^V1.0163^ea^ hi ‘‘ajja imaṃ rattiṃ dukkhaṃ setī’’ti kālaparicchedavasena vuttaṃ. Verighāto nāma veripuggale satīti āha ^b^‘‘veripuggalaṃ labhatī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[06]Paṭhamasaṅgāmasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 126
title: doṇapākasuttavaṇṇanā^paṭhamasaṅgāmasuttavaṇṇanā^dutiyasaṅgāmasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^126^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Suṇāthā^eb^ti ‘‘vatvā’’ti vacanaseso. ^b^Upakappatī^eb^ti sambhavati. ^b^Sayhaṃ hotī^eb^ti kātuṃ sakkā hoti. ‘‘Yadā caññe’’ti ca-kāro nipātamattanti āha ^b^‘‘yadā aññe’’^eb^ti. ^b^Vilumpantī^eb^ti vināsaṃ acchindanaṃ karonti. ^b^Vilumpīyatī^eb^ti viluttaparasantakassa asakattā puggalo diṭṭhadhammikaṃ kammaphalaṃ paṭisaṃvedento viya sayampi parena vilumpīyati, dhanajāniṃ pāpuṇāti. ^b^‘‘Kāraṇa’’nti hi maññatī^eb^ti pāpakiriyaṃ attano hitāvahaṃ kāraṇaṃ katvā maññati. ^b^Jayanto puggalo^eb^ ‘‘idaṃ nāma jināmī’’ti maññamāno sayampi tato parājayaṃ pāpuṇāti. ^b^Ghaṭṭetāra^eb^nti pāpakammavipākaṃ. ^b^Kammavivaṭṭenā^eb^ti kammassa vivaṭṭanena, paccayalābhena laddhāvasarena vivaṭṭetvā vigamitena kammenāti attho.<br/><br/>[06]Dutiyasaṅgāmasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 127
title: paṭhamasaṅgāmasuttavaṇṇanā^dutiyasaṅgāmasuttavaṇṇanā^mallikāsuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^127^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ekaccā^eb^ti ^a^M1.0187^ea^ paṇḍitā sapaññā. ^b^Seyyā^eb^ti varā. Gāthāsukhatthaṃ sasurasaddalopaṃ katvā ‘‘sassudevā’’ti vuttanti āha ^b^‘‘sassusasuradevatā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Disājeṭṭhakā^eb^ti catūsupi disāsu jeṭṭhakasīsena hi lokaṃ vadati. ^b^Tādisāyā^eb^ti tathārūpāya medhāvitādiguṇavuttiyā. ^b^Subhariyāyā^eb^ti sukhettabhūtāya sundaritthiyāti attho.<br/><br/>[06]Mallikāsuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 128
title: dutiyasaṅgāmasuttavaṇṇanā^mallikāsuttavaṇṇanā^appamādasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^128^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Samadhiggayhā^eb^ti sammā ativiya gahetvā, ñāyena visesato gaṇhitvā. ^b^Kārāpakāppamādo^eb^ti tiṇṇaṃ puññakiriyavatthūnaṃ pavattakāppamādo. ^b^Samavadhāna^eb^nti samavarodhaṃ antogadhaṃ. ^b^Upakkhepa^eb^nti bahi ahutvā pakkhipitabbataṃ. ^b^Sesapadajātāni viya ava…pe… dhammā^eb^ sappadesattā. ^b^Appamāde samodhānaṃ gacchanti^eb^ tassa nippadesattā. ^b^Aggaṃ seṭṭhaṃ^eb^ mahantaṃ ^b^sesadhammānaṃ^eb^^a^V1.0164^ea^^b^appamādo. Paṭilābhakaṭṭhenā^eb^ti adhigamahetutāya. ^b^Lokiyopi samāno^eb^ti kāmāvacaropi samāno. Mahaggatānuttarānaṃ pubbabhāge pavattāppamādo hi idhādhippeto.<br/><br/>[03]Pasaṃsanti paṇḍitāti yojanā. Appamādassa pāsaṃsabhāve ekantato kattabbatāya pana ^b^‘‘etānī’’^eb^tiādinā kāraṇaṃ āha. Imissā yojanāya ‘‘puññakiriyāsū’’ti padassa ‘‘appamatto’’ti iminā sambandho. Yasmā paṇḍitā appamādaṃ pasaṃsanti, yasmā ca puññakiriyāsu appamatto ubho atthe adhiggaṇhāti, tasmā āyuādīni patthayantena appamādova kātabboti. Dutiyayojanāya pana paṇḍitā appamādaṃ pasaṃsanti. Kattha? Puññakiriyāsu. Kasmāti ce? Appamattotiādi. Tenāha ^b^‘‘yasmā…pe… attho’’^eb^ti. ^b^Atthapaṭilābhā^eb^ti diṭṭhadhammikādihitapaṭilābhā.<br/><br/>[06]Appamādasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 129
title: mallikāsuttavaṇṇanā^appamādasuttavaṇṇanā^kalyāṇamittasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^129^eb^^b^.^eb^ Sīlādiguṇasamannāgato ^a^M1.0188^ea^ kalyāṇo bhaddako mitto etassāti kalyāṇamitto, tassa dhammo ^b^kalyāṇamittasseva svākhāto nāma hoti^eb^ sutvā kattabbakiccassa sādhanato. Tenāha ^b^‘‘atthaṃ pūretī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Itarassā^eb^ti pāpamittassa. ^b^Tenā^eb^ti atthapūraṇena. ^b^Eta^eb^nti ‘‘so ca kho kalyāṇamittassā’’ti etaṃ vacanaṃ. ^b^Desanādhammo^eb^ti pariyattidhammo. So hi kalyāṇamittato paccakkhato laddhabbo, itare tadupanissayā paccattapurisakārehi, tena laddhabbo kalyāṇamittoti evamattho gahetabbo. Sāvakabodhisattavasena hesā desanā āgatā. Na hi sesabodhisattānaṃ paropadesena payojanaṃ atthi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Upaḍḍhaṃ kalyāṇamittato^eb^ti brahmacariyaṃ carantassa upaḍḍhaguṇo kalyāṇamittato laddhabbo. ^b^Upaḍḍhaṃ paccattapurisakārato^eb^ti itaraṃ upaḍḍhaṃ ñāṇaṃ paṭipajjantassa attano purisakārato. Lokepi pākaṭoyamattho ‘‘ācariyato upaḍḍhaṃ, paccattapurisakārato upaḍḍhaṃ laddhabbā tevijjatā’’ti, tasmā thero tathā cintesi. ^b^Nippadesa^eb^nti anavasesato. ^b^Tato^eb^ti kalyāṇamittato. ^b^Upaḍḍhaṃ āgacchatī^eb^ti upaḍḍhaguṇo paṭipajjantaṃ upagacchati. ^b^Bahūhi^eb^ purisehi. ^b^Vinibbhogo^eb^ vivecanaṃ ^b^natthi^eb^ ekajjhaṃ atthassa vivecetuṃ asakkuṇeyyattā. ^b^Esā^eb^ti paratoghosapaccattapurisakārato ca sijjhamāno attho. ^b^Ettaka^eb^nti ettako bhāgo. Yadi na sakkā laddhuṃ, atha kasmā upaḍḍhanti vuttanti āha ^b^‘‘kalyāṇamittatāyā’’^eb^tiādi. Sammādiṭṭhiādīsu ^b^na sakkā laddhuṃ^eb^. Asakkuṇeyye ^a^V1.0165^ea^ sakalampi na sambhavati paratoghosamattena tesaṃ asijjhanato, padhānahetubhāvadīpanatthaṃ pana ^b^‘‘sakalamevā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Pubbabhāgapaṭilābhaṅga^eb^nti pubbabhāge paṭiladdhabbakāraṇaṃ kalyāṇamittassa upadesena vinā tena uttari visesato aladdhabbato. ^b^Atthato^eb^ti paramatthato. ^b^‘‘Kalyāṇamittaṃ…pe… cattāro khandhā’’^eb^ti vatvā sutvāti attho. Te pana sīlādayo saṅkhārakkhandhapariyāpannāti āha ^b^‘‘saṅkhārakkhandhotipi vadantiyevā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Māheva^eb^nti mā aha evanti chedo, ^b^ahā^eb^ti nipātamattaṃ, māti paṭisedhe nipāto. Tenāha ^b^‘‘mā evaṃ abhaṇī’’^eb^ti. ‘‘Māhevaṃ ānandā’’ti ^a^M1.0189^ea^ vadato bhagavato imasmiṃ ṭhāne tādisassa nāma te, ānanda, kalyāṇamittaguṇe sevato vattuṃ yuttaṃ ayāthāvatoti dhammabhaṇḍāgārikassa yathābhūtaguṇakittanamukhena paṭikkhepo yuttoti dassento ^b^‘‘bahussuto’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Ida^eb^nti idaṃ vacanaṃ bhagavā āhāti sambandho. ^b^Sakalameva hī^eb^ti ettha ^b^hi^eb^-saddo hetuattho. Tena ‘‘māheva’’nti tassa paṭikkhepassa kāraṇaṃ jotitaṃ, na sarūpato vuttaṃ. ‘‘Kalyāṇamittasseta’’ntiādinā pana taṃ sarūpato dassitanti āha ^b^‘‘idāni…pe… ādimāhā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Pāṭikaṅkhitabba^eb^nti icchanaṭṭhena pāṭikaṅkhitabbaṃ, na paṭikaṅkhānimittenāti āha ^b^‘‘avassaṃbhāvīti attho’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Idhā^eb^ti antogadhāvadhāraṇapadaṃ, idhevāti attho. Imasmiṃyeva hi sāsane ariyamaggabhāvanā, na aññattha. ^b^Ādipadānaṃyevā^eb^ti tasmiṃ tasmiṃ vākye ādito eva vuttasammādiṭṭhiādipadānaṃyeva. ^b^Sammādassanalakkhaṇā^eb^ti catunnaṃ ariyasaccānaṃ pariññābhisamayādivasena sammadeva dassanasabhāvā. ^b^Sammāabhiropanalakkhaṇo^eb^ti nibbānasaṅkhāte ārammaṇe sampayuttadhamme sammadeva āropanasabhāvo. ^b^Sammāpariggahaṇalakkhaṇā^eb^ti musāvādādīnaṃ visaṃvādanādikiccatāya lūkhānaṃ apariggāhakānaṃ paṭipakkhabhāvato pariggāhakasabhāvā sammāvācā siniddhabhāvena sampayuttadhamme sammāvācāpaccayaṃ subhāsitasotārañca puggalaṃ pariggaṇhātīti ^b^sammāpariggahaṇalakkhaṇā^eb^. Yathā kāyikakiriyā kiñci kattabbaṃ samuṭṭhāpeti, sayañca samuṭṭhahanaṃ ghaṭanaṃ hoti, tathā ^b^sammākammanta^eb^ saṅkhātā viratipīti ^b^samuṭṭhāpanalakkhaṇā^eb^ daṭṭhabbā, sampayuttadhammānaṃ vā ukkhipanaṃ ^b^samuṭṭhāpanaṃ^eb^ kāyikakiriyāya bhārukkhipanaṃ viya. Jīvamānassa sattassa, sampayuttadhammānaṃ vā, jīvitappavattiyā ājīvasseva vā suddhi vodānaṃ. Yathā uppannuppannānaṃ vajjānaṃ dhammena pahānānuppādātthalābhādiparivuḍḍhi hoti, evaṃ sampayuttānaṃ paggahaṇasabhāvoti ^b^sammāpaggahalakkhaṇo sammāvāyāmo^eb^. Kāyavedanācittadhammesu subhasukhaniccāttagāhānañca vidhamanavasena sammāpatiṭṭhānasabhāvāti ^b^sammāupaṭṭhānalakkhaṇā sammāsati^eb^. Sampayuttadhammānaṃ sammā samādahanaṃ ^a^V1.0166^ea^ ekaggatākaraṇaṃ sabhāvo etassāti ^b^sammāsamādhānalakkhaṇo sammāsamādhi. Tīṇi kiccāni honti^eb^ paṭipakkhadhammesu ^a^M1.0190^ea^, ārammaṇadhammesu, sampayuttadhammesu ca ekasmiṃyeva khaṇe pavattivisesabhūtāni. Idāni tāni sarūpato dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘seyyathida’’^eb^ntiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Saddhi^eb^nti iminā ‘‘aññehī’’ti vuttakilesā micchādiṭṭhiyā saha ekaṭṭhā vā anekaṭṭhā vāti dasseti. ^b^Pajahati^eb^ pahāya naṃ paṭivijjhati. ^b^Nirodha^eb^nti nibbānaṃ ^b^ārammaṇaṃ karoti^eb^ sacchikiriyāpaṭivedhena paṭivijjhati.<br/><br/>[03]Na kevalaṃ maggadhammā vuttanayeneva, atha kho aparenapi nayena veditabbāti dassento ^b^‘‘apicā’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Nānākhaṇā^eb^ punappunaṃ uppajjanato. ^b^Nānārammaṇā^eb^ aniccānupassanādibhāvato. ^b^Ekakkhaṇā^eb^ sakideva uppajjanato. ^b^Ekārammaṇā^eb^ nibbānavisayattā. ^b^Cattāri nāmāni labhati^eb^ pariññābhisamayādivasena pavattiyā. ^b^Tīṇi nāmāni labhati^eb^ kāmasaṅkappādīnaṃ pahānavasena pavattiyā. Paṭipakkhapahānavasena hissa nāmattayalābho. Esa nayo sesesupi. ^b^Viratiyopi honti cetanāyopi^eb^ pubbabhāgepi vikkhambhanavasena pavattanato. ^b^Maggakkhaṇe pana viratiyova^eb^ paṭipakkhasamucchindanassa maggakiccattā. Na hi cetanā maggasabhāvā. ^b^Sammappadhānasatipaṭṭhānavasenā^eb^ti catubbidhasammappadhānacatubbidhasatipaṭṭhānavasena ^b^cattāri nāmāni labhati^eb^ anuppannākusalānuppādanādīnaṃ kusalānañca vaḍḍhanato. ^b^Pubbabhāgepi maggakkhaṇepī^eb^ti yathā pubbabhāge paṭhamajjhānādivasena nānā. Evaṃ maggakkhaṇepi. Na hi ekopi ca maggasamādhi paṭhamajjhānasamādhiādināmāni labhati sammādiṭṭhiādīnaṃ viya kiccavasena bhedābhāvato. Tenāha ^b^‘‘maggakkhaṇepi sammāsamādhiyevā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Ñatvā ñātabbāti sambandho. Vuddhi nāma vepullaṃ bhiyyobhāvo punappunaṃ uppādo evāti āha ^b^‘‘punappunaṃ janetī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Abhinibbattetī^eb^ti abhivaḍḍhaṃ pāpento nibbatteti. ^b^Vivittatā^eb^ti vivittabhāvo. So hi vivecanīyato viviccati, yaṃ viviccitvā ṭhitaṃ, tadubhayampi idha vivittabhāvasāmaññena ‘‘vivittatā’’ti vuttaṃ. Tesu purimo vivecanīyato viviccamānatāya viviccanakiriyāya samaṅgī dhammasamūho tāya eva viviccanakiriyāya vasena vivekoti gahito. Itaro sabbaso tato vivittasabhāvatāya. Tattha yasmiṃ dhammapuñje sammādiṭṭhi pavattati, taṃ yathāvuttāya viviccamānatāya vivekasaṅkhātaṃ nissāyeva pavattati, itaraṃ pana taṃninnatātaṃārammaṇatāhīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘vivekaṃ nissitaṃ, viveke vā nissita’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]Yathā ^a^M1.0191^ea^ vā vivekavasena pavattaṃ jhānaṃ ‘‘vivekaja’’nti vuttaṃ, evaṃ vivekavasena pavattā sammādiṭṭhi ^a^V1.0167^ea^ ‘‘vivekanissitā’’ti daṭṭhabbā. Nissayo ca vipassanāmaggānaṃ vasena maggaphalānaṃ veditabbo. Asatipi tāsaṃ pubbāparabhāve ‘‘paṭiccasamuppādo’’ti ettha paccayānaṃ samuppādanaṃ viya abhinnadhammādhārā nissayabhāvanā sambhavanti. Tassa tadaṅga-samucchedanissaraṇavivekanissitataṃ vatvā paṭippassaddhivivekanissitatāya avacanaṃ ariyamaggabhāvanāya vuccamānattā. Bhāvitamaggassa hi ye sacchikātabbā dhammā. Tesaṃ kiccaṃ paṭippassaddhiviveko. ^b^Ajjhāsayato^eb^ti ‘‘nibbānaṃ sacchikarissāmī’’ti mahantājjhāsayato. Yadipi hi vipassanākkhaṇe saṅkhārārammaṇaṃ cittaṃ, saṅkhāresu pana ādīnavaṃ suṭṭhu, disvā tappaṭipakkhe nibbāne ninnatāya ajjhāsayato nissaraṇavivekanissito hoti, uṇhābhibhūtassa puggalassa sītaninnacittatā viya. Keci pana ‘‘yathā sabhāvato, yathā ajjhāsayato nissaraṇavivekanissitatā, evaṃ paṭippassaddhivivekanissitatāpi siyā’’ti vadanti. Yadaggena hi nibbānaninnatā siyā, tadaggena phalaninnatāpi siyā ‘‘kudāssu nāmāhaṃ tadāyatanaṃ upasampajja vihareyya’’nti ajjhāsayasampattiyā bhāvato. Yasmā pahānavinayo viya rāganirodhopi idhādhippetavivekena atthato nibbisiṭṭho, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^esa nayo virāganissitādīsū^eb^ti. Tenāha ‘‘vivekatthā eva hi virāgādayo’’ti.<br/><br/>[03]Vossaggasaddo pariccāgattho pakkhandanattho cāti vossaggassa duvidhatā vuttā. Vossajjanañhi pahānaṃ, vissaṭṭhabhāvena nirāsaṅkapavatti ca, tasmā vipassanākkhaṇe tadaṅgavasena, maggakkhaṇe samucchedavasena paṭipakkhassa pahānaṃ vossaggo, tathā vipassanākkhaṇe taṃninnabhāvena, maggakkhaṇe ārammaṇakaraṇena vissaṭṭhasabhāvatā vossaggoti veditabbaṃ. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘tattha pariccāgavossaggo’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Ayaṃ sammādiṭṭhī^eb^ti ayaṃ missakavasena vuttā sammādiṭṭhi. ^b^Yathāvuttena pakārenā^eb^ti tadaṅgappahānasamucchedappahānapakārena taṃninnatadārammaṇakaraṇappakārena ca.<br/><br/>[03]Pubbe vossaggavacanasseva atthassa vuttattā āha ^b^‘‘sakalena vacanenā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Pariṇamantaṃ^eb^ vipassanākkhaṇe, ^b^pariṇataṃ^eb^ maggakkhaṇe. Pariṇāmo nāma idha paripākoti āha ^b^‘‘paripaccantaṃ paripakkañcā’’^eb^ti. Paripāko ca āsevanalābhena laddhasāmatthiyassa kilese pariccajituṃ ^a^M1.0192^ea^ nibbānaṃ pakkhandituṃ tikkhavisadabhāvo. Tenāha ^b^‘‘aya’’^eb^ntiādi. ^b^Esa nayo^eb^ti yvāyaṃ nayo ‘‘vivekanissita’’ntiādinā sammādiṭṭhiyaṃ vutto, sesesu sammāsaṅkappādīsupi eseva nayo, evaṃ tattha netabbanti attho. ^b^Paṭiccāti^eb^ nissāya. ^b^Jātisabhāvā^eb^ti jāyanasabhāvā. ^b^Sakalo^eb^ti anavaseso, sabboti attho. Na koci maggo sāvaseso hutvā sambhavati. Heṭṭhime magge uppanne ^a^V1.0168^ea^ uparimo uppanno eva nāma anantarāyena uppajjanato. ^b^Vavassaggatthe^eb^ti vacasāyatthe. ^b^Vaṇṇayantī^eb^ti guṇavaṇṇanavasena vitthārenti.<br/><br/>[06]Kalyāṇamittasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 130
title: appamādasuttavaṇṇanā^kalyāṇamittasuttavaṇṇanā^paṭhamāputtakasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^130^eb^^b^.^eb^ Diva-saddo divā-saddo viya divasapariyāyo, tasmā visesanabhāvena vuccamāno divasaddo atthavisesaṃ dīpetīti āha ^b^‘‘divasassa divā’’^eb^tiādi. Saṃ vuccati dhanaṃ, tassa patīti sampati, dhanasāmiko, tassa hitāvahattā ^b^sāpateyya^eb^nti āha ^b^‘‘sāpateyyanti dhana’’^eb^nti. Tassa gehe katākatabhaṇḍassa atibahubhāvato vimhayappatto rājā ^b^‘‘ko pana vādo’’^eb^ti āha. ^b^Kāḷalohaṃ^eb^ nāma ayophalaṃ. Kacchapādirūpehipi sovaṇṇādīni ṭhapenti. ^b^Sakuṇḍakabhatta^eb^nti sakuṇḍehi vā sathusehi vā pakkabhattaṃ. Bilaṅgaṃ vuccati dhaññabilaṅgaṃ, āranālantipi vuccati, taṃ dutiyaṃ assāti ^b^bilaṅgadutiyaṃ^eb^. Tañhi kañjito nibbattattā ^b^kañjikaṃ^eb^ nāma. Tīhi pakkhehi vatthakhaṇḍehi katanivāsanaṃ ^b^tipakkhavasanaṃ^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘tīṇi…pe… nivāsana’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]Asanto nīco purisoti ^b^asappuriso^eb^ti āha ^b^‘‘lāmakapuriso’’^eb^ti. Kammassa nibbattabhāvena otaraṇatāya phalaṃ aggaṃ nāma, uparibhūmigatattā uddhaṃ aggaṃ assāti ^b^uddhaggikaṃ. Dakkhiṇa^eb^nti dānamāha. Saggo nāma kāmabhavūpapattibhavo, tassa nibbattanato ^b^‘‘saggassa hitā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Tatrupapattijananato^eb^ti tatra upapattiyā jananato, uppādanatoti attho.<br/><br/>[03]Setaṃ ^a^M1.0193^ea^ udakaṃ etissāti ^b^setodakā^eb^. So yena bhāvena yattha pākaṭataro hutvā dissati, taṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘vīcīnaṃ bhinnaṭṭhāne’’^eb^ti āha. Sukhotaraṇaṭṭhānatāya kaddamādidosavirahato ca ^b^sundaratitthā. Taṃ apeyyamāna^eb^nti taṃ udakaṃ kenaci aparibhuñjiyamānaṃ. ^b^Attanā kattabbakiccakaro^eb^ti attanā kātabbakammasaṅkhātakiccakaro, paribhogavasena ceva saṅgahetabbasaṅgaṇhanavasena ca niyojakoti attho. ^b^Kusalakiccakaro^eb^ti attanā kātabbapuññakaro.<br/><br/>[06]Paṭhamāputtakasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 131
title: kalyāṇamittasuttavaṇṇanā^paṭhamāputtakasuttavaṇṇanā^dutiyāputtakasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^131^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Piṇḍapātenā^eb^ti ^a^V1.0169^ea^ sahayoge karaṇavacanaṃ. Paṭipādanaṃ tena saha yojananti āha ^b^‘‘piṇḍapātena saddhiṃ saṃyojesi, piṇḍapātaṃ adāsīti attho’’^eb^ti. ‘‘Paṇītabhojanaṃ bhuñjitvā’’ti vuttaṃ, pāḷiyaṃ pana ‘‘kaṇājakaṃ bhuñjati bilaṅgadutiya’’nti. Taṃ taṃ pavattitaṃ yebhuyyavasena vuttanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Idāni ‘‘imassa seṭṭhissa kassaci samaṇassa vā brāhmaṇassa vā dethā’’ti vacanaṃ na sutapubbaṃ, yasmā paccekabuddhā nāma attano guṇānubhāvehi loke pākaṭā sañjātā eva honti, tasmā seṭṭhibhariyāya ‘‘na yassa vā tassa vā’’tiādi cintitaṃ. Tathā hi tesaṃ dentāpi sakkaccaṃ yebhuyyena paṇītameva denti. ^b^Nāsāpuṭaṃ pahari^eb^ attano ānubhāvena. ^b^So^eb^ luddhatāya ‘‘bahu vata dhaññaṃ mamassā’’ti ^b^cittaṃ saṃyametuṃ^eb^ sandhāretuṃ ^b^asakkonto^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]Vippaṭisāruppannākāraṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘varameta’’^eb^ntiādi vuttaṃ. ‘‘Imassa samaṇassa piṇḍapātaṃ dehī’’ti vadato na ekāya eva javanavīthiyā vasena atthasiddhi. Atha kho tattha ādito pavattajavanavāropi atthi majjhe pavattajavanavāropi, taṃ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘pubbapacchimacetanāvasenā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Ekā cetanā dve paṭisandhiyo na detī^eb^ti ettha sāketapañhavasena nicchayo veditabbo. Cuddasannaṃ cetanānaṃ pubbe puretaraṃ katattā ^b^purāṇaṃ^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]Parigayhatīti ^a^M1.0194^ea^^b^pariggaho^eb^ti āha ^b^‘‘pariggahitaṃ vatthu’’^eb^nti. Anvāya upanissāya jīvantīti ^b^anujīvino. Sabbameta^eb^nti dhanadhaññādisabbaṃ etaṃ yathāvuttapariggahavatthuṃ. ^b^Nikkhippagāmina^eb^nti nikkhipitabbatāgāminaṃ. Nikkhipitabbasabhāvaṃ hotīti āha ^b^‘‘nikkhippasabhāva’’^eb^nti. Pahāya gamanīyanti ayamettha atthoti āha ^b^‘‘pariccajitabbasabhāvamevā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[06]Dutiyāputtakasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.<br/><br/>[06]Dutiyavaggavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 132
title: paṭhamāputtakasuttavaṇṇanā^tatiyavaggo^puggalasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^132^eb^^b^.^eb^ ‘‘Nīce ^a^V1.0170^ea^ kule paccājāto’’tiādi appakāsanabhāvena tamatīti ^b^tamo,^eb^ tena tamena yuttoti ^b^tamo^eb^ puggalo vuccati, taṃyogato puggalassa tabbohāro yathā ‘‘maccherayogato macchero’’ti. Tasmā ^b^tamo^eb^ti appakāsanabhāvena tamo tamabhūto andhakāro viya jāto, andhakārattaṃ vā pattoti attho. Vuttalakkhaṇaṃ tamameva paramparato ayanaṃ gati niṭṭhā etassāti ^b^tamaparāyaṇo,^eb^ tamaparāyaṇataṃ vā pattoti attho. Ñāyenapi tamaggahaṇena khandhatamova kathito, na andhakāratamo. Khandhatamoti ca sampattirahitā khandhapavattiyeva daṭṭhabbā. ‘‘Ucce kule paccājāto’’tiādi pakāsanabhāvena jotetīti ^b^joti,^eb^ tena jotinā yuttotiādi sabbaṃ tame vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. ^b^Itare dve^eb^ti jotitamaparāyaṇo jotijotiparāyaṇoti itare dve puggale.<br/><br/>[03]Veṇuvettādikehi peḷādikārakā ^b^vilīvakārakā^eb^. Migamacchādīnaṃ nisādanato ^b^nesādā,^eb^ māgavikamacchabandhādayo. Rathesu cammena hananakaraṇato ^b^rathakārā^eb^ cammakārā vuttā. ‘‘Pu’’ iti karīsassa nāmaṃ, taṃ kusenti apanentīti ^b^pukkusā,^eb^ pupphachaḍḍakā. ^b^Dubbaṇṇo^eb^ti virūpo. ^b^Okoṭimako^eb^ti ^a^M1.0195^ea^ ārohābhāvena heṭṭhimakoṭiko, rassakāyoti attho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘lakuṇḍako’’^eb^ti. Laku viya ghaṭikā viya ḍeti pavattatīti hi ^b^lakuṇḍako,^eb^ rasso. Kaṇati nimīlatīti ^b^kāṇo^eb^. Taṃ panassa nimīlanaṃ ekena akkhinā dvīhipi vāti āha ^b^‘‘ekakkhikāṇo vā ubhayakkhikāṇo vā’’^eb^ti. Kuṇanaṃ kuṇo, hatthavekallaṃ, so etassa atthīti ^b^kuṇī. Khañjo^eb^ vuccati pādavikalo. Heṭṭhimakāyasaṅkhāto sarīrassa pakkho padeso hato assāti ^b^pakkhahato^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘pīṭhasampī’’^eb^ti. Padīpe padīpane etabbaṃ netabbanti ^b^padīpeyyaṃ,^eb^ telakapallādiupakaraṇaṃ. ^b^Vutta^eb^nti aṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Āgamanavipattī^eb^ti āgamanaṭṭhānavasena vipatti āgamo etthāti katvā. ^b^Pubbuppannapaccayavipattī^eb^ti paṭhamuppannapaccayavasena vipatti. Caṇḍālādisabhāvā hissa mātāpitaro paṭhamuppannapaccayā, paṭhamuppattiyā vā paccayā, tehevassa vipatti eva, na sampatti. ^b^Pavattapaccayavipattī^eb^ti pavatte sukhapaccayavipatti. Tādise nihīnakule uppannopi koci vibhavasampanno ^a^V1.0171^ea^ siyā, ayaṃ pana duggato durūpo hoti. ^b^Ājīvupāyavipattī^eb^ti ājīvanupāyavasena vipatti. Sukhena hi jīvikaṃ pavattetuṃ upāyabhūtā hatthisippādayo imassa natthi, pupphachaḍḍakasilākoṭṭanādikammaṃ pana katvā jīvikaṃ pavatteti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘kasiravuttike’’^eb^ti. ^b^Attabhāvavipattī^eb^ti upadhivipatti. ^b^Dukkhakāraṇasamāyogo^eb^ti kāyikacetasikadukkhuppattiyā paccayasamodhānaṃ. ^b^Sukhakāraṇavipattī^eb^ti sukhapaccayaparihāni. ^b^Upabhogavipattī^eb^ti upabhogasukhassa vināso anupaladdhi. Joti ceva jotiparāyaṇabhāvo ca ^b^sukkapakkho^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Dasahi akkosavatthūhī^eb^ti lakkhaṇavacanaṃ etaṃ yathā ‘‘yadi me byādhitā honti, dātabbamidamosadha’’nti, tasmā dasahi akkosavatthūhi, tattha vā yena kenaci paribhāsatīti attho. ^b^Ekaggacitto^eb^ti dānaṃ dātuṃ apekkhitatāya samāhitacitto.<br/><br/>[06]Puggalasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 133
title: tatiyavaggo^puggalasuttavaṇṇanā^ayyikāsuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^133^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Jarājiṇṇā^eb^ti ^a^M1.0196^ea^ jarāya jiṇṇā. Tena pākaṭajarāya matthakappattimāha. ^b^Vayovuḍḍhā^eb^ti vayasā vuḍḍhā. Tena pacchimavayassa osakkasampavattiṃ vadati. ^b^Jātimahallikā^eb^ti jātimahattagatā. ^b^Cirakālaṃ atikkantā^eb^ti dve tayo rājaparivaṭṭe vītivattā. Vayo-saddo sādhāraṇavacanopi jiṇṇasaddasannidhānato osānavayaṃ eva vadatīti āha ^b^‘‘pacchimavayaṃ sampattā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Ayyikā^eb^ti mātāmahiṃ sandhāya vadati. Hatthī eva ratanabhūto ^b^hatthiratana^eb^nti āha ‘‘satasahassagghanakenā’’tiādi. ^b^Sabbāni tānī^eb^ti kumbhakārabhājanāni, tehi saddhiṃ sattasantānassa pamāṇaṃ dassento ^b^‘‘tesu hī’’^eb^tiādimāha, taṃ suviññeyyameva.<br/><br/>[06]Ayyikāsuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 134
title: puggalasuttavaṇṇanā^ayyikāsuttavaṇṇanā^issattasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^135^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Aṭṭhuppattiko^eb^ti ettha kā assa aṭṭhuppatti? Titthiyānaṃ bhagavato bhikkhusaṅghassa ca alābhāya ayasāya parisakkanaṃ. Taṃ vitthārato dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘bhagavato kirā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Yathā taṃ sabbadisāsu yamakamahāmegho uṭṭhahitvā mahāoghaṃ viya sabbā pāramiyo ‘‘imasmiṃyeva attabhāve vipākaṃ dassāmā’’ti sampiṇḍitā viya lābhasakkāramahoghaṃ nibbattayiṃsu. Tato tato annapānayānavatthamālāgandhavilepanādihatthā khattiyabrāhmaṇādayo āgantvā – ‘‘kahaṃ bhagavā, kahaṃ ^a^V1.0172^ea^ devadevo narāsabho lokanātho’’ti bhagavantaṃ pariyesanti, sakaṭasatehipi paccaye āharitvā okāsaṃ alabhamānā samantā gāvutappamāṇampi sakaṭadhurena sakaṭadhuraṃ āhacca tiṭṭhanti ceva anuvattanti ca andhakavindabrāhmaṇādayo viya. Sabbaṃ ^b^khandhake^eb^ (mahāva. 282) tesu tesu suttesu ca āgatanayena veditabbaṃ. Yathā ca bhagavato, evaṃ bhikkhusaṅghassapi. Vuttampi – ‘‘tena kho pana samayena bhagavā sakkato hoti garukato mānito pūjito apacito lābhī cīvara…pe… parikkhārānaṃ, bhikkhusaṅghopi kho’’tiādi (udā. 38), tathā ‘‘yāvatā kho, cunda, etarahi ^a^M1.0197^ea^ saṅgho vā gaṇo vā loke uppanno, nāhaṃ, cunda, aññaṃ ekaṃ saṅghampi ekaṃ gaṇampi samanupassāmi evaṃ lābhaggayasaggappattaṃ, yatharivāyaṃ, cunda, bhikkhusaṅgho’’ti (dī. ni. 3.176). ^b^Eva^eb^nti idāni vuccamānākārena. ^b^Nijjhatti^eb^nti saññattiṃ. ^b^Na^eb^nti kathaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Evaṃ pucchituṃ ayuttaṃ^eb^ titthiyānaṃ kathā mahājanasannipāte niyyātitā hotīti. ^b^Tasmiṃ dātabbaṃ,^eb^ cittappasādamattena dentepi hi puññaṃ pavaḍḍhati. ^b^Ārocitaṃ^eb^ attanoti adhippāyo. ^b^Bhagavā^eb^ti satthu āmantanaṃ. ^b^Cittaṃ nāma^eb^ yathāpaccayaṃ pavattamānaṃ ^b^nigaṇṭhā…pe… pasīdati^eb^ pasannassāti adhippāyo. Pubbe avisesato deyyadhammassa dātabbaṭṭhānaṃ nāma pucchitaṃ, idāni tassa mahapphalabhāvakaro dakkhiṇeyyavisesoti āha ^b^‘‘aññaṃ tayā paṭhamaṃ pucchitaṃ, aññaṃ pacchā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Sallakkhehi etaṃ^eb^. Pacchimaṃ purimena saddhiṃ ānehīti adhippāyo. Pucchitassa nāma pañhassa kathanaṃ mayhameva bhāro. ^b^Samupabyūḷho^eb^ti ekato senāya rāsivasena sampiṇḍitoti attho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘rāsibhūto’’^eb^ti. ^b^Asikkhito^eb^ti sattaṭṭhasaṃvaccharāni dhanusippena sikkhito. Dhanusippaṃ sikkhitvāpi koci katahattho na hoti, ayaṃ pana asikkhito na katahattho, poṅkhānupoṅkhabhāvoyeva byāmamuṭṭhibandho. ^b^Tiṇapuñjamattikāpuñjādīsū^eb^ti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena ^b^paṃsupuñjavālukapuñjasāraphalakāyoghanādike^eb^ saṅgaṇhāti. ^b^Akataparicayo^eb^ti tesaṃ santikā vijjhanaṭṭhena akataparicayo. Rājarājamahāmattādike upecca asanaṃ upāsanaṃ, na kataṃ upāsanaṃ etenāti ^b^akatūpāsano^eb^. Asikkhitatādinā bhīrubhāvena vā kāyassa chambhanaṃ saṅkampanaṃ uttāso etassa atthīti chambhīti āha ^b^‘‘pavedhitakāyo’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Dakkhiṇeyyatāya adhippetattā ^b^‘‘arahattamaggena kāmacchando pahīno hotī’’^eb^ti āha. Accantappahānassa icchitattā ^b^tatiyeneva kukkuccaṃ pahīnaṃ hoti^eb^ paṭighasampayogaṃ. Asekkhassa ayanti ^b^asekkhaṃ,^eb^ sīlakkhandho. Tayidaṃ na aggaphalaṃ sīlameva adhippetaṃ, atha kho yaṃ kiñci asekkhasantāne pavattaṃ sīlaṃ, lokuttaro eva na adhippeto sikkhāya jātattā, evaṃ vimuttikkhandhopīti ^a^V1.0173^ea^. Sekkhassa esoti vā, apariyositasikkhattā sayameva sikkhatīti vā sekkho, catūsu maggesu ^a^M1.0198^ea^ heṭṭhimesu ca tīsu phalesu sīlakkhandho. Upari sikkhitabbābhāvato ^b^asekkho^eb^. Vuḍḍhippatto sekkhoti ^b^asekkho^eb^. Aggaphalabhūto sīlakkhandho vucceyya, aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana vipassakassa sīlassa adhippetattā tathā attho vutto. ^b^Sabbatthā^eb^ti ^b^‘‘asekkhenā’’^eb^tiādīsu. Ettha ca yathā sīlasamādhipaññākkhandhā missakā adhippetā, evaṃ vimuttikkhandhāpīti tadaṅgavimuttiādayopi veditabbā, na paṭippassaddhivimutti eva.<br/><br/>[03]Yena sippena issāso hoti, taṃ ^b^issatta^eb^nti āha ^b^‘‘ususippa’’^eb^nti. Yassā vāyodhātuyā vasena sarīraṃ sañjātathāmaṃ hoti, taṃ balapaccayaṃ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘balaṃ nāma vāyodhātū’’^eb^ti. Samappavattito hi visamappavattinivārakadhātu balaṃ nāma, tena tato aññaṃ balarūpaṃ nāma natthi.<br/><br/>[03]Yasmā arahā eva ekantato sorato, tassa bhāvo ^b^soracca^eb^nti āha ^b^‘‘soraccanti arahatta’’^eb^nti. ^b^Ete dve^eb^ti khanti soraccanti ete dve dhammā. Pānīyaṃ pivanti etthāti ^b^papā,^eb^ yo koci jalāsayo yaṃ kiñci pānīyaṭṭhānanti āha ^b^‘‘caturassapokkharaṇīādīnī’’^eb^ti. Udakavikūlādīsu kamanti atikkamanti etehīti ^b^saṅkamanāni,^eb^ setuādīni. Setukaraṇayuttaṭṭhāne setuṃ, caṅkamanakaraṇayuttaṭṭhāne caṅkamanaṃ, maggakaraṇayuttaṭṭhāne maggaṃ kareyyāti ayamettha adhippāyo. Tenāha ^b^‘‘paṇṇāsā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Bhikkhācāravatta^eb^nti ariyānaṃ hitaṃ vattapaṭipattiṃ. ^b^Dentopī^eb^ti ^b^pi^eb^-saddena akhīṇāsavassa dentopīti imamatthaṃ dasseti yassa kassacipi dentenapi kammaphalaṃ saddahitvā vippasannacitteneva dātabbattā. ^b^Thanaya^eb^nti idaṃ tassa mahāmeghabhāvadassanaṃ, yo hi mahāvassaṃ vassati, so gajjanto vijjummālaṃ vissajjento pavassati. ^b^Abhisaṅkharitvā samodhānetvā^eb^ti khādanīyassa vividhajātiyāni sampiṇḍetvā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘rāsiṃ katvā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pakiraṇaṃ^eb^ nāma vikiraṇampi hoti anekatthattā dhātūnanti āha ^b^‘‘vikiratī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Pakiranto viya vā dānaṃ detī^eb^ti iminā guṇakhettameva apariyesitvā karuṇākhettepi mahādānaṃ pavattetīti dasseti. Tena ‘‘pakiretī’’ti ^a^M1.0199^ea^ vadantena bhagavatā aṭṭhuppattiyaṃ āgatatitthiyavādena appaṭisedhitatāpi dīpitā hoti. ^b^Puññadhārā^eb^ti puññamayadhārā puññābhisandā. ^b^Sinehayantī^eb^ti thūladhārenapi sinehena siniddhaṃ karontī. ^b^Kiledayantī^eb^ti allabhāvaṃ pāpayantī. Yathāyaṃ puññadhārā ^a^V1.0174^ea^ dātāraṃ anto sineheti pūreti abhisandeti, evaṃ paṭiggāhakānampi anto sineheti pūreti abhisandeti. Tenevāha ‘‘dadaṃ piyo hoti bhajanti naṃ bahū’’tiādi (a. ni. 5.34) evaṃ santepi ‘‘dātāraṃ abhivassatī’’ti vuttattā aṭṭhakathāyaṃ dāyakavaseneva ^b^‘‘sinehetī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ, yasmā vā paṭiggāhakassa sinehuppatti āmisanissitāti dāyakavaseneva vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[06]Issattasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 135
title: ayyikāsuttavaṇṇanā^issattasuttavaṇṇanā^pabbatūpamasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^136^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Khattiyā^eb^ti abhisekappattā. Issariyamado ^b^kāmagedho^eb^. Pathavimaṇḍalassa mahantatā taṃnivāsinaṃ anuyantatāti sabbamidaṃ yathicchitassa rājakiccassa sukhena samijjhanassa kāraṇakittanaṃ. Yādise rājakicce ussukkaṃ āpanno, taṃ vitthārato dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘esa kirā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Antaragamanānī^eb^ti tiṇṇaṃ nirantaragamanānaṃ antarantarā gamanāni. ^b^Corā cintayiṃsū^eb^ti eko antarabhogiko rājāparādhiko pañcasatamanussaparivāro coriyaṃ karonto vicarati, te sandhāya vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Ayuttaṃ te kata’’nti sacāhaṃ vakkhāmīti yojanā. ^b^Dhuravihāre^eb^ti rathassa dhuraṃ viya nagarassa dhurabhūte vihāre. ^b^Santhambhitu^eb^nti vissāsabhāvena upaṭṭhātuṃ. ^b^Saddhāyiko^eb^ti saddhāya ayitabbo, saddheyyoti attho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘saddhātabbo’’^eb^ti. ^b^Paccayiko^eb^ti pattiyāyitabbo. ^b^Abbhasamaṃ^eb^ puthulabhāvena. ^b^Nippothento^eb^ti nimmaddento. ^b^Saṇhakaraṇīyaṃ^eb^ atisaṇhaṃ ^b^pisanto^eb^ nisadapoto viya pisanto.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Dhammacariyā^eb^tiādittampi sīsaṃ celañca ajjhupekkhitvā sammāpaṭipatti eva kātabbā tassā eva paraloke patiṭṭhābhāvato. ^b^Ācikkhāmī^eb^ti kathemi, kathento ca yathā tamatthaṃ sammadeva rājā jānāti, evaṃ jānāpemīti ^a^M1.0200^ea^. ^b^Nipphatti^eb^ yuddhena kātabbātthasiddhi. Visinoti bandhati yathādhippetaṃ cittaṃ etenāti ^b^visayo,^eb^ samatthabhāvo. ^b^Mantasampannā^eb^ti sampannarājamantā. ^b^Mahāamaccā^eb^ti mahosadhādisadisā nītisatthachekā amaccapurisā. ^b^Upalāpetu^eb^nti paresaṃ antare virodhatthaṃ saṅgaṇhituṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Dveyeva pabbatā^eb^ti pabbatasadisā dveyeva gahitā. ^b^Rājovāde^eb^ti rājovādasutte. ^b^Āgatāva^eb^ tattantiyā ^a^V1.0175^ea^ anurūpatthaṃ. ^b^Vilumpamānā^eb^ti ^b^iti^eb^-saddo ādiattho. ^b^Vipattī^eb^ti bhogaparihānādivināso. ^b^Hatthiyuddhādīhi jarāmaraṇaṃ jinituṃ na sakkā^eb^ sattassa avisayabhāvato. Yena pana jinituṃ sakkā, taṃ dassento bhagavā ^b^‘‘buddhe…pe… nivesaye’’^eb^ti āha. Ratanattaye hi saddhā niviṭṭhā mūlajātā patiṭṭhitā ekantato jarāmaraṇavijayāya hoti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘tasmā saddha’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[06]Pabbatūpamasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.<br/><br/>[06]Tatiyavaggavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.<br/><br/>[06]Sāratthappakāsiniyā saṃyuttanikāya-aṭṭhakathāya<br/><br/>[06]Kosalasaṃyuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 39
item: 136
title: mārasaṃyuttaṃ^paṭhamavaggo^tapokammasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^137^eb^^b^.^eb^ Uruvelāya ^a^V1.0176^ea^^a^M1.0201^ea^ samīpe gāmo uruvelagāmo, taṃ ^b^uruvelagāmaṃ^eb^ abhimukhabhāvena sammadeva sabbadhamme bujjhatīti abhisambodhi, sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ, tena samannāgatattā ca bhagavā ^b^abhisambuddho^eb^ti vuccati. Tassa pañcacattālīsāya vassesu ādito pannarasa vassāni paṭhamabodhi, idha pana sattāhabbhantarameva adhippetanti āha ^b^‘‘abhisambuddho hutvā antosattāhasmiṃ yevā’’^eb^ti. Asukhabhāvena aññehi kātuṃ asakkuṇeyyattā dukkaraṃ karotīti dukkarakāro, so eva itthiliṅgavasena ^b^dukkarakārikā^eb^. Tāya mutto vatamhīti cintesi. Yadi evaṃ kasmā taṃ lokanātho chabbassāni samanuyuñjati? Kammapīḷitavasena. Vuttañhetaṃ ^b^apadāne^eb^ (apa. thera 1.39.92-94) –<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Avacāhaṃ jotipālo, sugataṃ kassapaṃ tadā;<br/><br/>[22]Kuto nu bodhi muṇḍassa, bodhi paramadullabhā.<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Tena kammavipākena, acariṃ dukkaraṃ bahuṃ;<br/><br/>[22]Chabbassānuruvelāyaṃ, tato bodhimapāpuṇiṃ.<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Nāhaṃ etena maggena, pāpuṇiṃ bodhimuttamaṃ;<br/><br/>[22]Kummaggena gavesissaṃ, pubbakammena vārito’’ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Māretī^eb^ti vibādheti. Vipattiādisaṃyojanañhi sādhūnaṃ paramatthato maraṇaṃ saccapaṭivedhamāraṇattā, pāpatarattā pāpatamoti ^b^pāpimā^eb^. Sā cassa pāpatamatā pāpavuttitāyāti āha ^b^‘‘pāpe^eb^^a^V1.0177^ea^^b^niyutto’’^eb^ti. ^b^Adhipatī^eb^ti kāmādhipati. Appahīnakāmarāge attano vase vattetīti ^b^vasavattī^eb^. Tesaṃyeva kusalakammānaṃ antaṃ karotīti ^b^antako^eb^. Vaṭṭadukkhato aparimuttapaccayattā ^b^namuci^eb^. Mattānaṃ pamattānaṃ bandhūti ^b^pamattabandhu^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tapokammā^eb^ti ^a^M1.0202^ea^ attakilamathānuyogato. ^b^Aparaddho^eb^ti virajjhasi. ‘‘Aparādho’’tipi atthi, soyeva attho. Kāyakilamathaṃ anuyuñjanto yebhuyyena amaratthāya anuyuñjati, so ca kammavādīhi anuyuñjiyamāno devatthāya siyāti āha ^b^‘‘amarabhāvatthāyā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Sabbaṃ tapa^eb^nti sabbaṃ attaparitāpanaṃ. ^b^Atthāvahaṃ na bhavati^eb^ bodhiyā anupāyattā. ^b^Kiñcassā^eb^ti kiñci siyāti attho. ^b^Phiyārittaṃva dhammanī^eb^ti dhammaṃ vuccati vaṇṇu, so idha ‘‘dhamma’’nti vutto, dhammani vaṇṇupadeseti attho. Tenāha ‘‘araññe’’ti. Ubhosu passesu phiyāhi ^b^ākaḍḍheyya ceva^eb^ arittehi ^b^uppīḷeyya ca^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sammāvācākammantājīvā gahitā^eb^ maggasīlassa adhippetattā. Samādhino hi gahaṇena ^b^sammāvāyāmasatisamādhayo gahitā^eb^ upakārabhāvato. ^b^Paññāyā^eb^ti etthāpi eseva nayo. Bujjhati etenāti ^b^bodho^eb^. Maggoti āha ^b^‘‘bodhāyāti maggatthāyā’’^eb^ti. Kathaṃ pana maggaṃ maggatthāya bhāvetīti āha ^b^‘‘yathā hī’’^eb^tiādi. Tena yathā yāgupacanārambho yāvadeva yāguattho, evaṃ maggabhāvanārambho maggādhigamatthāyāti dasseti. Ārambhoti ca ariyamaggabhāvanāya bandhāpanaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Keci pana ‘‘magganti ariyamaggaṃ, bodhāyāti arahattasambodhāya, evañca katvā ‘pattosmi paramasuddhi’nti idampi vacanaṃ samatthita’’nti vadanti, apare pana ‘‘sabbaññutaññāṇasambodhāyāti. So hi sabbasmāpi bodhito uttaritaro’’ti. ^b^Nihato^eb^ nibbisevanabhāvaṃ pāpito. Tenāha ^b^‘‘parājito’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[06]Tapokammasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 137
title: paṭhamavaggo^tapokammasuttavaṇṇanā^hatthirājavaṇṇasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^138^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Andhabhāvakārake^eb^ti pacurajanassa cakkhuviññāṇuppattinivāraṇena andhabhāvakārake. ^b^Mahātame^eb^ti mahati tamasi. ^b^Pāsāṇaphalake mahācīvaraṃ sīse ṭhapetvā^eb^ti etena taṃ phalakaṃ apassāya nisinnoti dasseti ^a^M1.0203^ea^. ^b^Padhāna^eb^nti bhāvanaṃ. ^b^Pariggaṇhamāno^eb^ti sabbaso gaṇhanto avissajjento, bhāvanaṃ anuyuñjanto anupubbasamāpattiyo phalasamāpattiñca manasikarontoti attho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘nanu cā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Ariṭṭhako^eb^ti ariṭṭhakavaṇṇo. Tenāha ^b^‘‘kāḷako’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Dīghamaddhāna^eb^nti ^a^V1.0178^ea^ cirataraṃ kālaṃ. ^b^Saṃsara^eb^nti āsādanādhippāyena sañcaranto, alaṃ tuyhaṃ etena nippayojananti adhippāyo. Na hi tena mārassa kāci atthasiddhīti.<br/><br/>[06]Hatthirājavaṇṇasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 138
title: tapokammasuttavaṇṇanā^hatthirājavaṇṇasuttavaṇṇanā^subhasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^139^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Susaṃvutā^eb^ti maggasaṃvarena suṭṭhu saṃvutā. ^b^Supihitā^eb^ti suṭṭhu pihitā. ^b^Vasānugā^eb^ti kāyādidvāravasānugā vasavattino na honti. ^b^Baddhacarā^eb^ti paṭibaddhacariyāti.<br/><br/>[06]Subhasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 139
title: hatthirājavaṇṇasuttavaṇṇanā^subhasuttavaṇṇanā^paṭhamamārapāsasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^140^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Upāyamanasikārenā^eb^ti aniccādīsu aniccādito manasikaraṇena. ^b^Upāyavīriyenā^eb^ti anuppannākusalānaṃ anuppādanāya vidhinā pavattavīriyena. ^b^Kāraṇavīriyenā^eb^ti anuppannānuppādanādiatthassa kāraṇabhūtena vīriyena. Anuppannapāpakānuppādanādiatthāni hi vīriyāni yadatthaṃ honti, taṃ atthaṃ sādhentiyevāti etassa atthassa dīpako ^b^sammā-saddo^eb^. Yonisosammāsaddena hi upāyakāraṇatthadīpakataṃ sandhāya ^b^‘‘upāyavīriyena kāraṇavīriyenā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Arahattaphalavimutti^eb^ ukkaṭṭhaniddesena. Mārena ‘‘mayhaṃ kho, bhikkhave’’tiādikaṃ bhagavato vacanaṃ sutvā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘arahattaṃ patvāpi na tussatī’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kilesapāsenā^eb^ti ^a^M1.0204^ea^ kilesamārassa upāyabhūtena. Kilesamāro hi satte kāmaguṇapāsehi nibandhati, na pana sayameva. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ye dibbā kāmaguṇasaṅkhātā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Mārabandhane^eb^ti kilesamārassa bandhanaṭṭhāne, bhavacāraketi attho. ^b^Na me samaṇa mokkhasī^eb^ti idaṃ māro ‘‘anuttarā vimutti anuppattā, vimuttā sabbapāsehī’’ti ca bhagavato vacanaṃ asaddahanto vadati saddahantopi vā ‘‘evamayaṃ paresaṃ sattānaṃ mokkhāya ussāhaṃ na kareyyā’’ti attano kohaññe ṭhatvā vadati.<br/><br/>[06]Paṭhamamārapāsasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 140
title: subhasuttavaṇṇanā^paṭhamamārapāsasuttavaṇṇanā^dutiyamārapāsasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^141^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Anupubbagamanacārika^eb^nti ^a^V1.0179^ea^ gāmanigamarājadhānīsu anukkamena gamanasaṅkhātaṃ cārikaṃ. ^b^Evaṃ hi gatesū^eb^ti evaṃ tumhesu bahūsu ekajjhaṃ gatesu.<br/><br/>[03]Ādimhi kalyāṇaṃ etassāti ^b^ādikalyāṇaṃ,^eb^ tathā sesesu. ^b^Sāsanassa ādi sīlaṃ^eb^ mūlakattā. Tassa ^b^samathādayo majjhaṃ^eb^ sāsanasampattiyā vemajjhabhāvato. ^b^Phalanibbānāni pariyosānaṃ^eb^ tadadhigamato uttari karaṇīyābhāvato. Sāsane sammāpaṭipatti nāma paññāya hoti, tassā ca sīlaṃ samādhi ca mūlanti āha ^b^‘‘sīlasamādhayo vā ādī’’^eb^ti. Yasmā paññā anubodhapaṭivedhavasena duvidhā, tasmā tadubhayaṃ gaṇhanto ^b^‘‘vipassanāmaggā majjha’’^eb^nti āha. Paññānipphatti phalakiccaṃ, nibbānasacchikiriyā pana sammāpaṭipattiyā pariyosānaṃ tato paraṃ kattabbābhāvatoti āha ^b^‘‘phalanibbānāni pariyosāna’’^eb^nti. Phalaggahaṇena hi saupādisesanibbānaṃ gayhati, itarena itaraṃ, tadubhayavasena paṭipattiyā osānanti āha ^b^‘‘phalanibbānāni pariyosāna’’^eb^nti. ‘‘Tasmātiha tvaṃ, bhikkhu, ādimeva visodhehi kusalesu dhammesu. Ko cādi kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ? Sīlañca suvisuddhaṃ, diṭṭhi ca ujukā’’ti (saṃ. ni. 5.369) vacanato sīladiṭṭhujukatāya matthakabhūtā vipassanā, tadadhiṭṭhānā sīlasamādhīti ime ^a^M1.0205^ea^ tassa sāsanassa mūlanti āha ^b^‘‘sīlasamādhivipassanā vā ādī’’^eb^ti. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva.<br/><br/>[03]Kiñcāpi avayavavinimutto samudāyo natthi, yesu pana avayavesu samudāyarūpena apekkhitesu gāthāti samaññā, taṃ tato bhinnaṃ viya katvā dassento ^b^‘‘catuppadikagāthāya tāva paṭhamapādo’’^eb^tiādimāha. Pañcapadachappadānaṃ gāthānaṃ ādipariyosānaggahaṇena itare dutiyādayo tayo cattāro vā majjhanti avuttasiddhamevāti na vuttaṃ. ^b^Ekānusandhikasuttassā^eb^ti idaṃ bahuvibhāgaṃ yathānusandhinā ekānusandhikaṃ suttaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ, itarassa pana teyeva desetabbadhammavibhāgena ādimajjhapariyosānabhāgā labbhanti. ^b^Nidāna^eb^nti kāladesakaparisādi-apadisanalakkhaṇādiko attho. ^b^Idamavocā^eb^ti ^b^iti^eb^-saddo ādiattho. Tena tadavasesanigamanapāḷiṃ saṅgaṇhāti. ^b^Anekānusandhīkassa^eb^ saha nidānena paṭhamo anusandhi ādi. Saha nigamanena pacchimo pariyosānaṃ, itarena majjhimantiādimajjhapariyosānāni veditabbāni.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sātthaka^eb^nti atthasampattiyā sātthakaṃ katvā. ^b^Sabyañjana^eb^nti byañjanasampattiyā sabyañjanaṃ. Sampatti ca nāma paripuṇṇabyañjanatāti āha ^b^‘‘byañjanehi…pe… desetā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Sakalaparipuṇṇa^eb^nti ^a^V1.0180^ea^ sabbaso paripuṇṇaṃ sīlādipañcadhammakkhandhapāripūriyā. ^b^Nirupakkilesaṃ^eb^ diṭṭhimānādiupakkilesābhāvato. Avisesato tisso sikkhā sakale sāsane bhavanti. ^b^Dhammo^eb^ti pana brahmacariyaṃ vā sandhāya vuttaṃ ‘‘katamesānaṃ kho, bhante, buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ brahmacariyaṃ ciraṭṭhitikaṃ ahosī’’tiādīsu (pārā. 18) viya. ^b^Dukūlasāṇiyā paṭicchannā viya,^eb^ na tu pākāraselādipaṭicchannā viya. Tena dhammaniruttiyā sakalakilesānaṃ pahānānubhāvaṃ vadati. ^b^Alābhaparihāniyā,^eb^ na laddhaparihāniyā. ^b^Aḍḍhuḍḍhānī^eb^ti pañcasatādhikāni tīṇi pāṭihāriyasahassāni. ^b^Sāta^eb^nti sukhaṃ.<br/><br/>[06]Dutiyamārapāsasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 141
title: paṭhamamārapāsasuttavaṇṇanā^dutiyamārapāsasuttavaṇṇanā^sappasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^142^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Surākārakāna^eb^nti ^a^M1.0206^ea^ piṭṭhasurāyojanakānaṃ. Kosalānaṃ issaroti kosalo, kosalarājassa ayanti ^b^kosalikā. Paribhogapātī^eb^ti bhattaparibhojanatthāya pāti paribhogapāti. ^b^Kammāruddhanapaṇāḷiyā^eb^ti kammāruddhanapaṇāḷimukhe. ^b^Dhamamānāyā^eb^ti dhamiyamānāya. Taṃ pana yasmā bhastavātehi pūritaṃ nāma hoti, tasmā ^b^‘‘bhastavātena pūriyamānāyā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Niyāmabhūmiya^eb^nti bhagavato paṭisallānaṭṭhāne ^b^sañcarantaṃ^eb^ māraṃ maṃsacakkhunāva ^b^disvā^eb^. Tenāha ‘‘vijjulatālokenā’’ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Seyyatthāyā^eb^ti seyyānisaṃsāya. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ṭhassāmī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Attasaññato^eb^ti attabhāvena saṃyato. Tenāha ^b^‘‘saṃyatattabhāvo’’^eb^ti. ^b^Taṃsaṇṭhitassā^eb^ti tasmiṃ hatthapādakukkuccarahite buddhamunismiṃ avaṭṭhitassa. ^b^Vossajja careyya tattha so^eb^ti iminā bhagavā taṃ byākaramāno vibhiṃsitā buddhānaṃ kiṃ karissati bhayābhāvato? Kevalaṃ pana anaṭṭhavalikaṃ uppīḷento viya tvameva āyāsaṃ āpajjissasīti māraṃ santajjeti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Bheravā^eb^ti avītarāgānaṃ bhayajanakā. ^b^Tatthā^eb^ti taṃnimittaṃ. ^b^Phaleyyā^eb^ti bhijjeyya. ^b^Sattisalla^eb^nti sattisaṅkhātaṃ puthusallaṃ. ^b^Urasmiṃ cārayeyyu^eb^nti phāsuṃ vijjhituṃ ṭhapeyyuṃ uggireyyuṃ. ^b^Khandhupadhīsū^eb^ti khandhasaṅkhātesu upadhīsu. ^b^Tāṇaṃ karonti nāmā^eb^ti tato bhayanimittato attano tāṇaṃ karonti nāma.<br/><br/>[06]Sappasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 142
title: dutiyamārapāsasuttavaṇṇanā^sappasuttavaṇṇanā^supatisuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^143^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Utugāhāpanatthaṃ^eb^^a^V1.0181^ea^^b^dhovitvā,^eb^ na rajojallavikkhālanatthaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘buddhānaṃ panā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Dhotapādake gehe^eb^ti dhotapādehi akkamitabbake. ^b^Vattabhedo nāma natthi^eb^ dhammassāmibhāvato. ^b^Vattasīse^eb^^a^M1.0207^ea^^b^ṭhatvā dhovanti^eb^ aññesaṃ diṭṭhānugatiāpajjanatthaṃ. ^b^Soppapariggāhakenā^eb^ti ettha ^b^soppaṃ^eb^ nāma niddāya antarantarā pavattakiriyamayacittappavattirahitā nirantarabhavaṅgasantatīti taṃ sabhāvato payojanato kālaparicchedato pariggāhakaṃ upariniddesasatisampajaññaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘soppapariggāhakena satisampajaññenā’’^eb^ti. Keci pana ‘‘niddāsoppanā’’ti vadanti, taṃ bhagavato soppaṃ hīḷento vadati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kiṃ nū^eb^ti etthaṃ ^b^ki^eb^nti hetunissakke paccattavacananti āha ^b^‘‘kasmā nu supasī’’^eb^ti? ^b^Dubbhago^eb^ vuccati nissiriko bhinnabhago, so pana matasadiso visaññisadiso ca hotīti āha ^b^‘‘mato viya visaññī viya cā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ādinā^eb^ti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena ‘‘bāhirassa upādāya aṭṭhārasā’’tiādinā (vibha. 842) āgataṃ taṇhākoṭṭhāsaṃ saṅgaṇhāti. ^b^Tattha tattha visattatāyā^eb^ti tammiṃ tasmiṃ ārammaṇe visesato āsattabhāvena. Visassa dukkhanibbattakakammassa hetubhāvato ^b^visamūlatā^eb^ visaṃ vā dukkhadukkhādibhūtavedanā mūlaṃ etassāti ^b^visamūlā,^eb^ taṇhā. Tassa rūpādikassa dukkhassa paribhogo, na amatassāti ^b^visaparibhogatā. Katthaci netu^eb^nti katthaci bhave sabbathā netuṃ? ^b^Parikkhayā^eb^ti sabbaso khīṇattā. ^b^Tuyhaṃ kiṃ etthā^eb^ti sabbupadhiparikkhayā suddhassa mama paṭipattiyaṃ tuyhaṃ kiṃ ujjhāyanaṃ? Kevalaṃ vighātoyeva teti dasseti.<br/><br/>[06]Supatisuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 144
title: supatisuttavaṇṇanā^nandatisuttavaṇṇanā^paṭhamāayusuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^145^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Paṇṇāsaṃ^eb^^a^V1.0182^ea^^a^M1.0208^ea^^b^vā vassāni jīvati^eb^ vassasatato upari seyyathāpi thero anuruddho. ^b^Saṭṭhi vā vassāni^eb^ seyyathāpi thero bākulo. Paṭiharitvā paccanīkabhāve sātaṃ sukhaṃ etassāti paccanīkasāto, tabbhāvo ^b^paccanīkasātatā,^eb^ tāya. ^b^Abhibhavitvā abhāsi^eb^ paṭivacanaṃ jānamānova.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Na hīḷeyya^eb^ na jiguccheyya. ^b^Eva^eb^nti so dārako viya kiñci acintento sappuriso careyya, evaṃ hissa cittadukkhaṃ na hotīti adhippāyo. ^b^Pajjalitasīso viya careyyā^eb^ti yathā pajjalitasīso puriso aññaṃ kiñci akatvā tasseva vūpasamāya vāyameyya, evaṃ sappuriso āyuṃ parittanti ñatvā teneva nayena sabbasaṅkhāragataṃ aniccaṃ, aniccattā eva dukkhaṃ, anattāti vipassanampi otaritvā taṃ ussukkāpentopi saṅkhāravigamāya careyya paṭipajjeyya.<br/><br/>[06]Paṭhamāayusuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 145
title: nandatisuttavaṇṇanā^paṭhamāayusuttavaṇṇanā^dutiyāayusuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^146^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Nemīvā^eb^ti nemisīsena cakkaṃ vadati. ^b^Kubbaraṃ anupariyāyatī^eb^ti kubbaraṃ anuparivattati. Tathābhūto pana so taṃ ajahantovāti āha ^b^‘‘na vijahatī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Āyu anupariyāyatī^eb^ti maccānaṃ āyu gatampi paccāgacchatīti bhagavato paṭāṇi hutvā vadati, bhagavā pana taṃ abhibhavitvā ‘‘accayanti ahorattā’’tiādinā āyuno accayagamanamaraṇataṃyeva pavedesi.<br/><br/>[06]Dutiyāayusuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.<br/><br/>[06]Paṭhamavaggavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 146
title: paṭhamāayusuttavaṇṇanā^dutiyavaggo^pāsāṇasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^147^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Pavijjhī^eb^ti ^a^V1.0183^ea^^a^M1.0209^ea^ pabbataṃ sabbato pavattento tato tato nissajji. ^b^Sakala^eb^nti sabbabhāgavantaṃ, nissesanti attho.<br/><br/>[06]Pāsāṇasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 147
title: dutiyavaggo^pāsāṇasuttavaṇṇanā^kiṃnusīhasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^148^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Vicakkhukammāyā^eb^ti vicakkhubhāvakāmatāya. Yathā sā bhagavato desiyamānaṃ dhammaṃ attano paññācakkhunā na passituṃ sakkoti, evaṃ kātuṃ kāmatāya. Tenāha ^b^‘‘parisāyā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Vināsetuṃ na sakkoti^eb^ bheravārammaṇe bhāyanasseva abhāvato. ^b^Dasabalappattā^eb^ti dasahi balehi samannāgatā.<br/><br/>[06]Kiṃnusīhasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 148
title: pāsāṇasuttavaṇṇanā^kiṃnusīhasuttavaṇṇanā^sakalikasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^149^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Mandabhāvenā^eb^ti jaḷabhāvena ^b^momūhabhāvenā^eb^ti mahāmūḷhatāya. ^b^Kabbakaraṇena matto^eb^ti kabbakiriyāpasutatādivasena matto kabbaṃ katvā. ^b^Kimidaṃ soppasevā^eb^ti idaṃ tava soppaṃ kimatthaṃ, purisena nāma purisattakarena bhavitabbaṃ, na soppatiyeva. ^b^Atthaṃ samāgantvā^eb^ti paramatthaṃ nibbānaṃ sammā āgantvā adhigantvā. ^b^Asaṅga…pe… natthi^eb^ sabbaso siddhatthabhāvato. ^b^Jagganto^eb^ti jāgaranto puriso viya, ^b^na bhāyāmi^eb^ bhayahetūnaṃ abhāvā. ^b^Nānutapanti^eb^ sabbattha sabbadāpi vissaṭṭhabhāvato, ^b^māma^eb^nti mamaṃ. Gāthāsukhatthañhi dīghaṃ katvā vuttaṃ. ^b^Ṭhitattā^eb^ti uddesaparipucchāya paricchijjattā. ^b^Hāni^eb^nti kassaci jāniṃ.<br/><br/>[06]Sakalikasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 149
title: kiṃnusīhasuttavaṇṇanā^sakalikasuttavaṇṇanā^patirūpasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^150^eb^^b^.^eb^ Anurujjhati ^a^V1.0184^ea^^a^M1.0210^ea^ etenāti anurodho, rāgo. Virujjhati etenāti virodho, paṭigho. Tesu ^b^anurodhavirodhesu^eb^ tannimittaṃ ^b^sajjati nāma^eb^ saṅgaṃ karoti nāma, anurodhavirodhuppādanameva cettha sajjanaṃ. ^b^Yadaññamanusāsatī^eb^ti yaṃ aññesaṃ anusāsanaṃ, taṃ tesaṃ hitesanaṃ anukampanaṃ, tasmā anukampake hitesake sammāsambuddhe anurodhavirodhe āropetvā vikampanatthaṃ micchā vadasīti.<br/><br/>[06]Patirūpasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 150
title: sakalikasuttavaṇṇanā^patirūpasuttavaṇṇanā^mānasasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^151^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ākāse carante^eb^ti pañcābhiññe sandhāya vadati. Antalikkhe carantepi kiccasādhanato ^b^antalikkhacaro^eb^. Manasi jātoti ^b^mānaso^eb^. Taṃ pana manasantānasampayuttatāyāti āha ^b^‘‘manasampayutto’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[06]Mānasasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 151
title: patirūpasuttavaṇṇanā^mānasasuttavaṇṇanā^pattasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^152^eb^^b^.^eb^ Pañcannaṃ upādānakkhandhānaṃ lakkhaṇādīni ceva samudayañca assādādīnavanissaraṇāni ca gahetvā sammā tesaṃ lakkhaṇādīnaṃ gahaṇaṃ hotīti āha ^b^‘‘pañca upādānakkhandhe ādiyitvā’’^eb^ti. Ruppanavediyanasañjānanābhisaṅkharaṇavijānanāni ^b^khandhānaṃ sabhāvalakkhaṇāni. Ādi^eb^-saddena rasapaccupaṭṭhānapadaṭṭhānāni ceva samudayādīni ca saṅgaṇhāti. ^b^Dassetī^eb^ti paccakkhato dasseti, hatthāmalakaṃ viya pākaṭe vibhūte katvā vibhāveti. ^b^Gaṇhāpetī^eb^ti te dhamme manasā anupekkhite diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhe karonto uggaṇhāpeti. ^b^Samādānamhī^eb^ti tattha atthassa sammadeva ādiyane khandhānañca sammasanavasena aññadhammavasena samādiyane. ^b^Paṭividdhaguṇenā^eb^ti tāya desanāya, taṃ nissāya paccattapurisakārena ca tesaṃ paṭividdhaguṇena ^a^M1.0211^ea^. ^b^Jotāpetī^eb^ti tesaṃ cittasantānaṃ assaddhiyādikilesamalavidhamanena pabhassaraṃ karoti. ^b^Aṭṭhiṃ katvā^eb^ti tāya desanāya pāpetabbaṃ atthaṃ payojanaṃ daḷhaṃ katvā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ayaṃ no’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Kammakārakacittaṃ^eb^ nāma otaraṇacittaṃ. ‘‘Yonisomanasikārapubbakaṃ vipassanācitta’’nti ^a^V1.0185^ea^ keci. ^b^Ohitasotā^eb^ti anaññavihitatāya dhammassavanāya appitasotā, tato eva tadatthaṃ ^b^ṭhapitasotā^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ete rūpādayo khandhe yañca saṅkhataṃ^eb^ samiddhapaccayehi kataṃ, tañca ‘‘eso ahaṃ na homi, etaṃ mayhaṃ na hotī’’ti passantoti yojanā. Khemo attāti khemattā, taṃ ^b^khemattaṃ^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘khemibhūtaṃ attabhāva’’^eb^nti. ^b^Pariyesamānā^eb^ mārasenā.<br/><br/>[06]Pattasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 152
title: mānasasuttavaṇṇanā^pattasuttavaṇṇanā^chaphassāyatanasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^153^eb^^b^.^eb^ Sañjāyati etasmāti sañjāti, so eva sampayuttadhammo samosarati etthāti samosaraṇaṃ, so eva attho, tena ^b^sañjātisamosaraṇaṭṭhena. Bhayabheravaṃ sadda^eb^nti bhāyati etasmāti ^b^bhayaṃ,^eb^ tadeva yassa kassaci bheravāvahattā ^b^bheravaṃ,^eb^ devādisaddanti attho. Vigatavalāhake deve uppātavasena uppajjanakasaddo ^b^devadundubhi^eb^. Asanipātādisaddo ^b^asanipātasaddo. Undrīyatī^eb^ti viparivattati. ^b^Loko adhimucchito^eb^ti atithaddhakāyo viya mucchaṃ āpanno. ^b^Mārassā^eb^ti kilesamārassa. ^b^Ṭhānabhūta^eb^nti pavattiṭṭhānabhūtaṃ.<br/><br/>[06]Chaphassāyatanasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 153
title: pattasuttavaṇṇanā^chaphassāyatanasuttavaṇṇanā^piṇḍasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^154^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Tattha tatthā^eb^ti tasmiṃ tasmiṃ ñātimittakule. ^b^Pāhunakānī^eb^ti pahitabbapaṇṇākārāni. ^b^Āgantukapaṇṇākārānī^eb^ti āgantukānaṃ upagatānaṃ ^a^M1.0212^ea^ dātabbapaṇṇākārāni. ^b^Sayaṃcaradivase^eb^ti kumārakānañca kumārikānañca sayaṃ attanā caritabbachaṇadivase. Idāni tamatthaṃ vitthārato dassento ^b^‘‘samavayajātigottā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Samavayasamajātikasamagottāti paccekaṃ sama-saddo yojetabbo. Gottasamatā ca āvāhavivāhayogyatāvasena daṭṭhabbā, na ekagottatāvasena. ^b^Tato tato^eb^ gāmato. ^b^Aññasmiṃ^eb^ dātabbe asati. Chaṇavasena pahiṇituṃ sampāditaṃ pūvaṃ ^b^chaṇapūvaṃ. Tāsaṃ sampattiyā^eb^ti tāsaṃ dānaṃ dhammassavanañcāti tassā duvidhāyapi sampattiyā.<br/><br/>[03]Ñāṇaṃ nāma āvajjanapubbakaṃ, tasmā ajānanassa ‘‘anāvajjanatāyā’’ti kāraṇaṃ vatvā ^a^V1.0186^ea^ sesakāraṇaṃ vadanto ^b^‘‘buddhāna’’^eb^ntiādimāha. ^b^Upacārabheda^eb^nti buddhaṃ disvā manussehi kātabbaupacārassa bhindanaṃ. ^b^Bhinditu^eb^nti vidhamituṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Bhagavā panā^eb^ti ^b^pana^eb^saddo visesatthajotako. Tena na kevalaṃ bhagavā uppaṇḍanaṃ pariharanto taṃ gāmaṃ na puna pāvisi, atha kho māraṃ anukampantoti idaṃ visesaṃ joteti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Janesī^eb^ti apuññaṃ janesi, janento ca yathā tato āyatiṃ thirataraṃ mahantaṃ dukkhaṃ nipphajjissati, evaṃ nipphādesi. ^b^Āsajjana^eb^nti ettha ^b^na^eb^nti nipātamattaṃ. Kiñcati maddati abhibhavatīti kiñcananti āha ^b^‘‘maddituṃ samattha’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[06]Piṇḍasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 154
title: chaphassāyatanasuttavaṇṇanā^piṇḍasuttavaṇṇanā^kassakasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^155^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Nibbānaṃ apadisitvā^eb^ti nibbānaṃ nissāya nibbānaguṇe ārabbhāti attho. ^b^Haṭahaṭakeso^eb^ti ito cito ca vikiṇṇattā ākulākulakeso. ^b^Cakkhusamphassaviññāṇāyatana^eb^nti ettha yathā cakkhuggahaṇena phasso visesito, tena eva viññāṇāyatanaṃ. Tathā sati cakkhuviññāṇassa ca gahaṇaṃ āpajjeyyāti. Nanu cettha cakkhuggahaṇena visesitattā cakkhudvārikānaṃ sabbesaṃ viññāṇānaṃ gahaṇanti? Saccametaṃ, tañca kho paṭhamena cakkhuggahaṇenāti nāyaṃ doso. ^b^Bhavaṅgacitta^eb^nti āvajjanāya anantarapaccayabhūtameva ^a^M1.0213^ea^ adhippetanti niyametvā dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘sāvajjanaka’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ, tasmā ^b^tadārammaṇampī^eb^ti javanacittena saha tadārammaṇacittampi. ‘‘Viññāṇāyatana’’nti ca vutte nimmalameva.<br/><br/>[03]^b^‘‘Cakkhū’’^eb^ti avisesato vuttattā pana mārassa ayampi attho āpannoti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘yaṃ loke’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Upakkavipakka^eb^nti cakkhupākarogena upari heṭṭhā ca sabbaso pakkaṃ kuthitaṃ. ^b^Eseva nayo^eb^ti iminā yaṃ loke kuṭṭhakilāsagaṇḍakacchuādīhi upaddutaṃ vaṇapīḷakādivasena paggharantaṃ asuciṃ antamaso paramajeguccharūpampi, sabbaṃ taṃ taveva hotūti evamādiṃ apadisati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Yaṃ bhaṇḍaka^eb^nti hiraññasuvaṇṇādikhettavatthādiupakaraṇaṃ gahaṭṭhā, pabbajitā ca yaṃ pattacīvarādiṃ ‘‘mama ida’’nti abhinivisantāva vadanti, ^b^etesu^eb^ pariggahatthesu ca tesaṃ pariggāhakapuggalesu ^a^V1.0187^ea^ ca te ^b^cittaṃ yadi atthi,^eb^ tāni ārabbha tava cittaṃ yadi bhavati, evaṃ tvaṃ tattha baddho eva hosīti attho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘na me samaṇa mokkhasī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Yaṃ bhaṇḍakaṃ vadantī^eb^ti yathāvuttaṃ upakaraṇaṃ loke bahujanā ‘‘mama ida’’nti vadanti. ^b^Na taṃ mayha^eb^nti taṃ mayhaṃ na hoti, na tattha mama taṇhāvasena mamanti natthi. ^b^Na te aha^eb^nti ye puggalā ettha baddhā, tepi ahaṃ na homi, tattha me diṭṭhibaddho natthi. ^b^Na me maggampi dakkhasī^eb^ti evaṃ sabbaso baddhābhāvena muttassa me gatamaggampi māra tvaṃ na dakkhasi na passissasi, ye bhavādayo tuyhaṃ visayā, tesu bhavayonigatiādīsu mayhaṃ gatamaggaṃ na passissasi bhavanissaṭṭhattāti.<br/><br/>[06]Kassakasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 155
title: piṇḍasuttavaṇṇanā^kassakasuttavaṇṇanā^rajjasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^156^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ahana^eb^nti karaṇe paccattavacananti āha ^b^‘‘ahanantenā’’^eb^ti, paccatte eva vā paccattavacanaṃ, ‘‘ahananto hutvā’’ti vacanasesena bhavitabbanti adhippāyo. Sesapadesupi eseva nayo. ^b^Ajina^eb^nti antogadhahetuatthaṃ ^a^M1.0214^ea^ vadatīti āha ^b^‘‘parassa dhanajāniṃ akarontenā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Akārāpentenā^eb^ti parassa dhanajāniṃ akārentena. ^b^Asocantenā^eb^ti bhogabyasanādivasena paraṃ asocantena. Kasmā bhagavā evaṃ cintesīti tattha kāraṇamāha ^b^‘‘itī’’^eb^tiādinā. ^b^Rajje vijite daṇḍakarapīḷite^eb^ti dhanadaṇḍādidaṇḍena ceva balinā ca bādhite.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ijjhanakakoṭṭhāsā^eb^ti cetovasibhāvādikassa sādhanakakoṭṭhāsā. ^b^Vaḍḍhitā^eb^ti bhāvanāpāripūrivasena anubrūhitā. ^b^Punappunaṃ katā^eb^ti bhāvanāya bahulīkaraṇena aparāparaṃ pavattitā. ^b^Yuttayāna^eb^nti yathā yuttānaṃ ājaññarathānaṃ sārathinā adhiṭṭhitaṃ yathāruci pavattati, evaṃ yathārucipavattitaṃ gamitā. ^b^Patiṭṭhaṭṭhenā^eb^ti adhiṭṭhānaṭṭhena. ^b^Vatthukatā^eb^ti sabbaso upakkilesasodhanena iddhivisayatāya patiṭṭhānabhāvato suvisodhitaparissayavatthu viya katā. ^b^Avijahitā^eb^ti paṭipakkhadūrībhāvato subhāvitabhāvena taṃtaṃadhiṭṭhānayogyatāya na jahāpitā. ^b^Niccānubaddhā^eb^ti tato eva niccaṃ anubaddhā viya katā. ^b^Suparicitā^eb^ti suṭṭhu sabbabhāgena bhāvanānupacayaṃ gamitā. ^b^Avirādhitavedhihattho viyā^eb^ti avirajjhanabhāvena virajjhanahattho viya. ^b^Suṭṭhu samāraddhā^eb^ti bhāvanāuppattiyā sammadeva sampāditā. ^b^Cinteyyā^eb^ti atthuddhāravasena cinteyya.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pabbatassā^eb^ti ^a^V1.0188^ea^ pabbato assa. Pabbato assāti ^b^pabbato bhaveyya^eb^ kīdisassāti āha ^b^‘‘suvaṇṇassā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Jātarūpassā^eb^ti ātaparūpasampannassa. ^b^Dvikkhattumpi tāva mahanto^eb^ti yattako so pabbato hoti, dvikkhattuṃ tattako. ^b^Ekassā^eb^ti ekassapi puggalassa ^b^nālaṃ na pariyatto^eb^ taṇhāya duppūraṇabhāvā. ^b^Evaṃ jānanto^eb^ti evaṃ taṇhāya duppūraṇabhāvādīnavataṃ jānanto. ^b^Samaṃ careyyā^eb^ti paravatthuparāmāsādiṃ vihāya kāyādīhi samameva paṭipajjeyya.<br/><br/>[03]Dukkhaṃ taṇhānidānaṃ, taṇhā kāmaguṇanidānā, tasmā dukkhassa taṇhāpaccayakāmaguṇanidānattaṃ vuttaṃ. ^b^Ta^eb^nti dukkhaṃ. ^b^Yatonidānaṃ hotī^eb^ti yaṃnidānaṃ yaṃkāraṇaṃ taṃ pavattati. ^b^Evaṃ yo adakkhī^eb^ti yo pariññātavatthuko evaṃ dukkhaṃ tassa nidānabhūte kāmaguṇe ca tathato paññācakkhunā passi. ^b^Kena kāraṇena nameyya^eb^? Taṃ kāraṇaṃ natthīti attho. ^b^Kāmaguṇaupadhi^eb^nti kāmaguṇasaṅkhātaṃ upadhiṃ. Sajjati etthāti ^b^saṅgo eso, lagganametanti evaṃ^eb^^a^M1.0215^ea^^b^viditvā^eb^. Tameva kāmābhibhūto nappaṭiseveyya na laggeyyāti evaṃ vinayāya vūpasamāya sikkheyyāti.<br/><br/>[06]Rajjasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.<br/><br/>[06]Dutiyavaggavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 156
title: kassakasuttavaṇṇanā^tatiyavaggo^sambahulasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^157^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Jaṭācumbaṭakenā^eb^ti sīse paṭimukkena jaṭākalāpena. Apariggahabrāhmaṇapabbajitā hi jaṭāya uñchācariyaṃ caranti. ^b^Udumbaradaṇḍa^eb^ñhi attaguttatthāya gahitaṃ tesaṃ appicchabhāvappakāsanaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘appicchabhāvappakāsanattha’’^eb^nti. ^b^Sīsaṃ okampetvā^eb^ti ettha ativiya sīsassa okampitabhāvaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘hanukena uraṃ paharanto adhonataṃ katvā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Jivhaṃ nīharitvā^eb^ti lambanacālanavasena mukhato nikkhāmetvā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘uddha’’^eb^ntiādi. ^b^Tisākha^eb^nti tibhaṅgabhakuṭi viya nalāṭe jātattā ^b^nalāṭikaṃ^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘nalāṭe uṭṭhitaṃ valittaya’’^eb^nti, tibhaṅgavalikaṃ nalāṭe katvāti attho. ^b^Attanova tele^eb^ti attanova pāpakammanibbattake tele, pacitabbaṭṭhānageheti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[06]Sambahulasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 157
title: tatiyavaggo^sambahulasuttavaṇṇanā^samiddhisuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^158^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Mayhaṃ^eb^^a^V1.0189^ea^^b^lābhā^eb^ti evarūpassa nāma sammāsambuddhassa satthussa paṭilābho, evarūpassa ca nāma niyyānikassa saddhammassa paṭilābho, evarūpānañca suppaṭipannānaṃ sabrahmacārīnaṃ paṭilābho, ete mayhaṃ suladdhalābhā. ^b^Mayhaṃ suladdha^eb^nti yañcetaṃ mama niyyānikasāsane pabbajjā upasampadā, tasmiñca abhiratīti sabbañcetaṃ mayā suladdhaṃ. Yathā panassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko uppanno, taṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘so kirā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Caritānurūpavasena ^a^M1.0216^ea^ gahitaṃ ^b^mūlakammaṭṭhānaṃ. Pāsādika^eb^nti pasādāvahaṃ. ^b^Evamahosī^eb^ti ^b^‘‘lābhā vata me’’^eb^tiādinā evaṃ parivitakko ahosi. ^b^Nisinnasadiso^eb^ti nisinno viya. ^b^Tasmiṃyeva ṭhāne^eb^ti yasmiṃ ṭhāne nisinnaṃ māro upasaṅkami, tasmiṃyeva ṭhāne. ^b^Tassā^eb^ti samiddhittherassa. ^b^Kammaṭṭhānaṃ sappāya^eb^nti kammaṭṭhānabhāvanāya anuyuñjanaṃ sappāyaṃ upakārāvahaṃ bhavissati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Mayha^eb^nti mayā. Sati ca paññā ca ^b^satipaññā,^eb^ tā ariyamaggena jānanasamatthanabhāvena avabuddhā. Thero kira tadā vipassanaṃ ussukkāpesi. ^b^Kāma^eb^nti yathāruci. Keci ‘‘kāmaṃ karassūti āyasmato ‘kāmā’ti mārassa ālapana’’nti vadanti. ^b^Vibhiṃsakārahānī^eb^ti bhayānakārahāni. ^b^Rūpānī^eb^ti vippakārāni. Vippakāratthopi hi rūpasaddo ^b^‘‘rūpaṃ dasseti anappaka’’^eb^ntiādīsu viya. ^b^Na kampessasī^eb^ti samaṇadhammakaraṇato na calissasi.<br/><br/>[06]Samiddhisuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 158
title: sambahulasuttavaṇṇanā^samiddhisuttavaṇṇanā^godhikasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^159^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Pabbatassa passe^eb^ti pabbatapāde upaccakāyaṃ. Samaye samaye laddhattā ^b^sāmayikaṃ^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘appitappitakkhaṇe paccanīkadhammehi vimuccatī’’^eb^ti. Lokiyavimutti hi anaccantapahāyitāya samayavimutti nāma, lokuttaravimutti accantapahāyitāya asamayavimutti. Tāhi samannāgatā ‘‘samayavimuttā, asamayavimuttā’’ti ca vuccanti. ^b^Yāva^eb^ paṭhamajjhānanibbattanaṃ, tāva ^b^kasmā parihāyīti^eb^ attho? ^b^Sābādhattā^eb^ti sarogattā. ^b^Vātapittasemhavasenā^eb^ti kadāci vātapittavasena, kadāci vātasemhavasena, ubhinnampi sannipātavasena. ^b^Anusāyiko^eb^ti kāyaṃ anugantvā sayito, yāpyāmayabhāvena ṭhitoti attho. ^b^Samādhissā^eb^ti samādhibhāvanāya. ^b^Upakārakadhamme^eb^ utubhojanādike. ^b^Pūretu^eb^nti samodhānetuṃ. ^b^Parihāyī^eb^ti sarīrassa akallabhāvato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Āhareyya^eb^nti ^a^V1.0190^ea^^a^M1.0217^ea^ jīvitaharaṇatthāya upaneyyaṃ. ^b^Nibaddhā gati hoti^eb^ kevalaṃ brahmalokūpapattito, na sotāpannādīnaṃ viya paricchinnabhāvena. Tenāha ^b^‘‘brahmaloke nibbattatī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Jalamānā^eb^ti samuṭṭhitaniyataiddhiyā anaññasādhāraṇaparivārasampattiyā ca sadevake loke jalamānā. Maṃsacakkhu dibbacakkhu dhammacakkhu paññācakkhu samantacakkhūti pañcahi cakkhūhi ^b^cakkhumā. Ānubhāvadharā^eb^ti acinteyyāparimeyyabuddhānubhāvasampannā. Ānubhāvapariyāyopi hi juti-saddo hoti ‘‘iddhijutibalavīriyūpapattī’’tiādīsu (jā. 2.22.1589, 1595) viya. Anavasesato mānaṃ siyati samucchindatīti aggamaggo ^b^mānasaṃ^eb^. Tannibbattanā pana arahattassa mānasatā daṭṭhabbā. ^b^Sīlādīnī^eb^ti anuttarasīlādīni. ^b^Sikkhamāno^eb^ti sikkhāni bhāvento attano santāne uppādento. Na cittabhāvanā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘sakaraṇīyo’’^eb^ti. ^b^Jane^eb^ti sattassa kāye, sadevake loketi attho. ^b^Vissutā^eb^ti anaññasādhāraṇehi sīlādiguṇehi vissutā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vedanaṃ vikkhambhetvā^eb^ti uppannaṃ dukkhavedanaṃ paṭicca uppannāttakilamathaṃ anuppādanavasena vikkhambhetvā ^b^taṃyeva vedanaṃ pariggahetvā^eb^ pavattavipassanā vīthimeva otaratīti katvā ^b^mūlakammaṭṭhāna^eb^nti vuttaṃ. ^b^‘‘Samasīsī hutvā parinibbāyī’’^eb^ti vatvā tassa pabhedaṃ vibhajitvā idhādhippetaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘samasīsī nāma tividho hotī’’^eb^tiādimāha. Iriyāpathavasena samasīsī ^b^iriyāpathasamasīsī^eb^. Esa nayo sesadvayepi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Iriyāpathakopanañcā^eb^ti iriyāpathehi asamāyogo. ^b^Ekappahārenevā^eb^ti ekavelāyameva. ^b^Parinibbānavasenā^eb^ti anupādisesaparinibbānavasena, na kilesakkhayamattena. ^b^Etthā^eb^ti etesu dvīsu nayesu. Evaṃ sati teneva iriyāpathena vipassanaṃ paṭṭhapetvā teneva iriyāpathena, ekasmiṃ antorogeyeva vipassanaṃ paṭṭhapetvā arahattaṃ patvā teneva rogena parinibbāyantā khīṇāsavā bahavopi samasīsino eva sambhaveyyuṃ. Tasmā vuttanayeneva attho veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03]Sīsañcettha ^a^M1.0218^ea^ terasa – palibodhasīsaṃ taṇhā, bandhanasīsaṃ māno, parāmāsasīsaṃ diṭṭhi, vikkhepasīsaṃ uddhaccaṃ, kilesasīsaṃ avijjā, adhimokkhasīsaṃ saddhā, paggahasīsaṃ vīriyaṃ, upaṭṭhānasīsaṃ sati, avikkhepasīsaṃ samādhi, dassanasīsaṃ paññā, pavattisīsaṃ jīvitindriyaṃ, gocarasīsaṃ vimokkho, saṅkhārasīsaṃ nirodhoti. Imesu terasasu sīsesu palibodhasīsādīni pavattisīsañca pariyādiyitabbāni, adhimokkhasīsādīni pariyādāyakāni, pariyādāyakaphalaṃ gocarasīsaṃ. Tañhi visayajjhattaṃ phalaṃ vimokkho, pariyādāyakassa maggassa phalassa ca ārammaṇaṃ ^a^V1.0191^ea^ saṅkhārasīsaṃ saṅkhāravivekabhūto nirodhoti pariyādiyitabbānaṃ pariyādāyakaphalārammaṇānaṃ saha viya saṃsiddhaṃ dassanena samasīsibhāvaṃ dassetuṃ paṭisambhidāyaṃ terasa sīsāni vuttāni. Idha pana ‘‘apubbaṃ acarimaṃ āsavapariyādānañca hoti jīvitapariyādānañcā’’ti (pu. pa. 16) vacanato tesu kilesapavattasīsānameva vasena yojanaṃ karonto ^b^‘‘ettha ca pavattisīsa’’^eb^ntiādimāha.<br/><br/>[03]Tattha pavattisīsaṃ pavattato vuṭṭhahanto maggo cutito uddhaṃ appavattikaraṇavasena yadipi pariyādīyati, yāva pana cuti, tāva pavattisabbhāvato ^b^‘‘pavattisīsaṃ jīvitindriyaṃ cuticittaṃ khepetī’’^eb^ti āha. Kilesapariyādānena pana maggacittena attano anantaraṃ viya nipphādetabbā paccavekkhaṇavārā ca kilesapariyādānasseva vārāti vattabbataṃ arahanti. ‘‘Vimuttasmiṃ vimuttamiti ñāṇaṃ hotī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.78; saṃ. ni. 3.12) vacanato paccavekkhaṇaparisamāpanena kilesapariyādānaṃ samāpitaṃ nāma hoti, taṃ pana parisamāpanaṃ yadi cuticittena hoti, teneva jīvitaparisamāpanañca hotīti imāya vāracutisamatāya kilesapariyādānajīvitapariyādānānaṃ apubbācarimatā veditabbāti dassento ^b^‘‘dvinnaṃ cittānaṃ ekato uppādo natthī’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Dvinnaṃ cittāna^eb^nti cuticittamaggacittānaṃ. ^b^Ta^eb^nti paccavekkhaṇaṃ paripuṇṇajavanacittānaṃ sattakkhattuṃ pavattiyā, aparipuṇṇānaṃ vā pañcakkhattuṃ pavattiyā. Kiñcāpi ^b^‘‘eko vā dve vā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ yathā ‘‘ekaṃ vā dve vā tadārammaṇacittānī’’ti, heṭṭhimantena pana dve pavattanti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Uppāṭetvā^eb^ti ^a^M1.0219^ea^ uddharitvāti attho. ^b^Anupādisesenā^eb^ti anupādisesanibbānena.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Dhūmāyitatta^eb^nti dhūmassa viya ayitabhāvaṃ pavattiākāraṃ. Dhūmasadisā valāhakā ^b^dhūmavalāhakā,^eb^ timiravalāhakā, ye mahikā ‘‘timira’’nti vuccanti. ^b^Appatiṭṭhitenā^eb^ti patiṭṭhaṃ alabhantena. Itthambhūtalakkhaṇe etaṃ karaṇavacanaṃ, anuppattidhammenāti attho. Sati hi uppāde patiṭṭhitaṃ nāma siyā, aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana yadeva tassa viññāṇassa appatiṭṭhānakāraṇaṃ, tadeva parinibbānakāraṇanti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘appatiṭṭhitakāraṇā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sokena phuṭṭhassā^eb^ti ‘‘aphalo vata me vāyāmo jāto’’ti sokena abhibhūtassa. ^b^Abhassathā^eb^ti balavasokābhitunnassa satisammosā sithilaṃ gahitā bhassi patitā sā kacchā.<br/><br/>[06]Godhikasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 159
title: samiddhisuttavaṇṇanā^godhikasuttavaṇṇanā^sattavassānubandhasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^160^eb^^b^.^eb^ Yasmā ^a^V1.0192^ea^ kapilavatthuto nikkhantakālato paṭṭhāya māro otārāpekkho lokanāthaṃ anubandhituṃ āraddho, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘pure bodhiyā chabbassānī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Atigahetvā^eb^ti anugantvā tassa yathāruci paṭipattiṃ anuvatto viya hutvā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Avajjhāyanto^eb^ti pajjhāyanto. ^b^Jito^eb^ vittaparājito asi nu. ^b^Pamāṇātikkanta^eb^nti garutaraṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Khanitvā^eb^ ummūletvā. Kāmāsavādīni pajahanto ^b^anāsavo^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pehī^eb^ti apehi. ^b^Pāragāmino^eb^ti pāraṅgamanasīlā. Tekāliko ayaṃ gāmi-saddoti āha ^b^‘‘yepī’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Māravisūkānī^eb^ti mārakaṇṭakāni kaṇṭakasadisāni mārassa durācārāni. ^b^Viruddhasevitāni^eb^ virodhavasena tāsaṃyeva vevacanāni. Tāni sarūpato dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘appamāyū’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Nibbejanīyā^eb^ti nibbedadāyikā. ^b^Ukkaṇṭhanīyā^eb^ti ukkaṇṭhavahā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vikappavasena^eb^^a^M1.0220^ea^^b^veditabbo^eb^ opammaparikappavisayattā tassa kiriyāpadassa. Tenāha ^b^‘‘anuparigaccheyyā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Etthā^eb^ti etasmiṃ medavaṇṇavatthusmiṃ. ^b^Mudu^eb^nti mudumadhurasaṃ ^b^vindeyyāma^eb^ paṭilabheyyāma. ^b^Assādo^eb^ti assādetabbo.<br/><br/>[06]Sattavassānubandhasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 160
title: godhikasuttavaṇṇanā^sattavassānubandhasuttavaṇṇanā^māradhītusuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^161^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Cintesī^eb^ti sokavasiko hutvā cintayi. ^b^Gaṇikārahatthiniyo^eb^ti dīpakakareṇuyo. ^b^Ekasataṃ ekasata^eb^nti ekasataṃ ekasataṃ paccekaṃ sataṃ satanti attho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ekekaṃ sataṃ sataṃ katvā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Kumārivaṇṇasata^eb^nti kumāritthīnaṃ attabhāvānaṃ sataṃ. Tā kira paṭhamaṃ kaññārūpena attānaṃ dassesuṃ. Anupagatapupphānañhi samaññā kaññāti. Puna yathāvuttakumārirūpena upagatapupphā hi kumārī. Puna vadhukārūpena. Taṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘avijātavaṇṇasata’’^eb^nti ^a^V1.0193^ea^. Tatiyavāre yuvatirūpena. Vijātā hi itthī anatikkantamajjhimavayā yuvatī. Ettāvatā bālā taruṇī porīti tividhāsu itthīsu purimā dve dassitā, pariyosānavāresu manussajātikānaṃ manussitthiyova ruccantīti tena manussarūpena tā attānaṃ dassesuṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Atthassa patti^eb^nti ekantato hitānuppattiṃ. ^b^Hadayassa santi^eb^nti paramacittupasamaṃ. ^b^Kilesasena^eb^nti kāmaguṇasaṅkhātaṃ paṭhamaṃ kilesasenaṃ. Sā hi kilesasenā accharāsaṅghātasabhāvāpi paṭipatthayamānā piyāyitabbaicchitabbarūpabhāvato piyarūpasātarūpā nāma attano kiccavasena. ^b^Eko ahaṃ jhāyanto^eb^ti gaṇasaṅgaṇikāya kilesasaṅgaṇikāya ca abhāvato eko asahāyo ahaṃ lakkhaṇūpanijjhānena nijjhāyanto. ^b^Anubujjhi^eb^nti anukkamena maggapaṭipāṭiyā bujjhiṃ paṭibujjhiṃ. ^b^Tasmā^eb^ti yathāvuttavivekasukhasamadhigamanimittaṃ. ^b^Akaraṇenā^eb^ti mittasanthavassa akaraṇena. ^b^Sakkhī^eb^ti sakkhibhāvo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Katamena^eb^^a^M1.0221^ea^^b^vihārenā^eb^ti jhānasamāpattīnaṃ katamena vihārena. Idha dutiyapadassa attho vissajjanagāthāvaṇṇanāyameva āvi bhavissati. Anāmantena ^b^‘‘taṃ puggala’’^eb^nti sammukhā ṭhitampi bhagavantaṃ asammukhā viya katvā vadati, kathaṃ tvanti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^‘‘Avitakkajhāyī’’^eb^ti vakkhamānattā ayamevettha kāyapassaddhi veditabbāti āha ^b^‘‘catutthajjhānena assāsapassāsakāyassa passaddhattā passaddhakāyo’’^eb^ti. Puññābhisaṅkhārādike ^b^kammābhisaṅkhāre^eb^. Kāmālayādīnaṃ abhāvato ^b^anālayo. Na saratī^eb^ti na savati. Rāgavasena hi sattā saṃsāramanusavanti. ^b^Na thino^eb^ti na thinamiddhacitto. Mohavasena hi sattā thinamiddhaṃ āpajjantīti. ^b^Diyaḍḍhakilesasahassa^eb^nti ^b^khuddakavatthuvibhaṅge^eb^ (vibha. 842, 976) āgatesu aṭṭhasu kilesasatesu aṭṭhasataṃ taṇhāvicaritāni apanetvā sesā paññāsādhikaṃ sataṃ kilesā, te ^b^brahmajāle^eb^ (dī. ni. 1.31) āgatāhi dvāsaṭṭhiyā diṭṭhīhi saha pañcapaññāsādhikaṃ sattasataṃ hoti; tā ca uppannānuppannabhāvena diguṇitā diyaḍḍhakilesasahassaṃ dasādhikaṃ hoti; taṃ appakaṃ pana ūnamadhikaṃ vā gaṇanupagaṃ na hotīti ‘‘diyaḍḍhakilesasahassa’’nti vuttaṃ. Itaresaṃ atītādibhāvāmasanato aggahaṇaṃ pahānassa adhippetattā. Ayamettha saṅkhepo, vitthāro pana ^b^abhidhammaṭīkāyaṃ^eb^ (dha. sa. anuṭī. nidānakathāvaṇṇanā) vuttanayena veditabbo. ^b^Paṭhamapadenā^eb^ti ‘‘na kuppatī’’ti iminā padena. ^b^Dutiyenā^eb^ti ‘‘na saratī’’ti padena. ^b^Tatiyenā^eb^ti ^a^V1.0194^ea^ ‘‘na thino’’ti padena. ^b^Nīvaraṇappahānena khīṇāsavataṃ dasseti,^eb^ anavasesato nīvaraṇānaṃ accantappahānaṃ adhippetaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pañcadvārikakilesoghaṃ tiṇṇo^eb^ti channaṃ dvārānaṃ vasena pavattanakilesoghaṃ taritvā ṭhito. Kāmoghadiṭṭhoghabhavoghaṭṭhakilesabhāvato ^b^‘‘pañcoghaggahaṇena vā pañcorambhāgiyāni saṃyojanāni veditabbānī’’^eb^ti āha. Rūparāgādayo visesato na pañcadvārikāti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘chaṭṭhaggahaṇena pañcuddhambhāgiyāni veditabbānī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Maccurājassā^eb^ti sambandhe sāmivacananti dassento ^b^‘‘maccurājassa hatthato’’^eb^ti āha. ^b^Nayamānāna^eb^nti anādare sāmivacananti katvā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘nayamānesū’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ūhaccā^eb^ti ^a^M1.0222^ea^ buddhaṃ nissāya. ^b^‘‘Idamavocā’’ti desanaṃ niṭṭhāpetvā^eb^ti etena saṃyuttesu ayaṃ nigamanapāḷi, heṭṭhā anāgatanayattā pana kesuci potthakesu na likhīyatīti dasseti. ^b^Daddallamānā^eb^ti jajjakārassa hi daddakāraṃ katvā niddeso. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ativiya jalamānā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Nīharī^eb^ti tāsaṃ kāyavacīvikāraṃ na manasikaronto tiṇāyapi amaññamānova anapekkheneva nīhari. ^b^Phalato bhaṭṭha^eb^nti phalasipāṭikato bhaṭṭhaṃ. Kuṇḍatiṇādigacchatūlaṃ ^b^poṭakitūlaṃ^eb^.<br/><br/>[06]Māradhītusuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.<br/><br/>[06]Tatiyavaggavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.<br/><br/>[06]Sāratthappakāsiniyā saṃyuttanikāya-aṭṭhakathāya<br/><br/>[06]Mārasaṃyuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 39
item: 161
title: bhikkhunīsaṃyuttaṃ^^āḷavikāsuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^162^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Āḷaviyaṃ^eb^^a^V1.0195^ea^^a^M1.0223^ea^^b^jātā^eb^ti āḷaviyaṃ vijāyitvā saṃvaḍḍhamānā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘āḷavinagaratoyeva ca nikkhamma pabbajitā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Dhanaṃ samādapetvā^eb^ti cetiyassa rājā ekaṃ mukhaṃ, rājaputto ekaṃ, amaccānaṃ jeṭṭhako hutvā senāpati ekaṃ, janapadānaṃ jeṭṭhako hutvā seṭṭhi ekanti evaṃ catūsu mukhesu navakamme kayiramāne seṭṭhinā gahitamukhe kamme olīyamāne eko upāsako ariyasāvako pañca sakaṭasatāni yojāpetvā janapadaṃ gantvā ‘‘yo yaṃ dātuṃ ussahati hiraññaṃ vā suvaṇṇaṃ vā sattavidharatanaṃ vā haritālaṃ vā manosilaṃ vā, so dhanaṃ detū’’ti samādapetvā yathāladdhaṃ paṭhamaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ pesetvā ‘‘navakammaṃ niṭṭhita’’nti sutvā ekakaṃ āgacchantaṃ antarāmagge corā palibundhitvā tato kiñcipi dhanaṃ alabhantā ‘‘sace naṃ muñcissāma, anatthaṃ no kareyyā’’ti jīvitā voropesuṃ. Anaparādhe ariyasāvake aparādhakā te corā andhā jātā, tasmā taṃ ṭhānaṃ ^b^‘‘andhavana’’^eb^nti paññāyitthāti aṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ. Khīṇāsavānaṃ yasmā yattha katthaci cittaviveko hotiyeva upadhivivekassa siddhattā. Tasmā ^b^‘‘kāyavivekatthinī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Nissaraṇa^eb^nti nibbānaṃ sabbasaṅkhatassa nissaṭattā. ^b^Paccavekkhaṇañāṇenā^eb^ti paccavekkhaṇañāṇena, pageva maggaphalañāṇehīti adhippāyo. ^b^Nibbānapada^eb^nti nibbānasaṅkhātaṃ dhammakoṭṭhāsaṃ. ^b^Vinivijjhanaṭṭhenā^eb^ti hadayaṃ vinividdhena hadayamhi vijjhitvā dukkhuppādanena khandhānaṃ ete pañca kāmā sattisūlasadisā. ^b^Adhikuṭṭanabhaṇḍikā^eb^ti āghātanaghaṭikā.<br/><br/>[06]Āḷavikāsuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 162
title: ^āḷavikāsuttavaṇṇanā^somāsuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^163^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ṭhāna^eb^nti ^a^V1.0196^ea^ issariyaṭṭhānaṃ visayajjhattaṃ. ^b^Duppasahaṃ^eb^ akampiyabhāvattā. ^b^Dvaṅgulapaññāyā^eb^ti ettha itthiyo hi daharakumārikākālato paṭṭhāya ^a^M1.0224^ea^ odanapacanavidhiṃ anutiṭṭhantiyo ukkhaliyaṃ udakaṃ tāpetvā taṇḍule pakkhipitvā attano buddhiyā tesaṃ pākakālappamāṇaṃ paricchindituṃ tāni dabbiyā uddharitvāpi vaṇṇasaṇṭhānaggahaṇamattena pakkāpakkabhāvaṃ jānituṃ na sakkonti, kevalaṃ pana dvīhi aṅgulīhi uppīḷitakāle eva jānanti, tasmā dvīhaṅgulikehi dubbalapaññattā ^b^‘‘dvaṅgulapaññā’’^eb^ti vuccanti. Phalasamāpattiñāṇappavattikittanena catūsu saccesu asammohavihāro dīpito hotīti āha ^b^‘‘ñāṇamhi vattamānamhīti phalasamāpattiñāṇe pavattamāne’’^eb^ti. ^b^Vipassantassā^eb^ti asammohapaṭivedhato visesena passantassa khandhapañcakameva saccābhisamayato pubbabhāge vipassantassa. ^b^Aññaṃ vā^eb^ti itthipurisato aññaṃ vā kiñci vatthuṃ. ‘‘Ahaṃ asmī’’ti mānadiṭṭhigāhataṇhāgāhavasena gahitavatthusmiṃ yevāti āha ^b^‘‘ahaṃ asmīti taṇhāmānadiṭṭhivasenā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[06]Somāsuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 163
title: āḷavikāsuttavaṇṇanā^somāsuttavaṇṇanā^kisāgotamīsuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^164^eb^^b^.^eb^ ‘‘Kisāgotamī’’ti ettha kā panāyaṃ kisāgotamī, kissa ayaṃ bhikkhunī hutvā samaṇadhammaṃ matthakaṃ pāpesīti tamatthaṃ vibhāvetuṃ ^b^‘‘pubbe kirā’’^eb^tiādimāraddhaṃ. ^b^Aṅgārāvā^eb^ti addāriṭṭhakavaṇṇāṅgārā eva jātā. ^b^Dārusāka^eb^nti addhamāsakena dāruṃ sākañca āharissāmīti antarāpaṇe antaravīthiṃ gatā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Siddhatthaka^eb^nti sāsapaṃ. ^b^Sālāya^eb^nti anāthasālāyaṃ. ^b^Khuraggeyevā^eb^ti khurasikhe eva, kesorohanakkhaṇe evāti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ekamāsī^eb^ti ettha ^b^ma^eb^-kāro padasandhikaro. Saṃhitāvasena ca purimapade vā rassattaṃ. Parapade vā dīghattanti āha ^b^‘‘ekā āsī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Bhāvanapuṃsakametaṃ^eb^ ‘‘ekamantaṃ nisīdī’’tiādīsu viya. ^b^Puttamaraṇaṃ antaṃ atītaṃ^eb^ idāni puttamaraṇassa abhāvato. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘puttamaraṇaṃ nāma natthī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Purisaṃ gavesitu^eb^nti yathā mayhaṃ purisagavesanā nāma sabbaso natthi, tathā eva puttagavesanāpi natthi, tasmā me puttamaraṇaṃ etadantaṃ, sabbesu khandhādīsu bhavādīsu ca taṇhānandiyā ^a^V1.0197^ea^ abhāvakathanena sabbasattesu taṇhā sabbaso ^a^M1.0225^ea^ visositā, tassāyeva kārakāvijjākkhandho padālitoti attano nikkilesataṃ pavedentī therī sīhanādaṃ nadīti.<br/><br/>[06]Kisāgotamīsuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 164
title: somāsuttavaṇṇanā^kisāgotamīsuttavaṇṇanā^vijayāsuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^165^eb^^b^.^eb^ Pañca aṅgāni etassāti pañcaṅgaṃ, pañcaṅgameva pañcaṅgikaṃ, tena ^b^pañcaṅgikena. Ātata^eb^ntiādīsu ^b^ātataṃ^eb^ nāma cammapariyonaddhesu bheriādīsu ekatalaṃ tūriyaṃ. ^b^Vitataṃ^eb^ nāma ubhayatalaṃ. ^b^Ātatavitataṃ^eb^ nāma tantibaddhavīṇādi. ^b^Susiraṃ^eb^ vaṃsādi. ^b^Ghanaṃ^eb^ sammādi. Tatāadivisesopi ātatamevāti ‘‘cammapariyonaddhesū’’ti visesanaṃ. Ekatalaṃ kumbhathūṇadaddarādi. Ubhayatalaṃ bherimudiṅgādi. Cammapariyonaddhaṃ sesaṃ tantibaddhaṃ sabbaṃ ātatavitataṃ nāma, gomukhīādīnampi ettheva saṅgaho daṭṭhabbo. ^b^Vaṃsādī^eb^ti ^b^ādi^eb^saddena saṅkhasiṅgānampi saṅgaho. Sammatāḷa-kaṃsatāḷa-silātāḷa-salākatāḷādi sammādi nāma. Tattha ^b^sammatāḷaṃ^eb^ nāma daṇḍamayatāḷaṃ, kaṃsamayatāḷaṃ ^b^kaṃsatāḷaṃ,^eb^ silāyaṃ ayopattena ca tāḷanatāḷaṃ. ^b^Sabbe^eb^ kāmaguṇe. ^b^Uggharitapaggharitaṭṭhenā^eb^ti upari gharaṇena ca vissandanena ca. ^b^Eva^eb^nti ‘‘iminā pūtikāyenā’’ti. ^b^Arūpaṭṭhāyino^eb^ti sattādhiṭṭhānenāyaṃ dhammadesanāti āha ^b^‘‘sabbatthāti sabbesu rūpārūpabhavesū’’^eb^ti. ^b^Tesaṃ dvinnaṃ^eb^ rūpārūpabhavānaṃ gahitattā. Bhavabhāvasāmaññato, tadadhiṭṭhānato ^b^gahite kāmabhave^eb^. ^b^Avijjātamo vihato^eb^ aggamaggena samugghātitattā.<br/><br/>[06]Vijayāsuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 165
title: kisāgotamīsuttavaṇṇanā^vijayāsuttavaṇṇanā^uppalavaṇṇāsuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^166^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Aggato^eb^^a^M1.0226^ea^^b^paṭṭhāyā^eb^ti sabbāggato pabhuti yāva mūlā antarāyuttaṃ sammadeva pupphitaṃ sālarukkhaṃ. Vaṇṇadhātusīsena vaṇṇadhātusampannaṃ dutiyaṃ bhikkhuniṃ vadatīti āha ^b^‘‘tayā sadisā aññā bhikkhunī natthī’’^eb^ti. Pakhumasīsena akkhibhaṇḍaṃ vuccatīti āha ^b^‘‘pakhumantarikāyanti dvinnaṃ akkhīnaṃ majjhe’’^eb^ti. ^b^Nāsavaṃse^eb^ti nāsavaṃsamūle. ^b^‘‘Na passasī’’^eb^ti vatvā adassane kāraṇaṃ āha ^b^‘‘vasībhūtamhī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[06]Uppalavaṇṇāsuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 166
title: vijayāsuttavaṇṇanā^uppalavaṇṇāsuttavaṇṇanā^cālāsuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^167^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ida^eb^nti ^a^V1.0198^ea^ idaṃ dassanaṃ. ^b^Gāhāpesī^eb^ti samādāpesi ^b^‘‘jātiṃ mā rocā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Añña^eb^nti bandhavadhato aññaṃ chedanādiṃ. ^b^Nivesesī^eb^ti pavisāpesi.<br/><br/>[06]Cālāsuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 167
title: uppalavaṇṇāsuttavaṇṇanā^cālāsuttavaṇṇanā^upacālāsuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^168^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Punappunaṃ…pe… āgacchanti^eb^ kāraṇassa asamūhatattā. ^b^Santāpito^eb^ kilesasantāpehi. ^b^Agatī^eb^ti avisayo.<br/><br/>[06]Upacālāsuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 168
title: cālāsuttavaṇṇanā^upacālāsuttavaṇṇanā^sīsupacālāsuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^169^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Samaṇisadisā^eb^ti samaṇaliṅgassa dhāraṇena samaṇisadisā, kassacipi pāsaṇḍassa aruccanato monamaggassa appaṭipajjanato tava samaṇibhāvaṃ nānupassāmīti adhippāyo. ^b^Pāsaṃ ḍentī^eb^ti pāsaṃ sajjenti, yathā ^a^M1.0227^ea^ tattha diṭṭhipāse sattānaṃ cittaṃ paṭimukkaṃ hoti, evaṃ sajjentīti attho. Tathābhūtā ca te sattānaṃ citte khittā viya hontīti āha ^b^‘‘cittesu diṭṭhipāsaṃ khipantīti attho’’^eb^ti. ^b^Pāse mocetī^eb^ti diṭṭhipāse sattānaṃ cittasantānato nīharati dhammasudhammatāya. ^b^Tasmā^eb^ti pāsamocanato pāsaṇḍoti na vuccati. ^b^‘‘Ito bahiddhāyeva pāsaṇḍā hontī’’^eb^ti vuttassa atthassa nigamanaṃ. Evañca katvā sabbepi bāhirakasamaye sandhāya ^b^cūḷasīhanādasutte^eb^ ‘‘channavuti pāsaṇḍā’’ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Pasīdantī^eb^ti diṭṭhipaṅke saṃsārapaṅke ca pakārehi agādhā osīdanti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Abhibhavitvā^eb^ti sabbasaṃkilesappahānena abhibhuyya atikkamitvā. ^b^Ajito^eb^ti ajini avijayattā. Sabbāni akusalakammāni kusalakammāni ca khīṇāni etthāti ^b^sabbakammakkhayo,^eb^ arahattaṃ. Upadhayo sammadeva khīyanti etthāti ^b^upadhisaṅkhayo,^eb^ nibbānaṃ.<br/><br/>[06]Sīsupacālāsuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 169
title: upacālāsuttavaṇṇanā^sīsupacālāsuttavaṇṇanā^selāsuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^170^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Kenidaṃ^eb^^a^V1.0199^ea^^b^pakataṃ bimba^eb^nti idaṃ attabhāvasaññitaṃ bimbaṃ brahmā-visaṇupurisa-pajāpatiādīsu kena kataṃ nimmitaṃ nibbattitanti kattabbamohaṃ nāma kātukāmo pucchati. ^b^Agha^eb^nti aghavatthu. Tenāha ^b^‘‘dukkhapatiṭṭhānattā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Hetunirodhenā^eb^ti taṇhāsaṅkhatassa hetuno anuppādanirodhena. ^b^Paccayavekallenā^eb^ti tadavasiṭṭhakilesābhisaṅkhārādipaccayassa vekallabhāvena, apaccayabhāvūpagamanenāti attho.<br/><br/>[06]Selāsuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 170
title: sīsupacālāsuttavaṇṇanā^selāsuttavaṇṇanā^vajirāsuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^171^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Suddhasaṅkhārapuñje^eb^ti rūpārūpavibhāge kilesasaṅkhārasamūhe. ^b^Paramatthato^eb^ti sabhāvena. Yathā na hi sattasaññitasaṅkhārapuñjo nāma paramatthato ^a^M1.0228^ea^ upalabbhati, evaṃ tabbinimutto nāma koci na upalabbhati avijjamānattā. ^b^Vijjamānesū^eb^ti yathāpaccayasampattiyā labbhamānesu. ^b^Tenākārenā^eb^ti itthipurisādiākārena. ^b^Vavatthitesū^eb^ti paccekaṃ paccayavisesasamuṭṭhitaṃ saṇṭhānavisesaṃ upādāya ‘‘puriso hatthī asso’’tiādinā abhisaṅgato pavattesu. ^b^Sammutī^eb^ti sattoti vohāro. Tenāha ^b^‘‘samaññāmattamevā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Pañcakkhandhadukkha^eb^nti pañcakkhandhasaññitaṃ dukkhaṃ. Vuttaṃ hetaṃ bhagavatā ‘‘saṃkhittena pañcupādānakkhandhā dukkhā’’ti (dī. ni. 2.387; ma. ni. 1.120; 3.373; vibha. 202) ^b^añño neva sambhoti^eb^ yathāvuttadukkhato aññassa saṅkhatadhammassa abhāvato. ^b^Na nirujjhatī^eb^ti tato aññaṃ na nirujjhati, uppādato hoti nirodhoti.<br/><br/>[06]Vajirāsuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.<br/><br/>[06]Sāratthappakāsiniyā saṃyuttanikāya-aṭṭhakathāya<br/><br/>[06]Bhikkhunīsaṃyuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 39
item: 171
title: brahmasaṃyuttaṃ^paṭhamavaggo^brahmāyācanasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^172^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Parivitakko^eb^^a^V1.0200^ea^^a^M1.0229^ea^^b^udapādī^eb^ti dhammagambhīratāpaccavekkhaṇahetuko dhammadesanāya appossukko uppajji. Ayaṃ parivitakko kasmā udapādi? Kattha ca udapādīti taṃ sabbaṃ vibhāvetuṃ ^b^‘‘sabbabuddhāna’’^eb^ntiādi āraddhaṃ. Tattha ^b^āciṇṇasamāciṇṇo^eb^ti ācarito ceva ācarantehi ca sammadeva ācaritoti attho. Etena ayaṃ parivitakko sabbabuddhānaṃ paṭhamābhisambodhiyaṃ uppajjatevāti ayamettha dhammatāti dasseti. Tattha ^b^aṭṭhame sattāhe^eb^ti idaṃ sattamasattāhato paraṃ sattāhabbhantare uppannattā vuttaṃ, na pana itaresaṃ viya aṭṭhamassa nāma sattāhassa pavattitassa sabbhāvā. ^b^Sapaccagghe^eb^ti mahagghe. ‘‘Paccagghe’’ti vā pāṭho, abhinaveti attho. ^b^Selamaye^eb^ti muggavaṇṇasilāmaye.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Paṭividdho^eb^ti sayambhuñāṇena ‘‘idaṃ dukkha’’ntiādinā paṭimukhaṃ nibbijjhanavasena patto, yāthāvato avabuddhoti attho. ^b^Dhammoti catusaccadhammo^eb^ tabbinimuttassa paṭivijjhitabbadhammassa abhāvato. ^b^Gambhīro^eb^ti mahāsamuddo viya makasatuṇḍasūciyā aññatra samupacitaparipakkañāṇasambhārehi aññesaṃ ñāṇena alabbhaneyyapatiṭṭho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘uttānapaṭikkhepavacanameta’’^eb^nti. Yo alabbhaneyyapatiṭṭho, so ogāhituṃ asakkuṇeyyatāya sarūpato visesato ca passituṃ na sakkāti āha ^b^‘‘gambhīrattāva duddaso’’^eb^ti. ^b^Dukkhena daṭṭhabbo^eb^ti kicchena kenaci kadācideva daṭṭhabbo. Yaṃ pana daṭṭhumeva na sakkā, tassa ogāhetvā anu anu bujjhanako kadāci natthīti āha ^b^‘‘duddasattāva duranubodho’’^eb^ti. ^b^Dukkhena avabujjhitabbo^eb^ avabodhassa dukkarabhāvato. Imasmiṃ ṭhāne ‘‘taṃ kiṃ maññatha, bhikkhave, katamaṃ nu kho dukkarataraṃ vā durabhisambhavataraṃ vā’’ti (saṃ. ni. 5.1115) suttapadaṃ vattabbaṃ. Santārammaṇatāya vā ^b^santo^eb^. Nibbutasabbapariḷāhatāya ^b^nibbuto^eb^. Attano paccayehi padhānabhāvaṃ nītoti ^a^M1.0230^ea^ vā ^b^paṇīto^eb^^a^V1.0201^ea^. Atittikaraṇaṭṭhena ^b^atappako^eb^ sādurasabhojanaṃ viya. Tattha ca nirodhasaccaṃ santaṃ ārammaṇanti santārammaṇaṃ, maggasaccaṃ santaṃ santārammaṇañcāti santārammaṇaṃ, anupasantasabhāvānaṃ kilesānaṃ saṅkhārānañca abhāvato santo. Nibbutasabbapariḷāhattā nibbuto. Santapaṇītabhāveneva tadatthāya asecanakatāya atappakatā daṭṭhabbā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘idaṃ dvayaṃ lokuttarameva sandhāya vutta’’^eb^nti. Uttamañāṇassa visayattā ^b^na takkena avacaritabbo^eb^. Tato eva nipuṇañāṇagocaratāya saṇhasukhumasabhāvattā ca ^b^nipuṇo^eb^. Bālānaṃ avisayattā yathāvuttehi paṇḍitehi eva veditabboti ^b^paṇḍitavedanīyo^eb^. Ālīyanti abhiramitabbaṭṭhena sevīyantīti ^b^ālayā,^eb^ pañca kāmaguṇā. Ālayanti allīyanti abhiramaṇavasena sevantīti ^b^ālayā,^eb^ taṇhāvicaritāni. ^b^Ramantī^eb^ti ratiṃ vindanti kīḷanti laḷanti. ^b^Ālayaratāti^eb^ ālayaniratā.<br/><br/>[03]Ṭhānaṃ sandhāyāti ṭhānasaddaṃ sandhāya, atthako pana ṭhānanti ca paṭiccasamuppādo eva adhippeto. Tiṭṭhati phalaṃ tadāyattavuttitāyāti hi ^b^ṭhānaṃ,^eb^ saṅkhārādīnaṃ paccayabhūtā avijjādayo. Imesaṃ saṅkhārādīnaṃ paccayā idappaccayā, avijjādayo. ^b^Idappaccayā eva idappaccayatā^eb^ yathā ‘‘devo eva devatā’’. Idappaccayānaṃ vā avijjādīnaṃ attano phalaṃ pati paccayabhāvo uppādanasamatthatā ^b^idappaccayatā^eb^. Tena paramatthapaccayalakkhaṇo paṭiccasamuppādo dassito hoti. Paṭicca samuppajjati phalaṃ etasmāti ^b^paṭiccasamuppādo^eb^. Padadvayenapi dhammānaṃ paccayaṭṭho eva vibhāvito. Tenāha ^b^‘‘saṅkhārādipaccayānaṃ etaṃ adhivacana’’^eb^nti. Saṅkhārādīnaṃ paccayā saṅkhārādipaccayā, avijjādayo. Tesaṃ ^b^saṅkhārādipaccayānaṃ^eb^. Ayamettha saṅkhepo, vitthāro pana ^b^visuddhimaggasaṃvaṇṇanāyaṃ^eb^ (visuddhi. mahāṭī. 2.572-573) vuttanayena veditabbo. ^b^Sabbasaṅkhārasamathotiādi sabba^eb^nti sabbasaṅkhārasamathādiabhidheyyaṃ sabbaṃ atthato nibbānameva. Idāni assa nibbānabhāvaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘yasmā hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Ta^eb^nti nibbānaṃ. ^b^Āgammā^eb^ti paṭicca ariyamaggassa ārammaṇapaccayahetu. ^b^Sammantī^eb^ti paṭippassaddhivūpasamavasena sammanti. Tathā santā ca savisesaṃ upasantā nāma hontīti āha ^b^‘‘vūpasammantī’’^eb^ti. Etena ^a^M1.0231^ea^ sabbe saṅkhārā sammanti etthāti ^b^sabbasaṅkhārasamatho,^eb^ nibbānanti dasseti. Sabbasaṅkhāravisaṃyutte hi nibbāne sabbasaṅkhāravūpasamapariyāyo aṭṭhakathāyaṃ vutto eva. Sesapadesupi eseva nayo.<br/><br/>[03]Upadhīyati ettha dukkhanti ^b^upadhi,^eb^ khandhādayo. ^b^Paṭinissaṭṭhā^eb^ti samucchedavasena pariccattā honti. ^b^Sabbā taṇhā^eb^ti aṭṭhasatappabhedā sabbāpi taṇhā. ^b^Sabbe kilesarāgā^eb^ti kāmarāgarūparāgādibhedā sabbepi kilesabhūtā rāgā, sabbepi vā kilesā idha ^b^‘‘kilesarāgā’’^eb^ti adhippetā, na lobhavisesā eva cittassa pariḷāhabhāvāpādanato. Yathāha ‘‘rattampi cittaṃ vipariṇataṃ ^a^V1.0202^ea^, duṭṭhampi cittaṃ vipariṇataṃ, mūḷhampi cittaṃ vipariṇata’’nti (pārā. 271). ^b^Virajjantī^eb^ti palujjanti vikkhambhanato sabbaso tena visaṃyuttabhāvato. ^b^Sabbaṃ dukkha^eb^nti jarāmaraṇādibhedaṃ sabbaṃ vaṭṭadukkhaṃ. ^b^Bhavena bhava^eb^nti tena tena bhavena bhavantaraṃ bhavanikantibhāvena saṃsibbati. ^b^Phalena vā saddhiṃ kammaṃ^eb^ sataṇhasseva āyatiṃ punabbhavabhāvato. ^b^Tato vānato nikkhantaṃ^eb^ tattha tassa sabbaso abhāvato. Ciranisajjācirabhāsanehi piṭṭhiāgilāyanatālugalasosādivasena ^b^kāyakilamatho ceva kāyavihesā ca^eb^ veditabbā. Sā ca kho desanāya atthamajānantānaṃ apaṭipajjantānañca vasena, jānantānaṃ pana paṭipajjantānañca desanāya kāyaparissamopi satthu aparissamoyeva. Tenāha bhagavā – ‘‘na ca maṃ dhammādhikaraṇaṃ vihesesī’’ti (udā. 10). Tenevāha – ^b^‘‘yā ajānantānaṃ desanā nāma, so mama kilamatho assā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Ubhaya^eb^nti cittakilamatho cittavihesā cāti ubhayampetaṃ buddhānaṃ natthi bodhimūle eva samucchinnattā. ^b^Anubrūhanaṃ^eb^ sampiṇḍanaṃ. ^b^So^eb^ti apissūti nipāto. Vuddhippattā vā acchariyā ^b^anacchariyā,^eb^ vuddhiatthopi hi -kāro hoti yathā ‘‘asekkhā dhammā’’ti. Kappānaṃ satasahassaṃ cattāri ca asaṅkhyeyyāni sadevakassa lokassa dhammasaṃvibhāgakaraṇatthameva pāramiyo pūretvā idāni samadhigatadhammarajjassa tattha appossukkatāpattidīpanatā gāthatthassa ca acchariyatā tassa vuddhippattīti veditabbaṃ. Atthadvārena hi gāthānaṃ anacchariyatā. ^b^Gocarā ahesu^eb^nti upaṭṭhahiṃsu. Upaṭṭhānañca vitakketabbatāvāti āha ^b^‘‘parivitakkayitabbataṃ pāpuṇiṃsū’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Yadi ^a^M1.0232^ea^ sukhāpaṭipadāva, kathaṃ kicchatāti āha ^b^‘‘pāramīpūraṇakāle panā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Evamādīni^eb^ duppariccajāni dentassa. ^b^Ha^eb^-iti vā byattanti etasmiṃ atthe nipāto. ‘‘Ekaṃsatthe’’ti keci. Ha byattaṃ, ekaṃsena vā alaṃ nippayojanaṃ evaṃ kicchena adhigatassa pakāsituṃ desitunti yojanā. ^b^Hala^eb^nti vā alanti iminā samānatthapadaṃ ‘‘halanti vadāmī’’tiādīsu viya. ^b^Rāgadosaphuṭṭhehī^eb^ti phuṭṭhavisena viya sappena rāgena dosena ca phuṭṭhehi abhibhūtehi. ^b^Rāgadosānugatehī^eb^ti rāgadosehi anubandhehi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Niccādīna^eb^nti niccādīnaṃ catunnaṃ vipallāsānaṃ. ^b^Evaṃgata^eb^nti evaṃ aniccantiādinā ākārena pavattaṃ bujjhitabbaṃ. Kāmarāgarattā ca bhavarāgarattā ca nīvaraṇehi nivutacittatāya diṭṭhirāgarattā viparītābhinivesena ^b^na dakkhanti^eb^ yāthāvato dhammaṃ na paṭivijjhissanti. ^b^Sabhāvenā^eb^ti aviparītasabhāvena. ^b^Evaṃ gāhāpetu^eb^nti aniccantiādinā sabhāvena yāthāvato dhammaṃ jānāpetuṃ. Rāgadosaparetatāpi nesaṃ sammūḷhabhāvenevāti āha ^b^‘‘tamokhandhena āvuṭā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Dhammadesanāya ^a^V1.0203^ea^ appossukkatāpattiyā kāraṇaṃ vibhāvetuṃ ^b^‘‘kasmā panā’’^eb^tiādinā sayameva codanaṃ samuṭṭhāpeti. ^b^Aññātavesenā^eb^ti imassa bhagavato sāvakabhāvūpagamanena aññātavesena. ‘‘Aññataratāpasavesenā’’ti keci, so panassa arahattādhigamaneneva vigaccheyya. Tividhaṃ kāraṇaṃ appossukkatāpattiyā paṭipakkhassa balavabhāvo, dhammassa gambhīratā, tattha ca bhagavato sātisayaṃ gāravanti taṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘tassa hī’’^eb^tiādi āraddhaṃ. Tattha ^b^paṭipakkhā^eb^ nāma rāgādayo kilesā sammāpaṭipattiyā antarāyakarattā. Tesaṃ balavabhāvato ciraparibhāvanāya sattasantānato dubbisodhiyatāya te satte mattahatthino viya dubbalapurisaṃ adhibhavitvā ajjhottharitvā anayabyasanaṃ āpādentā anekasatayojanāyāmavitthāraṃ sunicitaṃ ghanasannivesaṃ kaṇṭakaduggampi adhisenti. Dūrapabhedaducchejjatāhi dubbisodhiyataṃ pana dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘athassā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ca anto amaṭṭhatāya ^b^kañjiyapuṇṇā lābu,^eb^ cirapārivāsikatāya ^b^takkabharitā cāṭi,^eb^ snehatintadubbalabhāvena ^b^vasāpītapilotikā,^eb^ telamissitatāya ^b^añjanamakkhitahattho^eb^ dubbisodhanīyā vuttā. Hīnūpamā cetā rūpapabandhabhāvato acirakālikattā ca malīnatāya, kilesasaṃkileso eva pana dubbisodhanīyataro ^a^M1.0233^ea^ anādikālikattā arūpanissitattā ca. Tenāha ‘‘atisaṃkiliṭṭhā’’ti.<br/><br/>[03]Yathā ca dubbisodhanīyataratāya, evaṃ gambhīraduddasaduranubodhānampi vuttaupamā hīnūpamāva. Gambhīropi dhammo paṭipakkhavidhamanena ñāṇena visadabhāvaṃ āpannena supākaṭo bhaveyya, paṭipakkhavidhamanaṃ pana sammāpaṭipattipaṭibaddhaṃ, sā saddhammassavanādhīnā, taṃ satthari dhamme ca pasādāyattaṃ. So garuṭṭhāniyānaṃ ajjhesanahetukoti paṇālikāya sattānaṃ dhammasampaṭipattiyā brahmāyācanānimittanti taṃ dassento ^b^‘‘apicā’’^eb^tiādimāha.<br/><br/>[03]Upakkilesabhūtaṃ appaṃ rāgādirajaṃ etassāti apparajaṃ, apparajaṃ akkhi paññācakkhu yesaṃ te taṃsabhāvāti katvā ^b^apparajakkhajātikā^eb^ti imamatthaṃ dassento ^b^‘‘paññāmaye’’^eb^tiādimāha. Appaṃ rāgādirajaṃ yesaṃ taṃsabhāvā apparajakkhajātikāti evamettha attho veditabbo. ^b^Assavanatāti^eb^ ‘‘sayaṃ abhiññā’’tiādīsu viya karaṇe paccattavacananti āha ^b^‘‘assavanatāyā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Dasapuññakiriyavasenā^eb^ti dānādidasavidhapuññakiriyavatthūnaṃ vasena. Tenāha ^b^‘‘katādhikārā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Papañcasūdaniyaṃ^eb^ (ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.282) pana ‘‘dvādasapuññakiriyavasenā’’ti vuttaṃ, taṃ dānādīsu saraṇagamana-parahitapariṇāmanādipakkhipanavasena vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Rāgādimalena ^b^samalehi^eb^ pūraṇādīhi ^b^chahi satthārehi^eb^ satthupaṭiññehi kabbaracanāvasena cintākaviādibhāve ṭhatvā takkapariyāhataṃ vīmaṃsānucaritaṃ sayaṃpaṭibhānaṃ cintito. Te kira buddhakolāhalānussavena ^a^V1.0204^ea^ sañjātakutūhalaṃ lokaṃ vañcentā kohaññe ṭhatvā sabbaññutaṃ paṭijānantā yaṃ kañci adhammameva ‘‘dhammo’’ti dīpesuṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘te hi puretaraṃ uppajjitvā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Apāpureta^eb^nti etaṃ kassapassa bhagavato sāsanantaradhānato pabhuti pihitaṃ nibbānamahādvāraṃ ariyamaggaṃ saddhammadesanāhatthena apāpura vivara.<br/><br/>[03]Selo pabbato ucco hoti thiro ca, na paṃsupabbato missakapabbato cāti āha ^b^‘‘sele yathā pabbatamuddhanī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Dhammamayaṃ pāsāda^eb^nti lokuttaradhammamāha. So hi sabbaso pasādāvaho, sabbadhamme ^a^M1.0234^ea^ atikkamma abbhuggataṭṭhena pāsādasadiso ca. Paññāpariyāyo vā idha dhamma-saddoti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘paññāmaya’’^eb^nti. Sā hi abbhuggataṭṭhena pāsādoti abhidhamme āgatā. Tathā cāha –<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Paññāpāsādamāruyha, asoko sokiniṃ pajaṃ;<br/><br/>[22]Pabbataṭṭhova bhūmaṭṭhe, dhīro bāle avekkhatī’’ti. (dha. pa. 28);<br/><br/>[03]^b^Yathā hī^eb^tiādīsu yathā ca pabbate ṭhatvā andhakāre heṭṭhā olokentassa purisassa khettakedārapāḷikuṭikāyo tattha sayitamanussā ca na paññāyanti anujjalabhāvato, kuṭikāsu pana aggijālā paññāyati samujjalabhāvato, evaṃ dhammapāsādamāruyha sattalokaṃ olokayato bhagavato ñāṇassa āpāthaṃ nāgacchanti akatakalyāṇā sattā, ñāṇagginā anujjalabhāvato anuḷārabhāvato ca rattiṃ khittā sarā viya honti, katakalyāṇā pana bhabbapuggalā dūre ṭhitāpi bhagavato āpāthaṃ āgacchanti paripakkañāṇaggitāya samujjalabhāvato uḷārasantānatāya himavantapabbato viya cāti evaṃ yojanā veditabbā.<br/><br/>[03]Garuṭṭhānīyaṃ payirupāsitvā garutaraṃ payojanaṃ uddissa abhipatthanā ajjhesanā, sāpi atthato yācanāva hotīti āha ^b^‘‘ajjhesananti yācana’’^eb^nti. Padesavisayaṃ ñāṇadassanaṃ ahutvā buddhānaṃyeva āveṇikabhāvato idaṃ ñāṇadvayaṃ ‘‘buddhacakkhū’’ti vuccatīti āha ^b^‘‘imesañhi dvinnaṃ ñāṇānaṃ ‘buddhacakkhū’ti nāma’’^eb^nti. ^b^Tiṇṇaṃ magggañāṇāna^eb^nti heṭṭhimānaṃ tiṇṇaṃ maggañāṇānaṃ ‘‘dhammacakkhū’’ti nāmaṃ catusaccadhammadassanamattabhāvato. Yato tāni ñāṇāni vijjūpamabhāvena vuttāni, aggamaggañāṇaṃ pana ñāṇakiccassa sikhāppattiyā dassanamattaṃ na hotīti ‘‘dhammacakkhū’’ti na vuccati, yato taṃ vajirūpamabhāvena vuttaṃ. ^b^Vuttanayenā^eb^ti ‘‘apparajakkhajātikā’’ti ettha vuttanayena. Yasmā mandakilesā ^b^‘‘apparajakkhā’’^eb^ti vuttā, tasmā ^a^V1.0205^ea^ bahalakilesā ^b^‘‘mahārajakkhā’’^eb^ti veditabbā. Paṭipakkhavidhamanasamatthatāya ^b^tikkhāni^eb^ sūrāni visadāni, vuttavipariyāyena ^b^mudūni. Saddhādayo ākārā^eb^ti saddahanādippakāre vadati. ^b^Sundarā^eb^ti kalyāṇā. ^b^Sammohavinodaniyaṃ^eb^ pana ‘‘yesaṃ āsayādayo koṭṭhāsā ^a^M1.0235^ea^ sundarā, te svākārā’’ti vuttaṃ, taṃ imāya atthavaṇṇanāya aññadatthu saṃsandatīti daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Kāraṇaṃ^eb^ nāma paccayākāro, saccāni vā. ^b^Paraloka^eb^nti samparāyaṃ. Taṃ dukkhāvahaṃ vajjaṃ viya bhayato passitabbanti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘paralokañceva vajjañca bhayato passantī’’^eb^ti. Sampattibhavato vā aññattā vipattibhavo paralokoti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘para…pe… passantī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ayaṃ panettha pāḷī^eb^ti ettha ‘‘apparajakkhā’’ti padānaṃ atthavibhāvane ayaṃ tassa tathābhāvasādhanapāḷi. Saddhādīnañhi vimuttaparipācakadhammānaṃ balavabhāvo tappaṭipakkhānaṃ pāpadhammānaṃ dubbalabhāve sati hoti. Tesañca balavabhāvo saddhādīnaṃ dubbalabhāveti vimuttiparipācakadhammānaṃ savisesaṃ atthitānatthitāvasena apparajakkhā mahārajakkhātiādayo pāḷiyaṃ (paṭi. ma. 1.111) vibhajitvā dassitā ‘‘saddho puggalo apparajakkho’’tiādinā. Khandhādayo eva lujjanapalujjanaṭṭhena ^b^loko^eb^ sampattibhavabhūto loko ^b^sampattibhavaloko,^eb^ sugatisaṅkhāto upapattibhavo. Sampatti bhavati etenāti ^b^sampattisambhavaloko,^eb^ sugatisaṃvattaniyo kammabhavo. Duggatisaṅkhātaupapattibhava-duggatisaṃvattaniyakammabhavā ^b^vipattibhavaloka-vipattisambhavalokā^eb^. Puna ekakadukādivasena lokaṃ vibhajitvā dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘eko loko’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Āhārādayo viya hi āhāraṭṭhitikā saṅkhārā sabbe lujjanaṭṭhena lokoti. Tattha ^b^eko loko sabbe sattā āhāraṭṭhitikā^eb^ti yāyaṃ puggalādhiṭṭhānāya kathāya sabbesaṃ saṅkhārānaṃ paccayāyattavuttitā vuttā, tāya sabbo saṅkhāraloko eko ekavidho pakārantarassa abhāvato. ^b^Dve lokā^eb^tiādīsupi iminā nayena attho veditabbo. Nāmaggahaṇena cettha nibbānassa aggahaṇaṃ tassa alokasabhāvattā.<br/><br/>[03]Nanu ca ‘‘āhāraṭṭhitikā’’ti ettha paccayāyattavuttitāya maggaphalānampi lokatā āpajjatīti? Nāpajjati, pariññeyyānaṃ dukkhasaccadhammānaṃ idha ‘‘loko’’ti adhippetattā. Atha vā na lujjati na palujjatīti yo gahito tathā na hoti, so lokoti taṃgahaṇarahitānaṃ lokuttarānaṃ natthi lokatā. Upādānānaṃ ārammaṇabhūtā khandhā ^b^upādānakkhandhā^eb^. Anurodhādivatthubhūtā lābhādayo ^b^aṭṭha^eb^^a^M1.0236^ea^^b^lokadhammā. Dasāyatanānī^eb^ti dasa rūpāyatanāni. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva. Vivaṭṭajjhāsayassa adhippetattā tassa ca sabbaṃ tebhūmakakammaṃ garahitabbaṃ vajjitabbañca hutvā upaṭṭhātīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘sabbe abhisaṅkhārā vajjā, sabbe bhavagāmikammā vajjā’’^eb^ti ^a^V1.0206^ea^. Apparajakkhatādīsu pañcasu dukesu ekekasmiṃ dasa dasa katvā ^b^‘‘paññāsāya ākārehi imāni pañcindriyāni jānātī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Atha vā anvayato byatirekato ca saddhādīnaṃ indriyānaṃ paropariyattaṃ jānātīti katvā tathā vuttaṃ. Ettha ca apparajakkhādibhabbādivasena āvajjentassa bhagavato te sattā puñjapuñjāva hutvā upaṭṭhahanti, na ekekā.<br/><br/>[03]Uppalāni ettha santīti ^b^uppalinī^eb^. Uppalagacchopi jalāsayopi ca. Idha pana jalāsayo adhippetoti āha ^b^‘‘uppalavane’’^eb^ti. Yāni hi udakassa anto nimuggāneva hutvā pusanti vaḍḍhanti, tāni antonimuggaposīni. ^b^Dīpitānī^eb^ti aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pakāsitāni, idheva vā ^b^‘‘aññānipī’’^eb^tiādinā dassitāni. ^b^Ugghaṭitaññū^eb^ti ugghaṭanaṃ nāma ñāṇugghaṭanaṃ, ñāṇena ugghaṭitamatteneva jānātīti attho. Vipañcitaṃ vitthāritameva atthaṃ jānātīti ^b^vipañcitaññū^eb^. Niddesādīhi dhammābhisamayāya netabboti ^b^neyyo^eb^. Pajjati attho etenāti padaṃ, pajjate ñāyateti vā padaṃ, tadattho. Padaṃ paramaṃ etassa, na saccābhisambodhoti ^b^padaparamo^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Udāhaṭavelāyā^eb^ti udāhāre dhammassa uddese udāhaṭamatteyeva. ^b^Dhammābhisamayo^eb^ti catusaccadhammassa ñāṇena saddhiṃ abhisamayo. ^b^Ayaṃ vuccatī^eb^ti ayaṃ ‘‘cattāro satipaṭṭhānā’’tiādinā nayena saṃkhittena mātikāya ṭhapiyamānāya desanānusārena ñāṇaṃ pesetvā arahattaṃ gaṇhituṃ samattho puggalo ‘‘ugghaṭitaññū’’ti vuccati. ^b^Ayaṃ vuccatī^eb^ti saṃkhittena mātikaṃ ṭhapetvā vitthārena atthe vibhajiyamāne arahattaṃ pāpuṇituṃ samattho puggalo ‘‘vipañcitaññū’’ti vuccati. ^b^Uddesato^eb^ti uddesahetu. Uddisantassa uddisāpentassa vāti attho. ^b^Paripucchato^eb^ti atthaṃ paripucchantassa. ^b^Anupubbena dhammābhisamayo hotī^eb^ti anukkamena arahattappatti hoti. ^b^Na tāya jātiyā dhammābhisamayo hotī^eb^ti tena attabhāvena maggaṃ vā phalaṃ vā antamaso jhānaṃ vā vipassanaṃ vā nibbattetuṃ na sakkoti. ^b^Ayaṃ vuccati padaparamo^eb^ti ayaṃ puggalo chabbidhaṃ byañjanapadaṃ chabbidhaṃ atthapadanti idaṃ padameva paramaṃ assāti padaparamoti vuccatīti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vāsanā^eb^^a^M1.0237^ea^^b^hotī^eb^ti desanā phalavohārena vāsanā hotīti vuttā. Na hi kāci buddhānaṃ desanā niratthakā. ^b^Ye^eb^ti ye duvidhe puggale. Vibhaṅge ^b^kammāvaraṇenā^eb^ti pañcavidhena ānantariyakammena. ^b^Vipākāvaraṇenā^eb^ti ahetukapaṭisandhiyā. Yasmā pana duhetukānampi ariyamaggapaṭivedho natthi, tasmā duhetukā paṭisandhipi vipākāvaraṇamevāti veditabbā. ^b^Kilesāvaraṇenā^eb^ti niyatamicchādiṭṭhiyā. ^b^Assaddhā^eb^ti buddhādīsu saddhārahitā. ^b^Acchandikā^eb^ti kattukamyatāchandarahitā. Uttarakurukā manussā acchandikaṭṭhānaṃ paviṭṭhā. ^b^Duppaññā^eb^ti bhavaṅgapaññāya parihīnā. Bhavaṅgapaññāya ^a^V1.0207^ea^ pana paripuṇṇāyapi yassa bhavaṅgacalanaṃ lokuttarassa paccayo na hoti, sopi duppañño eva nāma. ^b^Abhabbā niyāmaṃ okkamituṃ kusalesu dhammesu sammatta^eb^nti kusalesu dhammesu sammattaniyāmasaṅkhātaṃ maggaṃ okkamituṃ adhigantuṃ abhabbā. ^b^Na kammāvaraṇenā^eb^tiādīni vuttavipariyāyena veditabbāni. ^b^Rāgacaritā^eb^diādīsu yaṃ vattabbaṃ, taṃ ^b^paramatthadīpaniyaṃ visuddhimaggasaṃvaṇṇanāyaṃ^eb^ (visuddhi. mahāṭī. 1.43) vuttanayena veditabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Nibbānassa dvāraṃ^eb^ pavisanamaggo ^b^vivaritvā ṭhapito^eb^ mahākaruṇūpanissayena sayambhuñāṇena adhigatattā. ^b^Saddhaṃ pamuñcantū^eb^ti attano saddhaṃ dhammasampaṭicchanayogyaṃ katvā vissajjentu, saddahanākārena naṃ upaṭṭhapentūti attho. Sukhena akicchena pavattanīyatāya ^b^suppavattitaṃ. Na bhāsiṃ^eb^ na bhāsissāmīti cintesiṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Satthu santikaṃ upagatānaṃ devānaṃ brahmānañca tassa purato antaradhānaṃ nāma atiṭṭhananti āha ^b^‘‘sakaṭṭhānameva gato’’^eb^ti. Saddhindriyādi sammādiṭṭhiādiko dhammo eva vineyyasantāne pavattanaṭṭhena cakkanti ^b^dhammacakkaṃ^eb^. Atha vā ^b^cakka^eb^nti āṇā. ^b^Dhamma^eb^nti desanā. Atha vā atthadhammato anapetattā dhammañca taṃ pavattanaṭṭhena cakkañcāti ^b^dhammacakkaṃ^eb^. Dhammena ñāyena cakkantipi ^b^dhammacakkaṃ^eb^. Yathāha ‘‘dhammañca pavatteti cakkañcāti dhammacakkaṃ, cakkañca pavatteti dhammañcāti dhammacakkaṃ, dhammena pavattetīti dhammacakkaṃ, dhammacariyāya pavattetīti dhammacakka’’ntiādi (paṭi. ma. 2.40-41). ^b^Pavattesī^eb^ti paṭṭhapesi.<br/><br/>[06]Brahmāyācanasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 172
title: paṭhamavaggo^brahmāyācanasuttavaṇṇanā^gāravasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^173^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ayaṃ^eb^^a^M1.0238^ea^^b^vitakko^eb^ti ayaṃ ‘‘kintāhaṃ vihareyya’’nti evaṃ pavattitavitakko. ^b^Aññasmi^eb^nti parasmiṃ. Attā na hotīti hi añño, paro. So panettha na yo koci adhippeto, atha kho garuṭṭhānīyo. Tenāha ^b^‘‘kañci garuṭṭhāne aṭṭhapetvā’’^eb^ti. Patissavati garuno ‘‘āmā’’ti sampaṭicchatīti patisso, na patissoti ^b^appatisso. Patissayarahito^eb^ garupassayarahitoti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sadevake^eb^ti avayavena viggaho samudāyo samāsattho. Sadevakaggahaṇena pañcakāmāvacaradevaggahaṇaṃ pārisesañāyena itaresaṃ padantarehi saṅgahitattā, samārakaggahaṇena chaṭṭhakāmāvacaradevaggahaṇaṃ ^a^V1.0208^ea^ paccāsattiñāyena. Tattha hi māro jāto tannivāsī ca hoti. Sabrahmakavacanena brahmakāyikādibrahmaggahaṇaṃ paccāsattiñāyeneva. ‘‘Sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāyā’’ti sāsanassa paccatthikasamaṇabrāhmaṇaggahaṇaṃ. Nidassanamattañcetaṃ apaccatthikānaṃ asamitapāpānaṃ abāhitapāpānañca samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ teneva vacanena gahitattā. Kāmaṃ ‘‘sadevake’’tiādivisesanānaṃ vasena sattavisayo lokasaddoti viññāyati tulyayogavisayattā tesaṃ. ‘‘Salomako sapakkhako’’tiādīsu pana atulyayogepi ayaṃ samāso labbhatīti byabhicāradassanato pajāgahaṇanti pajāvacanena sattalokaggahaṇaṃ. Devabhāvasāmaññena mārabrahmesu gahitesupi itarehi tesaṃ labbhamānavisesadassanatthaṃ visuṃ gahaṇanti dassento ^b^‘‘māro nāmā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Māro brahmānampi vicakkhukammāya pahotīti āha ^b^‘‘sabbesa’’^eb^nti. ^b^Uparī^eb^ti uparibhāve. ^b^Brahmā^eb^ti dasasahassibrahmānaṃ sandhāyāha. Tathā cāha ^b^‘‘dasahi aṅgulīhī’’^eb^tiādi. Idha dīghanikāyādayo viya bāhirakānampi ganthanikāyo labbhatīti āha ^b^‘‘ekanikāyādivasenā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vatthuvijjādī^eb^ti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena vijjāṭṭhānāni saṅgahitāni. Yathāsakaṃ kammakilesehi pajātattā nibbattattā pajā, sattanikāyo. Tassā ^b^pajāya. Sadevamanussāyā^eb^ti vā iminā sammutidevaggahaṇaṃ tadavasiṭṭhamanussalokaggahaṇañca daṭṭhabbaṃ. Evaṃ bhāgaso lokaṃ gahetvā yojanaṃ dassetvā idāni abhāgaso lokaṃ gahetvā yojanaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘apicetthā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Lokavasena vuttāni^eb^ ‘‘lokīyanti ettha kammakammaphalānī’’ti ^a^M1.0239^ea^ katvā, ^b^pajāvasena^eb^ ‘‘hetupaccayehi pajāyatī’’ti katvā. ^b^Sīlasampannatara^eb^nti ettha paripuṇṇasampannatā adhippetā ‘‘sampannaṃ sālikedāra’’ntiādīsu (jā. 1.14.1) viya. Tenāha ^b^‘‘adhikataranti attho’’^eb^ti. Paripuṇṇampi ‘‘adhikatara’’nti vattabbatamarahati. ^b^Sesesū^eb^ti ‘‘samādhisampannatara’’ntiādīsu.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kāraṇa^eb^ntiādīsu ^b^kāraṇa^eb^nti yuttiṃ. ^b^Attha^eb^nti aviparītatthaṃ. ^b^Vuḍḍhi^eb^nti abhivuḍḍhinimittaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Iminā vacanenā^eb^ti imasmiṃ sutte anantaraṃ vuttavacanena. Na kevalaṃ imināva, suttantarampi ānetvā paṭibāhitabboti dassento ^b^‘‘na me ācariyo atthī’’^eb^tiādimāha. Ettha yaṃ vattabbaṃ, taṃ ^b^sumaṅgalavilāsiniyā dīghanikāyaṭṭhakathāya^eb^ (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 3.162) vuttameva. ^b^Sara^eb^nti karaṇe etaṃ paccattavacananti āha ^b^‘‘sarantenā’’^eb^ti, ^b^sara^eb^nti vā saraṇahetūti attho.<br/><br/>[06]Gāravasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 173
title: brahmāyācanasuttavaṇṇanā^gāravasuttavaṇṇanā^brahmadevasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^174^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ekako^eb^ti ^a^V1.0209^ea^ vivekaṭṭhitatāya nissaṭo. Gaṇasaṅgaṇikābhāvo tassānena dīpito, kilesasaṅgaṇikābhāvo pana ^b^‘‘appamatto’’^eb^tiādīhi pakāsito. ^b^Pesitatto^eb^ti nibbānaṃ pati pesitacitto. ^b^Sammadevā^eb^ti ñāyeneva. So pana yadi āgamanato paṭṭhāya labbhati, vattabbameva natthi, atha paṭipadārambhato paṭṭhāya labbhati, evampi vaṭṭatevāti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘yathā vā tathā vā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Aggamaggādhigamena asammohapaṭivedhassa sikhāppattattā maggadhammesu viya phaladhammesupi sātisayo asammohoti ‘‘sayaṃ abhiññā’’ti vuttanti āha ^b^‘‘sāmaṃ jānitvā’’^eb^ti. Yathā jānanā panassa sacchikaraṇaṃ attapaccakkhakiriyāti ‘‘sacchikatvā’’ti vuttanti āha ^b^‘‘paccakkhaṃ katvā’’^eb^ti. Tathā sacchikiriyā cassa vipassanāpaṭilābhoti ‘‘upasampajjā’’ti vuttanti āha ^b^‘‘paṭilabhitvā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Etenā^eb^ti ‘‘khīṇā jātī’’tiādivacanena.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Jāti^eb^^a^M1.0240^ea^^b^khīṇā^eb^ti ettha jātisīsena tabbikāravanto khandhā vuttā. ^b^Pubbeva khīṇattā^eb^ti maggādhigamanato pageva atītabhāveneva khīṇattā. ^b^Tattha^eb^ anāgatesu. ^b^Vāyāmābhāvato^eb^ti avijjamānattā. Anāgatabhāvasāmaññaṃ gahetvā lesena vuttaṃ. ^b^Na paccuppannā vijjamānattā^eb^ti saṃkiliṭṭhā ca maggabhāvanāti siyāti vacanaseso. Yathā ajātaphalataruṇarukkhamūle chinne āyatiuppajjanārahāni phalāni chedanapaccayā anuppajjamānāni naṭṭhāni nāma honti, evameva bhāvanāya asati uppajjanārahā kilesā tappaccayā jāti ca maggabhāvanāya sati na uppajjamānā pahīnāti vuccantīti imamatthaṃ dasseti ^b^‘‘maggassa panā’’^eb^tiādinā. ^b^Anuppādadhammataṃ āpajjanena^eb^ ñāṇena khīṇarāgavasena.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Soḷasakiccabhāvāyā^eb^ti soḷasakiccatāya, soḷasavidhassa vā kiccassa bhāvāya uppādanāya. Pāḷiyaṃ ^b^sapadāna^eb^nti sapadānacāro vutto bhāvanapuṃsakaniddesenāti āha ^b^‘‘sapadānacāra’’^eb^nti. ^b^Anukkammā^eb^ti anatikkamitvā. ^b^Āhutipiṇḍa^eb^nti juhitabbapiṇḍaṃ, juhanavasena aggimhi pakkhipitabbapāyāsapiṇḍanti adhippāyo. ^b^Bhūtabalikamma^eb^nti tathā pakkhipitvā balikammakaraṇaṃ. ^b^Haritupalitta^eb^nti allagomayena kataparibhaṇḍaṃ. ^b^Vanamālaparikkhitta^eb^nti manoharāhi vanapupphamālāhi parikkhittaṃ. ^b^Dhūmakaṭacchū^eb^ti dhūmapānaṃ. ^b^Sīlagandha^eb^nti sīlaṃ paṭicca uppannakittigandhaṃ. ^b^Ghāyamānassā^eb^ti upagataṃ gaṇhantassa.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Imamhā^eb^^a^V1.0210^ea^^b^ṭhānā^eb^ti imasmā manussānaṃ vasanaṭṭhānā, mahāpathavitalatoti adhippāyo. ^b^Sabbaheṭṭhimo^eb^ti brahmapārisajjānaṃ vāsabrahmalokamāha. ^b^Brahmapatho nāma cattāri kusalajjhānāni^eb^ brahmalokamaggabhāvato. ^b^Jīvitapatho nāma^eb^ jīvitapavattiupāyabhāvato. ‘‘Bhuñjatu bhavaṃ mahābrahmā’’ti vacanaṃ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘kiṃ jappasī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Tiṇabījānī^eb^ti sālitaṇḍulādīni. ^b^Goyūsa^eb^nti khīraṃ jigucchanto vadati. Ayampi attho ‘‘netādiso brahmabhakkho’’ti vadantena dīpitoti.<br/><br/>[03]Atidevapattopi pañcakhandhūpadhīnaṃ atthitāya kilesūpadhiādīnaṃyeva virahitabhāvo gahito. Aññatra hi bhāvapaccayaṃ tadattho viññāyatīti āha ^b^‘‘atidevabhāvaṃ patto’’^eb^ti. Yasmā brahmānopi devagatipariyāpannattā devā eva, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘atibrahmabhāvaṃ patto’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Attānaṃ^eb^^a^M1.0241^ea^^b^bhāvetvā^eb^ti sīlādīhi guṇehi attānaṃ vaḍḍhetvā paribrūhitvā ṭhito.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Puthujjanā tasā^eb^ taṇhāmānadiṭṭhiparittāsavasena tāsanato. ^b^Khīṇāsavā thāvarā nāma^eb^ sabbaso gatīsu sañcaraṇābhāvato. Tathā hi catunnaṃ saccānaṃ sabbaso adiṭṭhattā bhavadāyajjassa taṇhādāsabyassa bhāvato ekaccāsu gatīsu sañcaraṇasabhāvato sekkhā thāvarā na honti. ^b^Bhajamānā^eb^ti bhajāpiyamānā. ^b^Thāvarapakkhameva bhajanti^eb^ sabbaseṭṭhapakkhaṃ ekantapasaṭṭhaṃ bhajamānabhāvaṃ upādāya.<br/><br/>[03]Pahīnakileso khīṇāsavo ^b^viseno^eb^. Sukhaṃ āyati sukhāyati, tassa kārakaṃ ^b^sukhāyatikaṃ^eb^.<br/><br/>[06]Brahmadevasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 174
title: gāravasuttavaṇṇanā^brahmadevasuttavaṇṇanā^bakabrahmasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^175^eb^^b^.^eb^ ‘‘Sassato attā ca loko cā’’ti evaṃ pavattā diṭṭhi ^b^sassatadiṭṭhi. Saha kāyenā^eb^ti saha tena brahmattabhāvena. ^b^Brahmaṭṭhāna^eb^nti attano brahmavatthuṃ. ^b^Aniccaṃ ‘‘nicca’’nti vadati^eb^ aniccatāya attano apaññāyamānattā. ^b^Thira^eb^nti daḷhaṃ, vināsābhāvato sārabhūtanti attho. Uppādavipariṇāmābhāvato ^b^sadā vijjamānaṃ. Kevala^eb^nti paripuṇṇaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘akhaṇḍa’’^eb^nti. ^b^Kevala^eb^nti vā jātiādīhi asammissaṃ, virahitanti adhippāyo. Uppādādīnaṃ abhāvato eva ^b^acavanadhammaṃ. Koci jāyanako…pe… upapajjanako vā natthi^eb^ niccabhāvato ^a^V1.0211^ea^ ṭhānena saddhiṃ tannivāsīnaṃ. Niccabhāvañhi so paṭijānāti. ^b^Tisso jhānabhūmiyo^eb^ti dutiyatatiyacatutthajjhānabhūmiyo. Catutthajjhānabhūmivisesā hi asaññasuddhāvāsāruppabhavā. ^b^Nibbāna^eb^nti vā ettha ^b^iti^eb^-saddo ādiattho, na parisamāpanattho, tasmā ‘‘sabba’’nti iminā ‘‘asañña…pe… bhavā’’ti vuttaṃ saṅgaṇhāti. ^b^Paṭibāhatī^eb^ti santaṃyeva samānaṃ ajānantova ‘‘natthī’’ti paṭikkhipati. ^b^Eke^eb^ uttaravihāravāsino.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Heṭṭhūpapattikoti^eb^^a^M1.0242^ea^ heṭṭhā bhūmīsu uppannaupapattiko. Idāni tamatthaṃ vivarituṃ ^b^‘‘anuppanne’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Heṭṭhupapattikaṃ katvā^eb^ti yathāṭhitabhūmito heṭṭhā tatiyajjhānabhūmiyaṃ upapattijhānaṃ katvā, na uparijhānassa viya patthanāmattanti adhippāyo. ^b^Paṭhamakāle^eb^ti tasmiṃ bhave paṭhamakāle. ^b^Aññāsi^eb^ āsannabhāvato. ^b^Ubhaya^eb^nti taṃ taṃ attanā katakammañceva nibbattaṭṭhānañcāti ubhayaṃ. ^b^Pamussitvā^eb^ nibbattiṃ anupadhārento.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Avijjāya gato^eb^ti avijjāya saha pavatto. Sahayoge hi idaṃ karaṇavacanaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘samannāgato’’^eb^ti. ^b^Aññāṇī^eb^ti avidvā. Paññācakkhuvirahato ^b^andhībhūto,^eb^ andhabhāvaṃ āpannoti attho. Anāgate saddo hotāyaṃ ‘‘vakkhatī’’ti yatrasaddapayogena, attho pana vattamānakāliko. Tenāha ^b^‘‘bhaṇatī’’^eb^ti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘yatrā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Maggacoro^eb^ti maggaparibundhakacoro. ^b^Santajjiyamāno^eb^ti ‘‘avijjāgato vata, bho, bako brahmā’’tiādinā santajjiyamāno. ^b^Satiṃ labhitvā^eb^ti teneva santajjanena yoniso ummujjitvā purimajātivisayaṃ satiṃ labhitvā. ^b^Nippīḷitukāmo^eb^ti ghaṃsetukāmo dosaṃ dassetukāmo ‘‘idaṃ passa yāvañca te aparaddha’’nti. ^b^Puññakammā^eb^ti puññakārino. ^b^Vedehi^eb^ ñāṇehi ^b^gatattā^eb^ pavattattā. ^b^Antimā brahmupapattī^eb^ti sabbapacchimā brahmabhāvappatti. ^b^Asmābhijappantī^eb^ti asme abhijappanti. Āyuvaṇṇādivasena brūhitaguṇattā ^b^brahmā^eb^. Aññehi mahantā brahmā ^b^mahābrahmā. Abhibhū^eb^ti taṃ brahmalokaṃ jeṭṭhakabhāvena abhibhavitvā ṭhito. ^b^Anabhibhūto^eb^ti aññehi na abhibhūto. ^b^Aññadatthū^eb^ti ekaṃsavacanametaṃ. Dassanavasena ^b^daso,^eb^ sabbaṃ passatīti adhippāyo. ^b^Vasavattī^eb^ti sabbajanaṃ vase vatteti. ^b^Issaro^eb^ti loke issaro. ^b^Kattā nimmātā^eb^ti lokassa kattā nimmātā. ^b^Seṭṭho sajitā^eb^ti ayaṃ lokassa uttamo saṃvibhajitā ca. ^b^Vasī pitā bhūtabhabyāna^eb^nti āciṇṇavasittā vasī, ayaṃ pitā bhūtānaṃ nibbattānaṃ bhabyānaṃ sambhavesīnanti ^b^patthenti^eb^ vikatthenti ^b^pihenti^eb^ mānenti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Eta^eb^nti ^a^V1.0212^ea^^a^M1.0243^ea^ viparītasaññāvasena ‘‘idaṃ niccaṃ idaṃ dhuvaṃ idaṃ sassata’’ntiādinā vuttaṃ etaṃ appaṃ parittakanti taṃ bhagavā paricchinditvā dasseti. Taṃ pana ‘‘ekasmiṃ kosalake tilavāhe vassasate vassasate ekekatiluddhāre kayiramāne tilāni parikkhayaṃ gacchanti, na tveva abbude āyū’’ti evaṃ vutto abbudo, taṃvasena vīsatiguṇaṃ nirabbudo, tesaṃ nirabbudānaṃ vasena nirabbudasatasahassaṃ. Ayamettha saṅkhepo, vitthārato pana padume āyuno vassagaṇanā imasmiṃyeva saṃyutte parato āgamissati. ^b^Anantadassī^eb^ti anantassa ñeyyassa anavasesato dassī. ^b^Vatasīlavatta^eb^nti samādānavasena vatabhūtaṃ cārittasīlavasena samāciṇṇattā sīlavattaṃ. Taṃ pana ekamevāti āha ^b^‘‘sīlamevā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Apāyesī^eb^ti ettha yadā so pipāsite manusse pānīyaṃ pāyesi, taṃ samudāgamato paṭṭhāya dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘tatrā’’^eb^tiādi āraddhaṃ. ^b^Pubbe^eb^ti purimajātiyaṃ. Esa brahmā ‘‘jarāmaraṇassa antaṃ karissāmī’’ti ajjhāsayavasena jhānaṃ nibbattetvā brahmaloke nibbatti, so tattha nibbānasaññī ahosi. ^b^Jhānaratiyā vītināmetī^eb^ti tadā tassā kiriyāya avicchedato pavattiṃ upādāya vattamānapayogo. Rattandhakāre purato purato gacchantassa sakaṭassa anussaraṇavasena gacchantānaṃ sakaṭānaṃ nivattanaṃ hotīti ^b^‘‘sabbasakaṭāni tatheva nivattitvā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kammasajjā^eb^ti yuddhasajjā. ^b^Vilopa^eb^nti viluttabhaṇḍaṃ. ^b^Eṇikūlasmi^eb^nti ettha ‘‘panihatāya niccagaṅgāya nāma’’nti keci. ‘‘Eṇimigabahulatāya so gaṅgāya tīrappadeso eṇikūlanti vutta’’nti apare. ^b^Gaṅgeyyako^eb^ti gaṅgāsannivāsī.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Baddhacaro^eb^ti paṭibaddhacariyo. Tenāha ^b^‘‘antevāsiko’’^eb^ti. ^b^Yasmā buddho^eb^ sabbaññū, tasmā aññāsi, idha mayhaṃ pamuṭṭhañca sabbaṃ jānāsīti adhippāyo. ^b^Sabbaṃ brahmalokaṃ obhāsayanto^eb^ sabbampimaṃ brahmalokaṃ bhagavā obhāsaṃ abhibhavitvā anaññasādhāraṇaṃ attano obhāsaṃ obhāsento tiṭṭhati.<br/><br/>[06]Bakabrahmasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 175
title: brahmadevasuttavaṇṇanā^bakabrahmasuttavaṇṇanā^aññatarabrahmasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^176^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Tejokasiṇaparikammaṃ^eb^^a^M1.0244^ea^^b^katvā^eb^ti ‘‘tejokasiṇaparikammajjhānaṃ samāpajjissāmī’’ti cittuppādo evettha tejokasiṇaparikammaṃ. Na hi buddhānaṃ aññesaṃ viya tattha jhānasamāpajjanena ^a^V1.0213^ea^ parikammapapañco atthi sabbattheva ciṇṇavasībhāvassa paramukkaṃsabhāvappattattā. Tassa kira brahmuno ‘‘yathāhaṃ evaṃ mahānubhāvo añño natthī’’ti laddhi, yaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ – ‘‘natthi so samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā, yo idha āgaccheyyā’’ti. Bhagavā tassa taṃ laddhiṃ vissajjetuṃ tejodhātuṃ samāpajjitvā tassa upari ākāse nisīdi. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘tejodhātuṃ…pe… tathāgataṃ disvā’’^eb^ti. Aṭṭhivedhaṃ viyaṃ vijjhitabbo ^b^aṭṭhivedhī,^eb^ yathā aṭṭhiṃ vijjhitvā aṭṭhimiñjaṃ āhacca tiṭṭhati, evaṃ vijjhitabboti attho. Ayaṃ pana aṭṭhivedhī viya ^b^aṭṭhivedhī,^eb^ yathā so laddhiṃ vissajjeti, evaṃ paṭipajjitabboti attho. ^b^Sesāna^eb^nti mahākassapamahākappinānuruddhattherānaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Aññabrahmasarīravimānālaṅkārādīnaṃ pabhā^eb^ti brahmānaṃ sarīrappabhā vimānappabhā alaṅkāravatthādīnaṃ pabhāti imasmiṃ brahmaloke imā sabbā pabhā attano pabhassarabhāvena abhibhavantaṃ. ^b^Natthi me sā^eb^ti idāni me sā diṭṭhi natthi, ‘‘natthi so samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā, yo idha āgaccheyyā’’ti ayaṃ laddhi natthi. Tenāha ^b^‘‘tatrāssa…pe… pahīnā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Etthā^eb^ti etasmiṃ samāgame. Yathā tassa brahmuno sabbaso diṭṭhigataṃ vimuccati dhammacakkhu uppajjati, evaṃ ^b^mahantaṃ dhammadesanaṃ desesi^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Ajjāpi te, āvuso’’tiādinā vuttena ^b^tattakeneva. Sarūpena vuttā^eb^ti paṭhamena pādena catasso, dutiyena ekanti evaṃ pañca abhiññā sarūpena vuttā. Kasmā ettha dibbasotaṃ nāgatanti? Āha ^b^‘‘tāsaṃ vasena āgatamevā’’^eb^ti. Yena imā lokuttarā abhiññā adhigatā, na tassa dibbasotasampādanaṃ bhāriyaṃ paṭipakkhavigamena sukheneva ijjhanato.<br/><br/>[06]Aññatarabrahmasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 176
title: bakabrahmasuttavaṇṇanā^aññatarabrahmasuttavaṇṇanā^brahmalokasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^177^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Paccekaṃ^eb^^a^M1.0245^ea^^b^dvārabāha^eb^nti paccekaṃ dvārabāhaṃ. Pacceka-saddo cettha āvuttivasena veditabbo; ‘‘paccekaṃ pacceka’’nti āha ^b^‘‘ekeko ekeka’’^eb^nti. Tesu hi eko paccekabrahmā gandhakuṭiyā ekadvārabāhaṃ nissāya ṭhito, aparo aññaṃ. ^b^Paccekabrahmā^eb^ti ca ekacārī brahmā, na parisacārī brahmāti attho. Samiddhi nāma sagge sukhupakaraṇehi, brahmānañca jhānaṃ sukhupakaraṇanti ^b^jhānasukhena samiddho^eb^ti. Sampattiyā vepullappattatā brahmānañca abhiññāguṇehi vepullappattīti ^a^V1.0214^ea^ āha ^b^‘‘phītoti abhiññāpupphehi supupphito’’^eb^ti. ^b^Asahanto^eb^ti nasahanto narocento.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Satapada^eb^nti satasaddo. ^b^Rūpavasenā^eb^ti rūpasaddavasena, rūpasaddena saddhinti attho. Tathā ^b^pantivasenā^eb^ti etthāpi. ^b^Ekacce^eb^ti eke migārī, tesaṃ byagghīnisārūpakānaṃ pañcasatānīti attho. ^b^‘‘Kassa aññassa upaṭṭhānaṃ gamissāmī’’^eb^ti vimānasampattiyaṃ vimhayakkhiko ahaṅkāravasena vadati. Raṇanti nindanti etehīti ^b^raṇā,^eb^ dosā. Virodhipaccayasannipāte vikāruppatti ruppanaṃ rūpassa pavedhananti āha ^b^‘‘sītādīhi ca niccaṃ pavedhita’’^eb^nti. ^b^Sumedho^eb^ sundarapañño ^b^so satthā rūpe na ramati,^eb^ kiṃ pana mandapañño rūpe saraṇañca pavedhitañca apassanto ramasīti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[06]Brahmalokasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 177
title: aññatarabrahmasuttavaṇṇanā^brahmalokasuttavaṇṇanā^kokālikasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^178^eb^^b^.^eb^ Pamāṇakarānaṃ rāgādīnaṃ abhāvato khīṇāsavo rāgādivasena na sakkā imaṃ pamātunti ^b^appameyyo,^eb^ appameyyāni vā cattāri ariyasaccāni vijjhitvā ṭhitattā pamitaṃ pameyyaṃ tassa kato parimeyyo natthi. Tenāha ^b^‘‘khīṇāsavo…pe… dīpetī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Ta^eb^nti khīṇāsavaṃ. ^b^Pametuṃ^eb^ randhagavesī hutvā vajjato paricchindituṃ. Yathāsabhāvato tassa minane nihīnapaññatāya ^b^avakujjapaññaṃ^eb^.<br/><br/>[06]Kokālikasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 178
title: brahmalokasuttavaṇṇanā^kokālikasuttavaṇṇanā^katamodakatissasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^179^eb^^b^.^eb^ Kiṃ ^a^M1.0246^ea^ kusalagavesitāya ‘‘kiṃ kusalaṃ akusala’’ntiādinā kinti suṇāti etāyāti ^b^kissa vā vuccati paññā^eb^.<br/><br/>[06]Katamodakatissasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 179
title: kokālikasuttavaṇṇanā^katamodakatissasuttavaṇṇanā^turūbrahmasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^180^eb^^b^.^eb^ Ābādho etassa atthīti ^b^ābādhiko. Anantarasutte^eb^ti anāgatānantare sutte. ^b^Varāko^eb^ti ^a^V1.0215^ea^ anuggahavacanameva, na nippariyāyena vuttavacanaṃ. ^b^Piyasīlā^eb^ti iminā etasmiṃ atthe niruttinayena ‘‘pesalā’’ti padasiddhīti dasseti. ^b^Kabarakkhīnī^eb^ti byādhibalena paribhinnavaṇṇatāya kabarabhūtāni akkhīni. ^b^Yattaka^eb^nti yaṃ tvaṃ bhagavato vacanaṃ aññathā karosi, tattakaṃ ^b^tayā aparaddhaṃ,^eb^ tassa pamāṇaṃ natthīti attho. Yasmā anāgāmino nāma kāmacchandabyāpādā pahīnā honti, tvañca diṭṭho kāmacchandabyāpādavasena idhāgato, tasmā yāva te idaṃ aparaddhanti ayamevettha attho daṭṭhabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Adiṭṭhippatto^eb^ti appattadiṭṭhinimitto. ^b^Gilaviso viya^eb^ visaṃ gilitvā ṭhito viya. ^b^Kuṭhārisadisā^eb^ mūlapacchindanaṭṭhena. ^b^Uttamatthe^eb^ti arahatte. ^b^Khīṇāsavoti vadati^eb^ sunakkhatto viya acelaṃ korakkhattiyaṃ. ^b^Yo^eb^ aggasāvako viya ^b^pasaṃsitabbo khīṇāsavo,^eb^ taṃ ‘‘dussīlo aya’’nti yo vā vadati. ^b^Samakova vipāko^eb^ti pasaṃsiyanindā vijjamānaguṇaparidhaṃsanavasena pavattā yāva mahāsāvajjatāya kaṭukataravipākā, tāva nindiyapasaṃsāpi mahāsāvajjatāya samavipākā tattha avijjamānaguṇasamāropanena attano paresaṃ micchāpaṭipattihetubhāvato pasaṃsiyena tassa samabhāvakaraṇato ca. Lokepi hi ayaṃ pure samaṇagārayho hoti, pageva duppaṭipannaduppaṭipannoti samaṃ karontīti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sakenā^eb^ti attano sāpateyyena. ^b^Ayaṃ appamattako aparādho^eb^ diṭṭhadhammikattā sappatikārattā ca tassa. ^b^Ayaṃ mahantataro kali^eb^ katūpacitassa samparāyikattā appatikārattā ca.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Nirabbudo’’ti ^a^M1.0247^ea^ gaṇanāviseso ekoti āha ^b^‘‘nirabbudagaṇanāyā’’^eb^ti, satasahassaṃ nirabbudānanti attho. Nirabbudaparigaṇanaṃ pana heṭṭhā vuttameva. ^b^Yamariyagarahī nirayaṃ upetī^eb^ti ettha yathāvuttaṃ āyuppamāṇaṃ pākatikena ariyūpavādinā vuttanti veditabbaṃ. ‘‘Aggasāvakānaṃ pana guṇamahantatāya tatopi ativiya mahantatarā evā’’ti vadanti.<br/><br/>[06]Turūbrahmasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 180
title: katamodakatissasuttavaṇṇanā^turūbrahmasuttavaṇṇanā^kokālikasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^181^eb^^b^.^eb^ Dve kokālikanāmakā bhikkhū, tato idha adhippetaṃ niddhāretvā dassetuṃ – ^b^‘‘ko ayaṃ kokāliko’’^eb^ti? Pucchā. Suttassa aṭṭhuppattiṃ dassetuṃ – ^b^‘‘kasmā ca upasaṅkamī’’^eb^ti? Pucchā ^a^V1.0216^ea^. ^b^Ayaṃ kirā^eb^tiādi yathākkamaṃ tāsaṃ vissajjanaṃ. Vivekavāsaṃ vasitukāmattā appicchatāya ca ^b^mā kassaci…pe… vasiṃsu^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pakkamissantīti āghātaṃ uppādesi^eb^ attano icchāvighātanato. ^b^Therā bhikkhusaṅghassa niyyādayiṃsu^eb^ payuttavācāya akatattā therehi ca adīpitattā. ^b^Pubbepi…pe… maññe^eb^ti iminā therānaṃ kohaññe ṭhitabhāvaṃ āsaṅkati avaṇe vaṇaṃ passanto viya, suddhe ādāsatale lekhaṃ uṭṭhāpento viya ca.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Aparajjhitvā^eb^ti bhagavato sammukhā ‘‘pāpabhikkhū jātā’’ti vatvā. Āha ^b^‘‘saddhāya ākaro pasādāvaho’’^eb^ti. Pavattasaddhāyiko vāti atthoti āha ^b^‘‘saddhātabbavacano’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pīḷakā^eb^ nāma bāhirato paṭṭhāya aṭṭhiṃ bhindati, imā pana paṭhamaṃyeva aṭṭhiṃ bhinditvā uggatā. ^b^Taruṇabeluvamattiyo^eb^ti taruṇabillaphalamattiyo. ^b^Visagilito^eb^ti khittapaharaṇo. Tañca baḷisaṃ visasamaññā loke. ‘‘Ārakkhadevatānaṃ sutvā’’ti padaṃ ānetvā sambandho.<br/><br/>[03]Magadharaṭṭhe ^a^M1.0248^ea^ saṃvohārato ^b^māgadhako patto,^eb^ tena. Tilasakaṭaṃ ^b^tilavāhā^eb^eti vutto. ^b^Paccitabbaṭṭhānassā^eb^ti nirayadukkhena paccitabbapadesassa. ^b^Etaṃ^eb^ ‘‘abbudo’’ti nāmaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vassagaṇanā^eb^ti ekato paṭṭhāya dasaguṇitaṃ abbudāayumhi, tato paraṃ vīsatiguṇaṃ nirabbudādīsu vassagaṇanā veditabbā. ^b^Sabbatthā^eb^ti ababādīsu padumapariyosānesu sabbesu nirayesu. ^b^Eseva nayo^eb^ti heṭṭhimato uparimassa uparimassa vīsatiguṇataṃ atidisati.<br/><br/>[06]Kokālikasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.<br/><br/>[06]Paṭhamavaggavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 181
title: turūbrahmasuttavaṇṇanā^dutiyavaggo^sanaṅkumārasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^182^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Porāṇakattā^eb^ti ^a^V1.0217^ea^ nibbattitvā cirakālattā. Jātattā jano, taṃ ito ^b^janeto,^eb^ tasmiṃ. ^b^Khattiyo seṭṭho^eb^ lokamariyādaparipālanādinā sammāpaṭipattiyaṃ sattānaṃ niyojanena bahukārattā. So hi pare tathā paṭipādento sayampi tattha patiṭṭhitoyeva hotīti seṭṭho vutto. Paṭipakkhavijjhanaṭṭhena pubbenivāsādīnaṃ viditakaraṇaṭṭhena ^b^vijjā^eb^ti. Saddhāhirottappabāhusaccavīriyasatipaññāti ime ^b^satta saddhammā^eb^. Caranti agatapubbaṃ disaṃ etehīti ^b^caraṇāni,^eb^ sīlādayo pannarasa dhammā.<br/><br/>[06]Sanaṅkumārasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 182
title: dutiyavaggo^sanaṅkumārasuttavaṇṇanā^devadattasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^183^eb^^b^.^eb^ Appaññatte eva sikkhāpade chejjagāmikammassa katattā saliṅgeneva ca ṭhitattā ‘‘devadatto sāsanato pakkanto’’ti na vattabboti ^b^acirapakkante^eb^ti ettha ‘‘sāsanato pakkante’’ti avatvā ^b^‘‘veḷuvanato^eb^^a^M1.0249^ea^^b^gayāsīsaṃ gate’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Pakatatto hi bhikkhusaṅghaṃ bhindeyya, na apakatattoti. ^b^Vaḷavāyā^eb^ti vaḷavāya kucchiyaṃ jātaṃ.<br/><br/>[06]Devadattasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 183
title: sanaṅkumārasuttavaṇṇanā^devadattasuttavaṇṇanā^andhakavindasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^184^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Janata^eb^nti janānaṃ samūhaṃ, janasañcaraṇaṭṭhānanti attho. ^b^Manussānaṃ anupacāre^eb^ti yattake kasanādikiccaṃ karontānaṃ sañcāro hoti, ettakaṃ atikkamitvā anupacāre. ^b^Saṃyojanavippamokkhā^eb^ti saṃyojanavimokkhahetu. Vivekaratiṃ pavivekasukhajjhānaṃ alabhanto. ^b^Cittānurakkhaṇattha^eb^nti pubbe maṃ manussā ‘‘araññavāsena pavivitto asaṃsaṭṭho āraddhavīriyo’’ti maññiṃsu, idāni gāmante vasantaṃ disvā gaṇasaṅgaṇikāya nivuṭṭhoti appasādaṃ āpajjissanti. Yadipi me idha abhirati natthi, evaṃ santepi idheva vasissāmīti vikkhittacittena hutvā na vasitabbaṃ, ko attho cittavasaṃ gantvāti adhippāyo. ^b^Satipaṭṭhānaparāyaṇo^eb^ti ^a^V1.0218^ea^ satipaṭṭhānabhāvanārato. Evaṃ hissa gaṇavāsopi pāsaṃso vivekavāsena vinā samaṇakiccassa asijjhanato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vaṭṭabhayato^eb^ pamutto ajjhāsayavasenāti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Nisīdi tattha bhikkhū^eb^ti iminā sattūpaladdhiyā anissitattā yathāruciyā tesaṃ nisajjaṃ dasseti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘iminā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]Iminā ca iminā ca ākārena jātanti na anussavadassanametaṃ, na anussavaggahaṇaṃ. Takkahetu nayahetu vā na vadāmīti yojanā. Piṭakaṃ gantho sampadīyati etassāti ^b^piṭakasampadānaṃ,^eb^ ganthassa uggaṇhanato tena piṭakassa uggaṇhanakabhāvena, kenaci ganthānusārena evaṃ na vadāmīti attho. Brahmassa seṭṭhassa dhammassa cariyaṃ vācasikaṃ pavattatīti ^b^brahmacariyaṃ,^eb^ dhammadesanā. Bhāvitena maraṇassa sabbaso bhāgena vippahānena ^b^maraṇapariccāgīnaṃ^eb^. Te ca khīṇajātikāti āha ^b^‘‘khīṇāsavāna’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Dasadhā^eb^^a^M1.0250^ea^^b^dasā^eb^ti dasakkhattuṃ dasa. ^b^Añña^eb^nti pañcasatādhikasahassato aññaṃ. ^b^Puññabhāgino^eb^ti vivaṭṭanissitapuññassa bhāgino tassā desanāya ettakā sattā jātāti gaṇetuṃ ahaṃ na sakkomīti dasseti. ^b^Brahmadhammadesana^eb^nti brahmunā vuttaṃ āha.<br/><br/>[06]Andhakavindasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 184
title: devadattasuttavaṇṇanā^andhakavindasuttavaṇṇanā^aruṇavatīsuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^185^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Abhibhū sambhavo^eb^ti tesaṃ dvinnaṃ mahātherānaṃ nāmāni. Tesaṃ vibhāgaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘tesū’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Ete dve tassa bhagavato aggasāvakāti dasseti. ^b^Avajjhāyantī^eb^ti heṭṭhā katvā cintenti. ^b^Khiyyanti^eb^ taṃ lāmakato cintetabbataṃ pāpenti pāpakataṃ karonti. ^b^Vitthārayantā^eb^ti tameva lāmakato cintetabbataṃ vepullaṃ pāpentā. Sabbe pāsaṇḍā attano attano samaye siddhante sabbe devamanussā attano attano samaye paṭilābhe paṭiladdhātthe purisakāraṃ vaṇṇayantīti yojanā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ārambhavīriya^eb^nti maccusenāsaṅkhātakilesadhunane ārambhavīriyaṃ, yā ‘‘ārambhadhātū’’ti vuccati ^a^V1.0219^ea^. ^b^Nikkamavīriya^eb^nti kosajjapaṭipakkhabhūtaṃ vīriyaṃ, yā ‘‘nikkamadhātū’’ti vuccati. ^b^Payogaṃ karothā^eb^ti paraṃ paraṃ ṭhānaṃ akkamanato tatopi balavataraṃ bhāvanābhiyogaṃ pavattethāti attho. Tenāha ‘‘parakkamathā’’ti. ^b^Kilesasenā^eb^ nāma rāgādikilesasamūho, so maraṇapaccayabhāvato ‘‘maccuno senā’’ti vuccati. Tañhi sandhāya vuttaṃ ‘‘mahāsenena maccunā’’ti (ma. ni. 3.272, 275, 276). Khandhānaṃ paṭhamābhinibbatti ^b^jāti,^eb^ tadaññaṃ pana tesaṃ paṭipāṭi pavattaṃ ^b^saṃsāro^eb^ti adhippāyenāha ^b^‘‘jātiñca saṃsārañcā’’^eb^ti. Yasmā ‘‘ekampi jātiṃ dvepi jātiyo’’tiādīsu tasmiṃ tasmiṃ bhave ādānanikkhepaparicchinnakhandhappavatti ‘‘jātī’’ti vuccati, sā eva yāva parinibbānā aparāparaṃ pavattamāno saṃsāro ‘‘ito cito saṃsaraṇa’’nti katvā, tasmā āha ^b^‘‘jātisaṅkhātaṃ vā saṃsāra’’^eb^nti. ^b^Pariccheda^eb^nti pariyosānaṃ. Obhāsaṃ pharīti sambandho. ^b^Ālokaṭṭhāne^eb^ti attanā ^a^M1.0251^ea^ katāalokaṭṭhāne. ^b^Ālokakiccaṃ natthī^eb^ti andhakāraṭṭhāne ālokadassanaṃ viya ālokaṭṭhāne ālokadassanakiccaṃ natthi. Tasmā tesaṃ sattānaṃ ‘‘kiṃ āloko ayaṃ, kassa nu kho ayaṃ āloko’’ti? ^b^Vicinantānaṃ^eb^ cintentānaṃ. ^b^Sabbe^eb^ti sahassilokadhātuyaṃ sabbe devamanussā. ^b^Osaṭāya parisāyā^eb^ti dhammassavanatthaṃ sabbosaṭāya paricitaparicchinnāya parisāya. ^b^Saddaṃ suṇiṃsū^eb^ti na kevalaṃ saddameva suṇiṃsu, atha kho atthopīti yathādhippeto tesaṃ pakatisavanupacāre viya pākaṭo ahosi, tisahassilokadhātuṃ viññāpesīti.<br/><br/>[06]Aruṇavatīsuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 185
title: andhakavindasuttavaṇṇanā^aruṇavatīsuttavaṇṇanā^parinibbānasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^186^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Evaṃ taṃ kusinārāya hotī^eb^ti yathā anurodhapurassa thūpārāmo dakkhiṇapacchimadisāyaṃ, evaṃ taṃ uyyānaṃ kusinārāya dakkhiṇapacchimadisāyaṃ hoti. ^b^Tasmā^eb^ti yasmā nagaraṃ pavisitukāmā uyyānato upecca vattanti gacchanti etenāti ^b^upavattana^eb^nti vuccati, tasmā. ^b^Ta^eb^nti sālapantibhāvena ṭhitaṃ sālavanaṃ. ^b^Antarenā^eb^ti vemajjhe. Appamajjanaṃ ^b^appamādo,^eb^ so pana atthato ñāṇūpasaṃhitā sati. Yasmā tattha satiyā byāpāro sātisayo, tasmā ^b^‘‘satiavippavāsenā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Appamādapadeyeva pakkhipitvā abhāsi^eb^ atthato tassa sakalassa buddhavacanassa saṅgaṇhanato.<br/><br/>[03]Jhānādīsu citte ca paramukkaṃsagatavasībhāvatāya ‘‘ettake kāle ettakā samāpattiyo samāpajjitvā ^a^V1.0220^ea^ parinibbāyissāmī’’ti kālaparicchedaṃ katvā samāpattisamāpajjanaṃ ^b^parinibbānaparikamma^eb^nti adhippetaṃ. ^b^Thero^eb^ti anuruddhatthero.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ayampi cā^eb^ti yathāvuttapañcasaṭṭhiyā jhānānaṃ samāpannakathāpi saṅkhepakathā eva. Kasmā? Yasmā bhagavā tadā devasikaṃ vaḷañjanasamāpattiyo sabbāpi aparihāpetvā samāpajji evāti dassento ‘‘^b^nibbānapuraṃ pavisanto’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Catuvīsati…pe… pavisitvā^eb^ti ettha keci tāva āhu ^a^M1.0252^ea^ ‘‘bhagavā devasikaṃ dvādasakoṭisatasahassakkhattuṃ mahākaruṇāsamāpattiṃ samāpajjati, dvādasakoṭisatasahassakkhattumeva phalasamāpattiṃ samāpajjati, tasmā tadāpi catuvīsatikoṭisatasahassasaṅkhā samāpattiyo samāpajjati. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā ‘tathāgataṃ, bhikkhave, arahantaṃ sammāsambuddhaṃ dve vitakkā bahulaṃ samudācaranti khemo ca vitakko paviveko ca vitakko’ti (itivu. 38). Khemo hi vitakko bhagavato mahākaruṇāsamāpattiṃ pūretvā ṭhito, pavivekavitakko arahattaphalasamāpattiṃ. Buddhānaṃ hi bhavaṅgaparivāso lahuko matthakappatto samāpattīsu vasībhāvo, tasmā samāpajjanavuṭṭhānāni katipayacittakkhaṇeheva ijjhanti. Pañca rūpāvacarasamāpattiyo catasso arūpasamāpattiyo appamaññāsamāpattiyā saddhiṃ nirodhasamāpatti arahattaphalasamāpatti cāti dvādasetā samāpattiyo bhagavā paccekaṃ divase divase koṭisatasahassakkhattuṃ purebhattaṃ samāpajjati, tathā pacchābhattanti evaṃ catuvīsatikoṭisatasahassasaṅkhā devasikaṃ vaḷañjanakakasiṇasamāpattiyo’’ti.<br/><br/>[03]Apare panāhu ‘‘yaṃ taṃ bhagavatā abhisambodhidivase pacchimayāme paṭiccasamuppādaṅgamukhena paṭilomanayena jarāmaraṇato paṭṭhāya ñāṇaṃ otāretvā anupadadhammavipassanaṃ ārabhantena yathā nāma puriso suviduggaṃ mahāgahanaṃ mahāvanaṃ chindanto antarantarā nisānasilāyaṃ pharasuṃ nisitaṃ karoti, evamevaṃ nisānasilāsadisiyo samāpattiyo antarantarā samāpajjitvā ñāṇassa tikkhavisadabhāvaṃ sampādetuṃ anulomapaṭilomato paccekaṃ paṭiccasamuppādaṅgesu lakkhakoṭisamāpattisamāpajjanavasena sammasanañāṇaṃ pavatteti, tadanusārena bhagavā buddhabhūtopi anulomapaṭilomato paṭiccasamuppādaṅgamukhena vipassanāvasena divase divase lakkhakoṭiphalasamāpattiyo samāpajjati, taṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ, ‘catuvīsatikoṭisatasahassasaṅkhā samāpattiyo pavisitvā’’’ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Imāni dvepi samanantarāneva^eb^ paccavekkhaṇāyapi yebhuyyena nānantariyakatāya jhānapakkhikabhāvato. Yasmā sabbapacchimaṃ bhavaṅgacittaṃ tato tato ^a^M1.0253^ea^ cavanato ‘‘cutī’’ti vuccati ^a^V1.0221^ea^, tasmā na kevalaṃ ayameva bhagavā, atha kho sabbepi sattā bhavaṅgacitteneva cavantīti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘ye hi kecī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Dukkhasaccenā^eb^ti dukkhasaccapariyāpannena cuticittena ^b^kālaṃ^eb^ kālakiriyaṃ ^b^karonti^eb^ pāpuṇanti, kālagamanato vā karonti peccāti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Paṭibhāgapuggalavirahito^eb^ sīlādiguṇehi asadisatāya sadisapuggalarahito. Saṅkhārā vūpasammanti etthāti ^b^vūpasamo^eb^ti evaṃ saṅkhātaṃ ñātaṃ kathitaṃ nibbānameva sukhanti. ^b^Lomahaṃsanako^eb^ti lomānaṃ haṭṭhabhāvāpādano. ^b^Bhiṃsanako^eb^ti avītarāgānaṃ bhayajanako ^b^āsi^eb^ ahosi. ^b^Sabbākāravaraguṇūpete^eb^ti sabbehi ākāravarehi uttamakāraṇehi sīlādiguṇehi samannāgate. ^b^Asaṅkuṭitenā^eb^ti akuṭitena vipphārikābhāvato. ^b^Suvikasitenevā^eb^ti pītisomanassayogato suṭṭhu vikasitena. ^b^Vedanaṃ adhivāsesi^eb^ sabhāvasamudayādito suṭṭhu paññātattā. ^b^Anāvaraṇavimokkho sabbaso^eb^ nibbidabhāvo. Tenāha ^b^‘‘apaññattibhāvūpagamo’’^eb^ti. ^b^Pajjotanibbānasadiso^eb^ti padīpassa nibbānasadiso tattha vilīyitvā avaṭṭhānābhāvato.<br/><br/>[06]Parinibbānasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.<br/><br/>[06]Dutiyavaggavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.<br/><br/>[06]Sāratthappakāsiniyā saṃyuttanikāya-aṭṭhakathāya<br/><br/>[06]Brahmasaṃyuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 39
item: 186
title: brāhmaṇasaṃyuttaṃ^arahantavaggo^dhanañjānīsuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^187^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Dhanañjānigottā^eb^ti ^a^V1.0222^ea^^a^M1.0254^ea^ ettha pubbapurisato āgatassa kulavaṃsassa nāmābhidhānasaṅkhātaṃ gaṃ tāyatīti gottaṃ. (Kiṃ pana tanti? Aññakulaparamparāsādhāraṇaṃ tassa kulassa ādipurisasamudāgataṃ taṃkulapariyāpannasādhāraṇaṃ sāmaññarūpanti daṭṭhabbaṃ.) Dhanañjānigottaṃ etissanti ^b^dhanañjānigottā^eb^. Tassā udānassa kāraṇaṃ pucchitvā ādito paṭṭhāya vibhāvetuṃ ^b^‘‘so kirā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Nānārasabhojanaṃ detīti yojanā. Pañcagorasasampāditaṃ sālibhattaṃ sūpasākabyañjanaṃ nānārasaṃ brāhmaṇabhojanaṃ. ^b^Maṇḍalaggakhagga^eb^nti maṇḍalaggasaṅkhātaṃ khaggaṃ. Duvidho hi khaggo maṇḍalaggo dīghaggoti. Tattha yassa aggo maṇḍalākārena ṭhito, so maṇḍalaggo. Yassa pana asiputtikā viya dīgho, so dīghaggo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sāsanā^eb^ti anusāsanā. ‘‘Namo…pe… sambuddhassā’’ti evaṃ vuttā ^b^pañcapadikagāthā^eb^. Satthusāsane hi lokiyacchandaṃ anapekkhitvā esā pañcapadikagāthāti daṭṭhabbā. ^b^Okkāvaradharā^eb^ti pubbapurisasaṅkhātaukkākavaṃsavaradhārikā. ^b^Sakkā^eb^ti sakkuṇeyyaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Eva^eb^nti ‘‘sace me aṅgamaṅgānī’’tiādinā iminā pakārena. ‘‘Pañca gāthāsatāni pana aṭṭhakathaṃ āruḷhāni, idha pana dve eva uddhaṭā’’ti vadanti. ^b^Paharituṃ vā^eb^ti ekavārampi hatthena vā pādena vā paharitumpi parāmasitumpi asakkontoti attho. So hi tassā ariyasāvikāya ānubhāvena attano sāmatthiyena vase vattāpanatthaṃ santajjitvāpi tadanuvattanto nibbiso ahosi. Tenāha ^b^‘‘bhotī’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tassa brāhmaṇassā^eb^ti attano sāmikabrāhmaṇassa. ^b^Upasaṃharantī^eb^ti upanentī. ^b^Tasmiṃ samaye^eb^ti ^a^V1.0223^ea^ tasmiṃ dukkhuppattikāle ‘‘sabbe saṅkhārā dukkhā’’ti bhagavato ^a^M1.0255^ea^ vacanaṃ anussaritvā ‘‘dasabalassa bhagavato’’tiādīsu yathāparicitaṃ guṇapadaṃ anussari. Tenāha ^b^‘‘dasabalaṃ sarī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Khantisoraccarahitatāya ^b^kujjhitvā. Bhijjitvā^eb^ti saṃyatābhāvato tassa brāhmaṇassa antare mettibhedena bhijjitvā. ^b^Evamevā^eb^ti yathā etarahi akāraṇena, evameva aññadāpi akāraṇenāti attho. Nikkāraṇatādīpane ^b^evaṃ^eb^-saddo, ^b^eva^eb^-saddo pana avadhāraṇattho. Nikkāraṇatā ca nāma niratthakatā, niratthakavippalāpabhāvenettha ^b^evaṃ^eb^-saddassa gahaṇe pavatti gavesitabbā. Garahattho vāyaṃ ^b^evaṃ^eb^-saddo anekatthattā nipātānaṃ. Garahatthatā cassa vasalisaddasannidhānato pākaṭā eva.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Gāmanigamaraṭṭhapūjito^eb^ti iminā gāmanigamaraṭṭhasāmikehi pūjitabhāvo dīpito gāmādīnaṃ tesaṃ vase vattanato. ^b^Asukassa nāma^eb^ puggalassa. ^b^Sesa^eb^nti abhikkantantiādi, yampi caññaṃ idhāgataṃ heṭṭhā vaṇṇitañca.<br/><br/>[06]Dhanañjānīsuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 187
title: arahantavaggo^dhanañjānīsuttavaṇṇanā^akkosasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^188^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Bhāradvājova so^eb^ti bhāradvājo nāma eva so brāhmaṇo. Gottavasena hi tayidaṃ nāmaṃ, visesena panetaṃ jātanti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘pañcamattehī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Jānikatā^eb^ti ñātivaggahānikatā. ^b^Pakkho bhinno^eb^ti tato eva ñātipakkho naṭṭho. Yathā domanassito anattamanoti vattabbaṃ labhati, evaṃ kupitoti āha ^b^‘‘domanassena cā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Dasahī^eb^ti anavasesapariyādānavasena vuttaṃ pañcahi gāthāsatehi akkosanto tathā akkoseyyāti katvā. Tattha pana yena kenaci akkosantopi akkosatiyeva nāma. ^b^Karosi^eb^ mama bhātikassa pabbajjaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sambhuñjatī^eb^ti sambhogaṃ karoti. Akkosādīhi ^b^ekato bhuñjati^eb^. ^b^Vītiharatī^eb^ti byatihāraṃ karoti, akkosato paccakkosanādinā vinimayaṃ ^a^M1.0256^ea^ karotīti attho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘katassa paṭikāraṃ karotī’’^eb^ti. Assa anussavavasena sutvā ‘‘sapati ma’’nti saññino bhayaṃ uppajjīti yojanā. ^b^Assā^eb^ti brāhmaṇassa. ^b^Sutvā^eb^ti padaṃ ubhayatthāpi yojetabbaṃ ‘‘tavevetaṃ brāhmaṇāti ^a^V1.0224^ea^ sutvā, anussavavasena sutvā’’ti ca. Kāmaṃ kisavacchādayo sapanaṃ nādaṃsu, devatānaṃyeva hi so attho, sattānaṃ pana tathā saññā uppannā, sopi tathāsaññī ahosi. Tenāha ^b^‘‘anussavavasenā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Dantassa^eb^ sabbaso damathaṃ upagatattā. ^b^Nibbisevanassā^eb^ti rāgadosādihetukavipphandanarahitassa. ^b^Tassevā^eb^ti paṭikujjhantasseva puggalassa ^b^tena kodhena pāpaṃ hoti^eb^ pāpassa santānantarasaṅkantiyā abhāvato. Keci pana ^b^‘‘tassevā^eb^ti tasseva paṭikujjhantapurisassa tena paṭikujjhanena. ^b^Pāpiyo^eb^ti paṭikujjhantapuggalassa lāmakataro’’ti evamettha atthaṃ vadanti. ^b^Satiyā samannāgato hutvā^eb^ paṭisaṅkhāne ṭhito ^b^adhivāseti,^eb^ na saho mūḷho hutvāti adhippāyo. ^b^Ubhinnaṃ tikicchanta^eb^nti ubhinnaṃ uppannakodhasaṅkhātaṃ kilesabyādhiṃ tikicchantaṃ vūpasamentaṃ taṃ puggalaṃ. ^b^Yo puggalo^eb^tiādinā purimāsu gāthāsu pavattitāni padāni sambandhitvā dasseti. Pañcasu khandhesu yāthāvato vinītā ariyadhammassa kovidā nāma hontīti āha ^b^‘‘dhammassāti pañcakkhandhadhammassā’’^eb^ti. Idāni tamatthaṃ paripuṇṇaṃ katvā dassento āha ^b^‘‘catusaccadhammassa vā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[06]Akkosasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 188
title: dhanañjānīsuttavaṇṇanā^akkosasuttavaṇṇanā^asurindakasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^189^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Tenevā^eb^ti bhātupabbajiteneva. ^b^Assevā^eb^ti titikkhassa. ^b^‘‘Taṃ jayaṃ hotī’’^eb^ti liṅgavipallāsavasena vuttanti āha ^b^‘‘so jayo hotī’’^eb^ti, dujjayaṃ kodhaṃ titikkhāya jinantassāti adhippāyo. Yasmā titikkhādayo na kodhavasikaṃ dhuraṃ, taṃ pana bālānaṃ maññanāmattanti ^a^M1.0257^ea^ idha imamatthaṃ vibhāvetuṃ ^b^‘‘katamassā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Vijānatova jayo^eb^ na avijānato titikkhāya abhāvato. Na hi avijānanto andhabālo kodhaṃ vijetuṃ sakkoti. ^b^Kevalaṃ jayaṃ maññati^eb^ kilesehi parājito samānopīti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[06]Asurindakasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 189
title: akkosasuttavaṇṇanā^asurindakasuttavaṇṇanā^bilaṅgikasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^190^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Suddha^eb^nti kevalaṃ sambhāravirahitaṃ. ^b^Sambhārayutta^eb^nti kaṭukabhaṇḍādisambhārasahitaṃ. Kañjito nibbattattā ^b^kañjikaṃ,^eb^ āranālaṃ, bilaṅganti attho. ^b^Nāmaṃ gahitaṃ^eb^ saṅgītikāle ‘‘bilaṅgikabhāradvājo’’ti ^a^V1.0225^ea^ visesanavasena. ^b^Tayo^eb^ti dhanañjāniyā sāmiko bhāradvājo, akkosakabhāradvājo, asundarikabhāradvājoti ādito tīsu suttesu āgatā tayo. ^b^Me^eb^ti mayhaṃ.<br/><br/>[06]Bilaṅgikasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 190
title: asurindakasuttavaṇṇanā^bilaṅgikasuttavaṇṇanā^ahiṃsakasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^191^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Esā^eb^ti brāhmaṇo. ^b^‘‘Ahiṃsako aha’’^eb^nti tadatthaṃ sādhetuṃ icchāya kathesīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘ahiṃsakapañhaṃ pucchī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Tathā ce assā^eb^ti yathā te nāmassa attho, tathā cetaṃ bhaveyyāsi anvatthanāmako bhaveyyāsi ahiṃsako eva siyāti. ^b^Na dukkhāpeti^eb^ dukkhamattampi na uppādeti, dukkhato apanetīti attho.<br/><br/>[06]Ahiṃsakasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 191
title: bilaṅgikasuttavaṇṇanā^ahiṃsakasuttavaṇṇanā^jaṭāsuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^192^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Jaṭāpañhassā^eb^ti ‘‘antojaṭā bahijaṭā’’ti evaṃ jaṭāpariyāyassa pañhassa.<br/><br/>[06]Jaṭāsuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 192
title: ahiṃsakasuttavaṇṇanā^jaṭāsuttavaṇṇanā^suddhikasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^193^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Suddhikapañhassā^eb^ti ^a^M1.0258^ea^ ‘‘nābrāhmaṇo sujjhatī’’ti evaṃ suddhasannissitassa pañhassa. ^b^Sīlasampanno^eb^ti pañcavidhaniyamalakkhaṇena sīlena samannāgato. ^b^Tapokamma^eb^nti anasanapañcātapatappanādiparibhedanatapokammaṃ karontopi. ^b^Vijjāti tayo vedā^eb^ti vadanti ‘‘tāya idhalokatthaṃ paralokatthaṃ ñāyantī’’ti katvā. ^b^Gottacaraṇa^eb^nti gottasaṅkhātaṃ caraṇaṃ. ^b^Brāhmaṇo sujjhati^eb^ jeṭṭhajātikattā. Tathā hi so eva tapaṃ ācarituṃ labhati, na itaro. ^b^Aññā lāmikā pajā^eb^ti itaravaṇṇaṃ vadati. ^b^Vacanasahassampī^eb^ti gāthānekasahassampi. Anto kilesehi pūtiko sabhāvena pūtiko. ^b^Kiliṭṭhehi kāyakammādīhi^eb^ kāyaduccaritādīhi.<br/><br/>[06]Suddhikasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 193
title: jaṭāsuttavaṇṇanā^suddhikasuttavaṇṇanā^aggikasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^194^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Aggiparicaraṇavasenā^eb^ti ^a^V1.0226^ea^ aggihuttajuhanavasena. ^b^Sannihito^eb^ti missībhāvaṃ sampāpito. Tathābhūto ca so sappinā saddhiṃ yojito nāma hotīti āha ^b^‘‘saṃyojito’’^eb^ti. ^b^Apāyamaggaṃ okkamati^eb^ micchādiṭṭhimicchāsaṅkappādīnaṃ attano santāne samuppādanato. Tenāha ^b^‘‘imaṃ laddhi’’^eb^ntiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Jātiyā^eb^ti sadosakiriyāparādhassa asambhavena parisuddhāya jātiyā. ^b^Nānappakāre^eb^ aṭṭhārasavijjāṭṭhānasaññite ^b^ganthe. Sutavā^eb^ti sutvā niṭṭhaṃ patto aggadakkhiṇeyyattāti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pubbenivāsañāṇenā^eb^ti idaṃ loke sāsane ca niruḷhatāvasena vuttaṃ. Aññe hi pubbenivāsaṃ jānantā pubbenivāsañāṇeneva jānanti, bhagavā pana sabbaññutaññāṇenapi jānāti. ^b^Dibbena cakkhunā^eb^ti etthāpi eseva nayo. Sabbaso jāti khīyati etenāti ^b^jātikkhayo,^eb^ aggamaggo ^a^M1.0259^ea^, tena pattabbattā āpannattā ca jātikkhayo arahattaṃ. ^b^Jānitvā vositavosāno^eb^ti vijānitabbaṃ catusaccadhammaṃ maggañāṇena jānitvā soḷasannampi kiccānaṃ vositavosāno.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Uppattiṃ dīpetvā^eb^ti pāyasadānassa āgamanaṃ pakāsetvā. ^b^Gāthāhi abhigīta^eb^nti dvīhi gāthāhi mayā abhigītaṃ. ^b^Abhuñjitabba^eb^nti bhuñjituṃ na yuttaṃ. ‘‘Abhojaneyya’’nti kasmā vuttaṃ, nanu bhagavato ajjhāsayo accantameva suddhoti? Saccametaṃ, brāhmaṇo pana pubbe adātukāmo pacchā gāthā sutvā dhammadesanāya muduhadayo hutvā dātukāmo ahosi, tasmā taṃ bhikkhūnaṃ anāgate diṭṭhānugatiāpajjanatthaṃ paṭikkhipi. Tathā hi anantarasutte kasibhāradvājasutte ca evameva paṭipajji. Tenāha ^b^‘‘tvaṃ brāhmaṇā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Kilañjamhi…pe… pakāsitā^eb^ti etena gāthaṃ uddesaṭṭhāneva ṭhapetvā bhagavā brāhmaṇassa vitthārena dhammaṃ desesīti dasseti. ^b^Gāyanenā^eb^ti gāyanakena, gānena vā. ^b^Atthañca dhammañcā^eb^ti sadevakassa lokassa hitañceva tassa kāraṇañca. ^b^Sampassantāna^eb^nti sammadeva passantānaṃ. ^b^Dhammo^eb^ti paveṇiāgato cārittadhammo na hoti. Bhojanesu ukkaṃsagataṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘sudhābhojana’’^eb^nti āha. ^b^Dhamme satī^eb^ti ariyānaṃ ācāradhamme sati taṃ ālambitvā jīvantānaṃ etadeva seṭṭhanti ‘‘somaṃ bhuñjeyya pāyasa’’nti taṃ ārabbha kathāya uppannattā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sallakkheti^eb^ ayaṃ brāhmaṇo. ^b^Sesā^eb^ paccayā ^b^niddosā^eb^ te ārabbha kathāya appavattitattā. ^b^Kukkuccavūpasanta^eb^nti ^a^V1.0227^ea^ aggiāhitapadassa viya saddasiddhi veditabbā. ^b^Annena pānenā^eb^ti lakkhaṇavacanametaṃ yathā ‘‘kākehi sappi rakkhitabba’’nti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘desanāmattameta’’^eb^nti. ^b^Bahusassaphaladāyakaṃ sukhettaṃ viya paṭiyatta^eb^nti sammā kasanabījanaudakānayanāpanayanādinā susajjitaṃ khettaṃ viya sīlādiguṇavisesasampādanena paṭiyattaṃ puññakkhettaṃ etaṃ.<br/><br/>[06]Aggikasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 194
title: suddhikasuttavaṇṇanā^aggikasuttavaṇṇanā^sundarikasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^195^eb^^b^.^eb^ Ānetvā ^a^M1.0260^ea^ hunitabbato ^b^āhuti^eb^. Sappimadhupāyasādīhi aggiṃ juhoti etthāti ^b^aggihuttaṃ,^eb^ sādhiṭṭhānaṃ veditabbaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘agyāyatana’’^eb^ntiādi. ^b^Suvisodhito cassā^eb^ti nihīnajātikānaṃ anena suṭṭhu visodhito ca bhaveyya. ‘‘Me’’ti padaṃ ānetvā sambandho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Aphalaṃ karotī^eb^ti ito paṭṭhāya yāva ^b^demī^eb^ti padaṃ. Tāva anantarasuttavaṇṇanāya āgatasadisamevāti peyyālavasena ṭhapesi, na sappisaṅkhāraṭṭhapanaṃ. ^b^Himapātassa ca sītavātassa ca paṭibāhanattha^eb^nti akāraṇametanti taṃ anādiyitvā aññameva sukāraṇaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘paṭibalovā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Sañjānitvā^eb^ti ‘‘nāyaṃ brāhmaṇo’’ti sañjānitvā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Nīcakesanta^eb^nti rassakesantaṃ. Brāhmaṇānaṃ suddhiatthā sikhāti āha ^b^‘‘pavattamattampi, sikhaṃ adisvā’’^eb^ti, ‘‘paramahaṃsaparikkhādinā’’ti keci.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Akāraṇaṃ dakkhiṇeyyabhāvassa jāti^eb^ adakkhiṇeyyabhāvahetūnaṃ pāpadhammānaṃ apaṭikkhepabhāvato. ^b^Eta^eb^nti sīlādibhedaṃ caraṇaṃ. ^b^Dakkhiṇeyyabhāvassa kāraṇaṃ^eb^ adakkhiṇeyyabhāvakārakapāpadhammānaṃ tadaṅgādivasena pajahanato. ^b^Assā^eb^ti brāhmaṇassa. ^b^Tamattha^eb^nti taṃ dakkhiṇeyyabhāvassa kāraṇatāsaṅkhātamatthaṃ upamāya vibhāvento. ^b^Sālādikaṭṭhā jātovā^eb^ti sālādivisuddhakaṭṭhāva jāto. Sāpānadoṇiādiavisuddhakaṭṭhā jāto aggikiccaṃ na ca na karoti. ^b^Eva^eb^nti yathā aggi yato kutoci jātopi aggikiccaṃ karotiyeva, evaṃ caṇḍālakulādīsu jātopi dakkhiṇeyyo na na hoti guṇasampadāvasena ariyānaṃ vaṃse pajātattāti āha ^b^‘‘guṇasampattiyā jātimā’’^eb^ti. Dhitiyā guṇasampattiyā pamukhabhāvaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘so hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^dhitiyā^eb^ti vīriyena. Tañhi anuppannānaṃ kusaladhammānaṃ uppādanaparibrūhanehi te dhāreti. ^b^Hiriyā dose nisedheti,^eb^ sammadeva pāpānaṃ jigucchane sati tesaṃ pavattiyā avasaro eva ^a^V1.0228^ea^ natthi. ^b^Monadhammena^eb^ ñāṇasaṅkhātena ottappadhammena. ^b^Kāraṇākāraṇajānanako^eb^ti tesaṃ tesaṃ ^a^M1.0261^ea^ dhammānaṃ yathābhūtaṃ ṭhānaṃ, pāpadhammānaṃ vā vippakārasabhāvaṭṭhānaṃ jānanako.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Paramatthasaccena^eb^ nibbānena ārammaṇapaccayabhūtena ariyamaggena ^b^danto. Indriyadamenā^eb^ti tato eva ariyena indriyasaṃvarena upagato. Vidanti tehi saccānīti ^b^vedā. Maggavedānaṃ anta^eb^nti ariyaphalaṃ. ^b^Kilesānaṃ anta^eb^nti tesaṃ anuppādanirodhaṭṭhānaṃ. ^b^Yañño^eb^ti aggaphalaṃ. ^b^Niratthaka^eb^nti aphalaṃ tesaṃ anāgamanato, āgatānampi aggadakkhiṇeyyābhāvato. ^b^Juhati^eb^ deti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Suyiṭṭha^eb^nti sudānaṃ aggadakkhiṇeyyalābhena. ^b^Suhuta^eb^nti tasseva vevacanaṃ. Atha vā ^b^suyiṭṭha^eb^nti suṭṭhu sammadeva yiṭṭhaṃ sāre upanītaṃ mama idaṃ deyyavatthu. ^b^Suhuta^eb^nti etthāpi eseva nayo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Upahaṭamatte^eb^ti brāhmaṇena ‘‘bhuñjatu bhava’’nti upanītamatte. ^b^Nibbattitojamevā^eb^ti savatthukaṃ aggahetvā vatthuto vivecitaojameva. ^b^Tena taṃ sukhumattaṃ gata^eb^nti taṃ habyasesaṃ sabbaso sukhumabhāvaṃ gatanti ojāya anoḷārikatāya purimākāreneva paññāyamānataṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ, na pana ojāya eva kevalāya gahaṇaṃ sandhāya. Sā hi avinibbhogavuttitāya visuṃ gaṇhituṃ na sakkā, tasmā devatāhipi savatthukā gayhati. ^b^Manussānaṃ vatthū^eb^ti karajakāyamāha. Oḷārikavatthutāya devānaṃ viya gahaṇī na tikkhāti dibbojasammissatāya sammā pariṇāmaṃ na gacchati. Sukhumāpi samānā dibbojā tena pāyasena missitā oḷārikasammissatāya sukhumavatthukānaṃ devānaṃ sukhadā na hotīti imamatthaṃ dasseti ^b^‘‘goyūse panā’’^eb^tiādinā. Paribhogavatthuno oḷārikatāya vā devānaṃ dukkaraṃ sammā pariṇāmetuṃ, dibbojāya garutarabhāvena manussānaṃ. Tenāha bhagavā ^b^‘‘na khvāha’’^eb^ntiādi. Samāpatticittasamuṭṭhitā tejodhātu jhānānubhāvasantejitā tikkhatarā hotīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘aṭṭha…pe… pariṇāmeyyā’’^eb^ti. Bhagavato pana suddheneva pariṇamatīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘pākatikenevā’’^eb^ti, jhānānubhāvappattena jhānena vinā sabhāvasiddheneva.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Appaharite’’ti ettha appa-saddo ‘‘appiccho’’tiādīsu viya abhāvatthoti āha ^b^‘‘appahariteti aharite’’^eb^ti. ^b^Pātisatepi^eb^ pāyase. ^b^Na āluḷatī^eb^ti na āvilaṃ hoti. ^b^Anāgantāva gaccheyya^eb^ ‘‘attanāpi ^a^M1.0262^ea^ na paribhuñji, aññesaṃ na dāpesi, kevalaṃ pāyasaṃ nāsesī’’ti domanassappatto.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Dāru^eb^^a^V1.0229^ea^^b^samādahāno^eb^ti dāruhariddi dārusmiṃ tassa dahanto. ^b^Yadī^eb^tiādi dārujhāpanassa bahiddhabhāvasādhanaṃ asuddhahetūnaṃ paṭipakkhābhāvato tassa. ^b^Khandhādīsu kusalā^eb^ti tesu sabhāvato samudayato atthaṅgamato assādato ādīnavato nissaraṇato jānanato chekā paṇḍitā. ^b^Ñāṇajoti^eb^nti ñāṇamayaṃ jotiṃ. ^b^Jālemī^eb^ti pajjalitaṃ karomi. ^b^Niccaṃ pajjalitaggi^eb^ sabbatthakameva vigatasammohandhakāratāya ekobhāsabhāvato. Sabbaso vikkhepābhāvato ^b^niccasamāhitatto. Evaṃ vadatī^eb^ti caritaṃ brahmacariyaṃ gahetvā carāmīti evaṃ vattamānaṃ viya vadati āsannataṃ hadaye ṭhapetvā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Khāribhāro^eb^ti khāribhārasadiso. Tenāha ^b^‘‘yathā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Khandhena vayhamāno^eb^ti kāje pakkhipitvā khandhena vayhamāno. ^b^Pathaviyā saddhiṃ phuseti^eb^ bhārassa garukabhāvena kājassa pariṇamanena. Mānena attano jātiādīni paggaṇhato aññassa tāni na sahatīti āha – ^b^‘‘tattha tattha issaṃ uppādento’’^eb^ti, tattha tattha jātiādimānavatthusmiṃ garutaraggahaṇena saṃsīdeyyāti adhippāyo. ^b^Kodho dhūmo^eb^ti yathāpi bhāsuro aggi dhūmena upakkiliṭṭho, evaṃ kodhena upakkiliṭṭho. ^b^Ñāṇaggīti^eb^ tassa kodho dhūmo. Musāvādova ^b^mosavajjaṃ^eb^. Yathā ñāṇe sati musāvādo natthi, evaṃ musāvāde sati ñāṇampīti tena taṃ nirodhitaṃ viya hotīti āha – ^b^‘‘musāvādena paṭicchannaṃ ñāṇa’’^eb^nti. Yathā sujāya vinā brāhmaṇānaṃ yāgo na ijjhati, evaṃ pahūtajivhāya vinā satthu dhammayāgo na ijjhatīti jivhā sujāpariyāyā vuttā. Joti ṭhiyati etthāti ^b^jotiṭṭhānaṃ^eb^ vedi, yaṃ aggikuṇḍaṃ. ^b^Sattānaṃ hadayaṃ jotiṭṭhānaṃ^eb^ ñāṇaggino tattha samujjalanato. ^b^Attāti cittaṃ^eb^ ‘‘āhito ahaṃ māno etthā’’ti katvā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Dhammo rahado^eb^ti assaddhiyādiālasiyābhāvato kilesamalapakkhālanato paramagginibbutāvahanato ariyamaggadhammo anāvilo rahado. ^b^Heṭṭhupariyavālukā^eb^ti viparivattitavālukā hutvā. ^b^Āluḷā^eb^ti ^a^M1.0263^ea^ ākulajātā. ^b^Paṇḍitānaṃ pasattho^eb^ti paṇḍitānaṃ purato seṭṭho. Seṭṭhabhāvena santo pāsaṃso hutvā kilese bhindati samucchindatīti sabbhīti vuccati. Tenāha ^b^‘‘uttamaṭṭhenā’’^eb^ti. Tathā cāha bhagavā ^b^‘‘maggānaṭṭhaṅgiko seṭṭho’’^eb^ti (dha. pa. 273).<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vacīsacca^eb^nti iminā ‘‘caturaṅgasamannāgatā vācā suparisuddhā hotī’’ti sammāvācaṃ dasseti. Saccasaṃyamapadehi dassitā maggadhammā idha ‘‘dhammo’’ti adhippetāti āha – ^b^‘‘dhammoti iminā…pe… dassetī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Maggasaccaṃ gahitaṃ^eb^ anantaragāthāya anekehi visesetvā vuttattā. ^b^Atthato^eb^ti pubbaṅgamattādiatthato. Tāya hi sakiccaṃ karontiyā itare sabbepi tadanuvattikā ^a^V1.0230^ea^ honti. ^b^Taggatikattā^eb^ti sammādiṭṭhiyā upakārakabhāvena tāya samānagatikattā. Ārammaṇañhi vitakkenāhaṭaṃ paññā vicinituṃ sakkoti. Tathā hi so paññākkhandhena saṅgahaṃ gato. ^b^Dhammo^eb^ti sabhāvato samādhi gahito, itare dve tadupakārattā. Tathā hi ‘‘evaṃdhammā te bhagavanto’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 2.13; ma. ni. 3.197; saṃ. ni. 5.378) samādhi ‘‘dhammo’’ti vutto. ^b^Paramatthasaccaṃ gahitaṃ^eb^ sabbesaṃ seṭṭhabhāvato. Yathāha – ‘‘yāvatā, bhikkhave, dhammā saṅkhatā vā asaṅkhatā vā, virāgo tesaṃ aggamakkhāyatī’’ti (itivu. 90; a. ni. 4.34). ^b^Atthato^eb^ti tato eva paramatthato, anantaraṃ vuccamānānaṃ vā maggadhammānaṃ ārammaṇabhāvato. ^b^Pañcaṅgāni gahitāni^eb^ tāsaṃ maggabhāvato. ^b^Tīṇi^eb^ aṅgāni. ^b^Brahmacariyaṃ nāmāti^eb^ etaṃ nibbānagāmi uttamaṭṭhena maggabrahmacariyaṃ nāma. ^b^Majjhe sitā^eb^ti līnuddhaccādiantadvayavivajjanena majjhe majjhimapaṭipadābhāvanaṃ nissitā. Sassatucchedaggahaṇaṃ hettha padhānatāya nidassanamattaṃ. ^b^Seṭṭhappattī^eb^ti seṭṭhabhāvappatti. ^b^Ta-kāro padasandhikaro^eb^ti ‘‘sa ujubhūtesū’’ti vattabbe majjhe ta-kāro padasandhikaro, ^b^‘‘sa dujjubhūtesū^eb^ti keci paṭhanti, tesaṃ da-kāro padasandhikaro. Sa-iti sundariko brāhmaṇo vuttoti katvā āha ^b^‘‘sa tva’’^eb^nti, so tvanti attho. Dhammo sāriyo paridhānabhūtā alaṅkārā etassāti ^b^dhammasārī^eb^. Atha vā dhammehi sāritavāti ^b^dhammasārī,^eb^ tehi sāretvā ṭhitavāti attho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘kusaladhammehī’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[06]Sundarikasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 195
title: aggikasuttavaṇṇanā^sundarikasuttavaṇṇanā^bahudhītarasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^196^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Samantato^eb^ti ^a^M1.0264^ea^ dakkhiṇavāmānaṃ vasena samantato. ^b^Ūrubaddhāsana^eb^nti ūrūnaṃ bandhanavasena nisajjanaṃ. Dvinnaṃ ūrūnaṃ aññamaññabandhanavasena ābhujitākāraṃ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘ābhujitvāti bandhitvā’’^eb^ti. Heṭṭhimakāyassa anujukaṃ ṭhapanaṃ nisajjāvacaneneva bodhitanti ‘‘ujuṃ kāya’’nti ettha kāya-saddo uparimakāyavisayoti āha ^b^‘‘uparimaṃ sarīraṃ ujukaṃ ṭhapetvā’’^eb^ti. Taṃ pana ujukaṭṭhapanaṃ sarūpato payojanato ca dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘aṭṭhārasā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Parimukha^eb^nti ettha ^b^pari^eb^-saddo abhisaddena samānatthoti āha ^b^‘‘kammaṭṭhānābhimukha’’^eb^nti, bahiddhā puthuttārammaṇato nivāretvā kammaṭṭhānaṃyeva purekkhatoti attho. ^b^Pariggahaṭṭho^eb^ ‘‘pariṇāyikā’’tiādīsu viya. ^b^Mukhanti niyyānaṭṭho^eb^ ‘‘suññatavimokkhamukha’’ntiādīsu viya. Paṭipakkhato niggamanaṭṭho hi niyyānaṭṭho, tasmā ^b^pariggahitaniyyāna^eb^nti sabbathā gahitasammosaṃ pariccattasammosaṃ ^b^satiṃ katvā^eb^ paramaṃ satinepakkaṃ upaṭṭhapetvāti attho. ^b^Chabbaṇṇā…pe… nisīdi^eb^ brāhmaṇassa pasādasañjānanatthaṃ. ^b^Aṭavimukhā caramānā^eb^ti gocaraṃ gaṇhantā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ajjasaṭṭhi^eb^nti ^a^V1.0231^ea^ ajja channaṃ pūraṇī saṭṭhī divasavutti, ajja ādiṃ katvā cha divaseti attho. Accantasaṃyoge cetaṃ upayogavacanaṃ. ^b^Ajja chadivasamattakā^eb^ti ajjato chaṭṭhadivasamattakā. ^b^Lāmakā^eb^ti nihīnā nipphalā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘tilakhāṇukā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ussāhenā^eb^ti uddhaṃ uddhaṃ pasārena abhibhavanena. Taṃ pana nesaṃ abhibhavanaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘kaṇṇanaṅguṭṭhādīnī’’^eb^tiādimāha.<br/><br/>[03]^b^‘‘Uppāṭakapāṇakā’’^eb^ti tacaṃ uppāṭetvā viya khādakapāṇakā ūkāmaṅgulādayo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kaḷārapiṅgalā^eb^ti nikkhantapiṅgalakkhikā, ^b^kaḷārapiṅgalā^eb^ti vā rattagattā ca piṅgalacakkhukā ca. ^b^Tilakāhatā^eb^ti āhatatilakā, tilappamāṇehi bindūhi samantato santhatasarīrā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Paṭigāthāhi brāhmaṇassa dhammadesanaṃ vaḍḍhesī^eb^ti pakatiyā tassa attanā kathetabbaṃ dhammadesanaṃ pabbajjāguṇakittanavasena sattahi vaḍḍhesi. ^b^Pabbajitvā^eb^ti ^a^M1.0265^ea^ iṇāyikānaṃ attano palibodhaṃ tathā tathā jānāpetvā pabbajitvā.<br/><br/>[03]Yathā ca tattha bhagavā paṭipajji, taṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘puna divase’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Taṃ taṃ kulagharaṃ pesetvā^eb^ti taṃ taṃ tassa brāhmaṇassa dhītaraṃ tassa tassānucchavikassa brāhmaṇassa dento taṃ taṃ kulagharaṃ pesetvā brāhmaṇadhamme garukaraṇābhāvato.<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Naṭṭhe mate pabbajite, napuṃsakepi bhattari;<br/><br/>[22]Itthiyā patiseṭṭhāya, na añño pati icchiyo’’ti. –<br/><br/>[07]Ayañhi brāhmaṇadhammo. ^b^Ayyikaṭṭhāne^eb^ti mātāmahiṭṭhāne ṭhapesi satthu cittārādhanavasenāti.<br/><br/>[06]Bahudhītarasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.<br/><br/>[06]Paṭhamavaggavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 196
title: sundarikasuttavaṇṇanā^upāsakavaggo^kasibhāradvājasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^197^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Dakkhiṇāgirismi^eb^nti ^a^V1.0232^ea^ dakkhiṇāgirijanapade, tasmiṃ dakkhiṇāgirijanapade dakkhiṇāgirivihāre. ^b^Khandhesu ṭhapetvā yuge yottehī^eb^ti yottarajjūhi yuttāni payojitāni icceva attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Paṭhamadivase^eb^ti vapanadivasesu paṭhamadivase āraddhadivase. Pañcaṅgānipi paripuṇṇāni, pageva itaraṅgānīti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘paripuṇṇapañcaṅgā’’^eb^icceva vuttaṃ. Haritālamanosilāañjanehi uratthanādīsu ṭhapitattā ābhāya ujjalagattā. ^b^Avasesā^eb^ balībaddā. Kilantagoṇaṃ mocetvā akilantassa yojanaṃ ^b^kilantaparivattanaṃ^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sīhakuṇḍalānī^eb^ti sīhamukhakuṇḍalāni. ^b^Brahmaveṭhana^eb^nti brahmuno veṭhanasadisaṃ, assanakhaveṭhanasadisanti attho.<br/><br/>[03]Buddhānaṃ ^a^M1.0266^ea^ kiccāni kālavasena vibhattāni ^b^pañca kiccāni bhavanti. Purebhattakicca^eb^nti bhattato pubbe buddhena kātabbakiccaṃ. ^b^Vītināmetvā^eb^ti phalasamāpattiyā kālaṃ vītināmetvā. ^b^Kadāci ekoti^eb^ādi tesaṃ tesaṃ vineyyānaṃ vinayanānurūpapaṭipattidassanaṃ. ^b^Pakatiyā^eb^ti pakatibuddhavesena. Buddhānaṃ hi rūpakāyassa asītianubyañjanapaṭimaṇḍita-bāttiṃsamahāpurisa- lakkhaṇa-kāyappabhā-byāmappabhā-ketumālāvicittatā buddhaveso. ^b^Kadāci anekehi pāṭihāriyehi vattamānehī^eb^ti iminā pāramīnaṃ nissandabhūtāni pāṭihāriyāni rucivaseneva pakāsanakāni bhavanti, na sabbadāti dasseti. Evañca katvā ^b^‘‘indakhīlassa anto ṭhapitamatte dakkhiṇapāde’’^eb^tiādivacanaṃ samatthitaṃ hoti. Bhagavato kāye pītarasmīnaṃ yebhuyyatāya ^b^‘‘suvaṇṇarasasiñcanāni viyā’’^eb^ti vatvā kāyamhi nīlādirasmīhi tahaṃ tahaṃ pītamissitaṃ sandhāya ^b^‘‘vicitrapaṭaparikkhittāni viya cā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Madhurenākārena saddaṃ karonti^eb^ tuṭṭharavaravanato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tatthā^eb^ti ^a^V1.0233^ea^ vihāre. ^b^Gandhamaṇḍalamāḷe^eb^ti hatthena kataparibhaṇḍe samosaritagandhapupphadāme maṇḍalamāḷe.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Upaṭṭhāne^eb^ti pamukhe. ^b^‘‘Ovadatī’’^eb^ti vatvā tatthovādaṃ sāmaññato dassetuṃ, ^b^‘‘bhikkhave’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Sampattī^eb^ti cakkhādīndriyapāripūri ceva hatthādisampadā ca. ^b^Samassāsitakāyo^eb^ kilamathavinodanena. ‘‘Tañca kho samāpajjanenā’’ti vadanti. ^b^Dutiyabhāge^eb^ti iminā aparabhāgaṃ tayo bhāge katvā tattha purimabhāgaṃ seyyanisajjāvasena samāpattīhi vītināmetīti dasseti. ^b^Loka^eb^nti rājagahādīsu yaṃ tadā upanissāya viharati, tattha aññattha vā bujjhanakaṃ vineyyasattalokaṃ buddhacakkhunā voloketi. ^b^Kālayutta^eb^nti tesaṃ indriyaparipākakālānurūpaṃ. ^b^Samayayutta^eb^nti tasseva vevacanaṃ. ^b^Samayayutta^eb^nti vā tehi ājānitabbavisesapaṭilābhānurūpaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Paṭisallīno^eb^ti kālaparicchedaṃ katvā samāpattiṃ samāpanno. ^b^Adhippāyaṃ sampādento^eb^ taṃ avirādhento, ajjhāsayānurūpanti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sakala…pe… devatāyo^eb^ti ettha lokadhātusākalyaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ, na devatāsākalyaṃ. Na hi mahāsamaye viya sabbadā majjhimayāme dasasahassacakkavāḷe ^a^M1.0267^ea^ sabbattha sabbā devatā satthu samīpaṃ upagacchanti. ^b^Kilāsubhāvo^eb^ kilamatho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vihāracīvaraparivattanavasenā^eb^ti vihāre nivatthanivāsanaparivattanavasena. ^b^Ādiyitvā^eb^ti pārupanavasena gahetvā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘dhāretvā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Bhikkhācāra^eb^nti bhikkhatthaṃ caritabbaṭṭhānaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Atirocamāna^eb^nti taṃ taṃ atikkamitvā samantato sabbadisāsu virocamānaṃ. ^b^Sarīrappabha^eb^nti attano sarīrappabhaṃ. ^b^Jaṅgamaṃ viya padumasara^eb^nti ratanamayakiñjakkhaṃ rajatamayakaṇṇikaṃ samantato samphullitakañcanapadumaṃ sañcārimasaraṃ viya. ^b^Gaganatala^eb^nti abbhamahikādiupakkilesavigamena suvisuddhāakāsatalaṃ viya. Tampi hi tārāgaṇakiraṇajālasamujjalatāya samantato virocati. ^b^Kanakasikhara^eb^nti kanakagirisikharaṃ. ^b^Siriyā jalamāna^eb^nti sabbaso anavajjāya sabbākārena paripuṇṇakāyatāya anaññasādhāraṇāya rūpakāyasiriyā samujjalaṃ, yassā rucirabhāvo viddhe vigatavalāhake puṇṇamāsiyaṃ paripuṇṇakalamanomamaṇḍalaṃ candamaṇḍalaṃ atirocati, pabhassarabhāvo sahassaraṃsikiraṇatejojālasamujjalaṃ sūriyamaṇḍalaṃ abhibhavati, hemasamujjalabhāvo ^a^V1.0234^ea^ tadubhaye abhibhuyya pavattamānaṃ ekakkhaṇe dasasahassilokadhātuvijjotanasamattha-mahābrahmuno pabhāsamudayaṃ abhivihacca bhāsati tapati virocati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Samantapāsādike^eb^ti samantato pasādāvahe. Tañca kho sabbaso saritabbatāyāti āha ^b^‘‘pasādanīye’’^eb^ti. ^b^Uttamadamathasamathamanuppatte^eb^ti kāyavācāhi anuttaraṃ dantabhāvañceva anuttaraṃ cittavūpasamañca sampatte. ^b^Appasādenā^eb^ti pasādābhāvena, pasādapaṭikkhepena vā assaddhiyena. ^b^Ubhayathāpi no^eb^ti appasādo macchariyanti ubhayathāpi no eva, atha kho anattamanatāya upārambhādhippāyena apasādento, bhagavato mukhato kiñci desetukāmo vā evamāha. Tattha kāraṇaṃ dassento ^b^‘‘bhagavato panā’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Atitta^eb^nti tittiṃ agacchantaṃ. ^b^Kammabhaṅga^eb^nti kammahāniṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tikkhapañño esa brāhmaṇo,^eb^ tathā hi na cirasseva arahattaṃ sacchikarissati. ^b^Kathāpavattanatthampi evamāha^eb^ – ‘‘evaṃ ahaṃ imassa kañci dhammaṃ sotuṃ ^a^M1.0268^ea^ labhissāmī’’ti. ^b^Veneyyavasenā^eb^ti attano kasanakāribhāvakittanamukhena vinetabbapuggalavasena.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Oḷārikānī^eb^ti pākatikāni. ‘‘Esa uttamadakkhiṇeyyo’’ti ^b^sañjātabahumāno^eb^. Pāḷiyaṃ ^b^‘‘yugaṃ vā naṅgalaṃ vā’’^eb^ti ^b^vā^eb^-saddo avuttavikappattho. Tena bījādiṃ saṅgaṇhāti, tasmā bījaṃ vā īsaṃ vā pariggahayottāni vāti ayamattho dassito hoti. Tathā hi bhagavā brāhmaṇassa paṭivacanaṃ dento ^b^‘‘saddhā bīja’’^eb^ntiādimāha. ^b^Pubbadhammasabhāgatāyā^eb^ti paṭhamaṃ gahitadhammasabhāgatāya. Yaṃ panettha vattabbaṃ, taṃ aṭṭhakathāruḷhameva gahetabbañca saddato atthāpattito vā idha daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Buddhānaṃ ānubhāvo^eb^ ayaṃ, yadidaṃ pasaṅgāgatadhammamukhena desanaṃ ārabhitvā veneyyavinayanaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ananusandhikā^eb^ti pucchānusandhivasena ananusandhikā. ^b^Eva^eb^nti idāni vuccamānākārena. ^b^Etthā^eb^ti etissā desanāya. ^b^So^eb^ti bhagavā. ^b^Tassā^eb^ti brāhmaṇassa. ^b^Anukampāyā^eb^ti asabbaññū hi satipi anukampāya pucchitamatte tiṭṭheyya, tathā jānantopi ananukampako, bhagavā pana ubhayadhammapāripūriyā ‘‘idaṃ apucchita’’nti aparihāpetvā katheti. ^b^Samūla^eb^ntiādinā saṅkhepena vuttamatthaṃ vivaranto ^b^‘‘tatthā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tattha bījassa kasiyā mūlabhāvo nānantariyato tappamāṇavidhānato cāti āha ^b^‘‘tasmiṃ…pe… kattabbato’’^eb^ti. Tena anvayato byatirekato ca ^a^V1.0235^ea^ bījassa kasiyā mūlabhāvaṃ vibhāveti. ^b^Kusalā^eb^ti iminā akusalā tato aññathāpi karonti, taṃ pana appamāṇanti dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tassā^eb^ti brāhmaṇassa bījaṭṭhāniyassa dhammassa ca ^b^upakārabhāvato. Dhammasambandhasamatthabhāvato^eb^ti tathā vuttadhammassa phalena sambandhituṃ yojetuṃ samatthabhāvato. ^b^Tapo vuṭṭhī^eb^ti vuttavacanaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Saṅkhepato vuttamatthaṃ pākaṭaṃ kātuṃ ^b^‘‘ayaṃ hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Kassakassa upakārassa bījassa anantaraṃ vuṭṭhi vuccamānā aṭṭhāne vuttā nāma na hoti. Kasmā? Bījassa vappakāle anurūpāya vuṭṭhiyā icchitabbato, tasmā avasāne majjhe vā vuccamānāya dhammasambandhasamatthatā tassā vibhāvitā na siyā. ^b^Attano avisaye^eb^ti jhānādiuttarimanussadhamme. ^b^Pacchāpī^eb^ti kasisambhārakathanato pacchāpi. ^b^Vattabbo^eb^ti ekantena vattabbo. ^b^Tadanantaraṃyevā^eb^ti bījānantaraṃyeva. ^b^Vuccamānā^eb^ vuṭṭhi ^b^samatthā hoti^eb^^a^M1.0269^ea^, bījassa phalena sambandhane samatthāti dīpitā hoti anantaravacaneneva tassā āsannaupakārattadīpanato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sampasādalakkhaṇā^eb^ti pasīditabbe vatthusmiṃ sammadeva pasīdanalakkhaṇā. ^b^Okappanalakkhaṇā^eb^ti saddheyyavatthuno evametanti pakkhandanalakkhaṇā. ^b^Mūlabīja^eb^ntiādīsu mūlameva bījaṃ mūlabījaṃ. Esa nayo sesesupi bījagāmassa adhippetattā. Bhūtagāmo pana mūlaṃ bījaṃ etassāti mūlabījantiādinā veditabbo. ^b^Bījabīja^eb^nti pañcamaṃ pana paccayantarasamavāye sadisaphaluppattiyā visesakāraṇabhāvato virūhanasamatthe sāraphale niruḷho bījasaddo tadatthasiddhiyā mūlādīsupi kesuci pavattatīti tato nivattanatthaṃ ekena bīja-saddena visesetvā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘bījabīja’’^eb^nti ‘‘dukkhadukkhaṃ rūparūpa’’nti ca yathā. Evampi iminā atthena imassapi nippariyāyova bījabhāvoti dassento āha ^b^‘‘taṃ sabbampi…pe… gacchatī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Idāni kathañci vattabbe saddhāya opammatte bīje saddhāya bījabhāvaṃ vibhāvetuṃ ^b^‘‘tattha yathā’’^eb^tiādi āraddhaṃ. Kāmaṃ saddhūpanisaṃ sīlaṃ, tathāpi samādhissa viya sabbesampi anavajjadhammānaṃ ādimūlabhāvato saddhāyapi patiṭṭhā hotīti āha ^b^‘‘heṭṭhā sīlamūlena patiṭṭhātī’’^eb^ti. Yasmā sabbasseva puggalassa saddhāvasena samathavipassanārambho, tasmā sā ^b^‘‘upari samathavipassanaṅkuraṃ uṭṭhāpetī’’^eb^ti vuttā. ^b^Ta^eb^nti dhaññabījaṃ. ^b^Pathavirasaṃ āporasa^eb^nti sasambhārapathavīāpesu labbhamānaṃ rasaṃ. ^b^Gahetvā^eb^ti paccayaparamparāya gahetvā. ^b^Dhaññaparipākagahaṇattha^eb^nti dhaññaparipākanibbattiatthaṃ. ^b^Rasa^eb^nti saddhāsīlamūlahetusamathavipassanābhāvanārasaṃ ādiyitvā. ^b^Ariyamagganāḷenā^eb^ti ariyamaggasotena ^b^ariyaphaladhaññaparipākagahaṇattha^eb^nti ariyaphalameva ^a^V1.0236^ea^ dhanāyitabbato dhaññaṃ tassa nibbattiatthaṃ. Dhaññanāḷaṃ nāma kaṇḍassa nissayabhūto pacchimadeso, ^b^kaṇḍo^eb^ tabbhantaro taṃnissayoyeva daṇḍo. ^b^Pasavo^eb^ nāma pupphaṃ. ^b^Vuddhi^eb^nti avayavapāripūrivasena vuddhiṃ. ^b^Virūḷhi^eb^nti mūlasantānadaḷhatāya viruḷhataṃ. ^b^Vepulla^eb^nti pattanāḷādīhi vipulabhāvaṃ. ^b^Khīraṃ janetvā^eb^ti taruṇasalāṭukabhāvappattiyā taṇḍulassa bījassa bījabhūtaṃ khīraṃ uppādetvā. ^b^Esā^eb^ti saddhā. ^b^Patiṭṭhahitvā^eb^ti kammapathākammapathasammādiṭṭhisahitena ādito pavattasīlamattena patiṭṭhahitvā. ^b^Vuddhi^eb^ntiādīsu suparisuddhāhi sīlacittavisuddhīhi vuddhiṃ, diṭṭhikaṅkhāvitaraṇavisuddhīhi ^b^virūḷhiṃ^eb^. Maggāmaggapaṭipadāñāṇadassanavisuddhīhi^b^ vepullaṃ^eb^ patvā. ^b^Ñāṇadassanavisuddhikhīra^eb^nti ^a^M1.0270^ea^ sādurasasuvisuddhibhāvato ñāṇadassanavisuddhisaṅkhātaṃ khīraṃ janetvā. ^b^Aneka…pe… phala^eb^nti anekapaṭisambhidā-anekābhiññāṇaparipuṇṇaṃ arahattaphalasīsaṃ nipphādeti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Bījakiccakaraṇato^eb^ti bījakiccassa karaṇato. Yañhi taṃsadisassa visadisassa ca attano phalassa patiṭṭhāpanasambandhananipphādanasaṅkhātaṃ bījassa kiccaṃ, tassa karaṇato nibbattanato ^b^‘‘evaṃ saddhā bījakicca’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. Iminā anaññasādhāraṇaṃ saddhāya kusaladhammānaṃ bījabhāvaṃ dasseti. ^b^Sā cā^eb^tiādinā tamevatthaṃ samattheti. Idāni tattha āgamaṃ dassento ^b^‘‘saddhājāto’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tena yathā sappurisūpanissayassa saddhammassavanassa ca, evaṃ anavasesāya sammāpaṭipattiyā saddhā mūlakāraṇanti dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]Indriyasaṃvaro vīriyañca akusaladhamme, dukkarakārikā dhutaṅgañca akusaladhamme ceva kāyañca tapati vibādhatīti ^b^tapo^eb^ti vuccati. ^b^Indriyasaṃvaro adhippeto^eb^ vīriyassa dhorayhabhāvena gayhamānattā, itaresaṃ vuṭṭhibhāvassa anuyuñjamānattā. Ādi-saddena kalalaṅgāravuṭṭhiādīnaṃ saṅgaho. ^b^Samanuggahita^eb^nti upagataṃ. Viruhanāmilāyananipphattivacanehi dhaññabījasantānassa viya tesaṃ vuddhiyā saddhābījasantānassa tapovuṭṭhiyā ādimajjhapariyosānesu upakārataṃ dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Purimapadesupī^eb^ti ^b^api^eb^-saddena parapadesupīti attho daṭṭhabbo ‘‘hirī me īsā, mano me yotta’’nti icchitattā, ‘‘sati me’’ti ettha me-saddo ānetvā yojetabbo. ^b^Udakampi tāva dātabbaṃ hoti^eb^ nadītaḷākādito ānetvā. ^b^Vīriyabalībadde^eb^ catubbidhe ^b^yojetvā. Niccakālaṃ^eb^ atthīti vacanaseso.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Saha vipassanāya maggapaññā adhippetā^eb^ amatapphalāya kasiyā adhippetattā. ^b^Vipassanā paññā^eb^^a^V1.0237^ea^^b^cā^eb^ti duvidhāpi paññā upanissayā hoti visiṭṭhabhāvato. Tenāha ^b^‘‘yathā hī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Paññā^eb^ti pakārehi jānātīti paññā. Paññavataṃ paññā purato hoti yonisomanasikārassa visesapaccayabhāvato, sahajātādhipatīsu ca ukkaṭṭhabhāvato. ^b^Sirī^eb^ti sobhaggaṃ. ^b^Sataṃ dhammā^eb^ saddhādayo, ^b^anvāyikā^eb^ti anugāmino. ^b^Īsābaddhā hotī^eb^ti hirisaṅkhātaīsāya baddhā hoti ^a^M1.0271^ea^, paññāya kadāci appayogato manosīsena samādhi idha vuttoti āha ^b^‘‘manosaṅkhātassa samādhiyottassā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Samaṃ^eb^ upanetvā bandhitvā baddharajjukattā ^b^samādhiyottaṃ. Ekato gamana^eb^nti līnaccāraddhasaṅkhātaṃ ekapassato gamanaṃ vāreti. Majjhimāya vipassanāvīthiyā paṭipādanato kāyādīsu subhasukhaniccattabhāvavigamane paññāya visesapaccayā satīti vuttaṃ – ^b^‘‘satiyuttā paññā’’^eb^ti tassā sativippayogāsabbhāvato. Santatighanādīnaṃ ayaṃ viseso – purimapacchimānaṃ dhammānaṃ nirantaratāya ekībhūtānaṃ viya pavatti ^b^santatighanatā,^eb^ ekasamūhavasena ekībhūtānamiva pavatti ^b^samūhaghanatā,^eb^ dubbiññeyyakiccabhedavasena ekībhūtānamiva pavatti. ^b^Kiccaghanatā,^eb^ ekārammaṇavasena ekībhūtānamiva pavatti ^b^ārammaṇaghanatā^eb^. Sabbesaṃ, sabbāni vā kilesānaṃ mūlasantānakāni ^b^sabba…pe… santānakāni^eb^. Anuppayogo hi attho. ^b^Padāletī^eb^ti bhindati samucchindati. ^b^Sā ca kho^eb^ ‘‘padāletī’’ti vuttā ^b^lokuttarāva^eb^ paññā anusayappahānassa adhippetattā. Santatighanādibhedanā pana lokiyāpi hoti vipassanāvasena ghanavinibbhogassa nipphādanato. Tenāha ^b^‘‘itarā pana lokikāpi siyā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Hirīyatī^eb^ti lajjati, jigucchatīti attho. Tasmā ^b^‘‘pāpakehi dhammehī’’^eb^ti nissakkavacanaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ, hetumhi vā karaṇavacanaṃ. ^b^Ottappampi gahitameva,^eb^ na hi lajjanaṃ nibbhayaṃ pāpabhayaṃ vā alajjanaṃ atthīti. ^b^Rukkhalaṭṭhī^eb^ti rukkhadaṇḍo. Tena padesena kasanato visesato naṅgalanti vuccatīti āha ^b^‘‘īsā yuganaṅgalaṃ dhāretī’’^eb^ti. Kāmaṃ paññārahitā hirī atthi, hirirahitā pana paññā natthevāti āha ^b^‘‘hiri…pe… abhāvato’’^eb^ti. Sandhiṭṭhāne kampanābhāvato ^b^acalaṃ^eb^. Thirabhāvena ^b^asithilaṃ^eb^. Hiripaṭibaddhapaññā paṭipakkhavasena ca asithilabhāvena ca ^b^acalā asithilā^eb^ti āha ^b^‘‘abbokiṇṇā ahirikenā’’^eb^ti. Nāḷiyā minamānapuriso viya ārammaṇaṃ munāti paricchedato jānātīti ^b^mano. Manosīsenā^eb^ti manaso apadesena. ^b^Taṃsampayutto^eb^ti iminā kuntasahacaraṇato puriso kunto viya manasahacaraṇasamādhi ‘‘mano’’ti vuttoti dasseti. ^b^Sārathinā^eb^ti kassakena. So hi idha balībaddānaṃ sāraṇato pācanato ‘‘sārathī’’ti adhippeto. ^b^Ekābandhana^eb^nti ekābaddhakaraṇaṃ. ^b^Sakakicce^eb^ti sakakiccena yutte. Tena hi īsādīsu ^a^M1.0272^ea^ yathārahaṃ bandhitvā ekābaddhesu katesu naṅgalesu kiccaṃ ijjhati, no aññathāti taṃ ^b^‘‘sakakicce paṭipādetī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Avikkhepasabhāvenā^eb^ti attano avikkhepasabhāvena ^a^V1.0238^ea^. ^b^Bandhitvā^eb^ti sahajātādipaccayabhāvena attanā sambandhitvā. ^b^Sakakicce^eb^ti hirīādīhi yathāsakaṃ kattabbe kicce.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Cirakatādimattha^eb^nti cirabhāsitampi atthaṃ. ^b^Sarati^eb^ anussarati kāyādiṃ asubhādito nijjhāyati. ^b^Phāletī^eb^ti padāleti. Pājenti gamentīti taṃ ^b^pājanaṃ^eb^. ^b^Idha^eb^ imasmiṃ sutte ^b^‘‘pācana’’nti vuttaṃ^eb^ ja-kārassa ca-kāraṃ katvā. ^b^Phālapācana^eb^nti imamatthaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘yathā hi brāhmaṇa…pe… satī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Idāni tamatthaṃ vitthārato dassento ^b^‘‘tattha yathā’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Naṅgalaṃ anurakkhati^eb^ bhijjanaphālanato. ^b^Purato cassa gacchatī^eb^ti assa naṅgalassa kassane bhūmiyā vilikhane purato gacchati pubbaṅgamā hoti. ^b^Gatiyo^eb^ti pavattiyo. ^b^Samanvesamānā^eb^ti saraṇavasena gavesamānā. ^b^Ārammaṇe vā^eb^ kāyādike ^b^upaṭṭhāpayamānā^eb^ asubhādivasena ^b^paññānaṅgalaṃ rakkhati^eb^. Sabhāvāsabhāvūpagame phālo viya naṅgalassa ^b^‘‘ārakkhā’’ti vuttā^eb^ ‘‘sabbānatthato sati rakkhatī’’ti katvā. Tathā hesā ārakkhapaccupaṭṭhānā. Cirakatacirabhāsitānaṃ asammussanavasena sati paññānaṅgalassa purato hotīti vatvā tassa puratobhāvaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘sati…pe… no pamuṭṭhe’’^eb^ti āha. ^b^Satiparicite^eb^ti satiyā paṭṭhāpite. ‘‘Upaṭṭhāpite’’tipi pāṭho, ayamevattho. ^b^Saṃsīdituṃ na detī^eb^ti sakiccakiriyāya saṃsīdanaṃ kātuṃ na deti. Kosajjasaṅkhātaṃ saṃsīdanaṃ ^b^kosajjasaṃsīdanaṃ^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pātimokkhasaṃvarasīlaṃ vuttaṃ^eb^ kāyikavācasikasaṃyamassa kathitattā. ^b^Āhāre udare yato^eb^ti paribhuñjitabbāahāre saṃyatabhāvadassanena paribhuñjitabbatāya catūsupi paccayesu saṃyatabhāvo dīpitoti āha ^b^‘‘āhāramukhenā’’^eb^tiādi. Saṃyatabhāvo cettha paccayahetu anesanābhāvoti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘nirupakkilesoti attho’’^eb^ti. Bhojanasaddo āhāraparibhoge niruḷhoti katvā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘bhojane mattaññutāmukhenā’’^eb^ti. Paribhuñjanaṭṭhena pana bhojanasaddamukhenāti vutte adhippetattho labbhateva. ^b^Tenā^eb^ti kāyaguttātiādivacanena. ^b^Na vilumpantī^eb^ti ^b^‘‘dīpetī’’^eb^ti padaṃ ānetvā sambandho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Dvīhākārehī^eb^ti ^a^M1.0273^ea^ adiṭṭhādīnaṃ adiṭṭhādivasena diṭṭhādīnañca diṭṭhādivasenāti evaṃ dvippakārehi. ^b^Avisaṃvādanaṃ^eb^ avitathakathanaṃ. ^b^Chedanaṃ^eb^ mūlappadese nikantanaṃ. ^b^Lunanaṃ^eb^ yattha katthaci chedanaṃ. ^b^Uppāṭanaṃ^eb^ ummūlanaṃ. ^b^Asitenā^eb^ti dattena, lāyitenāti attho. ^b^Visaṃvādana^eb^saṅkhātānaṃ ^b^tiṇānaṃ,^eb^ aṭṭhannaṃ anariyavohārānanti attho. ^b^Yathābhūtañāṇa^eb^nti nāma rūpaparicchedakañāṇaṃ. ^b^Saccanti veditabbaṃ^eb^ aviparītavuttikattā ^b^‘‘chedakaṃ’’^eb^ chindanakaṃ. ^b^Niddāna^eb^nti niddāyakaṃ. Idameva saccaṃ ^a^V1.0239^ea^ moghamaññanti diṭṭhi ^b^‘‘diṭṭhisacca’’^eb^nti vuccati. ^b^Dvīsu vikappesū^eb^ti bhāvakattusādhanavasena dvīsu vikappesu. ‘‘Niddāna’’nti upayogavaseneva attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sīlameva ‘‘soracca’’nti vuttaṃ^eb^ ‘‘pāṇātipātādīhi suṭṭhu oratassa kamma’’nti katvā. Saṅkhāradukkhādīnaṃ abhāvato sundarabhāvato sundare nibbāne ārammaṇakaraṇavasena ratattā surato, arahā. Tassa bhāvo ^b^soraccaṃ,^eb^ arahattaṃ. ^b^Appamocanameva^eb^ accantāya pamocanaṃ na hoti.<br/><br/>[03]Yadaggena vipassanāya paññāya taṃsahagatavīriyassa ca naṅgaladhorayhatā, tathāpavattakusalabhāvanāya ca kasibhāvo ca, tadaggena tato puretaraṃ pavattapaññāvīriyapāramīnaṃ naṅgaladhorayhatā, tathāpavattakusalabhāvanāya ca kasibhāvo veditabboti dassento ^b^‘‘yathā hī’’^eb^tiādimāha. Dhuraṃ vahatīti ^b^dhorayhaṃ. Yathāvuttaṃ ghana^eb^nti asmimānādibhedaṃ ghanaṃ. Vahitabbā ādibhūtā dhurā etesaṃ atthīti dhurā, purimadhuravāhakā. Taṃmūlakā aparaṃ dhuraṃ vahantā dhorayhā. ^b^Dhurā ca dhorayhā ca dhuradhorayhaṃ^eb^ ekattavasena. ^b^Vahanta^eb^nti kasanena pavattantaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Kāmayogādīhi ^b^yogehi khemattā^eb^ anupaddavattā. ^b^Taṃ^eb^ nibbānaṃ ^b^adhikicca^eb^ uddissa. ^b^Vāhīyati^eb^ vipassanāya sahagataṃ. ^b^Abhimukhaṃ vāhīyati^eb^ maggapariyāpannaṃ. ^b^Khettakoṭi^eb^nti khettamariyādaṃ. ^b^Diṭṭhekaṭṭhe^eb^ti diṭṭhiyā sahajātekaṭṭhe pahānekaṭṭhe ca. ^b^Oḷārike^eb^ti uparimaggavajjhe upādāya vuttaṃ, aññathā dassanapahātabbāpi dutiyamaggavajjhehi oḷārikāti. ^b^Aṇusahagate^eb^ti aṇubhūte. Idaṃ heṭṭhimamaggavajjhe upādāya vuttaṃ. ^b^Sabbakilese^eb^ avasiṭṭhasabbakilese ^b^pajahantaṃ anivattantaṃ gacchati^eb^ puna pahātabbatāya abhāvato. ^b^Anivattanta^eb^nti na nivattantaṃ, yathā nivattanaṃ na ^a^M1.0274^ea^ hoti, evaṃ gacchatīti attho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘nivattanarahita’’^eb^ntiādi. ^b^Etaṃ pana^eb^ tava dhuradhorayhaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Evamesā kasī^eb^ti yathāvuttassa paccāmasanaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘nigamanaṃ karonto’’^eb^ti. Vuttasseva hi atthassa puna vacanaṃ. ^b^Paññānaṅgalena satiphālaṃ ākoṭetvā^eb^ti paññāsaṅkhātena naṅgalena saddhiṃ satiphālassa ekābaddhabhāvakaraṇena ākoṭetvā. ^b^Kaṭṭhā^eb^ti ettha ‘‘kasī’’ti padaṃ ānetvā sambandhitabbaṃ ‘‘kaṭṭhā kasī’’ti. ^b^Kammapariyosāna^eb^nti yathāvuttakasikammassa pariyosānabhūtaṃ. Yadipi pubbe ‘‘paññā me yuganaṅgala’’ntiādinā attuddesikavasenāyaṃ amatapphalā kasi dassitā, mahākāruṇikassa pana bhagavato desanā sabbassapi sattanikāyassa sādhāraṇā evāti dassento ^b^‘‘sā kho panesā’’^eb^tiādimāha.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Divaseyevā^eb^ti ^a^V1.0240^ea^ taṃdivase eva. ^b^Ādimāhā^eb^ti ettha ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena kathāpariyosāne pāṭhapadeso gahitoti tadaññaṃ ‘‘evaṃ vutte’’tiādipāṭhaṃ sandhāya ^b^‘‘tato parañcā’’^eb^ti āha.<br/><br/>[06]Kasibhāradvājasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 197
title: upāsakavaggo^kasibhāradvājasuttavaṇṇanā^udayasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^198^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Etaṃ vutta^eb^nti ‘‘odanena pūresī’’ti etaṃ vacanaṃ vuttaṃ. ^b^‘‘Gahetuṃ samattho nāma nāhosī^eb^ti bhagavato adhiṭṭhānabalenā’’ti vadanti. ^b^Taṃ^eb^ brāhmaṇaṃ vinetukāmatāya kira bhagavā tathā akāsi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Upārambhabhayenā^eb^ti parūpavādabhayena. ^b^Avatvāva nivatto^eb^ ‘‘abbhāgatopi pāsaṇḍo vācāmattenapi na pūjetabbo’’ti brāhmaṇadhamme vuttattā. ^b^Pakkanto^eb^ti brāhmaṇassa dhammaṃ avatvā pakkanto brāhmaṇassa na tāva ñāṇaṃ paripakkanti. ^b^Etaṃ vacanaṃ…pe… magamāsi^eb^ ‘‘punappunañceva vapanti bīja’’ntiādinā ^a^M1.0275^ea^ dhammaṃ kathetuṃ avassaṃ ākaṅkhanto. Pakārato kassatīti ^b^pakaṭṭhako,^eb^ rasataṇhāya pakaṭṭhoti attho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘rasagiddho’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Punappunañceva vapanti bīja’’nti imaṃ desanaṃ ārabhīti sambandho. ^b^Bīja^eb^nti ca iti-saddo nidassanattho vā. Tena avayavena samudāyaṃ nidasseti. ^b^Osakkasī^eb^ti saṅkocasi. ^b^Vutta^eb^nti vapanaṃ kataṃ. Tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘alamettāvatā’’^eb^ti. ^b^‘‘Vassitvā’’^eb^ti vuṭṭhiṃ pavattetvā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Desanā…pe… dasseti^eb^ brāhmaṇena vuttaṃ ayuttavacanaṃ parivaṭṭentopi divase divase bhikkhācariyā nāma bhikkhūnaṃ kāyagatā vuttīti. Khīraṃ hatthena nayantīti vā ^b^khīranikā. Kilamatī^eb^ti taṃtaṃkiccakaraṇavasena khijjati. ^b^Phandatī^eb^ti anatthasamāyogavasena vipphandati. ^b^Apunabbhavāyā^eb^ti āyatiṃ anuppattiyā. ^b^Maggo nāmā^eb^ti upāyo nāma nibbānaṃ, tasmiṃ laddhe punabbhavābhāvato. ‘‘Punappuna’’nti vacanaṃ upādāya bījavapanādayo punappunadhammā nāma jātāti āha ^b^‘‘soḷasa punappunadhamme desentenā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[06]Udayasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 198
title: kasibhāradvājasuttavaṇṇanā^udayasuttavaṇṇanā^devahitasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^199^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Udaravātehī^eb^ti ^a^V1.0241^ea^ vātakatavijjhanatodanādivasena aparāparaṃ vattamānehi udaravātehi, tassa vā vikārehi. Nibaddhupaṭṭhākakāle pana dhammabhaṇḍāgārikova. ^b^Arañña^eb^nti bhagavato bhikkhūnañca vasanaṭṭhānabhūtaṃ tapovanaṃ. Taṃ ^b^niddhūmaṃ hoti^eb^ udakatāpanassapi akaraṇato. ^b^Tasmā^eb^ti yasmā tassa uṇhodakavikkiṇanacariyāya jīvikākappanaṃ hoti, tasmā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vattametaṃ^eb^ tassa patikāratthaṃ parikathādīnampi kātuṃ labbhanato. Idāni tattha kāraṇampi savisayaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘vaṇṇaṃ hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Bhagavā hi āyasmato upavāṇassa devahitabrāhmaṇassa taṃ sambhāvitaṃ bhavissati ^a^M1.0276^ea^ tikicchāpaṭiyattaṃ, tāya ca attano rogassa vūpasamanaṃ, tappasaṅgena ca devahitabrāhmaṇo mama santikaṃ āgantvā dhammassavanena saraṇesu sīlesu ca patiṭṭhahissatīti sabbamidaṃ ñatvā evaṃ ^b^‘‘iṅgha me tvaṃ, upavāṇa, uṇhodakaṃ jānāhī’’^eb^ti avoca. ^b^Āgamanīyappaṭipadaṃ^eb^ pubbabhāgappaṭipadaṃ pubbabhāgappaṭipattiṃ ^b^kathetuṃ vaṭṭati^eb^ anuttarimanussadhammattā. ^b^Sadevakena lokenā^eb^ti anavasesato lokassa gahaṇaṃ. Phalavisesākaṅkhāya pūjetabbāti pūjanīyā, te eva idha ^b^‘‘pūjaneyyā’’^eb^ti vuttā. Tathā ādarena pūjetabbatāya sakkāriyā, ā-kārassa rassattaṃ, ri-saddassa ca re-ādesaṃ katvā ^b^‘‘sakkareyyā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Apacayeyyā’’ti vattabbe ya-kāralopaṃ katvā ^b^‘‘apaceyyā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Tesa^eb^nti sadevakena pūjaneyyādīnaṃ. ^b^Haritu^eb^nti netuṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ettakenapī^eb^ti upasaṅkamanādinā ettakena appamattakenapi katavattena ^b^ayaṃ kitti…pe… somanassajāto^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Yajamānassā^eb^ti deyyadhammaṃ dentassa. Dakkhiṇāya ijjhanaṃ nāma vipulaphalabhāvoti āha ^b^‘‘mahapphalo hotī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Vidita^eb^nti paṭividdhapaccakkhakataṃ. ^b^Ājānātī^eb^ti vutthabhavādiṃ pariyādāya jānāti paṭivijjhati. ^b^Jānitvā^eb^ti cattāri saccāni maggapaṭipāṭiyā paṭivijjhitvā. Aggappattatāya ^b^katakiccataṃ patto^eb^. Brāhmaṇena attanā kato kāro ca bhagavato eva paccupaṭṭhātīti taṃ dassento ^b^‘‘iminā khīṇāsave yajanākārena yajantassā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[06]Devahitasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 199
title: udayasuttavaṇṇanā^devahitasuttavaṇṇanā^mahāsālasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^200^eb^^b^.^eb^ Yasmā ^a^V1.0242^ea^ tassa brāhmaṇassa anissayassa jiṇṇabhāvena visesato kāyo lūkho jāto, jiṇṇapilotikakhaṇḍehi saṅghaṭitaṃ pāvuraṇaṃ, tasmā ^b^‘‘lūkhapāvuraṇo’’^eb^ti padassa ^b^‘‘jiṇṇapāvuraṇo’’^eb^ti attho vutto. ^b^Pāṭiyekka^eb^nti puttesu ekameko ekamekāya vācāya visuṃ visuṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Sampucchanaṃ ^a^M1.0277^ea^ nāma idha sammantananti āha ^b^‘‘saddhiṃ mantayitvā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Nandissa^eb^nti abhinandiṃ. Atītatthe hi idaṃ anāgatavacanaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘nandijāto…pe… ahosi’’^eb^nti. ^b^Bhussantā^eb^ti nibbhussanavasena ravantā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vayogata^eb^nti pacchimavayaṃ upagataṃ. So pana yasmā purime dve vaye atikkamavasena gato. Pacchimaṃ ekadesato atikkamanavasena, tasmā vuttaṃ – ^b^‘‘tayo vaye gataṃ atikkantaṃ pacchimavaye ṭhita’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Nipparibhogo^eb^ti jiṇṇabhāvena javaparakkamahāniyā aparibhogo na bhuñjitabbo. ^b^Khādanā apanīyatī^eb^ti yavasaṃ adadantā tato nīharanti nāma. ^b^Thero^eb^ti vuḍḍho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Anassavā^eb^ti na vacanakarā. ^b^Appatissā^eb^ti patissayarahitā. ^b^Avasavattino^eb^ti na mayhaṃ vasena vattanakā. ^b^Sundarataro^eb^ti upatthambhakāribhāvena sundarataro.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Purato^eb^ti upatthambhakabhāvena purato katvā. ^b^Udake patiṭṭhaṃ labhati^eb^ tattha patiṭṭhato thirapatiṭṭhabhāvato. Addhapatiṭṭho hi daṇḍo daṇḍadharapurisassa patiṭṭhaṃ labhāpeti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Brāhmaṇiyo^eb^ti attano brāhmaṇiyo. ^b^Pāṭiyekka^eb^nti ‘‘asukassa gehe asukassa gehe’’ti evaṃ uddesikaṃ katvā visuṃ visuṃ. ^b^Mā niyyādehi, amhākaṃ ruccanaṭṭhānamevā^eb^ti tava puttānaṃ gehesu yaṃ amhākaṃ ruccanaṭṭhānaṃ. Tatthameva gamissāmāti sabbesampi etesaṃ anuggahaṃ kātukāmo bhagavā evamāha.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tato paṭṭhāyā^eb^ti sotāpattiphalapaṭilābhato paṭṭhāya. Yadatthaṃ mayaṃ imassa brāhmaṇassa mahāsampattidānādinā ^a^V1.0243^ea^ anuggaho kato, so cassa puttaparijanassapi attho siddhoti satthā na sabbakālaṃ tassa brāhmaṇassa puttānaṃ gehaṃ agamāsi, te eva pana kālena kālaṃ satthu santikaṃ gantvā yathāvibhavaṃ sakkārasammānaṃ akaṃsūti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[06]Mahāsālasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 200
title: devahitasuttavaṇṇanā^mahāsālasuttavaṇṇanā^mānatthaddhasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^201^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Mānena^eb^^a^M1.0278^ea^^b^thaddho^eb^ti ‘‘ayaṃ kho’’tiādinā paggahitena mānena thaddho bajjhitacitto thaddhāyosalāko viya kassacipi anonato. ^b^Na kiñci jānāti^eb^ loke paṭisanthāramattassapi ajānanato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Abbhutavittajātā^eb^ti sañjātābbhutavittā. Vittaṃ vittīti ca tuṭṭhipariyāyā. ^b^Abhūtapubbāyā^eb^ti yā tassā parisāya vitti tadā bhūtā, sā ito pubbe abhūtā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘abhūta…pe… samannāgatā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Assa puggalassā^eb^ti anena puggalena. ^b^Apacitā^eb^ti paramanipaccena pūjanīyasāmaññato tattha attano pakkhipanaṃ idha desanākosallaṃ.<br/><br/>[06]Mānatthaddhasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 201
title: mahāsālasuttavaṇṇanā^mānatthaddhasuttavaṇṇanā^paccanīkasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^202^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^‘‘Sabbaṃ seta’’^eb^nti kenaci ^b^vutte^eb^ tassa ^b^paccanīkaṃ karontasseva assa^eb^ brāhmaṇassa. ^b^Vinetvā^eb^ti vināsetvā. ^b^Suṇātīti atthoti^eb^ ‘‘suṇātī’’ti kiriyāpadaṃ āharitvā gāthāya attho veditabbo ‘‘jaññā subhāsita’’nti vuttattā. Na hi asutvā desitaṃ jānituṃ sakkonti.<br/><br/>[03]Paccanīkasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 202
title: mānatthaddhasuttavaṇṇanā^paccanīkasuttavaṇṇanā^vanakammikasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^203^eb^^b^.^eb^ Vanakamme niyutto, kiriyamānena vanakammaṃ etassa atthīti ^b^vanakammiko^eb^. ^b^Imasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe^eb^ti imasmiṃ evaṃmahante vanasaṇḍe. Na me vanasmiṃ karaṇīyamatthi yathā, ‘‘brāhmaṇa, tuyha’’nti adhippāyo. Itaraṃ pana yaṃ mahākilesavanaṃ, taṃ maggañāṇapharasunā samādhimayasilāyaṃ ^a^V1.0244^ea^ sunisitena sabbaso ^a^M1.0279^ea^ ucchinnamūlaṃ, tato eva ^b^nibbanatho^eb^ nikkilesagahano. Vivekābhiratiyā ekako abhirato paṭipakkhavigamena. Tenāha ^b^‘‘aratiṃ…pe… jahitvā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[06]Vanakammikasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 203
title: paccanīkasuttavaṇṇanā^vanakammikasuttavaṇṇanā^kaṭṭhahārasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^204^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Dhammantevāsikā^eb^ti kiñcipi dhanaṃ adatvā kevalaṃ antevāsikā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘veyyāvaccaṃ katvā sippuggaṇhanakā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Gambhīrasabhāve^eb^ti samantato dūrato gahanasacchannavipulatararukkhagacchalatāya ca, tadā himapiṇḍasinnabhāvena mayūrayānehi patiṭṭhātuṃ asakkuṇeyyatāya ca gambhīrabhāve.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Bahubherave^eb^ti bahubhayānake. ^b^Aniñjamānenā^eb^ti itthambhūtatthe karaṇavacanaṃ. ^b^Atisundaraṃ vatā^eb^ti evaṃ sante nāma araññe evaṃ niccalakāyo nisinno jhāyanto ativiya sundarañca jhānaṃ jhāyasīti vadati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Accherarūpa^eb^nti acchariyabhāvaṃ. ^b^Seṭṭhappattiyā^eb^ti seṭṭhabhāvappattiyā.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Lokādhipatisahabyataṃ ākaṅkhamāno’’ti iminā brāhmaṇo lokādhipatisahayogaṃ pucchati, ‘‘kasmā bhava’’ntiādinā pana tadaññavisesākaṅkhaṃ pucchatīti āha ^b^‘‘aparenapi ākārena pucchatī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kaṅkhāti taṇhā^eb^ abhikkhaṇavasena pavattā. ^b^Anekasabhāvesū^eb^ti rūpādivasena ajjhattikādivasena evaṃ nānāsabhāvesu ārammaṇesu. Assādarāgo lobho abhijjhāti ^b^nānappakārā. Sesakilesā vā^eb^ diṭṭhimānadosādayo. ^b^Niccakālaṃ avassitā^eb^ sattānaṃ avassayabhāvattā. ^b^Pajappāpanavasenā^eb^ti pakārehi taṇhāyanavasena. ^b^Nirantā^eb^ti antarahitā niravasesā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Anupagamano^eb^ti anupādāno. ^b^Sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ dīpeti,^eb^ tassa hi vasena eva nānāsabhāvesu ^a^V1.0245^ea^ bhagavā samantacakkhunā passatīti ^b^‘‘sabbe…pe… dassano’’^eb^ti ^a^M1.0280^ea^ vuccati. ^b^Arahattaṃ sandhāyāha,^eb^ tañhi nippariyāyato ‘‘anuttara’’nti vuccati.<br/><br/>[06]Kaṭṭhahārasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 204
title: vanakammikasuttavaṇṇanā^kaṭṭhahārasuttavaṇṇanā^mātuposakasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^205^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ito^eb^ti manussattabhāvato. ^b^Paṭigantvā^eb^ti abhigantvā. Sagge hi nibbattanto kammaphalena dhammatāvasena paṭisandhikālato paṭṭhāya abhirativasena abhiramati eva nāmāti.<br/><br/>[06]Mātuposakasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 205
title: kaṭṭhahārasuttavaṇṇanā^mātuposakasuttavaṇṇanā^bhikkhakasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^206^eb^^b^.^eb^ Virūpaṃ gandhaṃ pasavatīti ^b^visso,^eb^ duggandho. ^b^Bāhitvā^eb^ti attano santānato bahikatvā nīharitvā. Taṃ pana anavasesato pajahananti āha ^b^‘‘aggamaggena jahitvā’’^eb^ti. Saṅkhāyati sammadeva paricchindati etāyāti ^b^saṅkhā,^eb^ ñāṇanti āha ^b^‘‘saṅkhāyāti ñāṇenā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Bhinnakilesattā^eb^ti niruttinayena bhikkhusaddasiddhimāha.<br/><br/>[06]Bhikkhakasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 206
title: mātuposakasuttavaṇṇanā^bhikkhakasuttavaṇṇanā^saṅgāravasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^207^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Paccetī^eb^ti pattiyāyati saddahati. Tathābhūto ca tamatthaṃ nikāmento nāma hotīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘icchati patthetī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Sādhu, bhante^eb^ti ettha ^b^sādhu^eb^-saddo āyācanattho, na abhinandanatthoti ^b^‘‘āyācamāno āhā’’^eb^ti vatvā āyācane kāraṇaṃ dassento ^b^‘‘therassa kirā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Udakasuddhiko na ekaṃsena apāyūpago, laddhiyā pana ^a^M1.0281^ea^ sāvajjakilesabhūtabhāvato āyācati. Aññaṃ kāraṇaṃ apadisanto ^b^‘‘apicā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Phalabhūto attho etassāti ^b^atthavasaṃ,^eb^ kāraṇanti āha ^b^‘‘atthānisaṃsaṃ atthakāraṇa’’^eb^nti. ^b^Papañcasūdaniyaṃ^eb^ pana phaleneva araṇīyato attho, kāraṇanti katvā ‘‘attho eva atthavaso, tasmā ^b^dve atthavase^eb^ti dve atthe dve kāraṇānī’’ti vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[06]Saṅgāravasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 207
title: bhikkhakasuttavaṇṇanā^saṅgāravasuttavaṇṇanā^khomadussasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^208^eb^^b^.^eb^ Evaṃladdhanāmaṃ ^a^V1.0246^ea^ piṇḍāya pāvisīti yojanā. ^b^Evameva^eb^nti kenaci animantitena sayameva upasaṅkamante. ^b^Aphāsukadhātuka^eb^nti ayuttarūpaṃ. ^b^Sabhādhamma^eb^nti sabhāya caritabbaṃ cārittadhammaṃ. ^b^Asañcāletvā^eb^ti āsanato avuṭṭhāpetvā. ^b^Ujukameva āgacchati^eb^ lokagganāyako bhagavā sabbasattuttamo attano uttaritarassa abhāvato lokassa apacitiṃ na dasseti. Ye sabbaso saṃkilese pajahanti, teva paṇḍite ‘‘santo’’ti dasseti ^b^‘‘ete’’^eb^tiādinā.<br/><br/>[06]Khomadussasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.<br/><br/>[06]Dutiyavaggavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.<br/><br/>[06]Sāratthappakāsiniyā saṃyuttanikāya-aṭṭhakathāya<br/><br/>[06]Brāhmaṇasaṃyuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 39
item: 208
title: vaṅgīsasaṃyuttaṃ^^nikkhantasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^209^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Āḷaviya^eb^nti ^a^V1.0247^ea^^a^M1.0282^ea^ āḷavinagarasamīpe. ^b^Aggacetiye^eb^ti gotamakacetiyādīhi uttamacetiye. Taṃ kira bhūmirāmaṇeyyakabhāvena manuññatāya padhānayuttatādisampattiyā ca itaracetiyehi seṭṭhasammataṃ. ^b^Kappattherenā^eb^ti ‘‘kappo’’ti gottato āgatanāmo thero, sahassapurāṇajaṭilānaṃ abbhantare ayaṃ mahāthero. ^b^Ohīnako^eb^ti theresu gāmaṃ piṇḍāya paviṭṭhesu vihāre eva avahīnako ṭhito. Tattha kāraṇamāha ^b^‘‘vihārapālo’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Samalaṅkaritvāti^eb^ samaṃ alaṅkārena alaṅkaritvā. ^b^Kusalacittaṃ viddhaṃseti^eb^ pavattituṃ appadānavasena. ^b^Etasmi^eb^nti etasmiṃ rāge uppanne. ‘‘Ekasmi’’nti vā pāṭho, ekasmiṃ visabhāgavatthuke rāge uppanne. ^b^Dhammo vā^eb^ti mama citte uppajjanakato añño dhammo vā. Yena kāraṇena paro anabhiratiṃ vinodetvā idāneva abhiratiṃ uppādeyya, taṃ kāraṇaṃ kuto labbhāti yojanā, taṃ kāraṇaṃ natthīti attho, tassa abhāvakāraṇavacanaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Anagāriya^eb^nti agāravirahato anagāraṃ pabbajjā. Tattha niyuttattā anagāriyaṃ ka-kārassa ya-kāraṃ katvā, pabbajitanti attho. ^b^Ādhāvantī^eb^ti hadayaṃ abhibhavitvā dhāvanti. ^b^Uggatāna^eb^nti uḷārānaṃ puttā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘mahesakkhā rājaññabhūtā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Uttamappamāṇa^eb^nti sahassapalaṃ ^b^samantā^eb^ti samantato. ^b^Parikireyyu^eb^nti vijjheyyuṃ. ^b^Etasmā sahassā^eb^ti yathāvuttā dhanuggahasahassato. ^b^Atirekatarā^eb^ anekasahassā. ^b^Itthiyo^eb^ olokanasitalapitaroditasare khipantiyo. ^b^Neva maṃ byādhayissanti^eb^ neva maṃ nijjhāyissanti. ‘‘Byādhayissatī’’ti pāṭhoti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘cāletuṃ na sakkhissatīti attho’’^eb^ti. ^b^Dhamme samhī^eb^ti sake santike patiṭṭhite sāsanadhamme. Tenāha ^b^‘‘anabhiratiṃ^eb^^b^vinodetvā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Magga^eb^nti ‘‘maggo’’ti vattabbe liṅgavipallāsena vuttaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘so hi nibbānassa pubbabhāgamagggo’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[06]Nikkhantasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 209
title: ^nikkhantasuttavaṇṇanā^aratisuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^210^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Vihāragaruko^eb^^a^V1.0248^ea^^a^M1.0283^ea^^b^kiresa thero^eb^ti etena thero attano saddhivihārikaṃ vaṅgīsaṃ ovadituṃ anavasaro. Tena antarantarā tassa cittaṃ rāgo anuddhaṃsetīti dasseti. ^b^Sāsane arati^eb^nti sīlaparipūraṇe samathavipassanābhāvanāya ca anabhiratiṃ. ^b^Kāmaguṇesu ca rati^eb^nti pañcasu kāmakoṭṭhāsesu assādaṃ. ^b^Pāpavitakka^eb^nti kāmasaṅkappaṃ. ^b^Sabbākārenā^eb^ti sabbe tadaṅgavikkhambhanasamucchindanākārena. Yathā mahantaṃ araññaṃ vanathanti, evaṃ mahantaṃ kilesavanaṃ ^b^‘‘vanatha’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pathaviñca vehāsa^eb^nti bhummatthe paccattavacanaṃ, tasmā pathaviyaṃ ākāse cāti attho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘pathaviṭṭhita’’^eb^ntiādi. ^b^Jagatī^eb^ti ca pathaviyā vevacanaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘antopathaviya’’^eb^nti. ^b^Parijīratī^eb^ti sabbbaso jaraṃ pāpuṇāti. ^b^Samāgantvā^eb^ti ñāṇena samāgantvāti attho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘mutattāti viññātattabhāvā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Paṭighapadena gandharasā gahitā^eb^ ghānajivhānaṃ paṭihananavasena pavattanato. ^b^Mutapadena phoṭṭhabbārammaṇaṃ gahitaṃ^eb^ mutvā gahetabbato. ^b^Na lippatī^eb^ti na makkhīyati.<br/><br/>[03]Saṭṭhi-saddo cha-saddena samānatthoti ^b^‘‘saṭṭhinissitā’’^eb^ti padassa ^b^‘‘chāarammaṇanissitā’’^eb^ti attho vutto. ^b^Puthū adhammavitakkā^eb^ti rūpavitakkādivasena bahū nānāvitakkā micchāsaṅkappā. ^b^Janatāya niviṭṭhā^eb^ti mahājane patiṭṭhitā. ^b^Tesaṃ vasenā^eb^ti tesampi micchāvitakkānaṃ vasena. ^b^Na katthaci^eb^ ārammaṇe. ^b^Kilesavaggagato^eb^ti kilesasaṅgaṇikaṃ upagato na bhaveyya, kilesavitakkā na uppādetabbāti attho. ^b^Duṭṭhullavacanaṃ^eb^ kāmapaṭisaṃyuttakathā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Dabbajātiko^eb^ti dabbarūpo. ^b^Nepakkenā^eb^ti kosallena. ^b^Nibbānaṃ paṭiccā^eb^ti asaṅkhatadhātuṃ ārammaṇavasena paṭicca. ^b^Parinibbānakāla^eb^nti anupādisesanibbānakālaṃ.<br/><br/>[06]Aratisuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 210
title: nikkhantasuttavaṇṇanā^aratisuttavaṇṇanā^pesalasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^211^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Etesa^eb^nti ^a^M1.0284^ea^ etesaṃ mahallakānaṃ. ^b^Na pāḷi^eb^ āgacchati appaguṇabhāvato. Na ca pāḷi ^a^V1.0249^ea^ upaṭṭhāti, ekāya pāḷiyā sati pāḷigatiyā tathā tathā upaṭṭhānampi nesaṃ natthīti vadati. ^b^Na aṭṭhakathā^eb^ti etthāpi eseva nayo. Sithiladhanitāditaṃtaṃbyañjanabuddhiṃ ahāpetvā uccāraṇaṃ ^b^padabyañjanamadhuratā. Atikkamitvā maññati^eb^ aññe bhikkhū. Hīḷanavasena abhibhavitvā paṭibhānasutena attānaṃ pasaṃsati sambhāveti. Mānassa pavattitāya sahajātanissayādipaccayadhammā taṃsahabhudhammā. Mānavasena ^b^vippaṭisārī ahuvā^eb^. Mā ahosīti yojanā. ^b^Vaṇṇabhaṇana^eb^nti parehi kiriyamānaṃ guṇābhitthavaṃ. ^b^Akhilo^eb^ti pañcacetokhilarahito. ^b^Nissesaṃ navavidha^eb^nti navavidhampi mānaṃ kassaci ekadesassapi asesato. ^b^Vijjāyā^eb^ti aggamaggavijjāya. Accantameva ^b^samitatāya^eb^ vūpasamitatāya ^b^samitāvī^eb^.<br/><br/>[06]Pesalasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 211
title: aratisuttavaṇṇanā^pesalasuttavaṇṇanā^ānandasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^212^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Rāgo^eb^ti ettha āyasmato vaṅgīsassa rāgassa uppattiyā kāraṇaṃ vibhāvetuṃ ^b^‘‘āyasmā ānando’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Ta^eb^nti ānandattheraṃ. ^b^Ārammaṇaṃ pariggahetu^eb^nti kāyavedanādibhedaṃ ārammaṇaṃ satigocaraṃ. Asubhadukkhādito, rūpādiekekameva vā chaḷārammaṇaṃ aniccadukkhādito pariggaṇhituṃ paricchijja jānituṃ. ^b^Itthirūpārammaṇe^eb^ti itthisantāne rūpasabhāve ārammaṇe.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Nibbāpana^eb^nti nibbāpayati etenāti nibbāpanaṃ. ^b^Vipallāsenā^eb^ti asubhe ‘‘subha’’nti vipallāsabhāvahetu. ^b^Rāgaṭṭhāniya^eb^nti rāguppattihetu. ^b^Iṭṭhārammaṇa^eb^nti subhārammaṇaṃ. Ettha ca iṭṭhārammaṇasīsena tattha iṭṭhākāraggahaṇaṃ vadati. Tañhi vajjanīyaṃ. ^b^Parato^eb^ti avasavattanatthena aññato. Saṅkhārā hi ‘‘mā bhijjantū’’ti icchitāpi bhijjanteva, tasmā te avasavattittā paro nāma, sā ca nesaṃ paratā aniccadassanena pākaṭā hotīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘parato passāti aniccato passā’’^eb^ti. Kāmaṃ vipassanā saṅkhāranimittaṃ na ^a^M1.0285^ea^ pariccajati saṅkhāre ārabbha vattanato, yesaṃ pana nimittānaṃ aggahaṇena animittāti gahituṃ arahati, taṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘niccādīnaṃ nimittāna’’^eb^ntiādi vuttaṃ. Salakkhaṇa-sāmaññalakkhaṇa-dassanavasena mānassa dassanābhisamayo, vipassanāya pahānābhisamayo. ‘‘Maggenā’’ti vadanti, maggeneva pana asammohato pariññāpaṭivedhavasena dassanābhisamayo, pahānapaṭivedhavasena pahānābhisamayo. ^b^Rāgādisantatāyā^eb^ti rāgādīnaṃ samucchedavasena paṭippassaddhivasena vūpasametabbato santabhāvena.<br/><br/>[06]Ānandasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 212
title: pesalasuttavaṇṇanā^ānandasuttavaṇṇanā^subhāsitasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^213^eb^^b^.^eb^ Aṅgīyanti ^a^V1.0250^ea^ hetubhāvena āgamabhāvena avayavabhāvena vā ñāyantīti ^b^aṅgāni,^eb^ kāraṇāni, avayavā vāti āha ^b^‘‘aṅgehīti kāraṇehi, avayavehi vā’’^eb^ti. Viratiyo subhāsitavācāya pubbaṃ patiṭṭhitā hontīti musāvādāveramaṇiādayo tassā visesahetūti āha ^b^‘‘musāvādā…pe… kāraṇānī’’^eb^ti. Yasmā ariyavohārā visesato cetanāsabhāvā, tasmā vacīsucaritasamudāyassa saccavācādayo aṅgabhūtāti āha ^b^‘‘saccavacanādayo cattāro avayavā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Nissakkavacana^eb^nti hetumhi nissakkavacanaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘samanuāgatā pavattā’’^eb^ti. Vācā hi tāya viratiyā sammā anurūpato āgatā pavattāti ‘‘samannāgatā’’ti vuccati. ^b^Karaṇavacana^eb^nti sahayoge karaṇavacanaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘yuttā’’^eb^ti. Sahajātāpi hi cetanā yathāsamādinnāya viratiyā sammā anurūpato yuttāti vattuṃ arahati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Samullapanavācā^eb^ti saddavācā, sā vuccatīti ^b^vācā^eb^ nāma. Viññatti pana vuccati etāyāti ^b^vācā^eb^ nāma, tathā virati cetanāvācā. ^b^Na sā idha adhippetā^eb^ti sā cetanāvācā viññattivācā viya idha imasmiṃ sutte na adhippetā ‘‘subhāsitā hotī’’ti vacanato. Tenāha ^b^‘‘abhāsitabbato’’^eb^ti. Suṭṭhu ^b^bhāsitā^eb^ti sammā ñāyena bhāsitā vacīsucaritabhāvato. ^b^Atthāvahata^eb^nti hitāvahakālaṃ pati āha. ^b^Kāraṇasuddhi^eb^nti ^a^M1.0286^ea^ yonisomanasikārena kāraṇavisuddhiṃ. ^b^Dosābhāva^eb^nti agatigamanādidosābhāvaṃ. Rāgadosādivinimuttañhi taṃ bhāsato anurodhavirodhavivajjanato agatigamanaṃ dūrasamugghāṭitamevāti. ^b^Anuvādavimuttā^eb^ti apavādavirahitā. ^b^Sabbākārasampattiṃ dīpeti,^eb^ asati hi sabbākārasampatiyaṃ anuvajjatāpi.<br/><br/>[03]Kiñcāpi pubbe dhammādhiṭṭhānā desanā āraddhā, puggalajjhāsayato pana ^b^puggalādhiṭṭhānāya…pe… vacanametaṃ^eb^. Kāmañcettha ^b^‘‘aññataraniddosavacana’’^eb^nti avisesato vuttaṃ, ‘‘dhammaṃyeva bhāsatī’’tiādinā pana adhammadosādirahitāya vācāya vuccamānattā idhāpi subhāsitā vācā adhippetāti. ‘‘Subhāsitaṃyevā’’ti avadhāraṇena nivattitaṃ sarūpato dasseti ^b^‘‘no dubbhāsita’’^eb^nti iminā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘tasseva vācaṅgassa paṭipakkhabhāsananivāraṇa’’^eb^nti. Paṭiyogīnivattanattho hi eva-saddo, tena pisuṇavācāpaṭikkhepo dassito. ‘‘Subhāsita’’nti vā iminā catubbidhaṃ vacīsucaritaṃ gahitanti ^b^‘‘no dubbhāsitanti iminā micchāvācappahānaṃ dīpetī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Sabbavacīsucaritasādhāraṇavacanañhi subhāsitanti. Tena parabhedanādikaṃ asabbhādikañca bodhisattānaṃ vacanaṃ apisuṇādivisayanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Bhāsitabbavacanalakkhaṇa^eb^nti bhāsitabbassa ^a^V1.0251^ea^ vacanassa sabhāvalakkhaṇaṃ dīpetīti ānetvā sambandho. Yadi evaṃ nanu abhāsitabbaṃ paṭhamaṃ vatvā bhāsitabbaṃ pacchā vattabbaṃ yathā ‘‘vāmaṃ muñca, dakkhiṇaṃ gaṇhā’’ti āha ^b^‘‘aṅgaparidīpanatthaṃ panā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Paṭhamenā^eb^ti ‘‘subhāsita’’nti padena. ^b^Dhammato anapeta^eb^nti attano paresañca hitasukhāvahadhammato anapetaṃ. ^b^Mantāvacana^eb^nti mantāya pavattetabbavacanaṃ. Paññavā avikiṇṇavāco hi na ca anatthāvahaṃ vācaṃ bhāsati. ^b^Itarehi dvīhī^eb^ti tatiyacatutthapadehi. ^b^‘‘Imehi khotiādīnī^eb^ti karaṇe etaṃ upayogavacana’’nti keci. ^b^Taṃ vāca^eb^nti yathāvuttaṃ caturaṅgikaṃ. Yañca vācaṃ maññantīti sambandho. ^b^Aññe^eb^ti ito bāhirakā ñāyavādino akkharacintakā ca. ‘‘Paṭiññāhetūdāharaṇūpanayanigamanāni avayavā vākyassā’’ti vadanti. ^b^Nāmādīhī^eb^ti nāmākhyātapadehi. ^b^Liṅgaṃ^eb^ itthiliṅgādi ^b^vacanaṃ^eb^ ekavacanādi. Paṭhamādi ^b^vibhatti^eb^ atītādi ^b^kālaṃ^eb^. Kattā sampadānaṃ ^a^M1.0287^ea^ apādānaṃ karaṇaṃ adhikaraṇaṃ kammañca ^b^kārakaṃ^eb^. ^b^Sampattīhi samannāgata^eb^nti ete avayavādike sampādetvā vuttaṃ. ^b^Taṃ paṭisedhetī^eb^ti taṃ yathāvuttavisesampi vācaṃ ‘‘imehi kho’’ti vadanto bhagavā paṭisedheti. ^b^Kho^eb^-saddo hettha avadhāraṇattho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘avayavādī’’^eb^tiādi. Yā kāci asabhāvaniruttilakkhaṇā. Sā milakkhubhāsā. ^b^Sīhaḷakenevā^eb^ti sīhaḷabhāsāya pariyāpannena vacanena. ^b^Arahattaṃ pāpuṇiṃsū^eb^ti saṃsāre ativiya sañjātasaṃvegā tannissaraṇe ninnapoṇamānasā hutvā vipassanaṃ ussukkāpetvā maggapaṭipāṭiyā arahattaṃ pāpuṇiṃsu.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pātova phullitakokanada^eb^nti pātova saṃphullapadumaṃ. ^b^Bhijjiyate^eb^ti nibbhijjiyati nibbhiggo jāyati. ^b^Manussattaṃ gatā^eb^ti manussattabhāvaṃ upagatā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Buddhantare^eb^ti buddhuppādantare dvinnaṃ buddhuppādānaṃ antarā. Tadā hi paccekabuddhānaṃ sāsane, na buddhasāsane dippamāne.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Jarāya parimaddita^eb^nti yathā hatthacaraṇādiaṅgāni sithilāni honti, cakkhādīni indriyāni savisayaggahaṇe asamatthāni honti, yobbanaṃ sabbaso vigataṃ, kāyabalaṃ apagataṃ, satimatidhitiādayo vippayuttā, pubbe attano ovādapaṭikarā puttadārādayopi apasādakā, parehi vuṭṭhāpanīyasaṃvesanīyatā punadeva bālabhāvappatti ca honti, evaṃ jarāya sabbaso vimadditaṃ. ^b^Eta^eb^nti sarīraṃ vadati. ^b^Milātachavicammanissita^eb^nti jiṇṇabhāvena appamaṃsalohitattā milātehi ^a^V1.0252^ea^ gatayobbanehi dhammehi sannissitaṃ. ^b^Ghāsamāmisa^eb^nti ghāsabhūtaṃ āmisaṃ maccunā gilitvā viya patiṭṭhapetabbato. Kesalomādi^b^nānākuṇapapūritaṃ^eb^. Tato eva ^b^asucibhājanaṃ etaṃ^eb^. Sabbathāpi nissāratāya ^b^kadalikkhandhasamaṃ^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Anucchavikāhī^eb^ti sammāsambuddhassa anurūpāhi. ^b^Na tāpeyyā^eb^ti cittañca kāyañca na tāpeyya. Tāpanā cettha sampati āyati ca visādanā. ^b^Na bādheyyā^eb^ti ^b^‘‘nābhibhaveyyā’’^eb^ti padassa atthadassanaṃ. ^b^Apisuṇavācāvasenā^eb^ti sabbaso pahīnapisuṇavācatāvasena. ^b^Pāpānī^eb^ti lāmakāni nikiṭṭhakāni. Tenāha ^b^‘‘appiyānī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Anādāyā^eb^ti aggahetvā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sādhubhāvenā^eb^ti ^a^M1.0288^ea^ niddosamadhurabhāvena. ^b^Amatasadisā^eb^ti sadise tabbohāroti, kāraṇe vāyaṃ kāriyavohāroti āha ^b^‘‘nibbānāmatapaccayattā vā’’^eb^ti. Paccayavasena hi sā tadā dassanappavatti. ^b^Cariyā^eb^ti cārittaṃ. ^b^Porāṇā^eb^ nāma paṭhamakappikā, buddhādayo vā ariyā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Patiṭṭhitā^eb^ti niccalabhāvena aṭṭhiṃ katvā paccayāyattabhāvato avisaṃvādanakā. Ubhayathā paṭipattiṃ āha ^b^‘‘attano ca paresañca atthe patiṭṭhitā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Atthe^eb^ diṭṭhadhammikasamparāyikādihite patiṭṭhitattā eva ^b^dhamme^eb^ avihiṃsādidhamme patiṭṭhitā. ^b^Anuparodhakara^eb^nti etena hitapariyāyoyaṃ attha-saddoti dasseti. ^b^Dhammika^eb^nti dhammato anapetaṃ, atthadhammūpasaṃhitaṃ vā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Nibbānappattiyā^eb^ti nibbānappattiyatthaṃ. ^b^Dukkhassa antakiriyāya^eb^ antakaraṇatthaṃ. Yasmā buddho khemāya bhāsati, tasmā khemuppattihetuyā ^b^khemā,^eb^ tasmā sā sabbavācānaṃ uttamāti evampettha attho daṭṭhabbo. ^b^Mantāvacanavasenā^eb^ti sabbadosarahitavasena.<br/><br/>[06]Subhāsitasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 213
title: ānandasuttavaṇṇanā^subhāsitasuttavaṇṇanā^sāriputtasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^214^eb^^b^.^eb^ Vākkaraṇacāturiyato vacanaguṇahetūnaṃ pūriyā pūre bhavāti porī, tāya ^b^poriyā^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘akkharādiparipuṇṇāyā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Avibaddhāyā^eb^ti pittādīhi na vibaddhāya anupaddutāya. Tenāha ^b^‘‘apalibuddhāyā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Niddosāyā^eb^ti atthato byañjanato vigatadosāya. ^b^Akkhalitapadabyañjanāyā^eb^ti ^a^V1.0253^ea^ agalitapadabyañjanāya, ^b^atthassa viññāpaniyā^eb^ti diṭṭhadhammikādiatthassa bodhane pariyattāya. ^b^Bhikkhuna^eb^nti gāthāsukhatthaṃ rassaṃ katvā vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^‘‘Saṃkhittenapi deseti, vitthārenapi bhāsatī’’^eb^ti nayidaṃ paṭhamaṃ uddisitvā tassa atthassa kittanavasena pavattitaṃ vacanaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Sā hi vitthāradesanā eva hoti. Yā pana desanā kadāci dhammapaṭiggāhakānaṃ ajjhāsayavasena ^a^M1.0289^ea^ saṃkhitteneva dassetvā nikkhipati, yā ca kadāci vitthārena, tadubhayaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘cattārimānī’’^eb^tiādi. Sabhāvamadhuro paccayavasena madhurataro hotīti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘yathā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Vividhākāraṃ katvā dhammaṃ kathetuṃ paṭibhātīti ^b^paṭibhānaṃ,^eb^ desanāpakārañāṇaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘samuddato’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Odahantī^eb^ti avajānanavasena gamenti.<br/><br/>[06]Sāriputtasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 214
title: subhāsitasuttavaṇṇanā^sāriputtasuttavaṇṇanā^pavāraṇāsuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^215^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Tasmiṃ ahū^eb^ti tasmiṃ ahanīti āha ^b^‘‘tasmiṃ divase’’^eb^ti. ^b^Anasanenā^eb^ti sabbaso āhārassa abhuñjanena. Sāsanikasīlena bāhirakānasanena vā upetā hutvāti yojanā. ^b^Vā^eb^-saddena khīrapānamadhusāyanādīnipi saṅgaṇhāti. Pakārehi diṭṭhādīhi vāreti kāyakammādike sarāpeti gārayhe karoti etāyāti ^b^pavāraṇā,^eb^ paṭipattivisodhanāya attano attano vajjasodhanāya okāsadānaṃ. Yasmā yebhuyyena vassaṃvuṭṭhehi kātabbā esā visuddhidesanā, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘vassaṃvuṭṭhapavāraṇāya. Visuddhipavāraṇātipi etissāva nāma’’^eb^nti. Tadā tassa bhikkhusaṅghassa tuṇhībhāvassa anavasesatāyapi vaṇṇaṃ dassetuṃ pāḷiyaṃ ‘‘tuṇhībhūta’’nti vuttanti āha ^b^‘‘yato yato…pe…^eb^^b^natthī’’^eb^ti. Hatthassa kukkuccatā asaṃyamo asampajaññakiriyā ^b^hatthakukkuccaṃ^eb^. Tathā ^b^pādakukkuccaṃ^eb^ veditabbaṃ, ^b^vā^eb^-saddo avuttavikappattho, tena tadaññesamabhāvo vibhāvitoti daṭṭhabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pañcapasādehī^eb^ti pañcavaṇṇehi pasādehi. ^b^Vossaggattho^eb^ yathāruci kiriyāya vossajjanaṃ. ^b^Pucchanatthe^eb^ti paṭikkhepamukheneva pucchanatthe ^b^na^eb^kāro, ^b^me kiñci^eb^ kiriyaṃ vā vācasikaṃ vā na garahatha, kiṃ nu garahatha kāyavācāhīti attho. Keci ‘‘dvārānevā’’ti dvārasīsena dvārappavattacariyaṃ vadanti. Visuddhipavāraṇāya adhippetattā yena pavāritaṃ, teneva visuddhīti ñāyati, yena na pavāritaṃ. Kiṃ nu taṃ avisuddhanti siyā kassaci puthujjanassa āsaṅkā? Tannivāraṇatthamāha ^a^V1.0254^ea^^b^‘‘no aparisuddhattā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Manodvāraṃ^eb^^a^M1.0290^ea^^b^parisuddhaṃ^eb^ asucikārakaupakkilesānaṃ dūrīkatattā. ^b^Idāni^eb^ etarahi buddhakāle. ^b^Etthā^eb^ti manodvāraparisuddhiyaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Kāyavacīsamācāraparisuddhiyā paveditāya manosamācāraparisuddhi atthato paveditāva hotīti ^b^‘‘kāyikaṃ vā vācasikaṃ vā’’^eb^iccevāha. Tathā hi vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘kāyikaṃ vā vācasikaṃ vāti idaṃ catunnaṃ arakkhiyataṃ sandhāya thero āhā’’^eb^ti. ‘‘Bhikkhave, pavāremi vo’’ti bhikkhusaṅghavisayattā pavāraṇāya tattha bhikkhusaṅghena vattabbaṃ paṭivacanaṃ dento dhammasenāpati ^b^‘‘bhikkhusaṅghassa bhāraṃ vahanto’’^eb^ti vutto. Tenāha ^b^‘‘na kho mayaṃ, bhante’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Arakkhiyānī^eb^ti parānuvādato na bhāyitabbāni suparisuddhabhāvato.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Anuppannassā’’ti idaṃ adhippāyikavacananti tadadhippāyaṃ vivaranto ^b^‘‘kassapasammāsambuddhato paṭṭhāyā’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Kassapasammāsambuddhato^eb^ti vibhatte nissakkaṃ, tasmā kassapasammāsambuddhato oranti atthoti. ^b^Aññenā^eb^ti ito bhagavato aññena. ^b^Anuppāditapubbassā^eb^ti parasantāne na uppāditapubbassa. Sasantāne pana paccekabuddhānaṃ vasena na uppāditoti na sakkā vattuṃ. ^b^Samanuāgatā^eb^ti sammā anu upagatā. ^b^Bhagavato sīlādayo guṇā^eb^ti buddhabhūtassa guṇā adhippetāti āha ^b^‘‘arahattamaggameva nissāya āgatā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Sabbaguṇā^eb^ti dasabalañāṇādayo sabbe buddhaguṇā. ^b^Bhante^eb^ti ettha ^b^iti^eb^saddo ādiattho. Tena ‘‘imesaṃ pana…pe… vācasikaṃ vā’’ti yāvāyaṃ pāḷipadeso, taṃ sabbaṃ gaṇhāti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘idaṃ thero…pe… pavārento āhā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Yaṃ attano puññānubhāvasiddhaṃ cakkaratanaṃ nippariyāyato tena pavattitaṃ nāma, na itaranti paṭhamanayo vutto. Yasmā pavattitasseva anupavattanaṃ, paṭhamanayo ca taṃsadise tabbohāravasena vuttoti taṃ anādiyitvā dutiyanayo vutto. ^b^Dasavidha^eb^nti antojanasmiṃ, balakāye rakkhāvaraṇaguttiyā saṃvidhānaṃ, khattiyesu anuyuttesu, brāhmaṇagahapatikesu, negamajānapadesu, samaṇabrāhmaṇesu, migapakkhīsu adhammacārapaṭikkhepo, adhanānaṃ dhanānuppadānaṃ, samaṇabrāhmaṇe upasaṅkamitvā pañhapucchananti evaṃ dasavidhaṃ. Tattha gahapatike pakkhijāte ca visuṃ katvā gahaṇavasena ^b^dvādasavidhaṃ. Cakkavattivatta^eb^nti cakkavattibhāvāvahaṃ vattaṃ. Yasmā yāthāvato ^a^M1.0291^ea^ pavattitaṃ, tadanurūpakaṃ pana ñāyena yuttakena pavattitaṃ nāma hotīti āha ^b^‘‘sammā nayena hetunā kāraṇenā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Ubhatobhāgavimuttā^eb^ti ubhayabhāgehi ubhayabhāgato vimuttāti ayamettha atthoti dasseti ^b^‘‘dvīhi bhāgehi vimuttā, arūpā…pe… nāmakāyato’’^eb^ti iminā. ^b^Tevijjādibhāva^eb^nti ^a^V1.0255^ea^ tevijjachaḷabhiññacatuppaṭisambhidabhāvaṃ. Paññāvimuttā hi taṃ tividhaṃ appattā kevalaṃ paññāya eva vimuttā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Visuddhatthāyā^eb^ti visuddhipavāraṇatthāya. Saṃyojanaṭṭhena ^b^saṃyojanasaṅkhāte ceva^eb^ bandhanaṭṭhena ^b^bandhanasaṅkhāte ca^eb^. ^b^Vijitasaṅgāma^eb^nti yathā rāgādayo puna na sīsaṃ ukkhipanti, evaṃ ariyamaggasenāya vasena vijitasaṅgāmaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘vijitarāgadosamohasaṅgāma’’^eb^nti. ^b^Mārabalassā^eb^ti mārasenāya, mārassa vā sāmatthiyassa. ^b^Veneyyasattha^eb^nti vinetabbajanasamūhaṃ. Sakaṭādisatthasabhāgato vineyyova satthoti taṃ veneyyasatthaṃ. Sīlasārādiabhāvato ^b^antotuccho^eb^.<br/><br/>[06]Pavāraṇāsuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 215
title: sāriputtasuttavaṇṇanā^pavāraṇāsuttavaṇṇanā^parosahassasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^216^eb^^b^.^eb^ Sahassato paraṃ aḍḍhateyyabhikkhusataṃ tadā bhagavantaṃ payirupāsatīti āha ^b^‘‘parosahassanti atirekasahassa’’^eb^nti. ^b^Nibbāne kutoci bhayaṃ natthī^eb^ti kutocipi kāraṇato nibbāne bhayaṃ natthi asaṅkhatabhāvena sabbaso khemattā. Tenāha bhagavā – ‘‘khemañca vo, bhikkhave, dhammaṃ desessāmi khemagāminiñca paṭipada’’ntiādi (saṃ. ni. 4.379-408). Na kutoci bhayaṃ etasmiṃ adhigateti ^b^akutobhayaṃ,^eb^ nibbānaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘nibbānappattassā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Vipassito paṭṭhāyā^eb^ti amhākaṃ bhagavato nāmavasena isīnaṃ sattamabhāvadassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. Te hi tattha tattha sutte bahuso kittitā. ^b^Isīna^eb^nti vā paccekabuddhasāvakabāhirakaisīnaṃ sattamo uttaro seṭṭhoti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Aṭṭhuppattivasenā^eb^ti ^a^M1.0292^ea^ kāraṇasamuṭṭhānavasena. Tadassa aṭṭhuppattiṃ vibhāvetuṃ ^b^‘‘saṅghamajjhe’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Paṭibhānasampannavācāya aññe īsati abhibhavatīti ^b^vaṅgīso^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘paṭibhānasampatti’’^eb^ntiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kilesummujjanasatānī^eb^ti rāgādikilesānaṃ rajjanadussanādinayehi savisaye ayoniso uṭṭhānāni. Yadi anekāni satāni, atha kasmā ‘‘ummaggapatha’’nti? Vuttanti āha ^b^‘‘vaṭṭapathattā pana patha’’^eb^nti. Rāgadosamohamānadiṭṭhivasena ^b^rāgakhilādīni pañca^eb^khilāni. ^b^Vibhajanta^eb^nti vibhajanavasena kathentaṃ. ^b^Vibhajitvā^eb^ti ñāṇena vivecetvā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Amate^eb^^a^V1.0256^ea^^b^akkhāte^eb^ti amatāvahe dhamme desite. ^b^Dhammassa passitāro^eb^ saccasampaṭivedhena. ^b^Asaṃhīrā^eb^ diṭṭhivātehi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ativijjhitvā^eb^ti paṭivijjhitvā. ^b^Atikkamabhūta^eb^nti atikkamanaṭṭhena bhūtaṃ. ^b^Dasaddhāna^eb^nti dasannaṃ upaḍḍhānaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘pañcanna’’^eb^nti. ^b^Jānantenā^eb^ti dhammassa sudullabhataṃ jānantena.<br/><br/>[06]Parosahassasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 216
title: pavāraṇāsuttavaṇṇanā^parosahassasuttavaṇṇanā^koṇḍaññasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^217^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Evaṃgahitanāmo^eb^ti ‘‘aññāsi vata, bho, koṇḍañño’’ti satthu vacanaṃ nissāya bhikkhūhi aññehi koṇḍaññanāmakehi visesanatthaṃ evaṃgahitanāmo. Dvādasannaṃ saṃvaccharānaṃ vasena ^b^cirassaṃ. Chaddantabhavane^eb^ti chaddantanāgarājabhavanaṭṭhāne. ^b^Paññavā mahāsāvako^eb^ rattaññutāya. ^b^‘‘Dasasahassacakkavāḷe devamanussāna^eb^nti dasasahassacakkavāḷe devānaṃ, imasmiṃ cakkavāḷe devamanussānañcāti evaṃ dasasahassacakkavāḷe devamanussāna’’nti vadanti. ^b^Agga^eb^ntiādito. ^b^Tatthā^eb^ti mandākinitīre.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vassaggenā^eb^ti vassapaṭipāṭiyā. ^b^Ta^eb^nti aññāsikoṇḍaññattheraṃ. Mahābrahmānaṃ viya lokiyamanussā harāyanti. Pāmokkhabhūto āyasmā ^a^M1.0293^ea^ thero antarantarā tattha tattha janapade vasitvā tadanukkamena mandākinitīraṃ upagato, tasmā vuttaṃ – ^b^‘‘icchāmahaṃ, bhante, janapade vasitu’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]Ānubhāvasampannā dibbāyukā te hatthināgāti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘pubbe paccekabuddhānaṃ pāricariyāya kataparicayā’’^eb^ti. Therassa sañcaraṇaṭṭhāne ^b^āvaraṇasākhā haritvā^eb^ apanetvā. ^b^Mukhodakañceva dantakaṭṭhañca ṭhapetī^eb^ti saḷaladevadārukaṭṭhādīni aññamaññaṃ ghaṃsitvā aggiṃ nibbattetvā jāletvā tattha pāsāṇakhaṇḍāni tāpetvā tāni daṇḍakehi vaṭṭetvā taḷākāsu udakasoṇḍīsu khipitvā udakassa tattabhāvaṃ ñatvā nāgalatādantakaṭṭhaṃ upanento mukhodakañca ṭhapeti. ^b^Vattaṃ karotī^eb^ti antokuṭiyā bahi ca pamukhepi aṅgaṇepi sākhābhaṅgehi sammajjanto vakkhamānanayena āhāraṃ upanento vattaṃ karoti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Patiṭṭhappamāṇe^eb^ti kaṭippamāṇe, ayameva vā pāṭho ^b^tāva mahantamevā^eb^ti yāva mahantaṃ setapadumavanaṃ ^a^V1.0257^ea^, tāva mahantameva. Eseva nayo ^b^rattakumudavanā^eb^dīsu. ^b^Khādantā^eb^ manussā. ^b^Pakkapayoghanikā viyā^eb^ti supakkapayoghanaṃ viya. Ghanabhāvena pana pakkhittakhuddamadhu viya hoti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘etaṃ pokkharamadhu nāmā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Muḷāla^eb^nti setapadumānaṃ mūlaṃ. ^b^Bhisa^eb^nti tesaṃyeva kandaṃ. ^b^Ekasmiṃ pabbe^eb^ti ekekasmiṃ pabbantare. ^b^Pādaghaṭaka^eb^nti doṇassa catubhāgo saṇṭhānato khuddako, tasmā ^b^pādaghaṭakappamāṇa^eb^nti tumbamattaṃ. ^b^Soṇḍiāvāṭe^eb^ti khuddakasoṇḍiyo ceva khuddakāavāṭe ca.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Etaṃ bhojana^eb^nti yathāvuttaṃ nirudakapāyasabhojanaṃ. ^b^Keci sañjānanti^eb^ ye therā vuḍḍhatarā. ^b^Keci na sañjānanti^eb^ ye navā acirapabbajitā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Buddhānubuddho^eb^ti buddhassa anubuddho. ^b^Bāḷhavīriyo^eb^ti catunnaṃ sammappadhānānaṃ vasena ciranicitavīriyo. ^b^Tiṇṇaṃ vivekāna^eb^nti kāyacittaupadhivivekānaṃ lābhīti yojanā. ^b^Catasso vadati^eb^ vaṅgīsatthero sayaṃpaṭibhānaṃ, na sesābhiññānaṃ abhāvatoti āha ^b^‘‘itarā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Parisā sannisīdi^eb^ nissaddabhāvena tuṇhī ahosīti attho. ^b^Anujānāpesī^eb^ti paṭhamaṃ attanā ñātaṃ upaṭṭhitaṃ attano parinibbānakālaṃ anu pacchā satthāraṃ jānāpesīti evaṃ ettha attho daṭṭhabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ta^eb^nti ^a^M1.0294^ea^ āsāḷhipuṇṇamāya isipatane yaṃ dassanaṃ, yaṃ vā dukkaracariyāyaṃ tumhākaṃ upaṭṭhānaṃ ādito dassanaṃ, taṃ, bhante, paṭhamadassanaṃ. ^b^Onatavinatā^eb^ti heṭṭhā upari ca onatā vinatā. ^b^Kampetvā^eb^ti thokaṃ cāletvā dassanatthaṃ ^b^ekaninnādo^eb^ tesaṃ hatthināgānañceva nāgayakkhakumbhaṇḍānaṃ devatānañca saddena. Brahmāno devānaṃ adaṃsūti sambandho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sajjhāyamakaṃsu^eb^ pasādanīyesu pasādavasena sannipatitaparisāya pasādajananatthaṃ ^b^bhagavati nikkhamitvā^eb^ti bhagavati gandhakuṭito nikkhamitvā. ^b^Dharatiyevā^eb^ti aduṭṭhataṃ patvā tiṭṭhateva.<br/><br/>[06]Koṇḍaññasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 217
title: parosahassasuttavaṇṇanā^koṇḍaññasuttavaṇṇanā^moggallānasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^218^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Paccavekkhatī^eb^ti tesaṃ ariyānaṃ cittaṃ attano ñāṇacakkhunā pati avekkhati paccavekkhati. ^b^Pabbatassā^eb^ti isigilipabbatassa. ^b^Dukkhapāraṃ gata^eb^nti vaṭṭadukkhassa pāraṃ pariyantaṃ gataṃ ^a^V1.0258^ea^. ^b^Sabbaguṇasampanna^eb^nti sabbehi buddhaguṇehi ca sāvakaguṇehi ca paripuṇṇaṃ. ^b^Anekākārasampanna^eb^nti rūpaghosalūkhadhammappamāṇikānaṃ sattānaṃ tehi tehi ākārehi sabbesañca anekehi anantāparimeyyehi pasīditabbākārehi samannāgataṃ. Te pana ākārā yasmā anaññasādhāraṇā buddhaguṇā eva, tasmā āha ^b^‘‘anekehi guṇehi samannāgata’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[06]Moggallānasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 218
title: koṇḍaññasuttavaṇṇanā^moggallānasuttavaṇṇanā^gaggarāsuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^219^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Te^eb^ti te devamanusse. ^b^‘‘Sarīravaṇṇenā^eb^ti sarīre chavivaṇṇenā’’ti vadanti. ^b^Sarīravaṇṇenā^eb^ti vā dhammarūpakāyaguṇena. ‘‘Yasasā’’tipi pāṭho, so evattho. ^b^Vigatamalo^eb^ti abbhāmahikādīhi vigatūpakkileso ^a^M1.0295^ea^. Bhāṇu vuccati pabhā, sātisayo bhāṇu etassa atthīti ^b^bhāṇumā^eb^. Sūriyoti āha ^b^‘‘ādicco viyā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[06]Gaggarāsuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 219
title: moggallānasuttavaṇṇanā^gaggarāsuttavaṇṇanā^vaṅgīsasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^220^eb^^b^.^eb^ So kira vicaratīti sambandho. ‘‘Yathāyaṃ dīpo jambudīpoti jambunā paññāto, evāhampi tena jambunā paññāyissa’’nti ^b^jambusākhaṃ pariharitvā. Vādaṃ katvā^eb^ti ‘‘imasmiṃ vāde sace te parājayo hoti, tvaṃ me dāso hohi. Sace me parājayo, ahaṃ te bhariyā’’ti evaṃ katikaṃ katvā. ^b^Vāde jayaparājayānubhāvenā^eb^ti tathāpavattite vāde paribbājakassa jayānubhāvena ceva attano parājayena ca. ^b^Vayaṃ āgammā^eb^ti sippuggahaṇavayaṃ āgamma. ^b^Vijja^eb^nti mantaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Nibbattagativibhāvanavasena chavasīsabhāvaṃ dūseti vināsetīti ^b^chavadūsakaṃ sippaṃ,^eb^ tathāpavattaṃ mantapadaṃ. ^b^Attano ānubhāvenā^eb^ti niraye nibbattasattassa sīsaṃ yattha katthaci ṭhitaṃ buddhānubhāvena ānetvā dassetvā. ^b^Khīṇāsavassa sīsa^eb^nti paramappicchatāya kañcipi ajānāpetvā araññaṃ pavisitvā parinibbutassa khīṇāsavassa chaḍḍitaṃ sīsakaṭāhaṃ. ^b^Dassesī^eb^ti attano ānubhāvena ānetvā dassesi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^‘‘Tumhe, bho gotama, jānāthā’’^eb^ti kāmaṃ vaṅgīso nibbattaṭṭhānaṃ sandhāya pucchati, bhagavā pana ^a^V1.0259^ea^ anupādisesanibbānaṃ sandhāya ^b^‘‘āma, vaṅgīsa…pe… gatiṃ jānāmī’’^eb^ti āha. Vuttañhetaṃ ‘‘nibbānaṃ arahato gatī’’ti. Vaṅgīso sayaṃ mantabalena gatipariyāpannassa gatiṃ jānanto bhagavantampi ‘‘ayampi tathā’’ti maññamāno ^b^‘‘mantena jānāsi, bho gotamā’’^eb^ti āha. Bhagavā attano buddhañāṇameva mantaṃ katvā dīpento ^b^‘‘āma, vaṅgīsa, ekena manteneva jānāmī’’^eb^ti āha. Mudhā eva dātabbanti ^b^amūliko^eb^. Anantarahitāya bhūmiyā sayanaṃ ^b^thaṇḍilaseyyā^eb^. ^b^Ādi^eb^-saddena sāyatatiyaṃ udakorohaṇabhūmiharaṇādiṃ saṅgaṇhāti. ^b^So taṃ…pe… arahattaṃ pāpuṇī^eb^ti iminā vaṅgīsatthero pabbajitvā na cirasseva sukhāya paṭipadāya arahattaṃ patto viya dissati, na kho panetaṃ ^a^M1.0296^ea^ evaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ, āyatiṃ thero pabbajitvā samathavipassanāsu kammaṃ ārabhitvāpi dukkhāya paṭipadāya tādisaṃ kālaṃ vītināmetvā arahattaṃ pāpuṇi. Tenāha –<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Nikkhantaṃ vata maṃ santaṃ, agārasmānagāriyaṃ;<br/><br/>[22]Vitakkā upadhāvanti, pagabbhā kaṇhato ime’’. (saṃ. ni. 1.209; theragā. 1218);<br/><br/>[03]Āyasmato vaṅgīsassa anabhirati uppannā hoti, rāgo cittaṃ anuddhaṃseti, ‘‘kāmarāgena ḍayhāmi, cittaṃ me pariḍayhatī’’tiādi (theragā. 1232).<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vimuttisukha^eb^nti sabbaso kilesavimuttiyaṃ nibbāne ca uppannaṃ sampatiarahattaphalasukhaṃ ^b^paṭisaṃvedento^eb^ti yathāparicchinnaṃ kālaṃ pati sammadeva vedento anubhavanto. Kavinā kataṃ, tato vā āgataṃ, tassa vā idanti kāveyaṃ, tadevettha ^b^‘‘kāveyya’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. ^b^Ye niyāmagataddasā^eb^ti ye bhikkhū ariyā buddhānaṃ sāvakā phalaṭṭhabhāvena niyāmagatā ceva maggaṭṭhabhāvena niyāmadasā ca. ^b^Niyāmo^eb^ti hi sammattaniyāmo adhippeto. ^b^Suāgamana^eb^nti mama imassa satthuno santike āgamanaṃ upagamanaṃ, imasmiñca dhammavinaye āgamanaṃ pabbajanaṃ upasampadā sundaraṃ āgamanaṃ. Tattha kāraṇamāha ^b^‘‘tisso vijjā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Avutta^eb^mpi gāthāya atthato gahitameva therassa chaḷabhiññabhāvato.<br/><br/>[06]Vaṅgīsasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.<br/><br/>[06]Sāratthappakāsiniyā saṃyuttanikāya-aṭṭhakathāya<br/><br/>[06]Vaṅgīsasaṃyuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 39
item: 220
title: vanasaṃyuttaṃ^^vivekasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^221^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Saṃvejetukāmā^eb^ti ^a^V1.0260^ea^^a^M1.0297^ea^ atthato saṃvegaṃ uppādetukāmā. Tathābhūtā naṃ kilesasaṅgaṇikādito vivecetukāmā nāma hotīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘vivekaṃ paṭipajjāpetukāmā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Bāhiresū^eb^ti gocarajjhattato bahibhūtesu. ^b^Puthuttārammaṇesū^eb^ti rūpādinānārammaṇesu. ^b^Caratī^eb^ti pavattati. ^b^Tvaṃ jano^eb^ti tvaṃ attano kilesehi jananato visuṃ jāto tādise eva aññasmiṃ jane imaṃ ayonisomanasikāravasena pavattamānaṃ chandarāgaṃ vinayassu vinodehi. ^b^Sataṃ taṃ sārayāmase^eb^ti niyyānikasāsane pabbajitvā satthu santike kammaṭṭhānaṃ gahetvā araññavāsena ca satimantaṃ paṇḍitaṃ taṃ mayampi yathāuppannaṃ vitakkaṃ vinodanāya sārayāma, sataṃ vā sappurisānaṃ kilesavigamanadhammaṃ paṭipajjitvā vasantaṃ taṃ sārayāma vaṭṭadukkhaṃ. ^b^Pātāla^eb^nti mohapātālaṃ kilesarajo, tadeva ‘‘pātāla’’nti vuttaṃ. ^b^Mā avaharī^eb^ti heṭṭhā duggatisotaṃ mā upanesi. ^b^Sita^eb^nti sambandhaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘sarīralagga’’^eb^nti. ^b^Vivekamāpanno^eb^ti kilesavivekaṃ samathavipassanābhāvanamāpanno. ^b^Uttamavīriya^eb^nti ussoḷhilakkhaṇappattaṃ vīriyaṃ, catubbidhaṃ samappadhānavīriyaṃ vā sampattaṃ. ^b^Paggayhā^eb^ti āropetvā. ^b^Paramaviveka^eb^nti paramaṃ samucchedavivekaṃ.<br/><br/>[06]Vivekasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 221
title: ^vivekasuttavaṇṇanā^upaṭṭhānasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^222^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Kāyadaratho hotiyeva^eb^ niyamena, na cittadaratho tassa maggeneva samugghāṭitattā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Jarāturo^eb^ti jarābhibhavanena āturoyeva. Padadvayepi eseva nayo. Upariṭṭhatāya parito dīghaputhulatāya ativiya vijjhatīti sattisallaggahaṇaṃ. Evaṃ hissa taṇhāsallassa sadisatā. Avijjāya pana sammohāpādanena ^a^M1.0298^ea^ dukkhāpādanena ca visasadisatā. ^b^Ruppato^eb^ti vikāraṃ āpādiyamānassa pīḷiyamānassāti atthoti āha ^b^‘‘ghaṭṭiyamānassā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pabbajita^eb^nti ^a^V1.0261^ea^ sasantānato pabbajitaṃ vā rāgādimalato pabbajitaṃ vā. ^b^Tasmā^eb^ti yasmā therassevetaṃ vacanaṃ, tasmā ^b^ayaṃ^eb^ idāni vuccamāno ^b^ettha^eb^ gāthāya attho. ^b^Devatāya hī^eb^tiādi vuttasseva atthassa pākaṭakaraṇaṃ. ^b^Etthā^eb^ti sesagāthāsu. Atthassa vuttanayattā ^b^‘‘anuttānapadavaṇṇanā’’^eb^ti āha. ^b^Vinayā^eb^ti hetumhi nissakkavacananti tassa hetumhi karaṇavacanena atthamāha ^b^‘‘vinayenā’’^eb^ti. Tathā ^b^‘‘samatikkamā’’^eb^ti etthāpi. ^b^Paramaparisuddhaṃ^eb^ saṃkilesasamucchindanato. ^b^Āraddhavīriya^eb^nti sambhāvitavīriyaṃ. Sambhāvanañcassa paggaṇhanaṃ paripūraṇañcāti āha ^b^‘‘paggahitavīriyaṃ paripuṇṇavīriya’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[06]Upaṭṭhānasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 222
title: vivekasuttavaṇṇanā^upaṭṭhānasuttavaṇṇanā^kassapagottasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^223^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Cheta^eb^nti migānaṃ jīvitaṃ chetaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘migaluddaka’’^eb^nti. ^b^Rohitamiga^eb^nti lohitavaṇṇaṃ khuddakamigaṃ, ‘‘mahārohitamiga’’nti keci. Satthu santike kammaṭṭhānaṃ gahetvā tassa janapadassa sulabhabhikkhatāya tattha gantvā viharatīti imamatthaṃ sandhāya ^b^‘‘paṭhamasutte vuttanayenevā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Ayaṃ pana thero pañcābhiñño vipassanākammiko. ^b^Ṭhatvā^eb^ti padānubandhanavasena gamanaṃ upacchinditvā therassa āsannaṭṭhāne ṭhatvā. Tassa vacanaṃ ^b^sotuṃ āraddho. Aṅguṭṭhakaṃ jālāpesī^eb^ti adhiṭṭhānabalena daṇḍadīpikaṃ viya attano aṅguṭṭhakaṃ jālāpesi. ^b^Akkhīhipi passati^eb^ aṅguṭṭhakaṃ jālamānaṃ. ^b^Kaṇṇehipi^eb^ suṇāti tena vuccamānaṃ dhammaṃ ekadesena. Cittaṃ panassa dhāvatīti sambandho. ^b^Etassapī^eb^ti luddakassapi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Appapañña^eb^nti ettha ^b^appa^eb^-saddo ‘‘appaharite’’tiādīsu viya abhāvatthoti āha ^b^‘‘nippañña’’^eb^nti. ^b^Kāraṇajānanasamatthenā^eb^ti iminā kāraṇena sattānaṃ sukhaṃ, iminā dukkhanti evaṃ samācaramānena kāraṇaṃ jānituṃ ^a^M1.0299^ea^ samatthena kammassakatañāṇasampayuttacittenāti attho. ^b^Suṇātī^eb^ti kevalaṃ savanamattavasena suṇāti, na tadatthavasena. Tenāha ^b^‘‘atthamassa na jānātī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Kāraṇarūpānī^eb^ti sabhāvakāraṇāni. ^b^Kiṃ me iminā^eb^ti? ‘‘Idaṃ papañca’’nti pahāya. ^b^Vīriyaṃ paggayhā^eb^ti catubbidhaṃ sammappadhānaṃ vīriyaṃ paggaṇhitvā.<br/><br/>[06]Kassapagottasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 223
title: upaṭṭhānasuttavaṇṇanā^kassapagottasuttavaṇṇanā^sambahulasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^224^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Sambahulā^eb^ti ^a^V1.0262^ea^ suttantanayena sambahulā. Suttante sajjhāyiṃsūti ^b^suttantikā^eb^. Vinayaṃ dhārentīti ^b^vinayadharā. Yuñjantī^eb^ti vāsadhure yogaṃ karonti. ^b^Ghaṭentī^eb^ti tattha vāyāmaṃ karonti. Karontānaṃyeva aruṇo uggacchatīti sambandho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kome^eb^ti kiṃ ime? Tenāha ^b^‘‘kahaṃ ime’’^eb^ti? Vajjibhūmiṃ vajjiraṭṭhaṃ gatāti ^b^vajjibhūmiyā^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘vajjiraṭṭhābhimukhā gatā’’^eb^ti. Natthi etesaṃ nikebhaṃ nibaddhanivāsaṭṭhānanti ^b^aniketā^eb^ tenāha ^b^‘‘agehā’’^eb^ti. Utu eva sappāyaṃ, utuvasena vā kāyacittānaṃ kallattā sappāyaṃ. Esa nayo sesesupi.<br/><br/>[06]Sambahulasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 224
title: kassapagottasuttavaṇṇanā^sambahulasuttavaṇṇanā^ānandasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^225^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ativela^eb^nti atibahukālaṃ. Bhikkhunā nāma upagatānaṃ upanisinnakathāmattaṃ vatvā ganthadhurehi vāsadhurehi vā yuttapayuttacittena bhavitabbaṃ, nātivelaṃ tesaṃ saññattibahulena. Thero pana tadā kenaci kāraṇena bahuvelaṃ gihisaññattibahulo ahosi, taṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ ‘‘ativela’’ntiādi. Idāni tamatthaṃ vibhāvetuṃ ^b^‘‘bhagavatī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Ta^eb^nti taṃ tādisaṃ saññāpanaṃ sandhāya etaṃ ‘‘ativelaṃ gihisaññattibahulo’’ti vacanaṃ vuttaṃ. ^b^Bhikkhusaṅghassa kathaṃ sutvā^eb^ti saṅghassa ^a^M1.0300^ea^ majjhe nisīditvā therena kathitattā vuttaṃ. ^b^Satthusāsana^eb^nti piṭakattayaṃ vadati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pasakkiyā^eb^ti upasakkitvā gantvā. Taṃ pana tattha ajjhogāhanaṃ hotīti āha ^b^‘‘pavisitvā’’^eb^ti. Saṅkhāradukkhato nibbinnahadayassa sabbasaṅkhāravinissaṭaṃ nibbānaṃ yāthāvato paccavekkhantassa sammadeva samassāsakaraṃ hutvā upaṭṭhahantaṃ taṃ upari adhigamāya ussukkaṃ karonto nibbānaṃ hadaye nikkhipati nāmāti āha – ^b^‘‘nibbānaṃ…pe… opeti nāmā’’^eb^ti. Nibbānaṃ…pe… ārammaṇato opeti nāmāti ānetvā sambandho. Atthavirahitā ‘‘biḷibiḷī’’ti pavattakiriyā biḷikā, ayaṃ pana gihisaññattikathā therassa attano sāmaññatthāsādhanato devatāya biḷikā viyāti ^b^biḷibiḷikā^eb^ti vuttā.<br/><br/>[06]Ānandasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 225
title: sambahulasuttavaṇṇanā^ānandasuttavaṇṇanā^anuruddhasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^226^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Anantare^eb^^a^V1.0263^ea^^b^attabhāve^eb^ti atītānantare devattabhāve. Thero hi tāvatiṃsadevalokā cavitvā idhūpapanno. ^b^Aggamahesī^eb^ti kāci paricārikā devadhītā cittapaṇidhānamattena idānipi devakāye bhavissati upacitakusaladhammattāti maññamānā tasmiṃ vattamānaṃ viya kathentī ^b^‘‘sobhasī’’^eb^ti āha. Evaṃ atītampissa dibbasotaṃ paccuppannaṃ viya maññeyya nāticirakālattāti dassento ^b^‘‘pubbepi sobhasī’’^eb^ti āha. Sugatinirayādiduggatiyā vasena duggatā etarahīti adhippāyo. ^b^Paṭipattiduggatiyā^eb^ kāmesu sammucchitabhāvato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Patiṭṭhahanto^eb^ti nivisanto. ^b^Aṭṭhahi kāraṇehī^eb^ti cirakālaparibhāvanāya viruḷhamūlehi ayonisomanasikārādipaccayamūlakehi vuccamānehi aṭṭhahi kāraṇehi. ^b^Ratto rāgavasenā^eb^ti sabhāvato saṅkappato ca yathāsamīhite iṭṭhākāre sakkāye sañjātarāgavasā ratto giddho gadhito. ^b^Patiṭṭhātī^eb^ti oruyha tiṭṭhati. ^b^Duṭṭho dosavasenā^eb^ti ^a^M1.0301^ea^ sabhāvato saṅkappato ca yathāsamīhite aniṭṭhākāre sakkāye sañjātadosavasena duṭṭho rupitacitto. ^b^Mūḷho mohavasenā^eb^ti asamapekkhanena mūḷho muyhanavasena. ^b^Vinibaddho^eb^ti ahaṃkārena visesato nibandhanato mānavatthusmiṃ bandhito. ^b^Mānavasenā^eb^ti tena tena maññanākārena. ^b^Parāmaṭṭho^eb^ti dhammasabhāvaṃ niccādivasena parato āmaṭṭho. ^b^Diṭṭhivasenā^eb^ti micchādassanavasena. ^b^Thāmagato^eb^ti rāgādikilesavasena thāmaṃ thirabhāvaṃ upagato. ^b^Anusayavasenā^eb^ti maggena appahīnatāya anu anu santāne sayanavasena. Appahīnaṭṭho hi tesaṃ anusayaṭṭho. ^b^Aniṭṭhaṅgato^eb^ti saṃsayito. ^b^Vikkhepagato^eb^ti vikkhittabhāvaṃ upagato. ^b^Uddhaccavasenā^eb^ti cittassa uddhatabhāvavasena. ^b^Tāpī^eb^ti tāpi devakaññāyo. ^b^Evaṃ patiṭṭhitāvā^eb^ti yathāvuttanayena rattabhāvādinā sakkāyasmiṃ patiṭṭhitā eva. ^b^Naradevāna^eb^nti purisabhūtadevānaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Paṭigantu^eb^nti apekkhāvasena tato apagantuṃ apekkhaṃ vissajjetuṃ. ^b^Dussanta^eb^nti dasantaṃ, ‘‘vattha’’nti keci. ^b^Sūciṃ yojetvā^eb^ti sibbanasuttena sūciṃ yojetvā pāse ca pavesetvā. Manāpakāye devanikāye jātā ^b^manāpakāyikā^eb^. Tesaṃ pabhāvaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘manasā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Samajja^eb^nti saṃhitaṃ. ^b^Gamanabhāva^eb^nti gamanajjhāsayaṃ. ^b^Vikkhīṇo^eb^ti vicchindanavasena khīṇo. Devatānaṃ uttarimanussadhammārocane doso natthīti tāsaṃ puna anāgamanatthaṃ arahattaṃ byākāsi.<br/><br/>[06]Anuruddhasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 226
title: ānandasuttavaṇṇanā^anuruddhasuttavaṇṇanā^nāgadattasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^227^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Atikālenā^eb^ti ^a^V1.0264^ea^ ativiya pubbaṇhakālena, kālassevāti attho. ^b^Koṭisammuñjaniyā^eb^ti sammuñjanikoṭiyā, sammuñjaniyā ekadesenevāti attho. Iminā sammajjane amanāpakāritaṃ dasseti. ^b^Majjhanhike vītivatte^eb^ti gihisaṃsaggavasena kālaṃ vītināmento majjhanhe bahuvītivatte. ^b^Aññehi bhikkhūhī^eb^ti nātikālaṃ paviṭṭhehi. Nissakkavacanañcetaṃ. ^b^Bhāyāmi nāgadatta^eb^nti tassa paṭipattiṃ bhāyitabbaṃ katvā devatā vadantī ^a^M1.0302^ea^ paṭipattiyaṃ niyojeti. ^b^Suppagabbha^eb^nti kāyapāgabbiyādīhi ativiya samannāgataṃ.<br/><br/>[06]Nāgadattasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 227
title: anuruddhasuttavaṇṇanā^nāgadattasuttavaṇṇanā^kulagharaṇīsuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^228^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ogāhappatto^eb^ti vissāsavasena anuppavesaṃ patto. ^b^Aññataraṃ kula^eb^nti tasmiṃ kule jāyampatiṃ sandhāya vadati. ^b^‘‘Bahūpakāraṃ me etaṃ kulaṃ^eb^ ciraṃ sappāyāhāradānādinā; tasmā idhāhaṃ aggadakkhiṇeyyo jāto; imesaṃyeva deyyadhammapaṭiggaṇhanena puññaṃ vaḍḍhessāmī’’ti cintesi. Tenāha ^b^‘‘aññattha gantvā kiṃ karissāmī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Sā^eb^ti devatā. ^b^Ubhopete^eb^ti taṃ bhikkhuñca gharaṇiñca sandhāya vadati. ^b^Paṭigādhappattā^eb^ti paṭigādhaṃ pattā aññamaññasmiṃ patiṭṭhitavissāsena.<br/><br/>[03]Vissamappattivasena santiṭṭhanti etthāti ^b^saṇṭhānaṃ,^eb^ vissamanaṭṭhānaṃ. ^b^Samāgantvā^eb^ti sannipatitvā. Paṭiññūdāharaṇehi mantayatīti ^b^mantanaṃ,^eb^ ñāpakaṃ kāraṇaṃ. ^b^Paṭilomasaddā^eb^ti paṭilomabhāvena patitattā asaccavibhāvanā paṭikūlasaddā. ^b^Tena kāraṇenā^eb^ti tena kāraṇapaṭirūpakena micchāvacanena. ^b^Na maṅkuhotabbaṃ^eb^ akārakabhāvato. ^b^Saddena paritassatī^eb^ti parehi attani payuttamicchāsaddamattena paritassanasīlo. ^b^Vataṃ na sampajjatī^eb^ti yathāsamādinnavataṃ lahucittatāya na pāripūriṃ gacchati. ^b^Sampannavato^eb^ti paripuṇṇasīlādivataguṇo<br/><br/>[06]Kulagharaṇīsuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 228
title: nāgadattasuttavaṇṇanā^kulagharaṇīsuttavaṇṇanā^vajjiputtasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^229^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Vajjiraṭṭhe rājaputto^eb^ti vajjiraṭṭhe jātasaṃvaddho vajjirājaputto. ^b^Sabbaratticāro^eb^ti chaṇasampattiyā ito cito carantehi anubhavitabbanakkhattamaho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘kattikanakkhattaṃ ghosetvā’’^eb^^a^V1.0265^ea^ tiādi. ^b^Ekābaddhaṃ hotī^eb^ti yasmā cātumahārājikadevā tasmiṃ divase nakkhattaṃ ^a^M1.0303^ea^ ghosetvā attano puññānubhāvasiddhāya dibbasampattiyā mahantaṃ nakkhattakīḷāsukhaṃ anubhavanti, tasmā taṃ tehi ekābaddhaṃ viya hoti. ^b^Bheriāditūriyāna^eb^nti bherimudiṅgasaṅkhapaṇavavīṇāditūriyānaṃ. ^b^Tāḷitāna^eb^nti āraddhalayānurūpaṃ pahaṭānaṃ. ^b^Vīṇādīna^eb^nti vīṇāveṇugomukhīādīnaṃ. ^b^Vāditāna^eb^nti yathāraddhamucchanānurūpaṃ saṅghaṭṭitānaṃ. ^b^Abhāsī^eb^ti tena saddena ākaḍḍhiyamānahadayo ayoniso ummujjitvā ‘‘mahatī vata me jānī’’ti anutthunanto abhāsi. ^b^Chaḍḍitadārukaṃ viyā^eb^ti vane chaḍḍitaniratthakakaḷiṅgaraṃ viya. ^b^Lāmakataro^eb^ti nihīnataro. Devatā paṭhamappitaṃ āṇiṃ paṭāṇiyā nīharantī viya tena bhikkhunā vuttamatthaṃ apanentī ‘‘tassa te bahukā pihayantī’’ti avocāti vuttanti dassento ^b^‘‘thero’’^eb^tiādimāha. Saggaṃ gacchantānaṃ yathā nerayikā pihayanti, evaṃ sammāpaṭipannassa tuyhaṃ bahū pihayanti, tasmā tvaṃ ‘‘pāpiyo’’ti attānaṃ mā maññitthāti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[06]Vajjiputtasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 229
title: kulagharaṇīsuttavaṇṇanā^vajjiputtasuttavaṇṇanā^sajjhāyasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^230^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Nissaraṇapariyattivasenā^eb^ti addhā imaṃ pariyattiṃ nissāya vaṭṭadukkhato nissarituṃ labbhāti evaṃ nissaraṇapariyattivasena. ^b^Sajjhāyanato^eb^ti vimuttāyatanasīse ṭhatvā sajjhāyanato. Idāni tassa nissaraṇapariyattivasena sajjhāyanakaraṇaṃ, paṭipattivasena vattapaṭivattakaraṇaṃ, vipassanābhāvanañca dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘so kirā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Arahattaṃ pattadivase paṭipattikittanāya purimadivasesupi tathā paṭipajji, vipassanaṃ pana ussukkāpetuṃ nāsakkhīti dasseti. ^b^Kālaṃ ativattetī^eb^ti idaṃ ^b^‘‘saṅkasāyatī’’^eb^ti padassa atthavacanaṃ. ^b^Therassā^eb^ti sajjhāyakattherassa.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Dhammapadānī^eb^ti sīlādidhammakkhandhadīpakāni padāni. Tenāha ^b^‘‘sabbampi buddhavacanaṃ adhippeta’’^eb^nti. Na gaṇhāsi uddesanti adhippāyo. Pāḷiyaṃ ‘‘bhikkhūhi saṃvasanto’’ti iminā tesaṃ dhammassavanatthāyapi dhammo pariyāpuṇitabboti dasseti. Virajjati etenāti ^b^virāgo,^eb^ ariyamaggo. ^b^Jānitvā^eb^ti pariññābhisamayavasena diṭṭhasutādiṃ yāthāvato jānitvā paṭivijjhitvā. ^b^Vissajjana^eb^nti ^a^M1.0304^ea^ pahānaṃ. ^b^Na buddhavacanassa^eb^ vissajjanaṃ. Bhaṇḍāgārikapariyattiyāpi anuññātattā pageva nissaraṇatthāya, tattha pana mattā jānitabbāti dassento ^b^‘‘ettāvatā’’^eb^tiādimāha.<br/><br/>[06]Sajjhāyasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 230
title: vajjiputtasuttavaṇṇanā^sajjhāyasuttavaṇṇanā^akusalavitakkasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^231^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Akusale^eb^^a^V1.0266^ea^^b^vitakke^eb^ti akosallasambhūtaṭṭhena akusale micchāvitakke. Yoni vuccati upāyo, tasmā asubhādike subhādivasena manasikāro ayonisomanasikāroti āha ^b^‘‘anupāyamanasikārenā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Pāsādikakammaṭṭhāna^eb^nti pasādāvahaṃ buddhānussatiādikammaṭṭhānaṃ. ^b^Balavapītiñca sukhañcā^eb^ti nīvaraṇavikkhambhanato balavantaṃ upacārajjhānasahagataṃ pītiñca sukhañca.<br/><br/>[06]Akusalavitakkasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 231
title: sajjhāyasuttavaṇṇanā^akusalavitakkasuttavaṇṇanā^majjhanhikasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^232^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Nandanavagge^eb^ti nandanavaggavaṇṇanāyaṃ tattha idhāpi gāthāya visesābhāvato. Yadi evaṃ kasmā tattha saṅgītaṃ idha gahitanti? Devatāpaṭisaṃyuttataṃ upādāya devatāsaṃyutte saṅgahitampi aṭṭhuppattiyā paṭisaṃyuttattā idha gahitaṃ.<br/><br/>[06]Majjhanhikasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 232
title: akusalavitakkasuttavaṇṇanā^majjhanhikasuttavaṇṇanā^pākatindriyasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^233^eb^^b^.^eb^ Terasame yaṃ vattabbaṃ, taṃ vitthāritamevāti yojanā. ^b^Jantudevaputtasutte^eb^ti jantudevaputtasuttasaṃvaṇṇanāya. ‘‘Tattha saṅgītaṃ idhāpī’’tiādi anantarasuttavaṇṇanāyaṃ vuttanayameva.<br/><br/>[06]Pākatindriyasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 233
title: majjhanhikasuttavaṇṇanā^pākatindriyasuttavaṇṇanā^gandhatthenasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^234^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Gandhārammaṇaṃ^eb^^a^M1.0305^ea^^b^upanijjhāyatī^eb^ti gandhasaṅkhātaṃ ārammaṇaṃ upecca nijjhāyati, rūpārammaṇena viya viññāṇena rūpaṃ, gandhārammaṇena taṃ upecca nijjhāyati paccakkhato, yāthāvato sabhāvato paṭivijjhatīti attho. ^b^Upasiṅghissatī^eb^ti taṇhāvasena upagantvā siṅghissati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ekaṅgametaṃ^eb^^a^V1.0267^ea^^b^theyyāna^eb^nti ārammaṇavasena theyyavatthūsu vibhajiyamānesu ekamaṅgametaṃ gandhārammaṇanti āha ^b^‘‘thenitabbāna’’^eb^ntiādi. Ojāpekkhāya theyyāya pavattamānāya dhammārammaṇatāpi tassā siyā, sā pana na madhurā theyyakatā cāti ^b^‘‘pañcakoṭṭhāsāna’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. Kāmañca taṃ gandhārammaṇaṃ kenaci pariggahitaṃ na hotīti ādiyituṃ sakkā, satthārā pana ananuññātattā na yutto tassa paribhogo. Yaṃ pana tena bhikkhunā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘na harāmi na bhañjāmī’’^eb^ti, tassapi ayameva parihāro. Vaṇṇīyati phalaṃ etenāti ^b^vaṇṇaṃ,^eb^ kāraṇanti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘vaṇṇenāti kāraṇenā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tasmi^eb^nti tasmiṃ bhikkhusmiṃ. ^b^Ākiṇṇakammanto^eb^ti taṇhādiṭṭhiādivasena akusalakammanto diṭṭhimohataṇhādivasena ādito paṭṭhāya kusalakammānaṃ paṭikkhepanato. Diṭṭhivasena ca kathinakakkhaḷakharigatattā ^b^‘‘akhīṇakammanto kakkhaḷakammanto’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ākiṇṇaluddo^eb^ti ākiṇṇo hutvā kakkhaḷo. Tenāha ^b^‘‘bahupāpo’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Makkhito^eb^ti litto. ^b^Ta^eb^nti devatācodanaṃ. ^b^Tasmā^eb^ti atikkamma ṭhitattā‘‘tvañcārahāmi vattave’’ti evamāha.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Gavesantassa^eb^ attano santāne uppādanavasena pariyesantassa. Anekayojanāyāmavitthāraṃ gaganatalaṃ byāpetvā uppannavalāhakakūṭappamāṇaṃ viya. ^b^Suddho^eb^ti sīlena parisuddho ayanti jānāsi. ^b^Sugati^eb^nti sundaranibbattiṃ. Tena nibbānassapi saṅgaho siddho.<br/><br/>[06]Gandhatthenasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.<br/><br/>[06]Sāratthappakāsiniyā saṃyuttanikāya-aṭṭhakathāya<br/><br/>[06]Vanasaṃyuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 39
item: 234
title: yakkhasaṃyuttaṃ^^indakasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^235^eb^^b^.^eb^ Attano ^a^V1.0268^ea^^a^M1.0306^ea^ pariṇāyakattena indo nāma mahesakkho, indoti samaññā assāti katvā ‘‘indako’’tipi vuccati, tassa ^b^indakassa^eb^. Indakūṭe pabbate nivasatīti indakūṭanivāsī, tassa ^b^indakūṭanivāsino^eb^. Balikammehi yajitabbato pūjitabbato yakkho, tassa ^b^yakkhassa^eb^. Indassa nivāsaṭṭhānabhūtaṃ kūṭaṃ indakūṭanti ^b^yakkhato kūṭena nāmaṃ laddhaṃ^eb^. Indakūṭo indo uttarapadalopena yathā ‘‘kelāsakūṭo kelāso’’ti. Indo yakkhoti ^b^kūṭato yakkhena nāmaṃ laddhaṃ^eb^. ^b^Na^eb^ cettha itarītaranissayadoso aññamaññūpalakkhaṇabhāvato yathā taṃ ‘‘kāyakammaṭṭhāna’’nti. ^b^Rūpa^eb^nti sakalaṃ rūpakkhandhamāha, na rūpāyatananti. Imaṃ sarīraṃ pecca ayaṃ kinti paṭilabhatīti codeti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kuto āgacchatī^eb^ti parādhārarūpe jīve attani mātukucchimokkante rūpassa sambhavoti kuto nāma ṭhānato āgacchati. Tenāha ^b^‘‘imāni ca aṭṭhīni imā ca maṃsapesiyo’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Kathaṃ nvaya^eb^nti ayaṃ kucchisaṅkhāte gabbhare kathaṃ sajjatīti pucchati. ‘‘Sīhānaṃva nadantānaṃ, dāṭhīnaṃ girigabbhare’’tiādinā (theragā. nidānagāthā) gabbharo ca kucchivācako āgato. Tenāha ^b^‘‘gabbharasminti mātukucchismi’’^eb^nti. ^b^Puggalavādī^eb^ti attavādupādāno. Yathā hi macchamaṃsaṃ bhuttaṃ pheṇaṃ viya hutvā vilīyati, na ca paññāyati sattabhāvena appavattanato, evamevaṃ yadi mātukucchismiṃ gabbhabhāvena uppannaṃ rūpaṃ satto na bhaveyya no vaḍḍheyya, vilīyitvā gaccheyya, paññāyati ca taṃ rūpaṃ, tasmā jīvoti imāya ^b^laddhiyā. Evamāhā^eb^ti ‘‘rūpaṃ…pe… gabbharasmi’’nti evamavoca. ^b^Paṭhama^eb^nti etesaṃ pañcannaṃ paṭhamaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘paṭhamena paṭisandhiviññāṇena saddhi’’^eb^nti. ^b^‘‘Jātiuṇṇaṃsūhī^eb^ti jātieḷakāya uṇṇaṃsūhī’’ti vadanti. ‘‘Gabbhaṃ phāletvā gahitauṇṇā ^b^jātiuṇṇā^eb^. Tassā aṃsūhi ^b^tīhi katasuttagge’’^eb^ti saṃyuttabhāṇakānaṃ adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Anāvilo^eb^ti ^a^V1.0269^ea^ accho, suppasannoti attho. ^b^Evaṃvaṇṇappaṭibhāga^eb^nti vuttappamāṇasaṇṭhānasamparicchinnaṃ. ^b^Kalalaṃ sampavuccatī^eb^ti attabhāvo bhūtupādārūpasaṅkhāto ^a^M1.0307^ea^ santānavasena pavattamāno kalalaṃ nāmāti kathīyati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kalalā^eb^ti yathāvuttakalalarūpahetu taṃ nissāya paccayaṃ katvā. ^b^Maṃsadhovanaudakavaṇṇa^eb^nti vaṇṇato maṃsadhovanaudakavaṇṇaṃ, saṇṭhānato pana vilīnatipusadisaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Paripakka^eb^nti paripākakalalabhāvato paripākaṃ gataṃ suparipākaṃ gataṃ. ^b^Samūhata^eb^nti samūhabhūtaṃ saṅgataṃ. ^b^Vivaṭṭamāna^eb^nti pariṇamantaṃ. ^b^Tabbhāva^eb^nti karaṇe etaṃ upayogavacanaṃ, tabbhāvena pariṇamantanti attho. Nissakke vā upayogavacanaṃ, tabbhāvato kalalabhāvato kalalaṃ vipariṇamantaṃ. ^b^Abbudaṃ nāma jāyati,^eb^ abbudaṃ nāma sampajjatīti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vilīnatipusadisā^eb^ saṇṭhānavasena, vaṇṇavasena pana sitā arattāva hotīti vadanti. ^b^Maṇḍa^eb^nti dārikānaṃ tathā pīḷanato nibbattamaricapakkassa sārabhūtaṃ rasaṃ. ^b^Sabbabhāgehi muccatī^eb^ti so maṇḍo kapāle alaggo hutvā tassa sabbabhāgehi mucchitvā piṇḍito hutvā tiṭṭhati. ^b^Evarūpā pesi hotī^eb^ti sā pesi gabbhāsaye katthaci alaggā yathāvuttamaṇḍo viya piṇḍito hutvā tiṭṭhati. Tenāha ^b^‘‘vilīnatipusadisā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pesi nibbattatī^eb^ti ettha ^b^pesī^eb^ti nissakke paccattavacananti āha ^b^‘‘tato pesito’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ghanassa saṇṭhānaṃ. Nibbattaṃ kammapaccayā^eb^ti taṃsaṇṭhānaṃ rūpadhammanibbattiyā jāyati. ‘‘Jarāmaraṇaṃ aniccaṃ saṅkhataṃ paṭiccasamuppanna’’nti (saṃ. ni. 2.20) hi vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pīḷakā^eb^ti pīḷakasadisā maṃsapiṇḍā jāyanti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sattamādīnī^eb^ti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena aṭṭhamasattāhato paṭṭhāya yāva ekacattālīsā catuttiṃsa sattāhāni saṅgaṇhāti. ^b^Pariṇatakāla^eb^nti gabbhassa pariṇatakālaṃ. Navamāsato bahi paripakko nāma hoti kesalomādinibbattito. Tenāha ^b^‘‘dvācattālīse sattāhe etāni jāyantī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tassā^eb^ti ^a^M1.0308^ea^ gabbhaseyyakasattassa. ^b^Mātūdarapaṭalena ekābaddho hoti^eb^ yato mātarā paribhuttāahāro ^a^V1.0270^ea^ āmāsaye patiṭṭhite gabbhassa nābhināḷānusārena gabbhagatassa sarīraṃ sampatvā āhārakiccaṃ karoti. ^b^Āhārasamuṭṭhānarūpaṃ samuṭṭhāpetī^eb^ti gabbhagatassa kāye ojāya paccayo hoti. Sā ca taṃ paccayaṃ labhitvā ojaṭṭhamakaṃ rūpaṃ samuṭṭhāpeti. Evaṃ mātarā paribhuttāahārapaccayena gabbhagato dasa māse yāpeti attano nābhināḷānusāragateneva tena yāva āhārasamuṭṭhānasattāho, tato paṭṭhāya āharaṇato. Keci pana ‘‘mātarā paribhuttāahāro bāhiravaggo viya tassa kāyaṃ abhisanneti parisanneti, tena so yāpetī’’ti vadanti. Kucchigataṃ udarapaṭalena tirohitattā bahi ṭhitanti vattabbataṃ na arahatīti ^b^‘‘kucchiyā abbhantaragato’’^eb^ti āha. ^b^Mātukucchigato naro^eb^ti mātu tirokucchigato. ^b^Evaṃ kho^eb^ti iminā yathāvuttākārena ayaṃ satto…pe… nibbattati, tasmā rūpaṃ na jīvo. Na hi diṭṭhigatassa sattāhakkamena vuḍḍhippatto icchito aniccatāpattito.<br/><br/>[06]Indakasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 235
title: ^indakasuttavaṇṇanā^sakkanāmasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^236^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Sakkanāmako^eb^ti baliputto viya sakkassa vasena gahitanāmo. ‘‘Eso kirā’’ti pāṭho. ‘‘Eko kirā’’tipi likhanti. Mārassa pakkhe gato ^b^mārapakkhiko. Yadañña^eb^nti ettha ^b^ya^eb^nti kiriyāparāmasanaṃ, tasmā yaṃ aññassa anusāsanaṃ, taṃ samaṇassa na sādhūti yojanā. ^b^Kāraṇenā^eb^ti kāraṇamattena saṃvāso jāyati. ^b^Yena kenaci^eb^ gahaṭṭhena vā pabbajitena vā. ^b^Taṃ^eb^ kāraṇantaraṃ samāgataṃ purisaṃ ^b^sappañño^eb^ sambuddho ^b^anukampituṃ nārahati^eb^ visesādhigamābhāvā, sati pana tasmiṃ savisesaṃ pasādo hotīti. ^b^Manasā ce…pe… na tena hoti saṃyutto^eb^ sinehavasena anukampā anuddayā tassā asaṃkiliṭṭhasabhāvattā.<br/><br/>[06]Sakkanāmasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 236
title: indakasuttavaṇṇanā^sakkanāmasuttavaṇṇanā^sūcilomasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^237^eb^^b^.^eb^ Gayāya ^a^M1.0309^ea^ avidūre bhavo gāmo ‘‘gayā’’ti vuttoti āha ^b^‘‘gayāya’’^eb^nti, tenāha ^b^‘‘gayāya avidūre niviṭṭhagāmaṃ upanisāyāti attho’’^eb^ti. Gocaragāmanidassanaṃ hetaṃ. ^b^Idaṃ upari idaṃ heṭṭhāti natthi^eb^ uppaṭipāṭiyo mañcapādānaṃ dvīsu passesu dīghabhāvena. Balikammatthāya kataṃ devatādhiṭṭhānanti adhippāyena ^b^devaṭṭhāne ṭhapenti^eb^. Aṭṭhapādamañcasadiso kira so heṭṭhupariparivattetabbato. Kathinasibbanasūci ^b^kathinasūci. Apaccattharitvā^eb^ti kiñci saṅghikasenāsanassa ^a^V1.0271^ea^ upari paṭicchadanaṃ apaccattharitvā. ^b^Gavacchivijjhitaṃ viyā^eb^ti tehi sūcilomehi gavacchijālaṃ viya gataṃ sabbaso samohataṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Idhāpi ‘‘kharasarīro’’ti vatvā kharasarīraṃ kathinasūcisadisatāya lomassāti tassa tathābhāvassa kāraṇaṃ dassento ^b^‘‘so kirā’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Attano hatthehī^eb^ti saṅghikatelasammakkhitehi attano sarīraṃ makkhesi. ^b^Itī^eb^ti vuttākārena.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Samāgamaṭṭhāna^eb^nti yakkhasannipātaṭṭhānaṃ. ^b^So^eb^ti sūcilomo yakkho. ^b^Ma^eb^nti ca tameva vadati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Uṭṭhāpetvā^eb^ti uddhaggā katvā. ^b^Apanāmesī^eb^ti yathā so attano kāyaṃ upanetuṃ na sakkoti, tathā karonto thokaṃ apanāmesi. ^b^Amanuñño^eb^ti pharusatikkhatāya na manuñño. ^b^Cittaṃ vā te khipissāmī^eb^ti mayhaṃ ānubhāvena tava cittavikkhepaṃ vā karissāmi. Yathā pana so cittavikkhepaṃ kareyya, taṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘yesañhī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Bheravaṃ vā^eb^ti vuttākārena aññathā vā bhayānakaṃ dassanamatteneva sattānaṃ bhayaṃ chambhitattaṃ lomahaṃsaṃ uppādetuṃ samatthaṃ. ‘‘Kathentānaṃyevā’’ti vā pāṭho. Taṃ dvīsu pādesu gahetvā pāraṃ gaṅgāya khipissāmīti yojanā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kutonidānā^eb^ti kasmā kāraṇā? Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana samāsapadametaṃ, vibhattialopena niddesoti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘kiṃnidānā kiṃpaccayā’’^eb^ti? Attho vutto. ^b^Cittaṃ ossajantī^eb^ti kusalacittaṃ pavattituṃ appadānavasena ^a^M1.0310^ea^ purato khipanti. ^b^Kuto samuṭṭhāyā^eb^ti micchāvitakkānaṃ samuṭṭhānaṃ pucchati?<br/><br/>[03]Kāmarāgādayo subhanimittādīsu ayonisomanasikārahetū. Kāmo pana ayonisomanasikāro ca niyakajjhattapariyāpannoti āha ^b^‘‘ayaṃ attabhāvo nidānaṃ etesanti itonidānā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Evamevā^eb^ti aṭṭhakathāyaṃ kīḷāpasutakumārakā viya micchāvitakkā daṭṭhabbā, tesaṃ uppattiṭṭhānabhūto loko viya ayaṃ attabhāvaloko. Tehi ossajiyamānaṃ dhaṅkaṃ viya cittaṃ, tassa pāde baddhadīghasuttakaṃ viya taṃ dūrānubandhaṃ saṃyojananti evaṃ upamāya saṃsandanaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Pāpavitakkānaṃ taṃsampayuttakilesānañca taṇhā visesapaccayo tadabhāvena tesaṃ abhāvatoti ^a^V1.0272^ea^ āha ^b^‘‘taṇhāsinehato jātā’’^eb^ti. Attabhāvapariyāpannattā ^b^‘‘attani sambhūtā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Tena nesaṃ anaññahetukataṃ dasseti, ^b^nigrodhasseva khandhajātī^eb^ti iminā pana puthubhāvañca, ^b^visattā^eb^tiādinā dubbinissaṭatañca. ^b^Vatthukāmesu^eb^ rūpārammaṇādīsu puthūsu. ^b^Puthū kilesakāmā^eb^ kāmarūpataṇhādayo. ^b^Tehi^eb^ kilesakāmehi karaṇabhūtehi. ^b^Attabhāvaṃ^eb^ khandhapañcakaṃ. ^b^Ye^eb^ vipassanāya yuttapayuttā yāthāvato ^b^jānanti^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Yato^eb^ti paccatte nissakkavacananti āha ^b^‘‘yaṃ nidānamassā’’^eb^ti. ‘‘Vinodentī’’ti kattuniddesena yena na vinodenti, taṃ kāraṇaṃ bādhitamevāti āha ^b^‘‘maggasaccena vinodentī’’^eb^ti. Vinodanañcettha santānato nīharaṇaṃ bahikaraṇaṃ sabbaso pahānaṃ, pahīne ca tasmiṃ kilese oghaṃ tarantīti dassento ^b^‘‘duttara’’^eb^ntiādimāha. Etasmiṃ adhigate na puna bhavoti ^b^apunabbhavo, nibbāna^eb^nti āha ^b^‘‘apunabbhavasaṅkhātassā’’^eb^tiādi. Yasmā ettha ‘‘ye naṃ pajānanti, yatonidāna’’nti padadvayena dukkhasamudayasaccāni, vinodanaggahaṇena maggasaccaṃ, apunabbhavaggahaṇena nirodhasaccaṃ pakāsitaṃ, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘cattāri saccāni pakāsento’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tasmiṃyevā^eb^ti yattha ṭhito ‘‘rāgo ca doso cā’’tiādinā pañhaṃ pucchi, tasmiṃyeva padese ṭhito. ^b^Desanānusārenā^eb^ti satthu sāmukkaṃsikadhammadesanāya anussaraṇena. ^b^Ñāṇaṃ pesetvā^eb^ti vipassanāpaṭipāṭiyā ^a^M1.0311^ea^ nibbānaṃ pati anubodhañāṇaṃ pesetvā pavattetvā. ^b^Sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhito^eb^ti sahassanayapaṭimaṇḍitassa paṭhamamaggassa adhigamena paṭhamaphale patiṭṭhito paṭilabhatīti yojanā. ^b^Na kiliṭṭhattabhāve tiṭṭha^eb^nti mahānubhāvattā ariyadhammassa. ^b^Setakaṇḍupīḷakasūciyo^eb^ti setabhāvaṃ patvā kaṇḍupīḷakā lomasūciyo ^b^sabbā^eb^ anavasesā ^b^patitā^eb^ paribhaṭṭhā apagatā. ^b^Bhummadevatāparihāra^eb^nti bhummadevattabhāvanti.<br/><br/>[06]Sūcilomasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 237
title: sakkanāmasuttavaṇṇanā^sūcilomasuttavaṇṇanā^maṇibhaddasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^238^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Sukhaṃ paṭilabhatī^eb^ti diṭṭhadhammikādibhedaṃ sukhaṃ adhigacchati. ^b^Niccameva seyyo^eb^ satimato āyatiṃ hitacaraṇato. Maṇibhaddo ‘‘satimāpuggalo satokārī sampati veraṃ nappasavatī’’ti adhippāyena ‘‘verā ca parimuccatī’’ti āha. Bhagavā pana satimantatāsiddhiyā veraparimuccanaṃ na accantikaṃ, nāpi ekantikaṃ paṭipakkhena parato ca appahīnattāti taṃ nisedhento ^b^‘‘verā ca na parimuccatī’’^eb^ti vatvā, yaṃ accantikaṃ ekantikañca ^a^V1.0273^ea^ parassa vasena veraparimuccanaṃ, taṃ dassento ^b^‘‘yassā’’^eb^ti gāthamāha. ^b^Karuṇāyā^eb^ti appanāppattāya karuṇāya. ^b^Karuṇāpubbabhāge^eb^ti karuṇābhāvanāya vasena uppāditapaṭhamajjhānūpacāre. ^b^So^eb^ti karuṇābhāvanaṃ bhāvento puggalo. ^b^Mettaṃso^eb^ti mettacittaṃ aṃso eko kusalakoṭṭhāso etassāti mettaṃso. ^b^Tassa kenacī^eb^ti tassa arahato karuṇāya mettābhāvanāya ca sātisayattā tadabhāvena kenaci puggalena saddhiṃ verappasaṅgo nāma natthi. Iminā khīṇāsavepi mettākaruṇābhāvanārahite koci attano cittadosena veraṃ kareyya, na pana tasmiṃ mettākaruṇācetovimuttisamannāgate koci veraṃ kareyya. Evaṃ mahiddhikā brahmavihārabhāvanāti dasseti.<br/><br/>[06]Maṇibhaddasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 238
title: sūcilomasuttavaṇṇanā^maṇibhaddasuttavaṇṇanā^sānusuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^239^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Yakkhena^eb^^a^M1.0312^ea^^b^gahito hotī^eb^ti yakkhena anupaviṭṭho hoti. Tassa yakkhagahaṇassa kāraṇaṃ mūlato pabhuti vitthārato dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘so’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tassa antimabhavikattā ādito paṭṭhāya adhisīlasikkhāya sakkaccaṃ pūraṇanti dasseti ^b^‘‘so pabbajitakālato’’^eb^tiādinā. ^b^Paccāhāra^eb^nti paṭikkhepaṃ. ^b^Imasmiṃ sarabhaññe^eb^ti imasmiṃ mama dhammabhaṇane. ^b^Patti^eb^nti pattidānaṃ. ^b^Piyā honti,^eb^ tenāha bhagavā ‘‘ākaṅkheyya ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ‘sabrahmacārīnaṃ piyo ca assaṃ manāpo ca garu ca bhāvanīyo cā’ti, sīlesvevassa paripūrakārī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.65). Tathā cāha ^b^‘‘tasmiṃ sāmaṇere’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vuḍḍhimanvāyā^eb^ti yobbanappattiyā aṅgapaccaṅgānaṃ parivuḍḍhimāgamma. Kāmasambhogasamatthatāvasena ^b^paripakkindriyo^eb^. ^b^Anuyojetvāvā^eb^ti vissajjetvāva, gihibhāve vā anuyojetvāva. ‘‘Pubbe tuyhaṃ putto sīlavā kalyāṇadhammo lajjī kukkuccako sikkhākāmoti sambhāvito, idāni tato aññathā jāto’’ti ghosanāvasena ^b^devatānaṃ antare māheva me lajjaṃ uppādeyya^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pāṭihāriyapakkhañcā^eb^ti cātuddasīpañcadasīaṭṭhamīnaṃ yathākkamaṃ ādito antato ādiantato ca pavesananikkhamanavasena uposathasīlassa paṭi paṭi abhimukhaṃ paccāvahitabbapakkhañca. ^b^Terasiyāpī^eb^ti paraṃ sattamīnavamīsupīti attho. Pavesabhūtañhi uposathasīlassa sattamīsu samādinnaṃ sīlaṃ paṭipadaṃ, navamīsu nikkhamabhūtanti ācariyā. Porāṇaṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana paccuggamanānugamanapariyāyena vuttanti āha ^b^‘‘manussā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Aḍḍhamāsa^eb^nti sakalakālapakkhaṃ ^a^V1.0274^ea^. Evañhi vassavāsassa anugamanaṃ gataṃ hoti. ^b^Suṭṭhu samāgata^eb^nti suparisuddhaṃ sampannaṃ katvā attano santānaṃ āgataṃ. Taṃ pana attano cittena samaṃ pakārehi yuttaṃ hotīti āha ^b^‘‘sampayutta’’^eb^nti. Arahantānaṃ anukaraṇena ^b^seṭṭhacariyaṃ. ‘‘Na te hi yakkhā kīḷantī’’^eb^ti attano puttassa kāye adhimuccanaṃ attano kīḷanaṃ viya hotīti katvā āha.<br/><br/>[03]Upāsikā ^a^M1.0313^ea^ yathāvuttauposathasīlena sīlavatī, sāmaṇero pana attano sāmaṇerasīlena sīlavā. ^b^Uppatitvā^eb^ti ākāse uppatitvā. ^b^Mokkho natthi^eb^ dukkhāvahassa kammassa katūpacitattā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Duvidhepi kāme^eb^ti vatthukāmakilesakāme. Kilesakāmaṃ pariccajanto eva hi vatthukāme pariccajati nāma. ^b^Vibbhamanavasena āgacchati^eb^ bhikkhāya āhiṇḍanādipabbajitakiccato. ^b^Uppabbajitvā^eb^ vigatasīlassa jīvato ānāpānamattena ^b^jīvantopi so matakova^eb^. Vuttañhetaṃ ‘‘maraṇañhetaṃ, sunakkhatta, ariyassa vinaye, yo sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattatī’’ti (ma. ni. 3.45).<br/><br/>[03]^b^Uṇhaṭṭhenā^eb^ti sapariḷāhaṭṭhena. ^b^Abhidhāvathā^eb^ti abhidhāvatīti imasmiṃ abhidhāvanakicce bhaddaṃ te hotūti vatvā gihibhāvāya abhidhāvatha. ^b^Nīharitvā^eb^ti nikkhāmetvā. Ekādasahi aggīhi ādittattā ^b^mahāḍāhasadise. Sallakkhetvā^eb^ti gihibhāve ādīnavaṃ, pabbajjāya ānisaṃsañca sallakkhetvā. ^b^Hirottappaṃ paṭilabhitvā^eb^ ‘‘mama uppabbajitukāmataṃ sabrahmacārino jānissantī’’ti. Catunnaṃ parisānaṃ cittasaṅkhobhavasena ^b^sakalajambudīpaṃ khobhetvā^eb^.<br/><br/>[06]Sānusuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 239
title: maṇibhaddasuttavaṇṇanā^sānusuttavaṇṇanā^piyaṅkarasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^240^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Paccante^eb^ti pariyante. ^b^Pāṭiyekka^eb^nti saṅgītikāle visuṃ. Yamakavaggādikā brāhmaṇavaggapariyosānā chabbīsati vaggā etissāti ^b^chabbīsativaggā, tantī^eb^ti pāḷi. Uccārapassāvādi evarūpaṃ ^b^dubbhojanaṃ,^eb^ ‘‘asucijegucchabhāvena duṭṭhu bhojana’’nti katvā, dubbhojanaggahaṇena vā vantagabbhamalādīni atidisati. ^b^Chaviādīni chetvā^eb^ti chaviādīni ativijjha ativiya pavisitvā. ^b^Aṭṭhimiñjaṃ āhacca aṭṭhāsi^eb^ pītisamuṭṭhānauḷāroḷārarūpappavattiyā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘hadayaṅgamanīyo hutvā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Dhammatāya^eb^^a^V1.0275^ea^^a^M1.0314^ea^^b^samādiṇṇa^eb^nti kassaci santike aggahetvā sayameva tasmiṃ khaṇe saṃyatā homāti yathāsaṃyatā. ^b^Tatiyapadenā^eb^ti ‘‘sikkhema susīlya’’nti iminā padena. ^b^Sesā^eb^ti vuttāvasesā. ^b^Tisso^eb^ adinnādānamicchācārasurāpānaviratiyo. ^b^Gahitā^eb^ gobalībaddañāyena. Chātakaṃ dubbhikkhañca etthāti ^b^chātakadubbhikkhā,^eb^ jighacchādubbhikkhābahulāyāti attho. ^b^Pisācayakkhayoniyā^eb^ti pettivisayasadisayakkhayoniyā api nāma muccemāti yojanā.<br/><br/>[06]Piyaṅkarasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 240
title: sānusuttavaṇṇanā^piyaṅkarasuttavaṇṇanā^punabbasusuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^241^eb^^b^.^eb^ Vasanaṭṭhānaggahaṇena rattiṭṭhānadivāṭṭhānādayo saṅgaṇhāti. ^b^Dvādasahatthamattameva gaṇhāti^eb^ pakatisañcaraṇūpacāramattabyāpanato. ^b^Yathāparisa^eb^nti parisānurūpaṃ, yattha yattha parisā tiṭṭhati, taṃ taṃ ṭhānaṃ gacchati parisapariyantikattā. Satthu mukhavikārābhāvato pavesānuññaṃ sallakkhentī ‘‘nūna ayaṃ katādhikārā bhavissatī’’ti anumānasiddhaṃ ^b^upanissayaṃ disvā. Ekībhāvagamanenā^eb^ti hatthapāsūpagamanena parisāya missībhāvappattiyā. ^b^Puttakā^eb^ti puttaputtiyo. Anukampāyañhi ^b^ka^eb^-saddo.<br/><br/>[03]Nibbānārammaṇena ariyamaggena muñciyamānā ganthā ^b^‘‘nibbānaṃ āgamma pamuccantī’’^eb^ti vuttā. ^b^Velātikkantā^eb^ti pamāṇato paricchindituṃ na sakkāti āha ^b^‘‘pamāṇātikkantā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Piyāyanā^eb^ti āsīsanā. Āsīsanaṃ pemavasena pemavatthuno esanā patthanāva hotīti āha ^b^‘‘magganā patthanā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Tato^eb^ti piyaputtādito. ^b^Pāṇīna^eb^nti sāmiatthe puthuvacanaṃ dukkhasaddāpekkhaṃ. ^b^Ke mocetī^eb^ti mocanakiriyāya kammaṃ pucchati? Ibharo pana atthavasena vibhattivipariṇāmoti ^b^‘‘pāṇineti āharitvā vattabba’’^eb^nti āha. ^b^Abhisambudha^eb^nti abhisambudhanto. Tenāha ^b^‘‘abhisambuddho’’^eb^ti. ^b^Saddhammassā^eb^ti upayogatthe sāmivacananti āha ^b^‘‘saddhammameva ajānitvā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Puttassa anumodanaṃ karontī^eb^ti puttassa paṭipattianumodanaṃ karontī. ^b^Uggatā^eb^ti ettha kalale vaṭṭadukkhe nimujjamānā tato sīsaṃ ukkhipituṃ asakkonti ^a^M1.0315^ea^ ajja buddhānubhāvena paññāsīsaṃ ukkhipitā uggatā. Puna vinipātābhāvato sammadeva uggatattā ^b^samuggatā^eb^. Tathābhūtā sāsanepi uggatā samuggatā jātā. ^b^Catusaccapaṭivedhabhāva^eb^nti catusaccapaṭivedhassa atthibhāvaṃ. ^b^Kaṇḍukacchuādī^eb^ti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena jegucchāsātādiṃ saṅgaṇhāti. ^b^Dibbasampattiṃ paṭilabhati^eb^^a^V1.0276^ea^ pavattiyaṃ sampattidāyino kammassa katokāsattā. ^b^Tuṇhī uttarike hohī^eb^ti mātu-vacanaṃ sampaṭicchitvā tassa visesādhigamassa avibandhakaraṇasammāpayogena yathāladdhavisesāya mātuyā vasena yasmā dhītā diṭṭhadhammikasampattilābhī, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘mātu ānubhāvenevā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[06]Punabbasusuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 241
title: piyaṅkarasuttavaṇṇanā^punabbasusuttavaṇṇanā^sudattasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^242^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Karaṇīyenā^eb^ti ettha ^b^karaṇīya^eb^nti vāṇijjakammaṃ adhippetanti taṃ vivaranto ^b^‘‘anāthapiṇḍiko cā’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Vikkīyatī^eb^ti vikkayaṃ gacchati. ^b^Tatheva karotī^eb^ti yathā rājagahaseṭṭhinā sāvatthiṃ gantvā kataṃ, tatheva rājagahaṃ gantvā karoti. ^b^Svāya^eb^nti anāthapiṇḍiko.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Taṃ divasa^eb^nti yaṃ divasaṃ anāthapiṇḍiko, gahapati, rājagahasamīpaṃ upagato, taṃ divasaṃ. ^b^Paṇṇa^eb^nti sāsanaṃ. ^b^Na suṇī^eb^ti asuṇanto ‘‘paṇṇaṃ na suṇī’’ti vutto. Dhammagāravena hi so seṭṭhi aññaṃ kiccaṃ tiṇāyapi na maññi. Tenāha ^b^‘‘dhammassavanatthāyā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Dārakarūpāna^eb^nti dārakānaṃ. Anatthantarakaro hi ^b^rūpa^eb^-saddo yathā ‘‘gorūpāna’’nti. ^b^Pañcavaṇṇa^eb^nti khuddikādibhedaṃ pañcappakāraṃ pītiṃ paṭilabhi. Anukkamena hi tā etassa sambhavanti. ^b^‘‘Sīsena uṭṭhāya…pe… gacchatī’’^eb^ti padaṃ pītisamuṭṭhānarūpavasena lakkhetvā vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sivathikāya vasatī^eb^ti sivathikāya samīpe vasati. Susānassāsannaṭṭhāne hi so vihāro. ^b^Athassā^eb^ti athassa anāthapiṇḍikassa ‘‘akālo…pe… upasaṅkamissāmī’’ti etaṃ ahosi. ^b^Buddhagatāya satiyā^eb^ti ^a^M1.0316^ea^ aññaṃ kiñci acintetvā buddhagatāya eva satiyā sayanavaragato nipajji. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘taṃ divasa’’^eb^ntiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Balavappasādo^eb^ti buddhārammaṇā balavatī saddhā. ^b^Pītiāloko^eb^ti purimabuddhesu cirakālaṃ paricayaṃ gatassa balavato pasādassa vasena ‘‘buddho’’ti nāmaṃ savanamattena uppannāya uḷārāya pītiyā samuṭṭhāpito vipassanobhāsasadiso sātisayo āloko hoti cittapaccayautusamuṭṭhāno. Tenāha ^b^‘‘sabbatamaṃ vigacchī’’^eb^tiādi. ‘‘Devatā hi katā’’tipi vadanti, purimo evettha yutto.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Amanussā^eb^ti ^a^V1.0277^ea^ adhigatavisesā devatā. Tā hi seṭṭhissa sampattiṃ paccakkhato passiṃsu. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ayaṃ mahāseṭṭhī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Allasarīra^eb^nti tāvadeva chaḍḍitaṃ acchinnaṃ vā kaḷevaraṃ. ^b^Aparampī^eb^ti mataṃ kuthitakuṇapaṃ. ^b^Parikiriṃsū^eb^ti samantato osaritā ahesuṃ. ^b^Āloko antaradhāyi^eb^pītivegassa mandabhāvena taṃsamuṭṭhānarūpānaṃ dubbalabhāvato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Imināvā^eb^ti adhikārena sahassapadena eva sambandhitabbāni. Padaṃ vītiharati etthāti ^b^padavītihāro,^eb^ padavītihāraṭṭhānaṃ. ^b^Samagamane^eb^ti dutavilambitaṃ akatvā samagamane. ^b^Tato^eb^ti tesu soḷasabhāgesu. ^b^Eko koṭṭhāso^eb^ti yathāvuttaṃ padavītihārapadesaṃ soḷasadhā bhinnassa eko bhāgo. ^b^Pavattacetanā^eb^ti yathāvuttakalāsaṅkhātassa padesassa laṅghanadhāvanapavattacetanā. Padaṃ vā vītiharati etenāti ^b^padavītihāro,^eb^ tathāpavattā kusalacetanā. ‘‘Tassā phalaṃ soḷasadhā katvā’’ti vadanti. Patiṭṭhahantassa vasena gahitanti yojanā. Vivaṭṭanissitāya eva ratanattayapūjāya dhammassavanassa sikkhāpadasamādānassa saraṇagamanassa ca atthāya gacchatopi vasena vaṭṭati. Paṭhamaṃ vuttagamanaṃ lokuttaravisesādhigamassa ekantikaṃ, dutiyaṃ anekantikanti ^b^‘‘vaṭṭatiyevā’’^eb^ti sāsaṅkavacanaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^So^eb^ti anāthapiṇḍiko seṭṭhi. ^b^Anuyuttā^eb^ti anugāmino sahāyā. Teva sandhāya vadati. ‘‘Sivako amanusso’’ti apare. Na kevalaṃ ‘‘anuyuttāpi me atthi, kasmā bhāyāmī’’ti evaṃ sūro ahosi? Atha kho buddhagatāya tikkhavisadasabhāvena sabbaṃ parissayaṃ madditvāpi ^a^M1.0317^ea^ agamāsīti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘apicā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Pakkhandanalakkhaṇā hi saddhā, tāya yuttako sappurisopi saddhammaguṇavasena sabbaṃ parissayaṃ madditvā pakkhandatīti daṭṭhabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Sabbakāmasamiddhatā pariccāgasīlatā uḷārajjhāsayatā paradukkhāpanayakāmatā paresaṃ hitesitā parasampattipamodanāti evamādīnaṃ mahāguṇānaṃ vasena niccakālaṃ anāthānaṃ piṇḍadāyakattā ‘‘anāthapiṇḍiko’’ti evaṃ ^b^uppannaṃ nāmaṃ. Evamāhā^eb^ti ‘‘ehi sudattā’’ti evaṃ āha.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kilesaparinibbānenā^eb^ti sabbaso rāgādikilesavūpasamena. ^b^Kilesavūpasama^eb^nti sabbaso sabbesaṃ kilesānaṃ vūpasamaṃ aggamaggena patvā. ^b^Anupubbikatha^eb^nti dānādikathaṃ. Sā hi anupubbena kathetabbattā ‘‘anupubbikathā’’ti vuccati. Taṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ – ‘‘atha kho bhagavā anupubbiṃ kathaṃ kathesi. Seyyathidaṃ – dānakathaṃ sīlakathaṃ saggakathaṃ kāmānaṃ ādīnavaṃ okāraṃ saṃkilesaṃ nekkhamme ānisaṃsaṃ pakāsesī’’ti (cūḷava. 305). ^b^Matthake^eb^ti anupubbikathāya upari parato. ^b^Cattāri saccāni pakāsesī^eb^ti yathā mahāseṭṭhi sahassanayapaṭimaṇḍite sotāpattiphale ^a^V1.0278^ea^ patiṭṭhāti, evaṃ pavattinivattiyo saha hetunā vibhajanto cattāri ariyasaccāni pakāsesīti.<br/><br/>[06]Sudattasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 242
title: punabbasusuttavaṇṇanā^sudattasuttavaṇṇanā^paṭhamasukkāsuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^243^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Rathika^eb^nti racchaṃ. ^b^Gahetvā^eb^ti gantvā. ^b^Siṅghāṭaka^eb^nti aññattha tikoṇā racchā vuccati. Idha pana ‘‘catukka’’nti vuttaṃ. ^b^‘‘Madhupīkā’’^eb^ti ettha ^b^madhu^eb^-saddena madhuviseso vuccatīti āha ^b^‘‘gandhamadhupānaṃ pītā viyā’’^eb^ti. Sāmaññajotanā hi visese tiṭṭhatīti ^b^gandhamadhū^eb^ti ca ativiya madhuro madaniyo eko madhuviseso. Tenāha ^b^‘‘asaññī hutvā sayatevā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Na paṭivānīyaṃ ^a^M1.0318^ea^ na apanetabbanti ^b^appaṭivānīyaṃ^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘bāhirakañhī’’^eb^tiādi. Yaṃ kiñci santapaṇītabhāvāvahaṃ na secananti ^b^asecanakaṃ^eb^. Tato eva ^b^anāsittakaṃ. Ojavanta^eb^nti bahusammataojavantasadisatāya ojavantaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘yathā hī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Dhammatāyā^eb^ti attano sabhāveneva. ^b^Madhuro^eb^ iṭṭho. ^b^Pivantī viyā^eb^ti sukkāya bhikkhuniyā upanīyamānaṃ saddhammāmatarasaṃ attano sotañjaliṃ pūretvā odahantīva. Valāhakato āgataṃ ^b^valāhakaṃ^eb^.<br/><br/>[06]Paṭhamasukkāsuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 243
title: sudattasuttavaṇṇanā^paṭhamasukkāsuttavaṇṇanā^dutiyasukkāsuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^244^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Bahuṃ vata puññaṃ pasavati^eb^ sabbaganthavimuttiyā sīlasamannāgatena aggadakkhiṇeyyāya sukkāya theriyā bhojanassa dinnattā.<br/><br/>[06]Dutiyasukkāsuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 244
title: paṭhamasukkāsuttavaṇṇanā^dutiyasukkāsuttavaṇṇanā^cīrāsuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^245^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ekādasamaṃ uttānameva^eb^ dasamena sadisattā. Tattha hi bhojanaṃ upāsakassa ābhataṃ, idha cīvaradānanti ayameva viseso.<br/><br/>[06]Cīrāsuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 245
title: dutiyasukkāsuttavaṇṇanā^cīrāsuttavaṇṇanā^āḷavakasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^246^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Āḷaviya^eb^nti ^a^V1.0279^ea^ itthiliṅgavasena taṃ raṭṭhampi nagarampi vuccati. Raṭṭhe adhippetepi na ettha bahuvacanaṃ tathāruḷhiyā abhāvato. ^b^Tañca bhavana^eb^nti tañca āḷavakassa yakkhassa bhavanaṃ. ^b^Tatthā^eb^ti āḷavakassa bhavane. ‘‘Atha kho āḷavako yakkho yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamī’’ti ^b^ettha^eb^ tasmiṃ pāṭhapadese. ^b^Ayamanupubbikathā^eb^ti ayaṃ idāni vuccamānā anupubbato āgatā kathā. Āḷaviyā issaroti āḷavo, ^b^āḷavako^eb^ti ca ^a^M1.0319^ea^ rājā vutto. Kadāci corapaṭibāhanatthaṃ, kadāci ussāhasattivibhāvanavasena paṭirājanisedhanatthaṃ, kadāci lakkhayogyaviniyogavasena byāyāmakaraṇatthañca. Migānaṃ vananato vasanato vānato vā ‘‘migavā’’ti laddhasamaññaṃ ^b^migavaṃ. Tassevā^eb^ti rañño eva. ^b^Migo^eb^ti eko eṇimigo. ^b^Tiyojana^eb^nti accantasaṃyoge upayogavacanaṃ. ^b^Udakaṃ viya pavisitvā ṭhita^eb^nti yathā parissamappatto udakaṃ pavisitvā ṭhito nirassāso hoti, evaṃ viya ṭhitaṃ. ^b^Mūla^eb^nti samīpaṃ. Yakkhaṃ disvāva rañño bhayaṃ chambhitattaṃ ūrutthambhaṃ ahosi, tasmā rājā palāyituṃ nāsakkhi. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘khādituṃ upagato’’^eb^ti. Atha rājā dvidhā chinnaṃ migaṃ datvā attānaṃ mocetukāmo ahosi. Yakkho ‘‘nanu mama hatthagatakālato paṭṭhāya migopi mama santako, tattha kinnāma te kerāṭiyamidaṃ datvā attano mocana’’nti rājānaṃ na muñci. Atha rājā tassa tādisaṃ paṭiññātaṃ akāsi. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘rājā tena saddhi’’^eb^ntiādi. ^b^Bhavanaṃ anupagata^eb^nti idaṃ mama bhavanaṃ anupagataṃ. ^b^Ananuññāta^eb^nti upagatena sāmibhūtena ananuññātañca. Etena upagataṃ taṃ, idāni tādisena anuññātañca khādituṃ labhāmīti dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Maccupathe^eb^ti maccugocare. Āsannamaraṇatāya evamāhaṃsu.<br/><br/>[03]Taṃ āḷavakakumāraṃ ādāya pakkamiṃsūti yojanā. Tassa rañño mahesī āḷavakakumārassa mātāti vuttā. Devisahassānaṃ vippalapantīnanti vacanaṃ pariṇāmetabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Desanāpariyosāne^eb^ti yakkhaṃ dametvā paccāgantvā nagaradvārasamīpe rukkhamūle nisinnena bhagavatā sarājikāya mahatiyā parisāya desitadesanāya pariyosāne. ^b^So^eb^ti bhagavā. ^b^Bhavane evā^eb^ti vimāne eva. ^b^Bhagavāpi passati^eb^ pakaticakkhunāva nigrodhassa upari nibbattattā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tatrā^eb^ti tasmiṃ ‘‘rosetukāmatāyā’’ti vacane. ^b^Tesa^eb^nti sātāgirihemavatānaṃ. Kāladīpadesakulajanettiāyuppamāṇavisayaṃ ^a^V1.0280^ea^^b^pañcamahāvilokitaṃ^eb^. ^b^‘‘Sītaṃ byapagataṃ hoti, uṇhañca upasammatī’’^eb^tiādinā (bu. vaṃ. 2.83) āgatāni ^b^dvattiṃsa pubbanimittāni^eb^. Kaṭippadesavatthikosakaṇṇato ^b^tidhā. Saddo^eb^ti āḷavakassa ugghositasaddo.<br/><br/>[03]Iminā ^a^M1.0320^ea^ pasaṅgena sakalajambudīpaṃ byāpetvā pavatte aparepi tayo sadde yathā ete, evaṃ āḷavakassa ugghositasaddopīti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘cattāro’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Osakkante^eb^ti parihāyamāne.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Cuṇṇentā^eb^ti cuṇṇetuṃ samatthataṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ, na pana cuṇṇanavasena vuttaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘mā kassacī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Ussāvabindumattampī^eb^ti ussāvapatanamattampi. ^b^Khurappaṃ^eb^ sallaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Seṭṭhānī^eb^ti ajeyyena appaṭihatabhāvena uttamāni. ^b^Dussāvudha^eb^nti āvudhakiccakaraṃ uttariyaṃ dussaṃ. Imāni kira sakkādīnaṃ puññānubhāvena nibbattāni appaṭihatappabhāvāni paṭipakkhavidhamanayuttāni avajjhāni āvudhāni. Tenāha ^b^‘‘yadi hī’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Asanivicakkaṃ viyā^eb^ti asanimaṇḍalaṃ viya.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pitta^eb^nti alagaddapittaṃ. ^b^Bhindeyyā^eb^ti āsiñceyya. ^b^Sukha^eb^nti sukaraṃ. ^b^Mudubhūtacittavavatthānakaraṇattha^eb^nti mudubhūtaṃ attano citte vavatthānassa karaṇatthaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Evaṃ vutte^eb^ti ‘‘na khvāha’’nti evaṃ vutte. Bhagavato sāsane ṭhite payirupāsitvā uggahitaṃ bhagavantaṃ payirūpāsitvā uggahitameva nāmāti āha ^b^‘‘kassapaṃ…pe... uggahesu’’^eb^nti. ^b^Puṭṭhapañhā^eb^ti sammāsambuddhena puṭṭhapañhā. Yasmā buddhavisaye puṭṭhapañhā, tasmā buddhavisayāva honti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Paṭisedhetvā^eb^ti vācāya asakkuṇeyyabhāveneva paṭisedhetvā. ‘‘Yadākaṅkhasī’’ti padasandhivasena niddesoti āha ^b^‘‘yadi ākaṅkhasī’’^eb^ti. Tena tuyhaṃ pucchaṃ tāva sutvā vissajjessanti dasseti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘na me’’^eb^tiādi. Dutiyavikappe ^b^da^eb^-kāro padasandhikaroti āha ^b^‘‘yaṃ ākaṅkhasī’’^eb^ti. ‘‘Puccha, āvuso, sutvā jānissāmī’’ti avatvā sabbaññubuddhassa aniyametvā vacanaṃ sabbavisayaṃ hotīti āha ^b^‘‘sabbaṃ te’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kiṃ^eb^^a^V1.0281^ea^^b^sū^eb^ti ettha ^b^ki^eb^nti pucchāyaṃ, ^b^sū^eb^ti saṃsaye, kiṃ nūti attho? ^b^Idhā^eb^ti imasmiṃ loke. ^b^Tasmā vitta^eb^nti yasmā vittikaraṇato vittaṃ. ^b^Sukata^eb^nti suṭṭhu sakkaccaṃ kataṃ. ^b^Sukha^eb^nti iṭṭhaphalaṃ. Tattha yaṃ padhānaṃ, taṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘kāyikacetasikaṃ sāta’’^eb^ntiādi vuttaṃ. Nissandaphalañhi taggahaṇena gahitameva ^a^M1.0321^ea^ hoti. ^b^Appetī^eb^ti pāpeti. Atisayatthajotano tara-saddoti āha ^b^‘‘atisayena sādū’’^eb^ti. Rasasaññitāya iṭṭhānaṃ rāgādidhammānaṃ. ^b^Kena pakārenā^eb^ti ^b^kathaṃ^eb^-saddassa atthamāha. ^b^Kathaṃjīvi^eb^nti yadi samāsapadametaṃ, ‘‘katha’’nti sānunāsikā katāti āha ^b^‘‘gāthābandhasukhattha’’^eb^ntiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Saddhīdha vitta^eb^nti ekadesena samudāyadassanaṃ samuddapabbatanidassanaṃ viya. ^b^Iti^eb^-saddo ādiattho daṭṭhabbo. ‘‘Vittikaraṇato vitta’’nti vuttamatthaṃ sandhāya hetūpamāhi yojetvā dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘yathā hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tena sukhāvahanato, dukkhapaṭibāhanato, dāliddiyūpasamanato, ratanapaṭilābhahetuto, lokasantatiāvahanato ca saddhā vittaṃ yathā taṃ hiraññasuvaṇṇādīni. Tenāha ^b^‘‘eva’’^eb^ntiādi. Nanu cetanā sammādiṭṭhiādayo ca sātisayaṃ vipākasukhaṃ āvahanti, taṃ kathaṃ saddhā āvahatīti? Saddhādhurabhāvasabhāvato. Tenāha ^b^‘‘saddhādhurena paṭipannāna’’^eb^nti. Tassa ca sesapadesupi yojetabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Idāni yaṃ hiraññasuvaṇṇādi saddhāvittassa opammaṃ, taṃ hīnaṃ, saddhāvittameva uttamanti pāḷiyaṃ seṭṭhaggahaṇaṃ katanti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘yasmā panā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Paralokaṃ gataṃ anugacchatīti ^b^anugāmikaṃ^eb^. Aññehi na sādhāraṇanti ^b^anaññasādhāraṇaṃ. Sabbasampattihetū^eb^ti sabbāsaṃ sīlasampadādīnaṃ lokiyalokuttarānaṃ sampattīnaṃ hetu. ^b^Anatthāya hoti^eb^ anupāyapaṭipattito. ^b^Tasmā^eb^ anugāmikattā. Anaññasādhāraṇattā sabbasampattihetubhāvato hiraññādivittanidānattā ca ^b^saddhāvittameva seṭṭhaṃ^eb^. Ukkaṭṭhaparicchedadesanā yathā ‘‘satthā devamanussāna’’nti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^‘‘Dasakusaladhammo’’^eb^ti iminā ekaccānaṃyeva dānādidhammānaṃ saṅgaho, na sabbesanti asaṅgahitasaṅgaṇhanatthaṃ ^b^‘‘dānasīlabhāvanādhammo vā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^‘‘Sukha’’^eb^nti tividhassapi sukhassa sādhāraṇaggahaṇametanti taṃ savisesaladdhaṃ puggalavasena dassento ^b^‘‘soṇaseṭṭhi…pe… āvahatī’’^eb^ti āha. Yo so padumavatiyā deviyā putto mahāpadumo nāma rājā dibbasukhasadisaṃ rajjasukhamanubhavitvā pacchā paccekabuddho hutvā nibbānasukhamanubhavi, taṃ nidassanabhāvena gahetvā āha ^b^‘‘mahāpadumādīnaṃ viya nibbānasukhañca āvahatī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Atthuddhāranayena ^a^V1.0282^ea^^a^M1.0322^ea^ saccasaddaṃ saṃvaṇṇento ^b^‘‘anekesu atthesu dissatī’’^eb^ti āha. ^b^Vācāsacce^eb^ dissati saccasaddo ‘‘bhaṇe’’ti vuttattāti adhippāyo. ^b^Viratisacce^eb^ dissati. Veramaṇīsu hi patiṭṭhitā samaṇabrāhmaṇā ^b^‘‘sacce ṭhitā’’^eb^ti vuccanti. Attākārampi vatthuṃ idameva saccaṃ moghamaññanti pavattiyākāraṃ upādāya diṭṭhi eva saccanti diṭṭhisaccaṃ, tasmiṃ ^b^diṭṭhisacce^eb^ dissatīti yojanā. ^b^Brāhmaṇasaccānī^eb^ti paramatthabrahmānaṃ saccāni, yāni ‘‘sabbe pāṇā avajjhā, sabbe kāmā aniccā, sabbe bhavā aniccā, nāhaṃ kvacani kassaci kiñcanatasmi’’ntiādinā (a. ni. 4.185) catukkanipāte āgatāni. Paramatthabhūtaṃ saccaṃ nibbānaṃ. ^b^Abbhantaraṃ katvā^eb^ti antogadhameva katvā, tehi saddhinti attho paramatthasaccānampi sādutarattā. ^b^Yassānubhāvenā^eb^ti yassa vācāsaccassa ānubhāvena.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Udakamhi dhāvatī^eb^ti udakapiṭṭhiyaṃ abhijjamānāyaṃ pathaviyā viya dhāvati gacchati mahākappinarājā viya. ^b^Visampi saccena hananti paṇḍitā^eb^ti kaṇhadīpāyanādayo viya. ^b^Saccenā^eb^ti macchajātake bodhisattassa viya saccena ^b^devo thanayaṃ pavassati. Sacce ṭhitā^eb^ti viratisacce vācāsacce ca ṭhitā tayopi bodhisattā. ^b^Nibbuti^eb^nti nibbānaṃ patthayanti. ^b^Sādutara^eb^nti sātataraṃ iṭṭhataravipākadānato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Rasāna^eb^nti niddhāraṇatthe sāmivacanaṃ. Niddhāraṇañca koci kutoci kenaci imanti kassaci vacanaṃ na sādhetīti dassento ^b^‘‘ye ime’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tena hi nibbānaṃ rasasamudāyato sādutaratāvisesena niddhārīyati. Tattha ye ime vuccantīti yojanā. ^b^Sāyanīyadhammā^eb^ti jivhāya sāyitabbā dhammā. Rasāyatanaṃ rasoti āha ^b^‘‘mūlaraso khandharaso’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Phalarasa^eb^nti phalassa rasaṃ, phalaṃ pīḷetvā tāpetvā gahetabbarasanti attho. ^b^Arasarūpo^eb^ti ācārarahitasabhāvo. Rūpassa assādanavasena uppajjanakasukhadhammā ^b^rūparasā^eb^. Esa nayo ^b^saddarasā^eb^dīsu. ^b^Saddaraso^eb^ti byañjanasambhūto raso. ^b^Vimuttiraso^eb^ti vimuttisampattiko raso. ^b^Attharaso^eb^ti atthassa paṭivijjhanavasena uppajjanakasukhaṃ attharaso, tathā ^b^dhammaraso veditabbo. Rūpācārā^eb^tiādīsu rasaggahaṇena phalarasaṃ vadati. So hi phalassa rūpo ca, rasitabbato āsādetabbato raso cāti ^b^‘‘rūparaso’’^eb^ti vuccati. ^b^Ācāro^eb^^a^M1.0323^ea^ pana sāmaggīrasahetutāya ^b^‘‘raso’’^eb^ti vutto. ^b^Saccaṃ have^eb^ti ettha ^b^have^eb^ti ekaṃsatthe nipāto, ekaṃsattho ca avadhāraṇamevāti āha ^b^‘‘saccameva sādutara’’^eb^ntiādi. ^b^Sarīramupabrūhenti,^eb^ na cittaṃ. Nanu ca sukhuppattipayojanattā cittampi upabrūhentīti? Na, sukhassa sarīrabrūhanaṃ paṭicca uppannattā. ^b^Viratisaccavācā^eb^ti saccavisesena sampajjanaṃ vadati. ^b^Cittamupabrūheti^eb^ padālikāya virativācāya saccarase sati samathavipassanādīhi ^a^V1.0283^ea^ cittaparibrūhanassa sambhavato maggaphalānisaṃsaṃ gaṇhāti. ^b^Asaṃkilesikañca sukhamāvahati^eb^ vivaṭṭasannissitattā. ^b^Vimuttiraso^eb^ti phalasukhaṃ vadati nibbānasukhampi vā. ^b^Paramatthasaccaraso^eb^ nāma nibbānaraso. Tathā hi taṃ ‘‘accutirasaṃ assāsakaraṇarasa’’ntipi vuccati. Tena ^b^paribhāvitattā^eb^ti vimuttirasassa sādutarabhāvadassanatthaṃ. Evaṃ santepi ‘‘vimuttirasaparibhāvitattā’’ti etena kāmaṃ vimuttiraso vā paramatthasaccaraso vā sādutararasāti dasseti. ^b^Tadadhigamūpāyabhūta^eb^nti tassa paramatthasaccassa adhigamūpāyabhūtaṃ. ^b^Atthañca dhammañcā^eb^ti phalañca kāraṇañca nissāya pavattito attharasā dhammarasā ca sādū, tatopi paramatthasaccameva sādurasanti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[03]Lokuttaraṃ lokiyañca atthaṃ ajānanto ^b^andho,^eb^ lokiyatthameva jānanto ^b^ekacakkhu,^eb^ ubhayaṃ jānanto ^b^dvicakkhu^eb^. Parahitaṃ attahitañca ajānanto ^b^andho,^eb^ attahitameva jānanto ^b^ekacakkhu,^eb^ ubhayatthaṃ jānanto ^b^dvicakkhu^eb^. So dvicakkhupuggalo ^b^paññājīvī^eb^. Taṃ pana gahaṭṭhapabbajitavasena vibhajitvā dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘gahaṭṭho vā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Gahaṭṭhapaṭipadaṃ ārādhetvā cāti yojanā. ^b^Ārādhetvā^eb^ti ca sādhetvāti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Purimanayenevā^eb^ti kassapasammāsambuddhavissajjitanayeneva. ^b^Kiñcāpī^eb^ti anujānanasandassanatthe nipāto. Kiṃ anujānātīti? Gāthāya catūhi padehi vuttesu atthesu ekassa atthassa siddhiyaṃ itaresampi siddhiṃ anujānāti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘yo catubbidhamoghaṃ…pe… parisujjhatī’’^eb^ti. Kiṃ sandassetīti? Yesaṃ pāpadhammānaṃ balavabhāvena oghataraṇādi na sijjhati, tesaṃ paṭipakkhānaṃ nissandehavasena sandassanaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘evaṃ santepī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Oghataraṇa^eb^nti oghataraṇapaṭipattiṃ. ^b^Asaddahanto^eb^ti evaṃ paṭipajjanto ^a^M1.0324^ea^ imāya paṭipattiyā oghaṃ taratīti na saddahanto. ^b^Na pakkhandatī^eb^ti pakkhandanalakkhaṇāya saddhāya na ugghāṭīyatīti na otarati. ^b^Cittavossaggenā^eb^ti yathākāmācāravasena cittassa vossajjanena. ^b^Pamatto^eb^ pamādaṃ āpanno. ^b^Tatthevā^eb^ti kāmesu eva. ^b^Visattattā^eb^ laggattā. ^b^Vokiṇṇo^eb^ti visevito. ^b^Tasmā^eb^ti vuttassa catubbidhassapi atthassa hetubhāvena paccāmasanaṃ. ^b^Tappaṭipakkha^eb^nti assaddhiyādīnaṃ paṭipakkhaṃ saddhādīnaṃ okāsattā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Etāyā^eb^ti gāthāyaṃ iminā padenāti sambandho. Sappurisasaṃsevo saddhammassavanaṃ yonisomanasikāro dhammānudhammapaṭipattīti imesaṃ sotāpattimaggādhigamassa aṅgānaṃ āsannakāraṇaṃ saddhindriyanti āha ^b^‘‘sotāpattiyaṅgapadaṭṭhānaṃ saddhindriya’’^eb^nti. Vuttañhetaṃ – ‘‘saddhājāto upasaṅkamati ^a^V1.0284^ea^, upasaṅkamanto payirupāsati, payirupāsanto sotaṃ odahati, ohitasoto dhammaṃ suṇātī’’tiādi (ma. ni. 2.183, 432). Diṭṭhoghaṃ tarati etenāti ^b^diṭṭhoghataraṇaṃ,^eb^ diṭṭhoghassa taraṇaṃ. Kāmañcettha ‘‘tarati ogha’’nti vuttaṃ, vattamānasamīpepi pana vattamānaṃ viya voharaṇaṃ yuttaṃ diṭṭhoghassa tiṇṇabhāvassa ekantikattāti ^b^‘‘sotāpannañca pakāsetī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Esa nayo sesesupi. Diṭṭhivicikicchādipaṭipattantarāyakarānaṃ pāpadhammānaṃ samucchinnattā ^b^sotāpanno…pe… appamādena samannāgato. ‘‘Sotāpatti…pe… taratī’’^eb^ti ettake vutte sakideva imassa lokassa āgamanampi gahitaṃ siyāti tannivattanatthaṃ ^b^‘‘ārādhetvā…pe… avasesa’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. Nanu ‘‘avasesa’’nti vuttattā sotāpattimaggena atiṇṇaṃ anavasesaṃ bhavoghavatthu gahitameva siyāti? Na, upari dvīhi maggehi taritabbānaṃ tesaṃ parato dvinnaṃ pahānavasena vuccamānattā. Apavādavisayampi pariharati – ‘‘evaṃ esā codanā attano visaye na patiṭṭhātī’’ti. Anādikālabhāvattā kāmasaññāya kāmoghataraṇaṃ mahatā eva vīriyena sādhetabbanti āha ^b^‘‘vīriyenā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Tatiyaṃ maggaṃ ārādhetvā^eb^. Kāmoghassa vatthu ^b^kāmoghavatthu,^eb^ kāmaguṇehi saddhiṃ sabbo kāmabhavo. ^b^Kāmoghasaññita^eb^nti kāmoghasaṅkhātaṃ. Kāmanaṭṭhena kāmo ca so dukkho cāti ^b^kāmadukkhaṃ^eb^. Assādanaṭṭhena kāmo eva saññāti kāmasaññā, sabbaso samucchinnattā vigatā kāmasaññā etissāti ^b^vigatakāmasaññā^eb^^a^M1.0325^ea^. Sabbesaṃ rāgādimalānaṃ mūlabhūtattā sattasantānassa visesato malīnasabhāvāpādanato paramaṃ ukkaṃsagataṃ malanti ^b^paramamalaṃ,^eb^ avijjā. Tenāha bhagavā – ‘‘avijjāparamaṃ mala’’nti (dha. pa. 243).<br/><br/>[03]^b^Paññāpadaṃ gahetvā^eb^ti yathāvuttaṃ paññāpadaṃ hadaye ṭhapetvā. Tappasaṅgena attano paṭibhānena sabbehi viya uggahitaniyāmena. ^b^Sabbatthevā^eb^ti pañcasupi ṭhānesu. ^b^Atthayuttipucchā^eb^ti paññādiatthasamadhigamassa yuttiyā kāraṇassa pucchā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ayaṃ hī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Paññādiatthaṃ ñatvā^eb^ti paññādhana-kitti-mitta-abhisamparāyasaṅkhātaṃ atthaṃ sarūpato saccapaṭivedhanipphādanena ñāṇena jānitvā. Nanu esa lokuttaraṃ sotāpattimaggaphalapaññaṃ tadadhigamūpāyaṃ lokiyapaññañca abhibhavitvā ṭhito, so kasmā tattha atthayuttiṃ pucchatīti? Saccametaṃ, upari pana samādhissa yuttiṃ pucchitukāmo paññāya seṭṭhabhāvato, tassa ca ekadeseneva adhigatattā tameva ādiṃ katvā pucchati. ^b^‘‘Kāya yuttiyā’’^eb^tiādi atthavaṇṇanaṃ atidissati ^b^‘‘esa nayo dhanādīsū’’^eb^ti. Tatthāpi atthayuttipucchābhāvo pana ‘‘sabbatthevā’’ti iminā vibhāvitoti.<br/><br/>[03]Saddhāsussūsāappamādauṭṭhānasaṅkhātehi ^b^catūhi kāraṇehi. Kāyasucaritādibhedena^eb^ ājīvaṭṭhamakasīlabhūtena. Samathavipassanābhūtena nippariyāyena bodhipakkhiye eva gaṇhanto ^b^‘‘aparabhāge’’^eb^ti ^a^V1.0285^ea^ āha. Pariyāyabodhipakkhiyā pana visesato vuṭṭhānagāminivipassanākālepi labbhanti. ^b^Pubbabhāge^eb^ti vā taruṇavipassanākālaṃ. Tato pubbasādhanañca sandhāya ^b^‘‘aparabhāge’’^eb^ti punāha, tato paranti attho. ^b^Dhamma^eb^nti paṭipattidhammaṃ. Na saddhāmattakeneva paññaṃ labhatīti yojanā. Yadi evaṃ kasmā ‘‘saddahāno’’ti vuttanti āha ^b^‘‘yasmā panā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Kiṃ vuttaṃ hotī^eb^tiādinā vuttameva atthaṃ vivarati. Na kevalaṃ sussūsāmattena paññāpaṭilābho, atha kho appamādena paññaṃ labhatīti dassetuṃ pāḷiyaṃ ‘‘appamatto vicakkhaṇo’’ti vuttanti tadatthaṃ dassento ^b^‘‘eva’’^eb^ntiādimāha.<br/><br/>[03]Idāni saddhādīnaṃ paññāpaṭilābhassa taṃtaṃvisesapaccayāni nīharitvā dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘eva’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. ^b^Sussūsāyā^eb^ti sotukāmatāya. Sā atthato ^a^M1.0326^ea^ upasaṅkamanādi. ^b^Paññādhigamūpāya^eb^nti pariyattidhammamāha. Tenāha ^b^‘‘suṇātī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Gahitaṃ na pamussati,^eb^ satiavippavāsalakkhaṇo hi appamādoti. Na kevalaṃ yāthāvato gahaṇakosallameva vicakkhaṇatā, atha kho yāthāvato paññāsampavedhanañcāti āha ^b^‘‘vitthārikaṃ karotī’’^eb^ti. Idāni paññāpaṭilābhahetuṃ matthakaṃ pāpetvā dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘sussūsāya vā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Atthamupaparikkhatī^eb^ti sutakatānaṃ dhammānaṃ pāḷiatthūpaparikkhāpubbakaṃ rūpārūpavibhāgaṃ paramatthaṃ salakkhaṇato sāmaññalakkhaṇato ca upaparikkhati vīmaṃsati. ^b^Anupubbenā^eb^ti evaṃ ñātapariññaṃ patvā tīraṇapariññāya tato anukkamena tīraṇapariññaṃ pahānapariññañca matthakaṃ pāpento maggappaṭipāṭiyā paramatthasaccabhūtaṃ nibbānaṃ sacchikaroti.<br/><br/>[03]Imāni saddhādīni cattāri kāraṇāni matthakaṃ pāpetvā dassento āha ^b^‘‘desakālādīni ahāpetvā’’^eb^ti. Yasmiṃ dese yasmiṃ kāle ye ca sahāyake nissāya yaṃ kiccaṃ tiretabbaṃ, tāni desakālādīni anatikkamitvā attano abhivuḍḍhiṃ icchantena ‘‘ayaṃ nāma deso, yatthāhaṃ etarahi vasāmi, ayaṃ kālo, ime mittā, ime amittā, ime āyavayā, ahañca ediso jāti-kula-padesa-balabhoga-parivārādīhi, taṃ kiccaṃ idāni āraddhabbaṃ, idāni nāraddhabba’’nti sabbaṃ upaparikkhitvā paṭipajjitabbaṃ. Evaṃ paṭipajjanto hi lokiyassa dhanassa paṭirūpādhigamūpāyaṃ karoti nāma. Lokuttarassa pana sīlavisodhanādivasena veditabbaṃ. Vahitabbabhāvena dhuro viyāti dhuro, bhāro. Idha pana dhurasampaggaho uttarapadalopena dhuro, vīriyaṃ. So sātisayo etassa atthīti ^b^dhuravā^eb^. ‘‘Uṭṭhātā’’ti padena kāyikavīriyassa vakkhamānattā ^b^‘‘cetasikavīriyavasenā’’^eb^ti visesitaṃ. ^b^Anikkhittadhuro^eb^ dhorayhabhāvato. ^b^Tiṇā bhiyyo ^a^V1.0286^ea^ na maññatī^eb^ti tiṇaṃ viya paribhavanto atibhuyya vattatīti attho. ^b^Ādinā nayenā^eb^ti ettha ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena –<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Karaṃ purisakiccāni, so sukhā na vihāyati; (Dī. ni. 3.253);<br/><br/>[27]‘‘Na divā soppasīlena, rattimuṭṭhānadessinā;<br/><br/>[22]Niccaṃ mattena soṇḍena, sakkā āvasituṃ ghara’’nti ca. (dī. ni. 3.253); –<br/><br/>[07]Evamādīnaṃ ^a^M1.0327^ea^ saṅgaho. ^b^Asithilaparakkamo^eb^ analasabhāvato. ^b^Ekamūsikāyā^eb^ti ekāya matamūsikāya. ^b^Nacirassevā^eb^ti catumāsabbhantareyeva. ^b^Catusatasahassasaṅkhaṃ cūḷantevāsī viyā^eb^ti kākaṇikaḍḍhakahāpaṇa-soḷasa-kahāpaṇa-catuvīsati-kahāpaṇa-sataharaṇakkamena dve satasahassāni, cūḷakamahāseṭṭhino dhītulābhavasena dve satasahassānīti evaṃ catusatasahassasaṅkhaṃ dhanaṃ ekamūlena yathā cūḷantevāsī vindi, evaṃ aññopi patirūpakārī dhuravā uṭṭhātā vindate dhanaṃ. Ayañca attho cūḷakaseṭṭhijātakena dīpetabbo. Vuttañhetaṃ –<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Appakenapi medhāvī, pābhatena vicakkhaṇo;<br/><br/>[22]Samuṭṭhāpeti attānaṃ, aṇuṃ aggiṃva sandhama’’nti. (jā. 1.1.4);<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vattaṃ katvā^eb^ti adhiṭṭhānavattaṃ katvā. ‘‘Saccavādī bhūtavādī’’ti kittiṃ pappotīti yojanā. ^b^Icchitapatthita^eb^nti yehi mittaṃ icchati, tehi itaraṃ patthitaṃ. ^b^Mittāni ganthatī^eb^ti mittabhāvaṃ ghaṭeti. Dānassa piyabhāvakaraṇato ^b^‘‘dadaṃ piyo hotī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Yaṃ dānaṃ ekantato mittabhāvāvahaṃ, taṃ dassento ^b^‘‘duddadaṃ vā dadaṃ taṃ ganthatī’’^eb^ti āha. ^b^Dada^eb^nti ca lakkhaṇavacanametanti āha ^b^‘‘dānamukhena vā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]Āḷavakassa ajjhāsayānurūpaṃ ^b^gahaṭṭhavasena vissajjento^eb^. Saddhā etassa atthīti saddho, tassa ^b^saddhassa. Gharamesino^eb^ti gharāvāsasaṅkhātaṃ gharaṃ esantassa. Gharāvāsasannissitattā ‘‘ghara’’nti kāmaguṇā vuccantīti āha ^b^‘‘pañca kāmaguṇe’’^eb^ti. ‘‘Ete caturo dhammā’’tiādinā gahitā anantaragāthāya vuttadhammā evāti dassento ^b^‘‘vuttappakāraṃ sacca’’^eb^ntiādimāha. Tattha ‘‘ime kusalā, ime akusalā’’tiādinā te atthe yāthāvato dhāraṇato upadhāraṇato ^b^dhammo^eb^. Saññā cittacetasikānaṃ ^a^V1.0287^ea^ dhāraṇaṃ, avicchedato sandhāraṇato kusalasantānaṃ dhāretīti ^b^dhiti,^eb^ vīriyaṃ. Cajati etenāti ^b^cāgo,^eb^ dānaṃ. Paccayavekallato phaluppādanasamatthatāvasena ^b^santi^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Aññepī^eb^ti ito yathāvuttadhammasamudāyato aññepi dhammā yadi santi, te dhamme pucchassūti. Kilese, kāyavācādike vā dametīti ^b^damo^eb^^a^M1.0328^ea^, paññā. Uṭṭhahati ussahati etenāti ^b^uṭṭhānaṃ,^eb^ vīriyaṃ. ^b^Etthā^eb^ti etissā pucchāya. ^b^Saddhi^eb^nti saṅkhepato bhāvatthapadānaṃ bandhanena saha. ^b^Ekamekaṃ pada^eb^nti paññādikamekekaṃ padaṃ. ‘‘Paññā imasmiṃ ṭhāne paññāti dhammoti ca āgatā’’tiādinā paññādiatthassa uddharaṇaṃ ^b^atthuddhāro^eb^. Tassa tassa atthassa ‘‘paññā pajānanā’’tiādinā (dha. sa. 16) vevacanapadānaṃ uddharaṇaṃ ^b^paduddhāro^eb^. Pajānātīti paññā, dhāretīti dhammo, dametīti damoti evaṃ padassa kathanaṃ ^b^padavaṇṇanā^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ajjā^eb^ti vā etarahi. ^b^Yathāvuttena pakārenā^eb^ti ‘‘saddahāno arahata’’ntiādinā vuttappakārena. Saccasampaṭivedhāvagahaṇaṃ vā yathāvuttena pakārena diṭṭhasaccatāya idhalokaparalokatthaṃ yāthāvato jānanto. Evañca yakkho satthu desanānubhāvasiddhaṃ pañhaṃ pucchanena attano paṭilābhasampattiṃ vibhāvento ‘‘kathaṃsu labhate pañña’’ntiādimāhāti ācariyā. ^b^Samparāyiko^eb^ti ettha ^b^ca^eb^-saddo luttaniddiṭṭho, tena ‘‘diṭṭhadhammiko cā’’ti ayamattho vutto evāti dassento ^b^‘‘yo attho…pe… dassetī’’^eb^ti āha. Arīyati phalaṃ etasmāti ^b^attho,^eb^ kāraṇaṃ. ^b^Vicakkhaṇe^eb^ sapayojanatāya.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tassa ñāṇassā^eb^ti tassa atthassa āvibhāvanassa ñāṇassa. Guṇavisesehi ca sadisassapi aññassa abhāvato ^b^aggadakkhiṇeyyo buddho^eb^ bhagavā. Tenāha –<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Nayimasmiṃ loke parasmiṃ vā pana,<br/><br/>[27]Buddhena seṭṭhova samova vijjati;<br/><br/>[26]Āhuneyyānaṃ paramāhutiṃ gato,<br/><br/>[22]Puññatthikānaṃ vipulaphalesina’’nti. (vi. va. 1047);<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sahitapaṭipatti^eb^nti paññāsaṅgāhikaṃ attano paṭipattiṃ. Sundarā bodhi subodhi, buddhassa subodhi buddhasubodhi, sā eva ^b^buddhasubodhitā^eb^. Dhammassavanatthaṃ sannipatitadevatāhi ^b^saṅghuṭṭhasādhukārasadduṭṭhānañca^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Satapuññalakkhaṇa^eb^nti ^a^V1.0288^ea^ satasahassakappe puññasambhārassa katattā tesaṃ puññānaṃ vasena satapuññalakkhaṇaṃ anekapuññanibbattalakkhaṇaṃ. Abhinandiyatāya sabbehi aṅgehi samupetaṃ samannāgataṃ. Katapuññabhāvaṃ byañjentīti byañjanāni ^a^M1.0329^ea^, aṅgapaccaṅgāni. Tesaṃ paripuṇṇattā ^b^paripuṇṇabyañjanaṃ. Taṃ yakkho…pe… pūresī^eb^ti gāthāpūraṇatthameva hi bhagavā tathārūpāni akāsi. ^b^Abyādhitā^eb^ti arogā. ‘‘Abyathitā’’ti keci paṭhanti, sayasantāsarahitāti attho.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Hatthayo’’ti vattabbe ^b^‘‘hatthako’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Āḷavinagara^eb^nti āḷavinagaravāsino vadati. Bhavati hi tatraṭṭhatāya taṃ-saddo yathā ‘‘gāmo āgato, mañcā ukkuṭṭhiṃ karontī’’ti. ^b^Ekakolāhalena^eb^ vattamānena.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sampiṇḍitvā^eb^ti sannipatitvā. Kāmaṃ sambhāro tena katoti natthi, yuddhatthaṃ pana bahuso ussāhassa katattā ^b^‘‘yuddhamādiṃ katvā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Tameva āḷavakasuttaṃ kathesi^eb^ tassā ^b^eva^eb^ desanāya sannipatitaparisāya sappāyattā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘kathāpari…pe… ahosī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Catūhi vatthūhī^eb^ti catūhi saṅgahavatthūhi. ^b^Parisa^eb^nti attano parisaṃ. ^b^‘‘Itarañcā’’^eb^tipi vadanti.<br/><br/>[06]Āḷavakasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.<br/><br/>[06]Sāratthappakāsiniyā saṃyuttanikāya-aṭṭhakathāya<br/><br/>[06]Yakkhasaṃyuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 39
item: 246
title: sakkasaṃyuttaṃ^paṭhamavaggo^suvīrasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^247^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Abhiyaṃsū^eb^ti ^a^V1.0289^ea^^a^M1.0330^ea^ yuddhasajjābhimukhā hutvā gacchiṃsu. ^b^Tatrā^eb^ti tasmiṃ asurānaṃ abhiyāne ^b^ayaṃ^eb^ dāni vuccamānā anupubbato kathā. ^b^Tettiṃsa purise gahetvā^eb^ti tettiṃsa purise puññakiriyāya sahāyabhūte gahetvā. ‘‘Yāvajīvaṃ mātāpitubharo assa’’ntiādinā samādinnāni ^b^satta vatapadāni pūretvā. Adhigaṇhantaṃ^eb^ abhibhavantaṃ. ^b^Puttahatāyā^eb^ti hataputtāya. Sā surā na hoti, na suraṃ pivimhāti adhippāyo. ^b^Tato paṭṭhāyā^eb^ti ‘‘na surā’’ti vuttakālato paṭṭhāya. ‘‘Na suranti na dibbantīti asurā’’ti keci. ^b^Heṭṭhimatale^eb^ antobhūmiyaṃ āyāmato dasayojanasahassaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Uragādisahacaritāni ṭhānāni uragādīnīti āha ^b^‘‘uragādīsu pañcasu ṭhānesū’’^eb^ti. ^b^Paṭhamālinde^eb^ti paṭhame paribhaṇḍe. Pañcayojanasahassavitthāraputhubahalāhi sinerussa catūsupi passesu cattāro paribhaṇḍā. Sinerussa hi tasmiṃ tasmiṃ passe yugandharādīsu pañcasataparittadīpaparivāre mahādīpe ca labhitabbassa mahato atthassa vasena ^b^mahatthā. Kupitāvilacittā^eb^ti kupitena kopena ākulacittā. ^b^Yuddhesī^eb^ti yuddhesino. ^b^Sesesū^eb^ti sesesu paribhaṇḍesu. ^b^Sesā^eb^ti supaṇṇādayo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vammikamakkhikā^eb^ti sapakkhikaupacikā. ^b^Osakkitvā^eb^ti piṭṭhibhāgena nivattitvā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pamādaṃ āpādesī^eb^ti sakkassa āṇāya pamādaṃ āpajji. ^b^Saṭṭhiyojanaṃ^eb^ vitthārena. ^b^Suvaṇṇamahāvīthi^eb^nti suvaṇṇamayabhūmijagativīthiṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Anuṭṭhahanto^eb^ti ^a^V1.0290^ea^ uṭṭhānaṃ kāyikavīriyaṃ akaronto. ^b^Avāyamantoti^eb^ vāyāmaṃ cetasikavīriyaṃ akaronto. ^b^Kiñci kicca^eb^nti kasivāṇijjādibhedaṃ aññataraṃ kiccaṃ kattabbakammaṃ. ^b^Vara^eb^nti pavaraṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘uttama’’^eb^nti. Tañca kho kasitabbaṭṭhānaṃ ^a^M1.0331^ea^ adhippetanti āha ^b^‘‘okāsa’’^eb^nti. ^b^Kammaṃ akatvā^eb^ti kiñcipi jīvitahetubhūtaṃ kammaṃ akatvā. ^b^Jīvitaṭṭhānaṃ nāmā^eb^ti tassa jīvitassa hetu nāma. ^b^Nibbānassa maggo^eb^ti nibbānassa adhigamupāyabhūto maggo.<br/><br/>[06]Suvīrasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 247
title: paṭhamavaggo^suvīrasuttavaṇṇanā^susīmasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^248^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Antare^eb^ti abbhantare. ^b^Evaṃnāmaka^eb^nti ‘‘susīmo’’ti evaṃnāmakaṃ. ^b^Ekaṃ puttameva^eb^ aññataraṃ attano puttameva.<br/><br/>[06]Susīmasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 248
title: suvīrasuttavaṇṇanā^susīmasuttavaṇṇanā^dhajaggasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^249^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Samupabyūḷho^eb^ti ubhinnaṃ saha eva samāgamo, bhusaṃ vā byūḷhoti attho. Bhusā panassa byūḷhatā dvinnaṃ senānaṃ samāgantvā sampiṇḍitabhāvenāti āha ^b^‘‘sampiṇḍito rāsibhūto’’^eb^ti. ^b^Pacchimanto^eb^ti rathapañjarassa paranto pacchimanto pacchimakoṭṭhāso. ^b^Rathasandhito^eb^ti rathapañjarassa kubbarena saddhiṃ sambandhanaṭṭhānato. ^b^Tadeva pamāṇa^eb^nti tadeva ‘‘diyaḍḍhayojanasatāyāmo’’ti vuttappamāṇameva. ^b^Diguṇaṃ katvā^eb^ti ‘‘pacchimanto satayojano’’tiādinā diguṇaṃ katvā. Candamaṇḍalasūriyamaṇḍalakiṅkiṇikajālādibhedassa ^b^sesālaṅkārassa. Passantānaṃ^eb^ devānaṃ. ^b^Rājā no^eb^ti amhākaṃ rājā devaseṭṭho. ^b^Dutiyaṃ āsanaṃ labhatī^eb^ti sakke nisinne tassa anantaraṃ dutiyaṃ āsanaṃ labhati. Tasmā devaseṭṭhatāya sakko viya gāravaṭṭhāniyo, yato sakko ‘‘tassa dhajaggaṃ ullokeyyāthā’’ti āha. Esa nayo sesesupi. ^b^Asurehi parājito^eb^ti asurehi parājayaṃ āpādito. ^b^Rajadhajaṃ disvā^eb^ti parasenāya upagacchantiyā uṭṭhitarajamattampi disvā ṭhitopi taṃ rajadhajaṃ disvā bhīrubhāvena ^b^palāyanadhammo^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Yassa^eb^^a^M1.0332^ea^ dhajaggaparittassa. ^b^Ānubhāvo vattati^eb^ asammukhībhūtāhipi devatāhi sirasā sampaṭicchitabbato. ^b^Corabhayādīhī^eb^ti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena rogabhayādīnañceva vaṭṭadukkhassa ca saṅgaho daṭṭhabbo vidhinā bhāvite parittassa atthe upacārajjhānādīnampi ijjhanato.<br/><br/>[03]Dīghavāpīnāmake ^a^V1.0291^ea^ gāme cetiyaṃ ^b^dīghavāpicetiyaṃ. Muddhavedikā^eb^ nāma hammiyaṃ parikkhipitvā katavedikā. Buddhagataṃ satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvā parittarakkhaguttiṃ āha. Parittassa ānubhāvena ^b^dve iṭṭhakā…pe… aṭṭhaṃsu^eb^. Tathā hi ^b^tasmiṃ nisseṇiyaṃ ṭhite…pe… aṭṭhaṃsū^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[06]Dhajaggasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 249
title: susīmasuttavaṇṇanā^dhajaggasuttavaṇṇanā^vepacittisuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^250^eb^^b^.^eb^ ‘‘Mahānubhāvatāya asurānaṃ cittavepanena vepacittī’’ti vadanti. Isīhi pana abhayaṃ yācite ‘‘bhayameva dadāmī’’ti vatvā tehi ‘‘akkhayaṃ hotu te bhaya’’nti abhisapavasena vuttakālato paṭṭhāya vepanacittatāya ^b^‘‘vepacittī’’^eb^ti vuccati, yaṃ lokiyā ‘‘pulomo’’ti ca vadanti. Nipātapadānipi kānici atthavisesajotakāni hontīti āha ^b^‘‘nipātamatta’’^eb^nti hetuatthādīnamettha asambhavato. ^b^Ta^eb^nti sakkaṃ devānamindaṃ. ^b^Kaṇṭhe pañcamehī^eb^ti kaṇṭhabandhanapañcamehi, vibhattialopena niddeso. ^b^Cittenevā^eb^ti ‘‘imaṃ bandhāmi, ayaṃ bajjhatū’’ti uppannacitteneva. ^b^Bajjhati^eb^ baddho hoti, ayaṃ devānubhāvo. ^b^Muccatī^eb^ti etthāpi eseva nayo. ^b^Dasahī^eb^ti ‘‘corosī’’tiādinā idha vuttehi dasahi. Tenāha ^b^‘‘imehī’’^eb^ti. Nibbattitvā cirakālataṃ upādāya khuṃsanavasena vadati ^b^‘‘jarasakkā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Na taṃ^eb^ akkosaṃ ^b^manasi karoti^eb^ dīgharattaṃ khantisoraccesu niruḷhājjhāsayattā. ^b^Mahāpaṭiggahaṇa^eb^nti mahantaṃ upasamabyañjanaṃ. ^b^Assā^eb^ti vepacittassa.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Paṭisaṃyuje^eb^ti paṭisattu hutvā saṃyuddhaṃ kareyya. Tenāha ^b^‘‘paṭipphareyyā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Upasamaṃ…pe… maññe^eb^ upasameneva paccatthikassa nāyakabhūtassa kodhassa ^a^M1.0333^ea^ paṭisedhanato. Tādise hi kodho paṭikiriyaṃ alabhanto anupādāno viya jātavedo vūpasammati. ^b^Yadā^eb^-saddo hetuattho, na kālatthoti āha ^b^‘‘yasmā taṃ maññatī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Tāvadeva dve gāvo yujjhante^eb^ti tasmiṃyeva khaṇe dvīsu goṇesu yujjhantesu.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Khantito uttaritaro añño attho na vijjati^eb^ anantareva assa virodhaṃ anatthaṃ paṭibāhitvā diṭṭhadhammikassa ceva samparāyikassa ca saṃvidhānato. ^b^Taṃ khantiṃ paramaṃ āhu^eb^ seṭṭhabalaṃ virodhapaccayaṃ abhibhuyya pavattanato. Bālayogato bālo, tassa balaṃ ^b^bālabalaṃ,^eb^ aññāṇanti āha ^b^‘‘bālabalaṃ nāma aññāṇabala’’^eb^nti. ^b^Taṃ yassa bala^eb^nti taṃ aññāṇabalaṃ yassa puggalassa balaṃ, ^b^abalameva taṃ^eb^ paññābalena viddhaṃsetabbato. ^b^Paṭivattā na vijjatī^eb^ti dhammaṭṭhaṃ ^a^V1.0292^ea^ paṭippharitvā abhibhavitvā pavattā natthi. Paṭivacanamattaṃ pana koci vadeyyāpi, taṃ akāraṇanti dassento ^b^‘‘paṭippharitvā vā’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Bālabala^eb^nti ‘‘paṭippharitvā’’ti vacanassa kāraṇavacanaṃ. ^b^Tasseva puggalassa^eb^ paṭikujjhanakassa. Nānattāvitakkanato ^b^ubhinnaṃ atthaṃ. Tikicchanta^eb^nti anatthapaṭibāhanamukhena paṇḍitakiccakaraṇena paṭisedhentaṃ. ‘‘Bālo aya’’nti evaṃ paññapetuṃ hetuphalānaṃ anavabodhato ^b^catusaccadhamme achekā^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[06]Vepacittisuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 250
title: dhajaggasuttavaṇṇanā^vepacittisuttavaṇṇanā^subhāsitajayasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^251^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^‘‘Chekatāyā’’^eb^ti vatvā tassa vattuṃ chekabhāvaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘evaṃ kirassā’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Gāha^eb^nti laddhiṃ. ^b^Mocetvā^eb^ti yassa puna ‘‘coro’’ti uttari vattuṃ na sakkoti, evaṃ vimocetvāti paṭhamaṃ vattuṃ na sakkā. ^b^Garū^eb^ti bhāriyaṃ, dukkaranti attho. ^b^Pacchā^eb^ti ‘‘parassā’’ti vutto so kiñci paṭhamaṃ vadanto attano adhippāyaṃ pavedeti nāma, taṃ yathāsatti viditamano tassa uttari vattuṃ sakkoti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘parassa vacanaṃ anugantvā pana pacchā sukhaṃ vattu’’^eb^nti. Api ca asurindena ‘‘hotu, devānaminda, subhāsitena jayo’’ti paṭhamaṃ vuttaṃ, viseso ca pubbaṃ upanentaṃ anuvattati. Vacasi kusalo sakko devarājā taṃ visesaṃ teneva pubbaṃ upanayāpento upalāpanavasena ‘‘tumhe ^a^M1.0334^ea^ khvetthā’’tiādimāha. ^b^Pubbadevā^eb^ti sakkapamukhāya devaparisāya loke pubbeva uppannattā ‘‘pubbadevā’’ti pasaṃsavacanaṃ. Vepacittiṃ sandhāya ‘‘tumhe’’ti ‘‘pubbadevā’’ti ca vuttattā ^b^‘‘tumhākaṃ tāva paveṇiāgataṃ bhaṇathā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Gāravaṭṭhāniyattā vepacittino bahuvacanapayogo. Daṇḍena avacāro avacaraṇaṃ daṇḍāvacaro, natthi ettha vutto daṇḍāvacaroti ^b^adaṇḍāvacarā,^eb^ sakkena vuttā gāthāyo.<br/><br/>[06]Subhāsitajayasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 251
title: vepacittisuttavaṇṇanā^subhāsitajayasuttavaṇṇanā^kulāvakasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^252^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Rathasaddo^eb^ti rathālaṅkārabhūtānaṃ kiṅkiṇikajālādīnaṃ saddo. Tathā ^b^dhajasaddo. Ājānīyasaddo^eb^ti ājānīyānaṃ hasitasaddo ca. ^b^Karuṇāsamāvajjitahadayo^eb^ti pāṇānaṃ anuparodhena paṇāmitacitto. ^b^Īsāmukhenā^eb^ti rathakapparamukhena. ^b^Puññapaccayanibbatto^eb^ti uḷāraṃ suvipulaṃ puññaṃ paccayaṃ katvā nibbatto. ^b^Na sajjati^eb^ katthaci appaṭighaṭṭanena gacchanto. ^b^Simbalivanenā^eb^ti simbalivanamajjhena ^a^V1.0293^ea^. ^b^Vibhaggaṃ nimmathita^eb^nti ito cito vibhaggañceva niravasesato mathitañca hoti.<br/><br/>[06]Kulāvakasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 252
title: subhāsitajayasuttavaṇṇanā^kulāvakasuttavaṇṇanā^nadubbhiyasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^253^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Supaccatthiko^eb^ti suṭṭhu ativiya paccatthiko paṭisattu. ^b^Gahitosī^eb^ti devapāsena bandhitvā gahito asi. ^b^Baddhova ahosi^eb^ sakkassa puññānubhāvena. Cetiyarājā kira imasmiṃ kappe tato pubbe kenaci avuttapubbaṃ kharamusāvādaṃ abhāsi, tāvadeva virajjhitvā mahāpathaviyā vivare dine nipatitvā avīciaggijālānamindanamahosi. Taṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘cetiyarañño pāpaṃ sandhāyā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Mahāpāpānī^eb^ti mahantāni garutarāni pāpāni. Tathā hi vepacittino sapathakaraṇe nidassanabhāvena etāni aṭṭhakathāyaṃ āgatānīti.<br/><br/>[06]Nadubbhiyasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 253
title: kulāvakasuttavaṇṇanā^nadubbhiyasuttavaṇṇanā^verocanāsurindasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^254^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Dvārapālarūpakāni^eb^^a^M1.0335^ea^^b^viyā^eb^ti dvārapālākārena katapaṭimāyo viya. ^b^Vāyametheva,^eb^ na antarā saṃkocaṃ āpajjeyyāti adhippāyo. ^b^Nipphannasobhanesū^eb^ti nipphannabhāvena sundaresu. Sabbe hi anipphannā atthā na sobhanti. ^b^Kiccajātā^eb^ti vippakatabhāvena sañjātakiccā. ^b^Akiccajāto^eb^ti asañjātakicco kiccarahito nāma natthi gamanaṭṭhitasayananisajjādivasena uppajjanakadukkhavinodanabhāvato. ^b^Saṃyogaparamātveva sambhogā^eb^ti imesaṃ sattānaṃ saṃbhuñjitabbavatthūni nāma pakatiyā virodhasīlānipi asaṃyogena vā asundarānipi, tāni abhisaṅkharaṇapacanasaṃyojanaparamāni veditabbāni tathā sati sambhogārahabhāvūpagamanato. Tenāha ^b^‘‘pārivāsikaodanādīnī’’^eb^tiādi. Uṇhāpetvā paribhuñjitabbayutte paribhajjitvāti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[06]Verocanāsurindasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 254
title: nadubbhiyasuttavaṇṇanā^verocanāsurindasuttavaṇṇanā^araññāyatanaisisuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^255^eb^^b^.^eb^ Jāmātikā vuccati dhītupati, sasuro bhariyāya pitā, tasmā ime antaravattino ^a^V1.0294^ea^ dve janā sakkavepacittino sujāya vasena ^b^jāmātikasasurā. ‘‘Ciradikkhitāna’’^eb^nti dikkhitvā pabbajitvā cirakālānaṃ vatasamādānavasena ito bāhirakānaṃ pabbajitānanti āha ^b^‘‘cirasamādinnavatāna’’^eb^nti. ^b^Ito paṭikkamā^eb^ti ito yathāṭhitaṭṭhānato apehi apakkama. ^b^Na paṭikkūlasaññino^eb^ guṇe gāravayogato. Devā hi yebhuyyena ‘‘mayaṃ pubbe guṇavante payirupāsitvā tesaṃ ovāde ṭhatvā puññāni upacinitvā idhūpapannā’’ti guṇavantesu ādarabhāvaṃ upaṭṭhapenti.<br/><br/>[06]Araññāyatanaisisuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 255
title: verocanāsurindasuttavaṇṇanā^araññāyatanaisisuttavaṇṇanā^samuddakasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^256^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Cakkavāḷamahāsamuddapiṭṭhiya^eb^nti ^a^M1.0336^ea^ cakkavāḷapabbatapādasamantā mahāsamuddatīrapiṭṭhiyaṃ. Yatheva sinerusamīpe mahāsamuddo anupubbaninno anupubbapoṇo anupubbapabbhāro, evaṃ yebhuyyena cakkavāḷapādasamīpepi. Tenāha ^b^‘‘rajatapaṭṭavaṇṇe vālukapuline’’^eb^ti. ^b^Vuttappakārāsū^eb^ti anantarasutte vuttappakārāsu. ^b^Assamapadenā^eb^ti assamapadavemajjhena. ^b^Evaṃ cintayiṃsū^eb^ti ‘‘yaṃ nūna maya’’ntiādinā yathā pāḷiyaṃ āgataṃ, evaṃ mantayiṃsu.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Icchitakaro^eb^ti yadicchitakaraṇaṃ. ^b^Duṭṭhāna^eb^nti durāsayānaṃ. Te pana duṭṭhajjhāsayā viruddhā hontīti āha ^b^‘‘duṭṭhānaṃ viruddhāna’’^eb^nti. ^b^Pavutta^eb^nti bījaṃ sandhāya vapitaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘khette patiṭṭhāpita’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sāyamāsabhatta^eb^nti sāyaṃ asitabbabhojanaṃ. Yathāvāraṃ bhakkhitametaṃ devānaṃ viya sukhumaṃ guruvāsañca na hotīti ^b^‘‘bhatta’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. ^b^Gelaññajāta^eb^nti sañjātagelaññaṃ. ^b^Vepatī^eb^ti kampati pavedhati.<br/><br/>[06]Samuddakasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.<br/><br/>[06]Paṭhamavaggavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 256
title: araññāyatanaisisuttavaṇṇanā^dutiyavaggo^vatapadasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^257^eb^^b^.^eb^ Samādātabbato ^a^V1.0295^ea^^b^vatāni,^eb^ aññamaññaṃ asaṅkarasabhāvena pabbajitabbato ^b^padāni,^eb^ tato eva asaṃkiṇṇabhāgāti katvā ^b^‘‘vatakoṭṭhāsānī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Samattānī^eb^ti puññavisesatāya pujjabhavaphalanibbattanena kittisaññānena ca samaṃ attāni samattāni. ^b^Paripuṇṇānī^eb^ti akhaṇḍādibhāvena sabbaso puṇṇāni. ^b^Samādinnānī^eb^ti tattha sakkaccakāritāya sammā ādinnāni. ^b^Mātulānī^eb^ti pitubhaginī, na yā kāci mātulassa bhariyā kulajeṭṭhakānaṃ adhippetattā, bhariyāpi vā mātulasambandhato gahetabbā, tathā sati mahāpitubhariyādīnampi saṅgaho daṭṭhabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ādi^eb^-saddena ^a^M1.0337^ea^ jeṭṭhabhaginīnaṃ saṅgaho. ^b^Apacitikārako^eb^ti tesaṃ paccuṭṭhānakaro. Yo koci dadantopi sāpekkho deti, so muttacāgo na hoti, ayaṃ pana na evanti ^b^‘‘muttacāgo hotī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Vissaṭṭhacāgo^eb^ti nirapekkhapariccāgoti attho. Yathā pāṇātipātabahulo ‘‘lohitapāṇī’’ti vuccati, tathā dānabahulo ‘‘payatapāṇī’’ti vuttoti āha ^b^‘‘deyyadhammadānatthāya sadā dhotahattho’’^eb^ti. ^b^Vossaggarato^eb^ti deyyadhammassa pariccajane abhirato. ^b^Parehi yācitabbāraho^eb^ti parehi yācituṃ yutto icchitassa atthassa tāvadeva vissajjanato. ^b^Dāneneva yutto^eb^ti sabbakālaṃ dāneneva yutto abhiṇhaṃ pavattamahādānattā. ^b^Dāne ca saṃvibhāge cā^eb^ti parassa sampuṇṇaṃ katvā pariccajanasaṅkhāte dāne ca attanā paribhuñjitabbato saṃvibhajanasaṅkhāte saṃvibhāge ca ^b^rato^eb^ abhirato.<br/><br/>[06]Vatapadasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 257
title: dutiyavaggo^vatapadasuttavaṇṇanā^sakkanāmasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^258^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Manussabhūto^eb^ti manussesu bhūto, manussattaṃ vā patto. ^b^Āvasatha^eb^nti nivāsaṭṭhānaṃ kāretvā adāsi, tasmā vāsaṃ adāsīti ^b^vāsavo^eb^. Attha-saddo idha kāraṇapariyāyoti āha ^b^‘‘sahassampi kāraṇāna’’^eb^nti. Svāyamattho heṭṭhā vibhāvitova. ^b^Vinicchinati,^eb^ tasmā sahassaṃ paññāakkhīni etassāti ^b^sahassakkho^eb^. Maghaṃ vuccati dhanaṃ, taṃ pana saddhāsaṅkhātaṃ maghaṃ assa atthīti ^a^V1.0296^ea^^b^maghavā^eb^. Pure dānaṃ dadātīti ^b^purindado^eb^ anunāsikalopaṃ akatvā. Puññāni kātuṃ sakkotīti ^b^sakko^eb^.<br/><br/>[06]Sakkanāmasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 258
title: vatapadasuttavaṇṇanā^sakkanāmasuttavaṇṇanā^mahālisuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^259^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^So^eb^ti sakko devarājā. Bahuvacane vattabbe ekavacanaṃ vuttaṃ. Vuccatīti vacanaṃ, attho. Tasmā ^b^bahuvacane^eb^ti bahumhi attheti attho ^a^M1.0338^ea^. Yathā paṭipajjanto anukkamena te dhamme samādiyitvā sakko sakkattaṃ ajjhagā, taṃ paṭipattiṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘sakko kirā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Anantare^eb^ti sakkabhāvassa atītānantare attabhāve. ^b^Taṃ sabba^eb^nti sakkassa maghamāṇavakāle sammāpaṭipattiṃ, tāya sakkabhāvūpagamanañcāti taṃ sabbaṃ. ^b^Vutto,^eb^ tasmā tattha vuttanayeneva veditabboti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[06]Mahālisuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 259
title: sakkanāmasuttavaṇṇanā^mahālisuttavaṇṇanā^daliddasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^260^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Manussadaliddo^eb^ti manussesu duggato. ^b^Manussakāruññata^eb^nti manussesu paramanihīnataṃ. ^b^Manussakapaṇo^eb^ti manussesu vā paramanihīno. ^b^Tasmiṃ ṭhāne^eb^ti tassa devaputtassa tasmiṃ uppajjanaṭṭhāne. ^b^Lāmakato cintentī^eb^ti tassa purimavatthuṃ nissāya hīnato cintenti. ^b^Kathentī^eb^ti tameva paresaṃ kathenti. ^b^Vitthārentī^eb^ti vuttamatthaṃ vitthārikaṃ karonti. Sabbadā paricchijja parivārasampanno hutvā aḍḍhaṭṭharatane hatthikkhandhe mahaccarājānubhāvena nisinnattā ^b^janakāyena samullokiyamāno. Avalambantī^eb^ti olambanti. ^b^Vandanamattaṃ vā nāhosi,^eb^ aññadatthu paccekabuddhato attano samānādarakiriyaṃ paccāsīsati. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘so’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Kvāya^eb^nti ko ayanti byāpannavasena vadati. Kāḷarattehi suttehi sibbitattā vaṇṇavikāraṃ disvā ^b^‘‘kuṭṭhicīvarāni pāruto’’^eb^ti āha. ^b^Mahāniraye nibbattitvā^eb^ mahādukkhaṃ paccanubhoti. Tadanurūpapāpakammassa vipākāvasesena laddhokāsena ^b^rājagahe…pe… paṭisandhiṃ gaṇhi^eb^. Kāmañca ettha paṭisandhiggahaṇaṃ kusalakammeneva, tassa pana akusalakammassa vipākino balavabhāvato vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘vipākāvasesenā’’^eb^ti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘gahitakālato…pe… nikkhanto’’^eb^ti. Bhikkhāya carituṃ samatthakālato paṭṭhāya rogassa balavatāya ^b^maṃsāni…pe… patanti. Ñāṇaṃ pesetvā^eb^ti vipassanāpaṭipāṭiyā bhāvanāñāṇaṃ nibbānaṃ paṭipesetvā pavattetvā. Indriyānaṃ paripakkattā ^a^V1.0297^ea^ satthu desanāvilāsena ^b^sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhito. Cumbaṭa^eb^nti pādacumbaṭaṃ. Kuṭṭhino hi sakalapādatalaṃ mā rujīti cumbaṭaṃ ^a^M1.0339^ea^ katvā taṃ pādatale bandhitvā gacchanti, ^b^mattikapātiṃ bhinditvā viya^eb^ tathā nihīnamanussattabhāvato cavitvā ^b^suvaṇṇapātiṃ paṭilabhanto viya^eb^ devattabhāvaṃ gaṇhanto cuticittato dutiyacittavāre ādānacittakkhaṇe devaloke nibbatto.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Maggenāgatā^eb^ti maggādhigamanena āgatā uppannā. ^b^Ariyakantasīla^eb^nti ariyānaṃ kantaṃ manāpaṃ manoramaṃ sīladhammaṃ. Ariyānaṃ adhicittādhipaññāsikkhā viya adhisīlasikkhāpi sabbā ativiya kantā evāti āha ^b^‘‘kiñcāpī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Imasmiṃ panatthe^eb^ti imasmiṃ sotāpannassa bhavasaṅkhāte atthe niddhāretvā vuccamāne. ^b^Pañcasīla^eb^mpi yasmā diṭṭhi viya bhavantarepi ^b^appahīnaṃ^eb^.<br/><br/>[06]Daliddasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 260
title: mahālisuttavaṇṇanā^daliddasuttavaṇṇanā^rāmaṇeyyakasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^261^eb^^b^.^eb^ Āramanti ettha sattāti ^b^ārāmā,^eb^ manoramā upavanādayo. Te eva cetenti ettha saddhāya attano pītisomanassaṃ sandhahantīti ^b^cetiyā^eb^ti ca vuccanti. ^b^Manussaramaṇīyabhāvassā^eb^ti manussānaṃ āramaṇīyabhāvassa. Tassa pana sīlādiguṇavasena acinteyyāparimeyyānubhāvatāpi hotīti bhagavā ^b^‘‘nāgghanti soḷasi’’^eb^nti avoca. Acetanāya bhūmiyā ramaṇīyatā nāma guṇavisiṭṭhānaṃ ariyānaṃ sevanavasena veditabbāti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘idāni…pe… gāme vātiādimāhā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[06]Rāmaṇeyyakasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 261
title: daliddasuttavaṇṇanā^rāmaṇeyyakasuttavaṇṇanā^yajamānasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^262^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Yajantāna^eb^nti dakkhiṇeyyaṃ uddissa dentānaṃ. Aṭṭhuppattiko suttanikkhepoti dassetvā atthavaṇṇanaṃ kātuṃ ^b^‘‘tadā kirā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Agga^eb^nti seṭṭhaṃ. Tehi tehi vā yathāladdhasappiādayo mā nassantu, aggabhāvena gahitāni sappiādīni kevalaṃ aggimhi jhāpanena, devā ^a^M1.0340^ea^ manussā micchāgāhena mā nassantu. ^b^Takkenā^eb^ti takkamattena. ‘‘Kathemā’’ti amhe maññatha, idāni passatha, paccakkhato ayaṃ vo…pe… āgacchatīti āhaṃsūti yojanā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Upadhivipāka^eb^nti ^a^V1.0298^ea^ upadhīsu vā vipaccati, upadhayo vā vipākā etassāti upadhivipākaṃ. ^b^Vipphāravantaṃ hoti^eb^ vipulapakkhatāya. ^b^Bhikkhusaṅghassa adaṃsu^eb^ ‘‘sammāsambuddhena mahābrahmunā ca evaṃ ovādo dinno’’ti.<br/><br/>[06]Yajamānasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 262
title: rāmaṇeyyakasuttavaṇṇanā^yajamānasuttavaṇṇanā^buddhavandanāsuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^263^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Uṭṭhahā^eb^ti uṭṭhānaṃ kāyikavīriyaṃ karohi. Tenāha ^b^‘‘vicara, loke’’^eb^ti. Cetasikavīriyaṃ pana bhagavatā matthakaṃ pāpitameva. Tenāha ^b^‘‘vijitasaṅgāmā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Dvādasayojanikassa^eb^ uccabhāvena. Vitthārato pana āyāmato ca anekayojanasatasahassaparimāṇacakkavāḷaṃ atibyāpetvā ṭhitassa. ^b^Pannabhārā^eb^ti pātitabhāra. Nikkhepitabbato bhārāti āha ^b^‘‘oropitakhandhā’’^eb^tiādi. Te hi taṃsamaṅgino puggalassa sampātanaṭṭhena ^b^bhārā^eb^ nāma. Vuttañhetaṃ ‘‘bhārā have pañcakkhandhā’’ti (saṃ. ni. 3.22). Tadekadesā ca ^b^kilesābhisaṅkhārā. Pannarasāya puṇṇamāya ratti^eb^nti yathā pannarasapuṇṇamāya rattiyaṃ paripuṇṇakāle upakkilesavimutto cando sobhati, evaṃ tava cittaṃ sabbaso upakkilesavimuttaṃ sobhatīti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[06]Buddhavandanāsuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 263
title: yajamānasuttavaṇṇanā^buddhavandanāsuttavaṇṇanā^gahaṭṭhavandanāsuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^264^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Puthuddisā^eb^ti bahudisā. Kā pana tāti āha ^b^‘‘catasso disā catasso anudisā cā’’^eb^ti. Anudisāgahaṇena cettha uddhaṃ adhopi gayhatīti ca dasseti. ^b^Bhūmivāsino^eb^ti bhūmipaṭibaddhavuttino. Etena rukkhapabbatanivāsinopi gahitā honti. ^b^Cirarattasamāhitacitte^eb^ti upacārappanājhānāni ^a^M1.0341^ea^ uppādetvā aparihīnajjhānatāya cirakālaṃ samāhitacitte. ^b^Āpāṇakoṭika^eb^nti jīvitapariyantaṃ yāvajīvaṃ. ^b^Evamādī^eb^ti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena avasesapuññakiriyavatthūni saṅgaṇhāti. Niccasīlavasena ^b^pañcahi,^eb^ niyamasīlavasena ^b^dasahi^eb^. ^b^Pi^eb^-saddena tato katipayehi uposathasīlavasena aṭṭhahipīti dasseti. ^b^Dhammikehī^eb^ti dhammato anapetehi. ^b^Pamukho^eb^ti pamokkho.<br/><br/>[06]Gahaṭṭhavandanāsuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 264
title: buddhavandanāsuttavaṇṇanā^gahaṭṭhavandanāsuttavaṇṇanā^satthāravandanāsuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^265^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Brahmajāṇuko^eb^ti ^a^V1.0299^ea^ dakkhiṇajāṇumaṇḍalaṃ pathaviyaṃ ṭhapetvā vandamāno brahmajāṇuko nāma tathābhūto hutvā. Yajitabbato ^b^yakkho,^eb^ pūjanīyo. Evaṃ pūjāvisesayogato sakkoti āha ^b^‘‘so yakkhoti so sakko’’^eb^ti. Sakkassa namakkārabhājanabhūtañhi pucchanto mātali ^b^‘‘ko nāma so yakkho’’^eb^ti āha. ^b^Guṇanemittakehī^eb^ti guṇahetukehi anantāni hi buddhānaṃ nāmāni, tāni ca kho sabbānipi guṇanemittakāneva. Anantaguṇattā. Vuttañhetaṃ –<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Asaṅkhyeyyāni nāmāni, saguṇena mahesino;<br/><br/>[22]Guṇena nāmamuddheyyaṃ, api nāmasahassato’’ti. –<br/><br/>[07]Tasmā ^b^anomanāma^eb^nti paripuṇṇaguṇanāmanti attho. ^b^Samatikkamenā^eb^ti sammā samucchindanavasena atikkamanena. Kilesārīnaṃ apetacayoti ^b^apacayo,^eb^ so āramitabbaṭṭhena ārāmo etesanti ^b^apacayārāmā^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘vaṭṭaviddhaṃsane ratā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[06]Satthāravandanāsuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 265
title: gahaṭṭhavandanāsuttavaṇṇanā^satthāravandanāsuttavaṇṇanā^saṅghavandanāsuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^266^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Pūtimhi^eb^ dehe ^b^mātu sarīre^eb^ sayanato, ^b^attano eva vā^eb^ pūtidehaṃ ^b^sarīraṃ^eb^ tasmiṃ ṭhitatāya ^b^avattharitvā sayanato pūtidehasayā^eb^ti ^a^M1.0342^ea^ yojanā. ^b^Kuṇapamhete^eb^ti ete manussā asuciduggandhajegucchapaṭikkūle mātukucchisaṅkhāte kuṇapasmiṃ dasa māse nimuggā. Tesaṃ kinnāma tvaṃ pihayasīti yojanā. ^b^Etesaṃ etaṃ vihayāmī^eb^ti etesaṃ isīnaṃ etaṃ sammāpaṭipattiṃ vihayāmi. Idāni taṃ paṭipattiṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘na te saṃ koṭṭhe opentī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Dhaññaṃ koṭṭhe na pakkhipanti^eb^ pakkhipitabbassa ca abhāvato. Tenāha ^b^‘‘na hi etesaṃ dhañña’’^eb^nti. ^b^Paresaṃ niṭṭhita^eb^nti paresaṃ gahitaṃ santakaṃ tesaṃ pākāya niṭṭhitaṃ. ^b^Bhikkhācāravattenā^eb^ti piṇḍācariyāya. ^b^Esamānā^eb^ pariyesantā. ^b^Evaṃ pariyiṭṭhena^eb^. Yāpenti, na esanti anesanaṃ. ^b^Susamādinnasundaravatā^eb^ti suṭṭhu samādinnasobhanavatā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Evaṃ subhāsitabhāsino^eb^ti ganthadhuravipassanādhurānaṃ vasena guṇaparimāṇasubhāsitasseva bhāsanasīlā ^a^V1.0300^ea^. Ariyena tuṇhībhūtena ^b^tuṇhībhūtā^eb^. Tato eva manassa sātisayaṃ ^b^samañcarā^eb^. Gahitadaṇḍesu parāmāsādipayuttesu daṇḍādānādihetu uppajjanakakilesapariḷāhābhāvato ^b^nibbutā^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘vissaṭṭhadaṇḍā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Sādānesū^eb^ti sabhavādānesu. ^b^Anādānā^eb^ti tabbirahitā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘bhavayonī’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[06]Saṅghavandanāsuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.<br/><br/>[06]Dutiyavaggavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 266
title: satthāravandanāsuttavaṇṇanā^tatiyavaggo^chetvāsuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^267^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Vuttatthameva^eb^ heṭṭhā devaputtasaṃyuttavaṇṇanāyaṃ.<br/><br/>[06]Chetvāsuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 267
title: tatiyavaggo^chetvāsuttavaṇṇanā^dubbaṇṇiyasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^268^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Dubbaṇṇo^eb^^a^M1.0343^ea^ duddasiko virūpavaṇṇo. ^b^Okoṭimako^eb^ti rassabhāvena avarakoṭimako. ^b^Sakkena gahitanāmamevetaṃ,^eb^ na pana so tathārūpo koci yakkho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘eko rūpāvacarabrahmā’’^eb^ti. Yadi evaṃ kasmā so tathārūpo hutvā āgatoti āha ^b^‘‘sakko kirā’’^eb^ti. Kathaṃ panettha ñāyati ‘‘so eko rūpāvacarabrahmā, na paneso avaruddhakayakkho’’ti yuttiṃ dassento ^b^‘‘avaruddhakayakkhā panā’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Devānaṃ^eb^ vacanaṃ ^b^sutvā. Pharusenā^eb^ti pharusasamācārena. ‘‘Ko nāma mayhaṃ āsane sannisinno’’ti akkhantiṃ anuppādento ^b^khantiyaṃ ṭhatvā. Balavacittīkāra^eb^nti garutaraṃ sakkārabahumānaṃ. ^b^Nīcavuttiyā^eb^ti paramanipaccakāre suvūpasamane ca dassiyamāne. Sakkassa tāya eva ācārasampattiyā ^b^sakkāsane ṭhātuṃ,^eb^ attano ca āvikātuṃ ^b^asakkonto antaradhāyi. Upahatacittomhī^eb^ti khantimettānuddayāsabbhāvato parasmiṃ upahatacittomhīti sakko attano sabhāvaṃ vadati. ^b^Kodhavase vattetu^eb^nti kodhena attano vase nibbattetuṃ na sukaromhi, atha kho kodhaṃ mayhaṃ vase na vattemīti adhippāyo. ^b^Ciraṃ na kujjhāmī^eb^ti yadi me kadāci kodho uppajjeyya, taṃ kodhaṃ anuvattento cirakālaṃ na kujjhāmi ^a^V1.0301^ea^. ^b^Na upanayhāmī^eb^ti anto sace me kodho uppajjeyya, khippameva ca naṃ paṭivineyyanti taṃ me pubbeva vataṃ paripūritaṃ.<br/><br/>[06]Dubbaṇṇiyasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 268
title: chetvāsuttavaṇṇanā^dubbaṇṇiyasuttavaṇṇanā^sambarimāyāsuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^269^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ābādhiko^eb^ti ābādho assa atthīti ābādhiko. ^b^Vācesī^eb^ti sikkhāpesi. Sambaro nāma asuramāyāya ādipuriso purātano asurindo. Taṃ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘yathā sambaro’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Evaṃ paccati^eb^ aññopi māyāvī māyaṃ payojetvā. Upavādantarāyo nāma khamāpane sati vigacchati, pākatikameva hotīti āha ^b^‘‘evamassa phāsu^eb^^a^M1.0344^ea^^b^bhaveyyā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Tenā^eb^ti vepacittinā sambaravijjāya adānena vañcitattā. ^b^Tathā akatvā^eb^ti isīnaṃ santikaṃ netvā khamāpanavasena kātabbaṃ akatvā.<br/><br/>[06]Sambarimāyāsuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 269
title: dubbaṇṇiyasuttavaṇṇanā^sambarimāyāsuttavaṇṇanā^accayasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^270^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Sampayojesu^eb^nti aññamaññaṃ vācasikaṃ pharusaṃ payojesuṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘kalahaṃ akaṃsū’’^eb^ti, vivādaṃ akaṃsūti attho. ^b^Atikkammavacana^eb^nti vacīsaṃvaraṃ atikkamitvā vacanaṃ. Yasmā accaye desiyamāne taṃ khīṇayati aññamaññassa khamamānassa khamanaṃ paṭiggaṇhato, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘nappaṭigaṇhātīti na khamatī’’^eb^ti. Tumhākaṃ vase vattatu, visevitaṃ akatvā yathākāmakaraṇīyo hotu. Mittadhammo idha uttarapadalopena ‘‘mitto’’ti vuttoti āha ^b^‘‘mittadhamme’’^eb^ti. ^b^Karaṇavacana^eb^nti ‘‘mittehī’’ti karaṇavacanaṃ bhummatthe. Tenāha ^b^‘‘mittesū’’^eb^ti. Yathā nibbattasabhāvassa bhāvato aññathattaṃ ^b^jarā,^eb^ evaṃ mittabhāvato vuttavipariyāyo amittadhammo jarāpariyāyena vutto. ^b^Agārayhaṃ anavajjaṃ sabbaso pahīnakilesaṃ. Tenāha ‘‘khīṇāsavapuggala’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[06]Accayasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 39
item: 270
title: sambarimāyāsuttavaṇṇanā^accayasuttavaṇṇanā^akkodhasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^271^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Kodho tumhe mā abhibhavī^eb^ti ettha kodhena anabhibhavanīyattaṃ khantimettākaruṇāditappaṭipakkhadhammaparibrūhanena ^a^V1.0302^ea^. Tathā hi taṃsamaṅgino kodho abhibhuyyatīti āha ^b^‘‘tumheva kodhaṃ abhibhavatha. Kujjhantānaṃ mā paṭikujjhitthā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Paṭipadā^eb^ti esā paṭipatti. ^b^Mettā^eb^ti appanāppattā mettā. Tadupacāro ^b^mettāpubbabhāgo^eb^. Na vihiṃsati kiñci etāyāti ^b^avihiṃsā. Karuṇā^eb^ti appanāppattakaruṇā veditabbā. Tadupacāro ^a^M1.0345^ea^^b^karuṇāpubbabhāgo. Lāmakajana^eb^nti khantiādīsu yonisomanasikārābhāvena gārayhasamācārasamāyogena ca nihīnaṃ janaṃ. Paccayaparisuddhiyā ^b^kodho^eb^ abhimaddamāno puggalaṃ ^b^abhimaddati,^eb^ tassa so paṭisaṅkhānabhāvanābalehi sammadeva pahātabboti.<br/><br/>[06]Akkodhasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.<br/><br/>[06]Tatiyavaggavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.<br/><br/>[06]Sāratthappakāsiniyā saṃyuttanikāya-aṭṭhakathāya<br/><br/>[06]Sakkasaṃyuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.<br/><br/>[06]Niṭṭhitā ca sāratthappakāsiniyā<br/><br/>[06]Saṃyuttanikāya-aṭṭhakathāya sagāthāvaggavaṇṇanā.<br/><br/>[06]Paṭhamo bhāgo niṭṭhito.


volume: 40
item: 0
title: ^^nidānasaṃyuttaṃ^buddhavaggo^paṭiccasamuppādasuttaṃ
content:
  [03] 1^b^.^eb^ evaṃ ^a^T2.0001^ea^ ^a^M1.0243^ea^ ^a^P2.0001^ea^ ^a^V1.0001^ea^ me sutaṃ -- ekaṃ samayaṃ  bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū  āmantesi -- ``bhikkhavo''ti. ``bhadante''ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. bhagavā  etadavoca -- ``paṭiccasamuppādaṃ vo, bhikkhave, desessāmi; taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasi karotha;  bhāsissāmī''ti. ``evaṃ, bhante''ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. bhagavā etadavoca  --<br/><br/>[03] ``katamo ^a^V1.0002^ea^ ca, bhikkhave, paṭiccasamuppādo? avijjāpaccayā, bhikkhave,  saṅkhārā; saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ; viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṃ; nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatanaṃ;  saḷāyatanapaccayā phasso; phassapaccayā vedanā; vedanāpaccayā taṇhā; taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṃ;  upādānapaccayā bhavo; bhavapaccayā jāti ^a^T2.0002^ea^; jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā  sambhavanti. evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti. ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave,  paṭiccasamuppādo. <br/><br/>[01] ``avijjāya ^a^M1.0244^ea^ tveva asesavirāganirodhā saṅkhāranirodho;  saṅkhāranirodhā ^a^P2.0002^ea^ viññāṇanirodho; viññāṇanirodhā nāmarūpanirodho;  nāmarūpanirodhā saḷāyatananirodho; saḷāyatananirodhā phassanirodho; phassanirodhā  vedanānirodho; vedanānirodhā taṇhānirodho; taṇhānirodhā upādānanirodho; upādānanirodhā  bhavanirodho; bhavanirodhā jātinirodho; jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇaṃ  sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā nirujjhanti. evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho  hotī''ti. idamavoca bhagavā. attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinandunti. paṭhamaṃ. 


volume: 40
item: 1
title: ^nidānasaṃyuttaṃ^buddhavaggo^paṭiccasamuppādasuttaṃ^vibhaṅgasuttaṃ
content:
  [03] 2^b^.^eb^ sāvatthiyaṃ viharati...pe0... ``paṭiccasamuppādaṃ vo, bhikkhave, desessāmi  vibhajissāmi. taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasi karotha; bhāsissāmī''ti. ``evaṃ, bhante''ti kho  te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. bhagavā etadavoca --<br/><br/>[03] ``katamo ca, bhikkhave, paṭiccasamuppādo? avijjāpaccayā, bhikkhave, saṅkhārā;  saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ; viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṃ; nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatanaṃ; saḷāyatanapaccayā  phasso; phassapaccayā vedanā; vedanāpaccayā taṇhā; taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṃ; upādānapaccayā bhavo;  bhavapaccayā jāti ^a^T2.0003^ea^; jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā sambhavanti.  evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti.<br/><br/>[03] ``katamañca, bhikkhave, jarāmaraṇaṃ? yā tesaṃ tesaṃ sattānaṃ tamhi tamhi sattanikāye jarā  jīraṇatā khaṇḍiccaṃ pāliccaṃ valittacatā āyuno saṃhāni indriyānaṃ paripāko; ayaṃ vuccati  ^a^V1.0003^ea^ jarā. yā tesaṃ ^a^P2.0003^ea^ tesaṃ sattānaṃ tamhā tamhā sattanikāyā cuti  cavanatā bhedo antaradhānaṃ maccu maraṇaṃ kālakiriyā khandhānaṃ bhedo kaḷevarassa nikkhepo  ( ) {(jīvitindriyassa upacchedo) (syā0 kaṃ0) evamuparipi,  aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana na dissati}, idaṃ  vuccati maraṇaṃ. iti ayañca jarā, idañca maraṇaṃ. idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, jarāmaraṇaṃ.<br/><br/>[03] ``katamā ca, bhikkhave, jāti? yā tesaṃ tesaṃ sattānaṃ tamhi tamhi sattanikāye jāti  sañjāti okkanti nibbatti abhinibbatti khandhānaṃ pātubhāvo āyatanānaṃ paṭilābho. ayaṃ  vuccati, bhikkhave, jāti.<br/><br/>[03] ``katamo ^a^M1.0245^ea^ ca, bhikkhave, bhavo? tayo me, bhikkhave, bhavā -- kāmabhavo,  rūpabhavo, arūpabhavo. ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, bhavo.<br/><br/>[03] ``katamañca, bhikkhave, upādānaṃ? cattārimāni, bhikkhave, upādānāni -- kāmupādānaṃ,  diṭṭhupādānaṃ, sīlabbatupādānaṃ, attavādupādānaṃ. idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, upādānaṃ.<br/><br/>[03] ``katamā ca, bhikkhave, taṇhā? chayime, bhikkhave, taṇhākāyā -- rūpataṇhā, saddataṇhā,  gandhataṇhā, rasataṇhā, phoṭṭhabbataṇhā, dhammataṇhā. ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, taṇhā.<br/><br/>[03] ``katamā ^a^T2.0004^ea^ ca, bhikkhave, vedanā? chayime, bhikkhave, vedanākāyā -- cakkhusamphassajā  vedanā, sotasamphassajā vedanā, ghānasamphassajā vedanā, jivhāsamphassajā vedanā,  kāyasamphassajā vedanā, manosamphassajā vedanā. ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, vedanā.<br/><br/>[03] ``katamo ca, bhikkhave, phasso? chayime, bhikkhave, phassakāyā -- cakkhusamphasso,  sotasamphasso, ghānasamphasso, jivhāsamphasso, kāyasamphasso, manosamphasso. ayaṃ vuccati,  bhikkhave, phasso.<br/><br/>[03] ``katamañca, bhikkhave, saḷāyatanaṃ? cakkhāyatanaṃ, sotāyatanaṃ, ghānāyatanaṃ, jivhāyatanaṃ,  kāyāyatanaṃ, manāyatanaṃ -- idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, saḷāyatanaṃ.<br/><br/>[03] ``katamañca ^a^V1.0004^ea^, bhikkhave, nāmarūpaṃ? vedanā, saññā, cetanā, phasso,  manasikāro -- idaṃ vuccati nāmaṃ. cattāro ca ^a^P2.0004^ea^ mahābhūtā, catunnañca mahābhūtānaṃ  upādāyarūpaṃ. idaṃ vuccati rūpaṃ. iti idañca nāmaṃ, idañca rūpaṃ. idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave,  nāmarūpaṃ.<br/><br/>[03] ``katamañca, bhikkhave, viññāṇaṃ? chayime, bhikkhave, viññāṇakāyā -- cakkhuviññāṇaṃ,  sotaviññāṇaṃ, ghānaviññāṇaṃ, jivhāviññāṇaṃ, kāyaviññāṇaṃ, manoviññāṇaṃ. idaṃ vuccati,  bhikkhave, viññāṇaṃ.<br/><br/>[03] ``katame ca, bhikkhave, saṅkhārā? tayome, bhikkhave, saṅkhārā -- kāyasaṅkhāro,  vacīsaṅkhāro, cittasaṅkhāro. ime vuccanti, bhikkhave, saṅkhārā.<br/><br/>[03] ``katamā ^a^T2.0005^ea^ ca, bhikkhave, avijjā? yaṃ kho, bhikkhave, dukkhe aññāṇaṃ, dukkhasamudaye  aññāṇaṃ, dukkhanirodhe aññāṇaṃ, dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya aññāṇaṃ. ayaṃ vuccati,  bhikkhave, avijjā.<br/><br/>[03] ``iti ^a^M1.0246^ea^ kho, bhikkhave, avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā; saṅkhārapaccayā  viññāṇaṃ...pe0... evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti. avijjāya tveva  asesavirāganirodhā saṅkhāranirodho; saṅkhāranirodhā viññāṇanirodho...pe0... evametassa  kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotī''ti. dutiyaṃ. 


volume: 40
item: 2
title: nidānasaṃyuttaṃ^buddhavaggo^paṭiccasamuppādasuttaṃ^vibhaṅgasuttaṃ^paṭipadāsuttaṃ
content:
  [03] 3^b^.^eb^ sāvatthiyaṃ viharati...pe0... ``micchāpaṭipadañca vo, bhikkhave,  desessāmi sammāpaṭipadañca. taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasi karotha; bhāsissāmī''ti. ``evaṃ  bhante''ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. bhagavā etadavoca --<br/><br/>[03] ``katamā ca, bhikkhave, micchāpaṭipadā? avijjāpaccayā, bhikkhave, saṅkhārā;  saṅkhārapaccayā ^a^V1.0005^ea^ viññāṇaṃ...pe0... evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo  hoti. ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, micchāpaṭipadā.<br/><br/>[03] ``katamā ^a^P2.0005^ea^ ca, bhikkhave, sammāpaṭipadā? avijjāya tveva  asesavirāganirodhā saṅkhāranirodho; saṅkhāranirodhā viññāṇanirodho...pe0... evametassa  kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti. ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, sammāpaṭipadā''ti. tatiyaṃ. 


volume: 40
item: 3
title: buddhavaggo^paṭiccasamuppādasuttaṃ^vibhaṅgasuttaṃ^paṭipadāsuttaṃ^vipassīsuttaṃ
content:
  [03] 4^b^.^eb^ sāvatthiyaṃ viharati...pe0... ``vipassissa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato  sammāsambuddhassa ^a^T2.0006^ea^ pubbeva sambodhā anabhisambuddhassa bodhisattasseva sato etadahosi -- `kicchaṃ  vatāyaṃ loko āpanno jāyati ca jīyati ca mīyati ca cavati ca upapajjati ca. atha ca  panimassa dukkhassa nissaraṇaṃ nappajānāti jarāmaraṇassa. kudāssu nāma imassa dukkhassa  nissaraṇaṃ paññāyissati jarāmaraṇassā'''ti?<br/><br/>[03] ``atha kho bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa etadahosi -- `kimhi nu kho sati  jarāmaraṇaṃ hoti, kiṃpaccayā jarāmaraṇa'nti? atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa  yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo -- `jātiyā kho sati jarāmaraṇaṃ hoti,  jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇa'''nti. <br/><br/>[01] ``atha ^a^M1.0247^ea^ kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa etadahosi --  `kimhi nu kho sati jāti hoti, kiṃpaccayā jātī'ti? atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa  bodhisattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo -- `bhave kho sati jāti hoti,  bhavapaccayā jātī'''ti.<br/><br/>[03] ``atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa etadahosi -- `kimhi nu kho sati  bhavo hoti, kiṃpaccayā bhavo'ti? atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa yoniso  manasikārā ^a^V1.0006^ea^ ahu paññāya abhisamayo -- `upādāne kho sati bhavo hoti,  upādānapaccayā bhavo'''ti.<br/><br/>[03] ``atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa etadahosi -- `kimhi nu kho sati  upādānaṃ hoti, kiṃpaccayā upādāna'nti? atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa  yoniso manasikārā ^a^P2.0006^ea^ ahu paññāya abhisamayo -- `taṇhāya kho sati upādānaṃ   ^a^T2.0007^ea^ hoti, taṇhāpaccayā upādāna'''nti. <br/><br/>[01] ``atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa etadahosi -- `kimhi nu kho  sati taṇhā hoti, kiṃpaccayā taṇhā'ti? atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa  yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo -- `vedanāya kho sati taṇhā hoti, vedanāpaccayā  taṇhā'''ti.<br/><br/>[03] ``atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa etadahosi -- `kimhi nu kho sati  vedanā hoti, kiṃpaccayā vedanā'ti? atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa yoniso  manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo -- `phasse kho sati vedanā hoti, phassapaccayā  vedanā'''ti.<br/><br/>[03] ``atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa etadahosi -- `kimhi nu kho sati  phasso hoti, kiṃpaccayā phasso'ti? atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa yoniso  manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo -- `saḷāyatane kho sati phasso hoti, saḷāyatanapaccayā  phasso'''ti.<br/><br/>[03] ``atha ^a^M1.0248^ea^ kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa etadahosi -- `kimhi nu  kho sati saḷāyatanaṃ hoti, kiṃpaccayā saḷāyatana'nti? atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa  bodhisattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo -- `nāmarūpe kho sati saḷāyatanaṃ  hoti, nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatana'''nti.<br/><br/>[03] ``atha ^a^V1.0007^ea^ kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa etadahosi -- `kimhi nu  kho sati nāmarūpaṃ hoti, kiṃpaccayā nāmarūpa'nti? atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa  bodhisattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo -- `viññāṇe kho sati nāmarūpaṃ  hoti ^a^T2.0008^ea^, viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpa'''nti.<br/><br/>[03] ``atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa etadahosi -- `kimhi nu kho sati  viññāṇaṃ hoti, kiṃpaccayā viññāṇa'nti? atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa  yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo -- `saṅkhāresu kho sati viññāṇaṃ hoti,  saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇa'''nti.<br/><br/>[03] ``atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa etadahosi ^a^P2.0007^ea^ -- `kimhi  nu kho sati saṅkhārā honti, kiṃpaccayā saṅkhārā'ti? atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa  bodhisattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo -- `avijjāya kho sati saṅkhārā  honti, avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā'''ti.<br/><br/>[03] ``iti hidaṃ avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā; saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ...pe0... evametassa  kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti. `samudayo, samudayo'ti kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa  bodhisattassa pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā  udapādi, āloko udapādi.<br/><br/>[03] ``atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa etadahosi -- `kimhi nu kho asati  jarāmaraṇaṃ na hoti, kissa nirodhā jarāmaraṇanirodho'ti? atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa  bodhisattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo -- `jātiyā kho asati jarāmaraṇaṃ  na hoti, jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇanirodho'''ti.<br/><br/>[03] ``atha ^a^M1.0249^ea^ kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa etadahosi -- `kimhi nu  kho asati jāti na hoti ^a^T2.0009^ea^, kissa nirodhā jātinirodho'ti? atha kho, bhikkhave,  vipassissa bodhisattassa ^a^V1.0008^ea^ yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo -- `bhave  kho asati jāti na hoti, bhavanirodhā jātinirodho'''ti.<br/><br/>[03] ``atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa etadahosi -- `kimhi nu kho asati  bhavo na hoti, kissa nirodhā bhavanirodho'ti? atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa  yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo -- `upādāne kho asati bhavo na hoti,  upādānanirodhā bhavanirodho'''ti.<br/><br/>[03] ``atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa etadahosi -- `kimhi nu kho asati  upādānaṃ na hoti, kissa nirodhā upādānanirodho'ti? atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa  bodhisattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo -- `taṇhāya kho asati upādānaṃ  na hoti, taṇhānirodhā upādānanirodho'''ti.<br/><br/>[03] ``atha ^a^P2.0008^ea^ kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa etadahosi -- `kimhi  nu kho asati taṇhā na hoti, kissa nirodhā taṇhānirodho'ti? atha kho, bhikkhave,  vipassissa bodhisattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo -- `vedanāya kho  asati taṇhā na hoti, vedanānirodhā taṇhānirodho'''ti.<br/><br/>[03] ``atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa etadahosi -- `kimhi nu kho asati  vedanā na hoti, kissa nirodhā vedanānirodho'ti? atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa  bodhisattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo -- `phasse kho asati vedanā na  hoti, phassanirodhā ^a^T2.0010^ea^ vedanānirodho'''ti.<br/><br/>[03] ``atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa etadahosi -- `kimhi nu kho asati  phasso na hoti, kissa nirodhā phassanirodho'ti? atha kho bhikkhave, vipassissa  bodhisattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu ^a^M1.0250^ea^ paññāya abhisamayo -- `saḷāyatane kho  asati phasso na hoti, saḷāyatananirodhā phassanirodho'''ti.<br/><br/>[03] ``atha ^a^V1.0009^ea^ kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa etadahosi -- `kimhi nu  kho asati saḷāyatanaṃ na hoti, kissa nirodhā saḷāyatananirodho'ti? atha kho, bhikkhave,  vipassissa bodhisattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo -- `nāmarūpe kho  asati saḷāyatanaṃ na hoti, nāmarūpanirodhā saḷāyatananirodho'''ti.<br/><br/>[03] ``atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa etadahosi -- `kimhi nu kho asati  nāmarūpaṃ na hoti, kissa nirodhā nāmarūpanirodho'ti? atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa  bodhisattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo -- `viññāṇe kho asati nāmarūpaṃ  na hoti, viññāṇanirodhā nāmarūpanirodho'''ti.<br/><br/>[03] ``atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa etadahosi -- `kimhi nu kho asati  viññāṇaṃ na hoti, kissa nirodhā viññāṇanirodho'ti? atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa  bodhisattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo -- `saṅkhāresu kho asati  viññāṇaṃ na hoti, saṅkhāranirodhā viññāṇanirodho'''ti.<br/><br/>[03] ``atha ^a^P2.0009^ea^ kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa etadahosi -- `kimhi  nu kho asati saṅkhārā na honti, kissa nirodhā saṅkhāranirodho'ti   ^a^T2.0011^ea^? atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu   paññāya abhisamayo -- `avijjāya kho asati saṅkhārā na honti, avijjānirodhā   saṅkhāranirodho'''ti.<br/><br/>[03] ``iti hidaṃ avijjānirodhā saṅkhāranirodho; saṅkhāranirodhā viññāṇanirodho...pe0...  evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotīti. `nirodho, nirodho'ti kho, bhikkhave,  vipassissa bodhisattassa pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādi, paññā  udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi''. catutthaṃ.<br/><br/>[03] (sattannampi buddhānaṃ evaṃ vitthāretabbo). 


volume: 40
item: 4
title: paṭiccasamuppādasuttaṃ^vibhaṅgasuttaṃ^paṭipadāsuttaṃ^vipassīsuttaṃ^sikhīsuttaṃ
content:
  [03] 5^b^.^eb^ sikhissa ^a^M1.0251^ea^ ^a^V1.0010^ea^, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato  sammāsambuddhassa...pe0.... 


volume: 40
item: 9
title: vessabhūsuttaṃ^kakusandhasuttaṃ^koṇāgamanasuttaṃ^kassapasuttaṃ^gotamasuttaṃ
content:
  [03] 10^b^.^eb^ ``pubbeva ^a^P2.0010^ea^ me, bhikkhave, sambodhā anabhisambuddhassa  bodhisattasseva sato etadahosi -- `kicchaṃ vatāyaṃ loko āpanno jāyati ca jīyati ca  mīyati ca cavati ca upapajjati ca. atha ca panimassa dukkhassa nissaraṇaṃ nappajānāti  jarāmaraṇassa. kudāssu nāma imassa dukkhassa nissaraṇaṃ paññāyissati jarāmaraṇassā'''ti?<br/><br/>[03] ``tassa mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, etadahosi -- `kimhi nu kho sati jarāmaraṇaṃ hoti,  kiṃpaccayā ^a^V1.0011^ea^ jarāmaraṇa'nti ^a^T2.0012^ea^? tassa mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, yoniso manasikārā ahu  paññāya abhisamayo -- `jātiyā kho sati jarāmaraṇaṃ hoti, jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇa'''nti.<br/><br/>[03] ``tassa mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, etadahosi -- `kimhi nu kho sati jāti hoti...pe0...  bhavo... upādānaṃ... taṇhā... vedanā... phasso... saḷāyatanaṃ... nāmarūpaṃ... viññāṇaṃ...  saṅkhārā honti, kiṃpaccayā saṅkhārā'ti? tassa mayhaṃ, bhikkhave ^a^M1.0252^ea^, yoniso  manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo -- `avijjāya kho sati saṅkhārā honti, avijjāpaccayā  saṅkhārā'''ti.<br/><br/>[03] ``iti hidaṃ avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā; saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ...pe0... evametassa  kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti. `samudayo, samudayo'ti kho me, bhikkhave, pubbe  ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko  udapādi.<br/><br/>[03] ``tassa mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, etadahosi -- `kimhi nu kho asati jarāmaraṇaṃ na hoti,  kissa nirodhā jarāmaraṇanirodho'ti? tassa mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, yoniso manasikārā ahu  paññāya abhisamayo -- `jātiyā kho asati jarāmaraṇaṃ na hoti, jātinirodhā  jarāmaraṇanirodho'''ti.<br/><br/>[03] ``tassa mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, etadahosi -- `kimhi nu kho ^a^P2.0011^ea^ asati jāti  na hoti...pe0... bhavo... upādānaṃ... taṇhā... vedanā... phasso... saḷāyatanaṃ... nāmarūpaṃ...  viññāṇaṃ... saṅkhārā na honti, kissa nirodhā saṅkhāranirodho'ti? tassa mayhaṃ, bhikkhave,  yoniso manasikārā ahu ^a^T2.0013^ea^ paññāya abhisamayo -- `avijjāya kho asati saṅkhārā na honti,  avijjānirodhā saṅkhāranirodho'''ti.<br/><br/>[03] ``iti hidaṃ avijjānirodhā saṅkhāranirodho; saṅkhāranirodhā viññāṇanirodho...pe0...  evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti. `nirodho, nirodho'ti ^a^V1.0012^ea^ kho  me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā  udapādi, āloko udapādī''ti. dasamo. <br/><br/>[06] buddhavaggo paṭhamo. <br/><br/>[01] tassuddānaṃ -- <br/><br/>[21] desanā vibhaṅgapaṭipadā ca, <br/><br/>[27] vipassī sikhī ca vessabhū. <br/><br/>[26] kakusandho koṇāgamano kassapo, <br/><br/>[22] mahāsakyamuni ca gotamoti.. 


volume: 40
item: 10
title: kakusandhasuttaṃ^koṇāgamanasuttaṃ^kassapasuttaṃ^āhāravaggo^āhārasuttaṃ
content:
  [03] 11^b^.^eb^ evaṃ ^a^T2.0014^ea^ ^a^M1.0253^ea^ me sutaṃ -- ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati  jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme...pe0... etadavoca -- ``cattārome, bhikkhave, āhārā bhūtānaṃ vā  sattānaṃ ṭhitiyā sambhavesīnaṃ vā anuggahāya. katame cattāro? kabaḷīkāro  {kabaḷiṃkāro (sī0 pī0), kavaḷīkāro (syā0 kaṃ0)} āhāro --  oḷāriko vā sukhumo vā, phasso dutiyo, manosañcetanā tatiyā, viññāṇaṃ catutthaṃ. ime  kho, bhikkhave, cattāro āhārā bhūtānaṃ vā sattānaṃ ṭhitiyā sambhavesīnaṃ vā anuggahāya''.<br/><br/>[03] ``ime, bhikkhave, cattāro āhārā kiṃnidānā kiṃsamudayā ^a^P2.0012^ea^ kiṃjātikā  kiṃpabhavā? ime cattāro āhārā taṇhānidānā taṇhāsamudayā taṇhājātikā taṇhāpabhavā. taṇhā  cāyaṃ, bhikkhave, kiṃnidānā kiṃsamudayā kiṃjātikā kiṃpabhavā? taṇhā vedanānidānā  vedanāsamudayā vedanājātikā ^a^V1.0013^ea^ vedanāpabhavā. vedanā cāyaṃ, bhikkhave, kiṃnidānā  kiṃsamudayā kiṃjātikā kiṃpabhavā? vedanā phassanidānā phassasamudayā phassajātikā phassapabhavā.  phasso cāyaṃ, bhikkhave, kiṃnidāno kiṃsamudayo kiṃjātiko kiṃpabhavo? phasso  saḷāyatananidāno saḷāyatanasamudayo saḷāyatanajātiko saḷāyatanapabhavo. saḷāyatanañcidaṃ,  bhikkhave, kiṃnidānaṃ ^a^T2.0015^ea^ kiṃsamudayaṃ kiṃjātikaṃ kiṃpabhavaṃ? saḷāyatanaṃ nāmarūpanidānaṃ  nāmarūpasamudayaṃ nāmarūpajātikaṃ nāmarūpapabhavaṃ. nāmarūpañcidaṃ, bhikkhave, kiṃnidānaṃ kiṃsamudayaṃ  kiṃjātikaṃ kiṃpabhavaṃ? nāmarūpaṃ viññāṇanidānaṃ viññāṇasamudayaṃ viññāṇajātikaṃ viññāṇapabhavaṃ.  viññāṇañcidaṃ, bhikkhave, kiṃnidānaṃ kiṃsamudayaṃ kiṃjātikaṃ kiṃpabhavaṃ? viññāṇaṃ  saṅkhāranidānaṃ saṅkhārasamudayaṃ saṅkhārajātikaṃ saṅkhārapabhavaṃ. saṅkhārā cime, bhikkhave,  kiṃnidānā kiṃsamudayā kiṃjātikā kiṃpabhavā? saṅkhārā avijjānidānā avijjāsamudayā  avijjājātikā avijjāpabhavā.<br/><br/>[03] ``iti kho, bhikkhave, avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā; saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ...pe0...  evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti. avijjāya tveva asesavirāganirodhā  saṅkhāranirodho; saṅkhāranirodhā viññāṇanirodho ^a^M1.0254^ea^ ...pe0... evametassa kevalassa  dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotī''ti. paṭhamaṃ. 


